(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Armstrong State College Catalog"

ARMSTRONG 
TATE COLLEGE 



Undergraduate Bulletin 
1980-1981 

Savannah, Georgia 



A Four- Year College in the 
University System of Georgia 



ARMSTRONG STATE 
COLLEGE 



SUMMER FALL WINTER SPRING 

1980-81 



Accredited by 
Southern Association of Colleges and Schools 



Contents 



Page 
CALENDAR 7 

I. HISTORY, PURPOSE AND PROGRAMS 11 

History of the College 

Purpose 

Pre-Professional Programs 

Two- Year Degrees 

Four- Year Degrees 

Graduate Programs 

Government Internship Programs 

Evening Classes 

Senior Citizens 

Community Services/Continuing Education 

Office of Development 

Office of Computer Services 

Student Exchange Program with 

Savannah State College 
ROTC Programs (Army and Navy) 
Library 

II. STUDENT SERVICES, ACTIVITIES 19 

Counseling 

Veterans Services 

Testing Services 

Orientation 

Placement 

Conduct 

Student Activities and Organizations 

Student Government 

Student Publications 

Health 

Dental Hygiene Services 

Alumni Office 

Housing 

Athletics 

Intramurals 

Cultural Opportunities 

III. FEES 24 

Application Fee 
Matriculation Fee 
Out-of-State Tution 
Student Activity Fee 
Health/Service Fee 
Athletic Fee 
Applied Music Fee 
Late Registration Fee 
Graduation Fee 
Transcript Fee 



Summary of Fees 
Privilege Fees 
Refunds 
Short Courses 

STUDENT FINANCIAL AID 27 

Student Financial Aid 
Application Information 
Categories of Aid 
Federal Assistance 
State Assistance 
Local Assistance 
Government Benefits 
General Information 



V. ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE 35 

General Information 

Freshman Applicants 

Requirements and Categories of Admission 

Advanced Placement and Credit by Examination 

Requirements for Transfer Applicants 

Readmission of Former Students 

Transient Students 

Armstrong State College/High School 
Accelerated Program 

Early Admission and Joint Enrollment Programs 

Foreign Students 

Admission of Veterans 

Applicants Sponsored by Vocational Rehabilitation 

Admission to: 
Associate in Science Degree Program in Nursing 
Bachelor of Science Degree Program in Nursing 
Associate in Science Degree Program in Dental Hygiene 
Associate in Science Degree Program in Medical Record 

Technology 
Associate in Science Degree Program in Respiratory 
Therapy 

Registration 

Residency Requirements of the Board of Regents 

n. ACADEMIC REGULATIONS 53 

Academic Advisement 
Relating to Degree Requirements 
Course and Study Load 
Classification of Students 
Permission for Overload or Courses 

at Another College 
Reports and Grades 
Honors 
Attendance 
Satisfactory Progress 



Academic Probation and Dismissal 
Repeating Courses 
Dropping Courses 
Withdrawing from College 
Auditing 
Honor Code 

VII. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR 

DEGREE PROGRAMS 65 

University System Core Curriculum 

Armstrong Core Curriculum 

Regents' Testing Program 

Exit Examination 

Physical Education Program 

Placement Tests in English and Mathematics 

State Requirements in History and Government 

Requirements for the Bachelor of Arts and 

the Bachelor of Science Degrees 
Additional Requirements 
Course Offerings 

VIII. DEPARTMENT OF SPECIAL STUDIES 72 

IX. ARMY MILITARY SCIENCE DEPARTMENT 74 

X. SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 79 

Associate in Arts Degree Program 

Department of Biology 

Department of Chemistry and Physics 

Department of Fine Arts 

Department of History and Political Science 

Department of Languages and Literature 

Department of Mathematics and Computer Science 

Department of Psychology 

XI. SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 161 

General Information 

Degree Programs Offered 

Transfer Students — Savannah State College 

Program Transfer — Transition Period 

General Requirements — Teacher Education Programs 

Early Elementary, Middle School Education 

Secondary Education 

Department of Physical Education and Athletics 

XII. SCHOOL OF HUMAN SERVICES 20( 

Department of Nursing — Associate Degree 

Department of Nursing — Baccalaureate Degree 

Department of Criminal Justice 

Department of Dental Hygiene 

Medical Record Technology 

Respiratory Therapy 

Social Work and Sociology 



XIII. GOVERNING BOARD, ADMINISTRATION, 

FACULTY AND STAFF 235 

Board of Regents 

Staff of the Board of Regents 

Officers of Administration 

Armstrong College Commission 

Faculty 

Administrative Staff 

APPENDIX: POLICY REGENTS' TESTING PROGRAM 247 

INDEX 249 




1980 



JANUARY 


MAY 


SEPTEMBER 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


12 3 4 5 
6 7 8 8 10 11 12 
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 
27 28 29 30 31 


1 2 3 
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 
11 2 13 14 15 16 17 
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 


12 3 4 5 6 
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 
28 29 30 


FEBRUARY 


JUNE 


OCTOBER 


1 2 
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 
24 25 26 27 28 29 


12 3 4 5 6 7 
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 
29 30 


12 3 4 
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 
26 27 28 29 30 31 


MARCH 


JULY 


NOVEMBER 


l 
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 
30 31 


12 3 4 5 
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 
27 28 29 30 31 


l 
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 
30 


APRIL 


AUGUST 


DECEMBER 


12 3 4 5 
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 
27 28 29 30 


1 2 
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 
31 


12 3 4 5 6 
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 
28 29 30 31 



1981 



JANUARY 

S M T W T F S 

1 2 3 
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 



S 



MAY 

S M T W T F 

1 2 
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 
31 



SEPTEMBER 

5 M T W T F S 

12 3 4 5 

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 
27 28 29 30 



FEBRUARY 



12 3 4 5 6 7 
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 



JUNE 

12 3 4 5 6 
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 
28 29 30 



OCTOBER 

1 2 3 
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 



MARCH 

12 3 4 5 6 7 
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 
29 30 31 



JULY 

12 3 4 
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 
26 27 28 29 30 31 



NOVEMBER 

12 3 4 5 6 7 
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 
29 30 



APRIL 

12 3 4 
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 
26 27 28 29 30 



AUGUST 

1 

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 
30 31 



DECEMBER 

12 3 4 5 
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 
27 28 29 30 31 



Academic Calendar 

Armstrong State College 
1980 - 1981 



PRIMARY QUARTERLY DATES 



TESTING AND OTHER IMPORTANT DATES 



Fall Quarter, 1980 



SEPTEMBER: 

15, Monday First Faculty Meeting 

18-19 Registration 

22, Monday First Day of Classes 



SEPTEMBER: 

6, Institutional Scholastic 

Aptitude Test (Armstrong 
applicants only) 

11, Diagnostic tests for English and 
Mathematics 

16, Basic Skills Examination 



OCTOBER: 

24, Friday Mid-term; last day to 
withdraw without 
academic penalty. 



OCTOBER: 

17, 18, College Level Examination 

Program (Apply by September 

24) 
28, Regents' Test (Apply by 

October 8) 
30, Diagnostic tests for English and 

Mathematics 



NOVEMBER: 

10-14 Pre-registration 

27-28 Thanksgiving Holidays 

(Begin noon, Nov. 26) 



NOVEMBER: 

8, National Teacher Examination 

18, Undergraduate Assessment 

Program (Apply by October 15) 



DECEMBER: 

2, Tuesday Last Day of Classes 
3-5 Final Examinations 

6, Saturday Christmas vacation 
begins 



DECEMBER: 

9, Institutional Scholastic 

Aptitude Test (Armstrong 
applicants only) 
TBA, Teacher Certification Test 
30, Basic Skills Examination and 

Mathematics Diagnostic Test. 



PRIMARY QUARTERLY DATES 



TESTING AND OTHER IMPORTANT DATES 



Winter Quarter, 1981 



JANUARY: 

2, Friday Registration 

5, Monday First Day of Classes 



JANUARY: 

17, Dental Hygiene Aptitude Test 
17, College Level Examination 

Program (Apply by December 

18, 1980) 



FEBRU 


ARY: 


FEBRUARY: 


6, Friday 


Mid-term; last day to 


5, 


Diagnostic tests for English and 




withdraw without 




Mathematics 




academic penalty. 


10, 


Regents' Test (Apply by 


16-20 


Pre-registration 




January 21) 






21, 


National Teacher Examination 






24, 


Undergraduate Assessment 
Program (Apply by January 21) 



MARCH: 

13, Friday Last Day of Classes 

16-18, Final Examinations 

19-23, Spring Break 



MARCH: 

7, Institutional Scholastic 

Aptitude Test (Spring) 

20, Basic Skills Examination and 
Mathematics Diagnostic Test 

TBA Teacher Certification Test 



Spring Quarter, 1981 



MARCH: 

24, Tuesday Registration 

25, Wednesday First Day of Classes 



MARCH: 



7, Institutional Scholastic 

Aptitude Test (Armstrong 
applicants only) 

30, National Boards, Dental 
Hygiene Examination 



APRIL: 

27, Tuesday 



Mid-term; last day to 
withdraw without 
academic penality. 



APRIL: 

18, College Level Examination 

Program (Apply by March 26) 

23, Diagnostic tests for English and 
Mathematics 

28, Regents' Test (Apply by April 8) 



PRIMARY QUARTERLY DATES 



TESTING AND OTHER IMPORTANT DATES 



MAY 



MAY: 



4-8, 


Pre-registration 


19, 


Undergraduate Assessment 


29, Friday 


Grades due on degree 




Program (Apply by April 15) 




candidates 


23, 


Institutional Scholastic 
Aptitude Test (Summer) 






TBA, 


Teacher Certification Test 


JUNE: 








2, Tuesday 


Last Day of Classes 






3-5, 


Final Examinations 






5, Friday 


Graduation 







Summer Quarter, 1981 



MAY: 

23, Institutional Scholastic 

Aptitude Test (Armstrong 
applicants only) 



JUNE: 


JUNE: 


15, Monday Registration 


12, 


Basic Skills Examination and 


16, Tuesday First Day of Classes 




Diagnostic Test for 
Mathematics 




20, 


National 
TeacherExaminations 


JULY: 


JULY: 


15, Wednesday Mid-term, last day to 


2, 


Diagnostic Tests for English 


withdraw without 




and Mathematics 


academic penalty 


10, 


CHAOS Session 


13-17, Pre-registration 


11, 


Institutional Scholastic 
Aptitude Test (Armstrong 
applicants only) 




14, 


Regents' Test (Apply by June 
30) 




17, 


CHAOS Session 




21, 


Undergraduate Assessment 
Program (Apply by June 17) 




19-20, 


College Level Examination 
Program (Apply by May 27) 




24, 


CHAOS Session 




31, 


CHAOS Session 



AUGUST: 

14, Friday 
14, 

17-19 



Last Day of Classes 

Grades due on degree 

candidates 

Final Examinations 



19, Wednesday Graduation 



AUGUST: 

TBA, Teacher Certification Test 
7, CHAOS Session 




j v Vu >w 






^ 



* 




W 



•J 



44 



j i 



W. . 






< / 



10 



I. History, Purpose and 
Programs 

History of the College 

Armstrong State College was founded on May 27, 1935, as 
Armstrong Junior College, by the Mayor and Aldermen of the City 
of Savannah to meet a pressing need for a college in the community. 
The college was housed in the Armstrong Building, a gift to the city 
from the family of George F. Armstrong, and over the years built or 
acquired five additional buildings in the Forsyth Park and Mon- 
terey Square areas. The college, as Armstrong College of Savan- 
nah, became a two-year unit in the University System of Georgia on 
January 1, 1959, under the control of the Regents of the University 
System. In 1962, the Mills B. Lane Foundation purchased a new 
campus site of over 200 acres located on Abercorn Extension. The 
new campus, with eight new buildings, was occupied in December, 
1965. 

In 1964, the regents conferred upon Armstrong the status of a 
four-year college, with the right to offer the degrees of Bachelor of 
Arts, Bachelor of Science, and Bachelor of Business Administra- 
tion. President Henry L. Ashmore, who succeeded President Fore- 
man M. Hawes on July 1, 1964, was charged with the responsibility 
of developing the institution from junior to senior status. A junior 
year was added to the college curriculum in 1966-67, with the senior 
year added in 1967-68 and the first four-year degrees awarded at 
the spring, 1968 commencement. The college now offers more than 
twenty major programs leading to baccalaureate degrees, and, in 
addition, the two-year associate degree in a number of academic 
areas. Effective in the 1971-72 academic year, the Board of Regents 
of the University System of Georgia authorized Armstrong State 
College and Savannah State College to offer joint programs leading 
to the M.B.A. and M.S. in Elementary Education degrees. Addi- 
tional programs in Teacher Education at the secondary level were 
initiated Summer Quarter, 1972. 

As the result of approval in early 1979 by the Department of 
Health, Education, and Welfare of the Georgia Plan for Further 
Desegregation of Higher Education, all Business Administration 
programs were transferred from Armstrong State College to 
Savannah State College in September, 1979, and all Teacher Edu- 
cation programs were transferred from Savannah State to 
Armstrong State on that date. With this exchange of programs, 
Armstrong offers the only degree programs in Teacher Education 
at the baccalaureate and graduate levels in the immediate geo- 
graphical area. 

Armstrong State College is designated a Health Professions 
Education Center. Programs in Dental Hygiene (associate and bac- 
calaureate), Medical Record Technology, Medical Technology, 
Nursing (associate and baccalaureate) and Respiratory Therapy 
have clinical learning experiences in the large variety of excellent 

11 



medical resources of Savannah and its environs. New programs will 
be implemented over a ten year period giving students a full range 
of educational opportunity to prepare for careers in the health pro- 
fessions. 

The academic community includes approximately 3,000 students 
and 140 full-time faculty members. Armstrong State College was 
fully accredited as a senior institution by the Southern Association 
of Colleges and Schools in December, 1968, with accreditation ret- 
roactive to January 1, 1968, and was re-accredited in December, 
1972. 



Purpose 

Armstrong State College is a multi-purpose institution offering 
degree programs in the liberal arts, sciences, and a number of 
specialized fields. As a service to the community, it also provides a 
continuing education program for those who have non-degree ob- 
jectives. The College strives to maintain the flexibility and adapta- 
bility which activated its growth and change of status in less than 
thirty-five years from a small city-supported junior college to a 
senior college in the University System of Georgia. Therefore, the 
College defines its present purpose in the following terms: 

to provide modern facilities and a professional staff in an envi- 
ronment that promotes the free exchange of ideas; 

to bring each student to a better realization of his own intellec- 
tual, emotional, and spiritual potential by providing academic pro- 
grams in the humanities, natural sciences, and social sciences; 

to develop the student's technical and analytical skills through 
programs leading to professional degrees in a number of areas, 
including Health Professions, Criminal Justice, and Teacher Edu- 
cation; 

to offer opportunities for continuing education through sym- 
posia, conferences, institutes, and courses unrelated to degree 
programs; 

to make available the full resources of the College through in- 
volement in research projects, public service activities, and other 
programs sponsored by the community. 

Pre-Professional Programs 

Armstrong State College offers courses appropriate for the first 
two years of baccalaureate programs such as engineering, forestry, 
industrial management, pharmacy, physical therapy, physics, etc., 
not offered among its degree programs; the pre-professional study 
appropriate for dentistry, law, medicine, veterinary medicine, and 
other professional fields. 

Armstrong State College-Georgia Institute of 
Technology Dual-Degree Program 

Upon completion of the first three years of academic work at 
Armstrong, the student may enroll for two subsequent years at 

12 



i 



i 



I 



f * 

c* a 
58 



* ! E 



3 

» 
If 



CA 
00 



> 

< 



W 

X 
W 



o 

H 
M 

o 



I 



CA 




O 




o 




• 




CA 

i 


1 


• 


a 


■ 




o 




• 








Georgia Institute of Technology. After completing the require- 
ments of the two cooperating institutions, the student will be 
awarded a baccalaureate degree from Armstrong State College and 
a baccalaureate degree in one of a number of academic areas from 
Georgia Institute of Technology. For further information on this 
dual-degree program, the student should contact the Head of the 
Department of Mathematics, who is the local coordinator of the 
Dual-Degree program. 



Two- Year Degrees 

The following two-year degrees are offered as preparation for 
higher degrees in the liberal arts and professions or as terminal 
professional degrees. 

Associate in Arts. 

Associate in Science in Nursing. 

Associate in Science in Dental Hygiene. 

Associate in Science in Criminal Justice. 

Associate in Science in Medical Record Technology. 

Associate in Science in Respiratory Therapy. 

Four- Year Degrees 

Bachelor of Arts in the fields of history, English, music, political 
science, and psychology. 

Bachelor of Science in the fields of biology, chemistry, mathemat- 
ical sciences, and criminal justice. 

Bachelor of Science in Education with majors in Early Elemen- 
tary Education, Middle School Education, and Health, Physical 
Education and Recreation, plus secondary education fields as iden- 
tified below for certification. 

Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology. 

Bachelor of Science in Dental Hygiene Education. 

Bachelor of Science in Nursing. 

Bachelor of Social Work. 

Bachelor of Music Education. 

The College is authorized to offer Teacher Education programs, 
preparing students for certification by the Georgia State Depart- 
ment of Education, in the following areas: Art, Behavioral Science, 
Biology, Business Education, Chemistry, Early Elementary, Eng- 
lish, French, General Science, History, Industrial Arts, Mathemat- 
ics, Middle School, Music, Physics, Political Science, Social Studies, 
Spanish, Trade and Industrial Education. Information concerning 
the status of these programs is available in the Office of the Dean 
for the School of Education or the Office of the Director of Admis- 
sions. 



Graduate Programs 

Master of Education degree programs are offered in Early 
Elementary Education, Middle School Education, Special Educa- 



13 



tion (Behavior Disorders) as well as in the secondary teaching fields 
of Biology, Chemistry, English, History and Political Science (Biol- 
ogy, Chemistry, English, History, and Political Science are availa- 
ble as options without teacher certification requirements.) The 
Master's programs are designed to provide opportunities for 
further professional growth, for expanding professional and cul- 
tural backgrounds, and for extending knowledge and understand- 
ing in an area of specialty. 

For complete information about these programs, contact the Of- 
fice of Graduate Studies. 

MILITARY SCIENCE (ROTC) PROGRAMS 

Armstrong State College has available to its students Army and 
Navy Reserve Officer TrainingCorps programs. The Army Military 
Science Department operates on the Armstrong campus, and its 
program is described fully in section IX of this catalogue. The Navy 
ROTC program operates on the Savannah State College campus 
but is available to students enrolled at Armstrong. 

In order to participate in the Army ROTC program, see section IX 
of this catalogue. For the Navy ROTC program, qualified male or 
female students at Armstrong State College may enroll in the pro- 
gram at Savannah State. Full tuition scholarships for students 
desiring to be either Army, Navy, or Marine Corps officers are 
available. Most majors are acceptable with entry level at either the 
incoming freshman or prospective junior level. For further infor- 
mation on these programs, consult the Registrar at Armstrong 
State College; the Commanding Officer of the ROTC Units at 
Savannah State College or Armstrong; or the appropriate sections 
of the catalogs of the two colleges. 

Government Internship Programs 

Students at Armstrong State College may participate in two 
state-wide internship programs; the Georgia Intern Program and 
the State Legislative Intern Program. These programs provide the 
student with opportunities to observe first-hand and to participate 
in agency and legislative processes as he works under the direction 
of and is responsible to an agency or legislative supervisor. In addi- 
tion to state-wide internship programs, students may participate in 
local internship experiences. They may receive academic credit for 
these experiences. They must be enrolled full-time at the College 
and must be in good academic standing. For further details con- 
cerning the requirements for internship programs at the College, 
please consult the Head of the Department of History and Political 
Science. 

Evening Classes 

In addition to the full daytime schedule, Armstrong offers a 
schedule of classes in the evening. Students employed during the 
day should limit their enrollment to one or two courses each quar- 
ter. 

14 






Senior Citizens 

Residents of Georgia, sixty-two years of age or older at the time of 
registration, may enroll in courses for credit or as auditors on a 
space available basis, with waiver of matriculation fees. They will 
be required, however, to pay for supplies, etc., that might be neces- 
sary for a given course. The individual must present a birth certifi- 
cate or other comparable documentation of age to qualify for the 
waiver of fees and must meet all requirements for admission to the 
college. Further information on this program is available from the 
Office of Admissions. 



Community Services-Continuing Education 

Armstrong State College is committed to the concept that an 
academic institution should attempt to reach out and serve the 
community of which it is a part. This service includes the extension 
of the resources of the campus to individuals and groups that are 
not a part of the regular academic community and the use of the 
college's special competence to assist in the solution of community 
problems. 

The Community Services division, under the direction of the 
Dean for College and Community Services, is responsible for the 
coordination of all community services/continuing education ac- 
tivities on campus. Since these activities are viewed as a college- 
wide function, responsibility for program development is shared 
with the various academic departments. The major community 
services/continuing education components of the college are the 
short course/conference program and the off-campus credit class 
program. 

Armstrong State College participates with Savannah State Col- 
lege in operating a joint continuing education center at 427 
Drayton Street. This center is designed to combine the resources of 
the two colleges in providing continuing education activities for 
national, regional, and state groups in a downtown center. 

Short Courses/Conference Program. This unit administers non- 
degree courses, conferences, and seminars designed to provide for 
the educational needs of area residents who do not wish to partici- 
pate in the regular credit classes offered by the college. Many of 
these activities are related to professional development experi- 
ences. The Office of the Registrar maintains permanent records of 
the individual's participation in those activities that meet certain 
criteria. The Coordinator of Short Courses/Conferences is pleased 
to arrange an activity of special interest and value to community 
groups and organizations. 

Off -Campus Credit Class Program. In order to provide education 
opportunities for specific groups of area residents, the college 
makes available credit classes at off -cam pus locations convenient 
to the students involved. These classes are conducted in strict con- 
formity with college standards and with policies of the Board of 
Regents of the University System of Georgia. The Dean for College 

15 



and Community services and the Deans of the Schools will work 
with interested parties in organization of these classes. 

Neighborhood Continuing Education Program. This program is 
part of the cooperative endeavor of Armstrong State College and 
Savannah State College. Located in the central city, this program 
provides continuing education activities for low income residents. 
Its major objective is to utilize the combined resources of the 
cooperating institutions to provide educational experiences suited 
to the needs of the citizens within the inner city area. 

Use of Facilities by Community Groups. As a tax supported unit 
of the University System of Georgia, the college makes available its 
facilities to certain community groups when such usage does not 
interfere with college-sponsored activities and when such usage is 
for an activity of cultural, educational, or civic significance. College 
facilities will not be made available to (1) profit-seeking organiza- 
tions; (2) community groups that are sponsoring events for the pur- 
pose of making a profit; (3) religious groups; (4) groups sponsoring 
activities that compete or conflict with college programs. A 
schedule of usage fees is available in the Office of the Dean for 
College and Community Services. 

Proctoring Examinations. The Community Services division 
cooperates with the Georgia Center for Continuing Education 
(University of Georgia) through service as a center at which exami- 
nations are proctored for students enrolled in independent study 
(correspondence) courses. A booklet describing these courses is 
available upon request. Examinations from other colleges and 
examinations by professional societies can also be proctored. 
Examination proctoring is by prior arrangement only. Students 
using this service are encouraged to check with the division office 
prior to the date for the examination to make certain that the 
examination materials are on hand. 



Office of Development 

The purpose of the Office of Development is to promote funding 
for college programs from sources supplemental to state appropria- 
tions and student fees. To accomplish this purpose, the college par- 
ticipates in federal and other grant supported activities and seeks 
assistance from alumni and friends. From private sources, the Col- 
lege accepts memorial and other gifts for the athletic program, 
instructional equipment, library books, matching funds for grants, 
scholarships, and other restricted purposes. Unrestricted contribu- 
tions are accepted to be used at the discretion of the President to 
meet special and unforeseen needs. Gifts of any size can be used to 
add to the library collection in the name of an individual or an 
agency, although all gifts are acknowledged and published, where 
appropriate and when requested, by the donor's name. Gifts for 
scholarships are generally received by the College in one of two 
ways: the donor specifies support or choice of specific students, with 
the College serving only as a distribution agent; or the donor 
specifies support of student scholarships generally or scholarships 
within a broad academic field, with the College identifying the gift 

16 



by name, if appropriate, and distributing the funds according to 
standard policies and procedures. Gifts of this latter type are tax 
deductible. The Director of Development is pleased to provide 
further information to any prospective donor. 

Office of Computer Services 

This office coordinates the campus-wide system of computer serv- 
ices. The Director also provides technical assistance to the faculty 
and staff of the college in the development of computer programs 
and systems. Through participation in the University System 
Computer Network, information processing devices located on 
campus are connected via a direct telephone line to the large com- 
puters located at Georgia State University and the University of 
Georgia. 

Student Exchange Program with 
Savannah State College 

A student enrolled at Savannah State College or at Armstrong 
State College as a full-time student has the privilege of taking one 
course with his Dean's approval at the other college without paying 
an additional fee. No restrictions are placed on the number of 
courses taken at the other college if the student is enrolled in the 
joint program in Social Work. In this program, however, the stu- 
dent must enroll in major area courses only to receive unrestricted 
enrollment privileges. The colleges operate a shuttlebus service 
between the two campuses to facilitate movement of students who 
are taking courses on both campuses. A student may obtain in the 
Office of the Registrar the proper form for permission to register for 
courses at Savannah State College. 

Library 

The Lane Library, centrally located on campus, is a multi- 
resource and multi-service facility. The first floor houses a refer- 
ence collection, all periodicals and micromaterials, government 
documents, maps, folios, archives, and a reading room. The refer- 
ence department utilizes the Lockheed on-line data base informa- 
tion retrieval service for partial bibliographic searching. The tech- 
nical services department, in which all orders are placed, cataloged, 
and processed, is also located on this floor. The department catalogs 
all monographs and performs interlibrary loans as a member of the 
Southeastern Library Network All audio-visuals, the circulating 
collections, individualized study carrells and typing facilities are 
located on the second floor. A television production studio and 
graphic laboratory are also located on this floor. This sophisticated 
complex allows faculty to augment their classroom lectures with 
in-house production of video programming. 

The library collections combine traditional media such as mono- 
graphs, periodicals and micromaterials with more recent types 
such as audio and video tapes, recordings, filmstrips and motion 

17 



pictures. An array of micromaterial readers and printers, vid- 
eobeam projectors, and audio hardware is available for constant 
use. Housed in the library are approximately 400,000 total re- 
sources, including 115,000 books and bound periodicals; 10,000 
documents and maps; 270,000 microforms; 9,000 records, motion 
pictures, slides, and videotapes, and 900 newspapers and periodical 
subscriptions. 

The Lane Library faculty and staff welcome suggestions for the 
improvement of the Library collections and services. 



18 



II. Student Services, 
Activities 

The Office of Student Affairs, administered by the Dean for Stu- 
dent Affairs, is responsible for all student services and activities. In 
addition to formal classroom instruction, the College recognizes the 
need for providing programs and services which contribute to a 
well-rounded college experience. Such programs are administered 
by the Office of Student Affairs through the following individuals: 
Counselors, Director of Student Activities, Director of Student Fi- 
nancial Aid/Veterans Advisor, and campus Nurse. 

Counseling 

Counselors are available in the Counseling and Placement Office 
to assist sutdents in making successful and realistic decisions and 
in choosing appropriate routes for attaining selected goals. The 
counseling process focuses on increasing the student's self- 
understanding and respect for his own ability to make decisions 
that will affect his life. All discussions are confidential. 

Counselors can assist students in clarifying educational and vo- 
cational objectives, in developing effective study skills and habits, 
and in dealing with problems of social and emotional significance. 

Veterans Services 

Armstrong State College maintains an Office of Veterans Affairs 
located in the Administration Building. The veterans' director is 
available to advise veterans concerning admissions procedures and 
services available to them as students. The office also employs a 
number of student veterans to assist in meeting the needs of vet- 
eran student body at Armstrong. 



Testing Services 

A variety of individual tests and inventories are available 
through, and often included in, counseling services. Such tests pro- 
vide information to help students evaluate personal, educational, 
or vocational needs. Test results are confidential. 

The following testing programs are administered regularly by 
members of the counseling staff: ACT Proficiency Examination 
Program (PEP), College Level Examination Program (CLEP), Den- 
tal Admission Test (DAT), Dental Hygiene Aptitude Test, Graduate 
Record Examination (GRE), Medical College Admission Test 
(MCAT), National Teacher Examinations (NTE), Regents' Testing 
Program, and the Undergraduate Assessment Program (Exit 
Examinations). Information about the Allied Health Professions 
Admission Test, the Graduate Management Admission Test, the 



19 



Graduate School Foreign Language Test, the Miller Analogies 
Test, the Optometry College Admission Test, the Professional and 
Administrative Career Examination, the State Merit Examina- 
tion, and the Veterinary Aptitude Test may be obtained from the 
Counseling and Placement Office. 

Orientation 

The decision to enter college for further education and knowledge 
is an important point in an individual's process of self-development. 
The Summer Orientation Program (CHAOS) at Armstrong State 
College is planned to aid the student in his transition to college by 
exposing him to the dynamics of successful decision-making. Using 
techniques that encourage the realization of possible outcomes and 
consequences, the student will learn to explore his possibilities with 
more understanding and confidence. 

Freshmen participating in this program will be given informa- 
tion concerning student activities programs, visit campus facilities, 
and plan their class schedules with academic advisors. 

An abbreviated orientation program is scheduled for students 
new to the college prior to registration Winter, Spring, and Summer 
Quarters. 

Placement 

The Placement Counselor, located in the Counseling and Place- 
ment Office in the Administration Building, offers general assis- 
tance in the planning of career directions. The office operates a 
personal resume service for all regularly enrolled students of the 
college, receives listings of full-time career opportunities, and ar- 
ranges on-campus recruiting with business, governmental and 
educational agencies. Students who wish to make use of the Place- 
ment Service are advised to contact the Placement Counselor three 
quarters prior to completion of studies. 

The Placement Office also provides a job listing and referral sys- 
tem for currently enrolled students who are seeking part-time tem- 
porary, or vacation employment. 

Conduct 

Every student who enrolls in a course atArmstrong State College 
commits himself, by the act of enrolling, to full compliance with the 
rules and regulations of the Honor System and Code of Conduct. 
The Honor System is outlined under "Academic Regulations" in 
this Bulletin and the Code of Conduct is published in the Armstrong 
Student Handbook, Students Illustrated. 

Compliance with the regulations and policies of the faculty of 
Armstrong State College and the Regents of the University System 
of Georgia is assumed. To enroll is to agree to assume responsibil- 
ity for adhering to policies and using established channels to pro- 
mote change. Not to do so is sufficient basis for the college to termi- 
nate a student's enrollment. 

20 



Student Activities and Organizations 

In addition to an outstanding academic program, Armstrong 
State College offers a complete program of co-curricular student 
activities assigned to contribute to the development of the student 
and to assist him in becoming an active and productive member of 
the community in which he lives. 

Student organizations at Armstrong State College reflect the 
natural variety of interests found in a diversified student body. 
Individuals who seek a well-rounded education will avail them- 
selves of the varied opportunities afforded through the college 
program of student activities. 

A variety of clubs and organizations representing varied in- 
terests and activities are available to students at Armstrong State 
College. These include the following: 

Religious: 

Baptist Student Union 
Greeks: 

Panhellenic Council 

Interfraternity Council 

Alpha Gamma Delta Sorority 

Sigma Kappa Sorority 

Phi Mu Sorority 

Phi Kappa Theta Fraternity 

Pi Kappa Phi Fraternity 

Pi Kappa Alpha Fraternity 

Sigma Nu Fraternity 
Professional: 

Georgia Association of Student Nurses 

Student Association of Educators 

American Dental Hygienists Association 

American Chemical Society 

Alpha Sigma Chi (Physical Education) 

Data Processing Management Association 

Association for Computing Machinery 

Social Work Club 

Interest: 

Chorus 

Band 

Cheerleaders 

Karate Club 

Masquers 

Buccaneers 

Senior Classical League 
Honorary: 

Phi Eta Sigma (Scholastic honorary for freshmen) 

Phi Alpha Theta (History) 

Pi Mu Epsilon (Mathematics) 

Kappa Delta Pi (Education) 



21 



Student Government 

The Student Government Association is the official governing 
body of the students at Armstrong State College. It assists in for- 
mulating a program of student services and activities, and it strives 
to express the will of the majority of students and to provide experi- 
ence in democratic living. 

All students are automatically members of the Student Govern- 
ment Association and are entitled to vote in SGA elections. Qual- 
ified students may seek positions of leadership in the Student 
Government Association by running for office during the winter 
quarter. 

Student Publications 

The official student publication on campus is the Inkwell (the 
College newspaper). This publication is produced by students under 
the supervision of approved college advisors. Financed in part by 
the Student Activity Fund, the Inkwell provides opportunities for 
students in creative writing, reporting, photography, and design. 



Health 

Armstrong State College maintains a campus infirmary where a 
registered nurse is on duty from 8:15 a.m. until 5 p.m. Students who 
become ill or who are involved in accidents while on campus should 
not hesitate to avail themselves of this service. 



Dental Hygiene Services 

The Dental Hygiene Clinic is available to Armstrong State Col- 
lege and Savannah State College students who wish to receive an 
oral prophylaxis and a flouride treatment. School identification 
cards will be requested by the Clinic receptionist. 



Alumni Office 

The primary purposes of the Alumni Office are to keep former 
students informed about the college and to help them keep in touch 
with each other. Any person who at any time was matriculated as a 
regular student is eligible for membership in the Alumni Associa- 
tion and, upon payment of his dues, will receive association periodi- 
cals, and may vote and hold office in the Association. The Alumni 
Office assists in arranging class reunions, board meetings, and 
other functions. For further information contact the Alumni Sec- 
retary. 

Housing 

There is no student housing on campus. Private apartments for 
male, female, and married students are located within walking dis- 

22 



tance of Armstrong State College. For further information regard- 
ing housing, please contact the Office of Student Affairs. 



Athletics 

Armstrong State College is affiliated with the National Associa- 
tion of Intercollegiate Athletics, National Collegiate Athletic As- 
sociation, South Atlantic Conference, Association of Intercol- 
legiate Athletics for Women and Georgia Association of Intercol- 
legiate Athletics for Women. The college teams participate in inter- 
collegiate competition in baseball, basketball, cross country track 
events, golf, softball and tennis. 



Intramurals 

The Student Intramural Council and Intramural Department 
provide a diversified program available to all students and faculty, 
including organized competitive sports, recreational activities, and 
clubs. Any student, faculty, or staff person interested in participat- 
ing in these activities should contact the Director of Intramurals. 

Cultural Opportunities 

Armstrong State College provides a variety of cultural oppor- 
tunities for its students. Lectures by eminent scholars in the vari- 
ous academic fields and musical concerts by outstanding artists are 
an integral part of the program in general education. Student 
dramatic productions under professional direction and the student 
choral and instrumental groups have created distinguished tradi- 
tions. 



23 



III. Fees 

Application Fee 

The Application Fee of $10.00 is paid by each student at the time 
of initial application for admission to Armstrong State College. The 
acceptance of the Application Fee does not constitute acceptance of 
the student. This fee is not refundable. 

In addition to the application fee mentioned above, a deposit of 
$50.00 is required of all dental hygiene applicants who are accepted 
for admission. This deposit is applied against registration fees dur- 
ing the first quarter of attendance. If the student does not enroll, 
the deposit is not refundable. 



Matriculation Fee 

The Matriculation Fee for students registering on campus for the 
normal course load of fifteen hours is $178.00. Students carrying 
less than 12 credit hours on campus in a quarter will pay at the rate 
of $15.00 per quarter hour in Matriculation Fees. Students who 
register for off -cam pus credit hours will pay at the rate of $19.00 per 
credit hour. Matriculation fees are waived for residents of Georgia 
upon presentation of written documentation that they are 62 years 
of age or older. 

Out-of-State Tuition 

Non-residents of Georgia must pay a fee of $318.00 per quarter in 
addition to all regular fees. Students carrying less than 12 credit 
hours in a quarter who are not legal residents of the State of Geor- 
gia will pay at the rate of $27.00 per quarter hour Out-of-State Fee 
in addition to all regular fees. Students who register for off-campus 
credit courses will pay at the rate of $27.00 per quarter hour Out- 
of-State Fee in addition to all regular fees. Out-of-State tuition fees 
are waived for active duty military personnel and their dependents 
stationed in Georgia and on active duty, except military personnel 
assigned to this institution for educational purposes. 

Student Activity and Health/Service Fees 

There will be a Student Activity Fee ($15.00) and a Health/Service 
Fee ($2.50) for all students enrolled for six or more hours in the 
undergraduate program. Students who are enrolled for five hours 
or less may choose whether or not to pay the Student Activity Fee. 
Students who choose not to do so will be accorded limited student 
activity privileges. 

Athletic Fee 

There will be an AthleticFee of $10.00 per quarter for all students 
enrolled in the undergraduate program. 

24 



Applied Music Fees 

Applied music courses consist of one or two twenty-five minute 
private lessons per week. A special fee of $31.00 for one twenty-five 
minute lesson or $62.00 for two lessons is charged quarterly to stu- 
dents not admitted to a music degree program and to music majors 
not enrolled for ten or more quarter hours of credit. This fee is 
refundable only when the student has not met his first lesson. 

Late Registration Fee 

A late registration fee of $4.00 will be charged to students regis- 
tering on the date listed in the catalog as the date on which classes 
begin. A fee of $5.00 will be charged for registrations completed on 
the date listed in the catalog as the "last day to enroll in any class; 
last day to pay fees." This fee is not refundable. 



Graduation Fee 

A Graduation Fee of $20.00 will be collected from each candidate 
for graduation. If the candidate is receiving a second degree at the 
same graduation ceremonies, an additional fee of $5.00 will be col- 
lected. The fee will be $20.00 for a second degree awarded at a sub- 
sequent graduation ceremony. 

Transcript Fee 

Each student is entitled to one official transcript of his college 
work. The charge for additional copies is $1.00 each. 

Summary of Fees 

Matriculation, per quarter $178.00 

Student Activity, per quarter 15.00 

Health/Service, per quarter 2.50 

Athletic, per quarter 10.00 

TOTAL FOR GEORGIA RESIDENTS $205.50 

Out-of-State Tuition, per quarter $318.00 

TOTAL FOR NON-RESIDENTS $523.50 

Matriculation Part-Time Students, per quarter hour $15.00 

Non-Resident Tuition, Part-Time Students, per 

quarter hour (in addition to Matriculation Fee) $27.00 

Privilege Fees 

Application Fee $10.00 

Late Registration-Maximum 5.00 

Graduation Fee 20.00 

Transcript, first one free, each additional 1.00 

Applied Music Fee 31.00/62.00 

Dental Hygiene Deposit 50.00 

25 



Refunds 

Refunds of fees will be made only upon written application for 
withdrawal from school. No refunds will be made to students drop- 
ping a course. Privilege fees are not refundable. Students who for- 
mally withdraw on the date of scheduled registration or during one 
week following the scheduled registration date are entitled to a 
refund of 80% of the fees paid for that quarter. Students who for- 
mally withdraw during the period between one and two weeks after 
the scheduled registration date are entitled to a refund of 60% of 
the fees paid for that quarter. Students who formally withdraw 
between two and three weeks after the scheduled registration date 
are entitled to a fund of 40% of the fees paid for that quarter. Stu- 
dents who formally withdraw during the period between three and 
four weeks after the scheduled registration date are entitled to a 
refund of 20% of the fees paid for that quarter. Students who with- 
draw after a period of four weeks has elapsed from the scheduled 
registration date will be entitled to no refund of any part of the fees 
paid that quarter. 

Any student delinquent in the payment of any financial obliga- 
tion to the college will have grade reports and transcripts of records 
encumbered. Grade reports and transcripts will not be released, nor 
will the student be allowed to re-register at the college until all 
financial obligations are met. 

Fees for each quarter are to be paid in full at the time of registra- 
tion. 

If a check is not paid on presentation to the bank on which it is 
drawn, the student's registration will be cancelled and the student 
may re-register only on payment of $5.00 service charge. 

Short Courses 

Fees are announced for each quarter when the course is 
scheduled by the College. 

Students who formally withdraw from a short course or confer- 
ence before its first meeting will receive a full refund of fees paid 
provided the withdrawal is in writing and is received by the Office 
of Community Services prior to the first class meeting of the course 
or conference. No refund will be made for withdrawals received 
after the first class meeting. Fees paid for courses or conferences 
cancelled by the College will be refunded at 100%. 

FEES AND CHARGES ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE AT THE END 
OF ANY QUARTER. 



26 



IV. Student Financial 
Aid 

Armstrong State College subscribes to the principle that the 
primary purpose of a student financial aid program is to provide 
financial assistance to students who, without such assistance, 
would be unable to attend college. The primary responsibility for 
financing a college education is the inherent obligation of the stu- 
dent and/or family. Financial assistance from Armstrong State Col- 
lege should be viewed as supplementary to the efforts of the stu- 
dent and/or family. An assessment of parental ability to contribute 
toward the student's educational expenses is made by the College 
Scholarship Service so that neither the parent, the student, nor 
Armstrong State College be required to bear an undue share of the 
financial responsibility. 

Application Information 

An applicant for student financial aid at Armstrong must: 

1. be enrolled or accepted for enrollment at the College; 

2. obtain and complete and submit a Financial Aid Form (FAF) 
to the College Scholarship Service prior to June 30 for the com- 
ing academic year. 

3. submit a Basic Educational Opportunity Grant (BEOG) Eligi- 
bility Report (SER) to the Office of Student Financial Aid by 
June 30 preceding the next academic year. 

4. complete and submit the Request for Student Financial Aid 
Form. 

It may be necessary to complete additional forms depending on a 
student's year in school, major course of study, and/or eligibility for 
a particular program. Applications for financial assistance must be 
repeated annually. Most student financial aid awards are for the 
entire academic year, with payments made to the student in equal 
quarterly installments. A student may, however, apply and be con- 
sidered for financial assistance during the academic year, if funds 
are available. 

All student financial aid awards are contingent upon the availa- 
bility of funds and the recipient's maintaining satisfactory prog- 
ress toward a degree as defined in this Bulletin. 

The minimum number of quarter hours for which a student fi- 
nancial aid recipient may enroll per quarter varies from program to 
program. Most require at least 12 hours per quarter (full-time 
status); some require only 10 hours per quarter. All programs re- 
quire that the student be enrolled at least half-time taking 6 or 
more quarter hours. 

Students applying for financial aid, whether eligible or not, who 
do not meet or adhere to the above requirements will not be consid- 
ered for financial aid. It is the responsibility of the parents and/or 
student to determine that all pertinent information and data have 



27 



been obtained and are located in the Office of Student Financial Aid 
to assure a complete and accurate awarding of financial assistance. 

When the student has received acknowledgement from the Col- 
lege Scholarship Service that the Financial Aid Form (FAF) has 
been sent to the College and the student has delivered the Basic 
Grant Eligibility Report (SER) and the Request for Student Finan- 
cial Aid, the office of Student Financial Aid will send the student a 
tentative award notice. The student should schedule an appoint- 
ment with a financial aid advisor. The advisor will discuss the stu- 
dent's financial aid package and a final award letter indicating the 
type of award(s) and amount(s) will be processed. 

NO AWARD WILL BE MADE UNLESS THE OFFICE OF 
STUDENT FINANCIAL AID HAS BOTH THE BASIC GRANT 
ELIGIBILITY REPORT, THE REQUEST FOR FINANCIAL 
AID FORM, AND THE FINANCIAL AID FORM (FAF). 

Transfer Students 

In addition to the above requirements for all financial aid stu- 
dents, transfer students are required to submit a complete Finan- 
cial Aid Transcript from the Financial Aid Office of each institution 
of higher education previously attended whether or not aid was 
received. No awards will be made until these documents have been 
received by the Financial Aid Office. 

Categories of Aid 

The College provides necessary financial assistance through 
grants/scholarships, work, and/or loans. Grants and scholarships 
are awards that require neither service nor cash repayments. Op- 
portunities for part-time employment are provided for eligible stu- 
dents, usually on-campus, who are paid federal minimum wages on 
an hourly basis. Loans require cash repayment, service repayment, 
or a combination of both. These funds are made available through 
the federal government, state government, and local sources. 



Federal Assistance 

The Basic Educational Opportunity Grant Program is designed 
to provide financial assistance to those who need it to attend post- 
high school educational institutions. The BEOG is a grant and, 
unlike a loan, does not have to be repaid. Award amounts vary, 
depending upon the student's eligibility. 

The Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant Program is 
available to eligible students who establish exceptional financial 
need as determined by the College Scholarship Service. The 
minimum award is $200.00 per academic year. The maximum may 
not exceed one-half of the student's established need, nor can it be 
more than one-half of the financial assistance supplied through the 
College. 

Currently, the College Work-Study Program allows an eligible 

28 



student to work each class day during the quarter. Satisfactory 
work performance is mandatory. The student must also maintain 
satisfactory academic progress. A student on academic suspension, 
even though readmitted on appeal, will not be allowed to partici- 
pate in the Work-Study Program. 

A National Direct Student Loan may be awarded to an eligible 
student who has established a need through the College Scholar- 
ship Service. Interest will be computed at the rate of three percent 
per annum simple interest on the unpaid principal balance. In- 
terest is not charged and repayment is not required until nine 
months after the borrower ceases to be a student. All students 
using NDSL funds are required to complete an exit interview be- 
fore leaving the college. 

A sample repayment schedule of a $1,000 NDSL loan at 3% would 
be: 

Payment Principal Principal Total 

Number Balance Interest Payment Payment 

1 $1,000.00 $2.50 $ 30.00 $ 32.50 

2 970.00 2.43 30.00 32.43 

3 940.00 2.35 30.00 32.35 

4 910.00 2.28 30.00 32.28 

5 880.00 2.20 30.00 32.20 

6 850.00 2.13 30.00 32.13 



34 10.00 .03 10.00 10.03 



Totals $43.10 $1,000.00 $1,043.01 

Federal Nursing Student Loans and/or Scholarships are availa- 
ble to students who have: (1) established a financial need through 
the College Scholarship Service, (2) been accepted for enrollment by 
Armstrong State College, and (3) been admitted to the Nursing 
Program by the Department of Nursing. 

Law Enforcement Educational Program Grants are available to 
in-service personnel. Awards are made on a priority basis and re- 
quire the completion of applications applicable to the program. In- 
service personnel need not complete the Basic Grant or FAF if 
attending college on a part-time basis. 

State Assistance 

Georgia Higher Education Assistance Corporation. Under this 
program, guaranteed loans are provided by private lending institu- 
tions to residents of Georgia. The loans accrue interest at the rate of 
7 percent simple interest. Loans are made by lending institutions 
that have signed a contract with and have the guarantee of 
GHEAC. The process involves application for the loan by the stu- 
dent and parents, certification by the educational institution, and 
final approval by GHEAC. Students who are unable to secure funds 
locally may apply for a State Direct Loan. In this instance, the 
State of Georgia provides the funds and GHEAC guarantees the 
loan. Students enrolled in certain health career fields may elect to 

29 



cancel all or a portion of their state direct loans by practicing in 
their fields. Applications and additional information may be ob- 
tained from the Office of Student Financial Aid. Students who re- 
ceive GHEAC loans are usually required to be enrolled as full-time 
students (12 hours). Exceptions are made only to health career 
loans, in which case the student must notify the Office of Student 
Financial Aid in advance for approval of hours to be taken. 

Georgia Incentive Scholarships are awarded to residents who 
began post-high school education after 1 April, 1974, and whose 
eligibility has been determined by the College Scholarship Service 
financial analysis. All veterans who were residents of Georgia at 
the time of their entry into military service may apply. Students 
must also request submission of a copy of the FAF to the State 
Scholarship Commission. All students applying for Georgia Incen- 
tive Scholarships are required to apply for Basic Grant (BEOG). 

The Board of Regents' Fund sponsors a program under which 
Georgia residents may qualify for financial assistance at units of 
the University System. Applicants must be in the upper 25% of 
their class and have established a financial need through the Col- 
lege Scholarship Service. Recipients must agree to work in the 
state, at an occupation for which they are qualified educationally, 
one year for each $1,000 received. If unable to meet this obligation, 
the student is expected to repay the full amount with interest at the 
rate of 3 percent simple interest. 

Students may be recommended for employment on the Institu- 
tional Student Assistants Program. Some departments and offices 
of the college have funds available to hire student workers. Initial 
contacts should be made by the student with the appropriate de- 
partment head. 



Local Assistance 

Institutional Short-Term Loans are available to students for a 
maximum of sixty days. Interest shall accrue at the rate of 3% per 
annum. There are four short-term loans accounts: General, Nurs- 
ing, Exchangette, and Kiwanis. Because of limited availability, 
short-term loans are usually made available to students for pay- 
ment of tuition and fees at the College. Other requirements con- 
cerning short-term loans are available in the Office of Student Fi- 
nancial Aid. Funds for the General Short-Term Loan Fund have 
been provided by: 

John Bravo Memorial Sigma Kappa Sorority 

Rensing Loan Special Loans 

Rho Beta Chapter of Stephen Davis Memorial 

Alpha Phi Omega Union Camp Corporation 

Dental Hygiene students may apply for scholarship and/or loan 
funds from the Paderewski Memorial Fund. Interested students 
should contact either the Head of the Dental Hygiene Department 
or the Office of Student Financial Aid. 

Armstrong State College accepts Scholarship applications 
throughout the year. Most awards are made annually during the 
summer. Scholarships are awarded when: 

30 



1. an agency notifies the College of its intention to award a schol- 
arship to a specified student, or 

2. an agency informs the College that it will award scholarships to 
a specific number of students selected by the Student Scholarship 
Committee. 

Applicants for scholarships awarded by the college must: 

1. complete the initial application process for financial aid; 

2. complete a separate scholarship application which may be ob- 
tained from the Office of Student Financial Aid; 

3. have, as an entering freshman, a minimum combined verbal 
and mathematical SAT score of 1,000; 

4. have, as a returning or transfer student, a minimum overall 
grade-point average of 3.0. 

5. unless otherwise specified, be a full time student. 
Individuals who are applicants for scholarships to be awarded by 

the Student Scholarship Committee will be interviewed by that 
Committee at a designated time. Award notification will be given to 
those students selected at the end of the selection process. 

Government Benefits 

Social Security Administration. Social Security provides 
monthly benefits to children when a parent (a) dies, (b) starts re- 
ceiving Social Security retirement, or (c) starts receiving disability 
benefits. Payments can be made until age 22, provided the child is a 
full-time student in an educational institution. Benefits can con- 
tinue until the end of the quarter of attainment of age 22, if re- 
quirements for a bachelor's degree are not complete. Once Social 
Security benefits begin, it is the individual's responsibility to notify 
the Social Security office if he transfers to another school, if he 
withdraws from school, or if he reduces his hours below full-time 
attendance. The individual must also notify the Social Security 
Administration if he marries, if he is adopted, or if he earns more 
than $2,520 a year. Students who want to file applications, report 
changes, or receive more information should contact their Social 
Security Office. 

Vocational Rehabilitation. The Georgia Vocational Rehabilita- 
tion Program provides financial assistance for the applicant who 
possesses an impairment which would prove to be a vocational 
handicap. The Office of Vocational Rehabilitation may pay the cost 
of tuition, books, and fees. Students who think that they may qual- 
ify under this program should contact one of the area Vocational 
Rehabilitation Centers located throughout the state. The Savan- 
nah Center is located at 420 Mall Boulevard. Applicants sponsored 
by Vocational Rehabilitation or other community agencies must 
apply at least six (6) weeks before the beginning of any quarter to 
insure proper processing of applications. 

Veterans, Disability, and War Orphans Assistance. Veterans who 
served on active duty for other than training purposes for more 
than 180 days, any part of which occurred after June 1, 1966, are 
eligible for financial assistance to attend college through the G.I. 
Bill. Generally, sons and daughters of veterans whose death or 

31 



total disablement was a result of service in the armed forces are 
eligible for financial benefits under the veterans program for edu- 
cational assistance. 

How to Apply. A prospective student must first make application 
to the College and gain approval for admission from the Office of the 
Registrar/Director of Admissions. A veteran cannot receive ben- 
efits while matriculating under a Continuing Education admission 
status. 

Once accepted, the veteran should go to the Office of Veteran 
Affairs located in the Administration Building and obtain an appli- 
cation for VA educational benefits. The veteran must submit to the 
Veterans Affairs Office an original DD 214 or copy number four and 
supporting documentation of dependency status (marriage certifi- 
cate; divorce decree, if previously married; and birth certificates of 
all dependent children. 

Students transferring from other educational institutions, OJT 
programs, or correspondence schools must complete a "Request for 
Change of Place of Training/Change of Program" VA Form 1995 
with the Armstrong Office of Veterans Affairs. At the time of initial 
matriculation each student/veteran must declare a specific pro- 
gram of study (major) and must follow the curriculum for this major 
without exception or benefits may be interrupted. Any student re- 
ceiving government benefits from the Veterans Administration 
must check with the Armstrong State College Office of Veterans 
Affairs at the beginning of each quarter and file a form declaring 
the specific courses and number of credit hours which he is attempt- 
ing. Each student/veteran is reminded that he must report any 
changes in his attendance, i.e., dropping, adding or withdrawal 
from school to the Armstrong Office of Veterans Affairs im- 
mediately following such action. Veterans entering school under 
the G.I. Bill should have sufficient funds to finance themselves 
until payments from the VA begin (approximately six weeks after 
application). 

General Information Relating to Student 
Financial Aid 

Distribution of Financial Aid. Financial assistance is distributed 
both directly and indirectly to eligible students from the federal, 
state, and local government and from private donors through the 
Office of Student Financial Aid. Assistance is provided directly 
when the name of the recipient and the amount of assistance to be 
given are determined prior to the receipt of the funds by the college. 
Assistance is provided indirectly when funds are given to the col- 
lege for general distribution to students who are determined to be 
eligible for receipt of these funds. In both cases, it is the responsibil- 
ity of the Office of Student Financial Aid to assure that the recip- 
ient has met all requirements and regulations concerning the re- 
ceipt of such funds. Students who are found to be in violation of 
requirements and regulations concerning the receipt of financial 
assistance may jeopardize their continued eligibility for participa- 
tion in the financial aid program. It is the student's responsibility to 

32 






be knowledgeable about all requirements governing the receipt of 
funds from each program from which the student receives financial 
assistance. 

Student Cost. Student financial aid is awarded to eligible stu- 
dents on the basis of need in nearly all cases except scholarships 
which have been provided by donors for the purpose of recognizing 
academic promise or achievement. The determination of need is 
provided for Armstrong State College students through the use of 
the Financial Aid Form (FAF) and the College Scholarship Service 
which processes this form. The process involves an analysis of the 
data provided by the student's family or, if independent, by the 
student. This analysis is sent to the Office of Student Financial Aid 
where it is compared with the cost of education for the appropriate 
classification of student. If the analysis shows that the family con- 
tribution or self contribution is less than the cost of education, fi- 
nancial need has been established. The Office of Student Financial 
Aid has the legal right to challenge information provided on the 
Financial Aid Form if, in the opinion of the financial aid officer, that 
information appears to be inaccurate, incorrect, or misleading. In- 
formation relating to a student's eligibility is available to that stu- 
dent when he/she has completed all the necessary requirements for 
processing his/her financial aid application at the college. 

Student Classification. There are two basic student classifica- 
tions: (1) dependent student who is a commuter (living with parents 
or guardian) or resident (not living with parents or guardian but 
either receiving financial support from them or claimed by them as 
a tax deduction); (2) independent student who is single (and total 
self-supporting) or married (or who is a single parent with one or 
more children). Each classification constitutes a cost of education 
group from which eligibility for financial aid is derived. An example 
of the cost of education for a dependent commuter student for one 
year would be: 

Tuition and fees $542 

Books and supplies 245 

Room and board 830 

Transportation 415 

Personal expenses .700 

TOTAL $2,732 

The cost of tuition and all pertinent fees and the refund policy of 
the College are outlined in the "Fees" section of this Bulletin. 

Availability of Funds. In general, students who enter the College 
at the beginning of the fall quarter have a greater opportunity to 
receive financial assistance than those who enter later in the 
academic year. The awards processing time usually runs from June 
1 to August 31. It is during this period that the Office of Student 
Financial Aid distributes its yearly allocation of funds to students 
who have completed the process cycle. In the event that there is a 
shortage of funds, students who are eligible for financial aid but 
whose applications were late will be placed on a waiting list until 
such time as funds becomes available. 

Rights and Responsibilities. Every eligible student has a right to 
receive financial assistance provided that (1) funds are available at 

33 



the college for award to the student; (2) the student meets the re- 
quirements pertinent to the program(s) from which assistance is 
sought; (3) the student has been admitted to the college, or in the 
case of an enrolled student, meets the standards of satisfactory 
academic progress as outlined in the "Academic Regulations" sec- 
tion of this Bulletin. In addition, it is the student's responsibility to 
adhere to all regulations and requirements heretofore mentioned 
and to notify the Office of Student Financial Aid of any change in 
status which would have any effect on the legitimacy of financial 
assistance being received. 

Student Retention. Information regarding student retention (i.e., 
enrollment patterns at the college) may be obtained upon request 
from the Office of the Registrar. Copies of this information are 
available to the student at a cost of $1.00 per copy. Information 
regarding specific degree programs is available in this Bulletin and 
from the Head of the Department in which a specific academic 
program is offered. 



Satisfactory Progress 

For purpose of financial aid, a student is deemed to be making 
satisfactory progress toward a degree until such time as he/she is 
placed on academic suspension from the College. The student, upon 
his readmission to the College, must, in the first quarter after 
readmission, earn a 2.0 grade-point-average before he/she is again 
considered to be making satisfactory progress toward a degree. The 
award of financial aid will be suspended during this quarter. 



34 



V- Admission to the 
College 

General Information 

Application forms for admission to Armstrong State College are 
attached to this Bulletin and provided by the Admissions Office 
upon request. An application cannot be considered until all re- 
quired forms are properly executed and returned to the Admissions 
Office. 

The applicant must be at least sixteen years old on or before 
registration date and must give evidence of good moral character, 
promise of growth and development, seriousness of purpose, and a 
sense of social responsibility. Armstrong State College reserves the 
right to examine and appraise the character, the personality, and 
the physical fitness of the applicant by the use of tests and to re- 
quire additional biographical data and an interview before the 
applicant is accepted or rejected. If an interview is required, the 
applicant will be notified. 

Armstrong State College reserves the right to refuse to accept 
any or all of the credits from any high school or other institution, 
notwithstanding its accredited status, when the College deter- 
mines through investigation or otherwise that the quality of in- 
struction at such high school or other institution is for any reason 
deficient or unsatisfactory. The judgment of the College on this 
question shall be final. 

On the basis of achievement as reflected by high school or college 
grades and academic potential as shown by scores on the Scholastic 
Aptitude Test, an evaluation of each applicant's readiness to un- 
dertake college work will be made. The Admissions Officer may 
refer any application to the Admissions Committee of the college 
for study and advice. 

The decision as to whether an applicant shall be accepted or re- 
jected shall be made by the Admissions Officer in accordance with 
admission policies and subject to the applicant's right of appeal as 
provided in the policies of the Board of Regents of the University 
System. The Admissions Officer shall, as promptly as practicable, 
inform the applicant of the action taken upon his application. 

The College reserves the right to terminate acceptance of appli- 
cations when enrollment capacity is reached. The College further 
reserves the right to reject an applicant who is not a resident of the 
State of Georgia. 

All students enrolled at Armstrong State College are required to 
affirm that they will abide by the provisions of the Honor Code. For 
a detailed explanation of the Honor System see the "Regulations" 
section of this Bulletin. 

Information Required for Freshman Applicants 

All freshman applicants must submit the following: 

1. a. Certificate of graduation from an accredited high school. A 

35 



transcript of the applicant's high school record must be sub- 
mitted by the high school directly to the College. 

OR 
b. Evidence of successful completion of the General Education 
Development Test (GED), with no scores less than 45. A score 
report form must be submitted directly to the college from the 
GED testing center where the student took the test or by 
DANTES, 2318 South Park Street, Madison, Wisconsin 53713 
(if the student took the test through the United States Armed 
Forces Institute while in military service). 
Satisfactory scores on the Scholastic aptitude Test of the Col- 
lege Entrance Examination Board. Specific scores required 
are listed under the categories of admission below. Official 
results of the SAT must be filed with the Admissions Office by 
the final date for the submission of an application for the quar- 
ter in which a student wishes to enroll. The Scholastic Ap- 
titude Test is given in all states and many foreign countries at 
least six times annually. Students wishing to make application 
to take the test may secure application forms from their sec- 
ondary school principal or counselor or from the College En- 
trance Examination Board, Box 592, Princeton, New Jersey 
08540, or Box 1025, Berkeley, California 94701. 



Admission Requirements and Categories of 

Admission 

The applicant who has fulfilled the general admission require- 
ments listed above will be granted admission to the College if he/she 
meets at least one of the following specific requirements: 

a high school grade-point average of 1.8 

or 

a score of not less than 250 on the verbal section of the Scholastic 
Aptitude Test 

or 

a score of not less than 280 on the mathematics section of the 
Scholastic Aptitude Test. 



Regular Admission 

The applicant who meets all three of the following requirements 
will be granted regular admission to the College: 

a total score on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of at least 750 (com- 
bined verbal and mathematics section) 

and 

a score of not less than 330 on the verbal section of the Scholastic 
Aptitude Test 

and 

a score of not less than 330 on the mathematics section of the 
Scholastic Aptitude Test. 

36 



Conditional Admission 

The applicant who qualifies for admission to the College but who 
does not qualify for regular admission will be granted conditional 
admission. All conditionally admitted students must take the Basic 
Skills Examination. This examination should be taken before the 
student's first registration at the College. Test dates for the Basic 
Skills Examination appear in the Academic Calendar in this Bulle- 
tin. If a conditionally admitted student registers before taking the 
Basic Skills Examination, his/her choice of courses will be limited to 
English 98 and Reading 98 (if the student's SAT verbal score is 
below 330), Mathematics 98 (if the student's SAT mathematics 
score is below 330), Study Techniques 99, and core physical educa- 
tion courses. 

The student who presents an SAT verbal score of 330 or higher 
and an SAT mathematics score of 330 or higher but whose combined 
SAT score is less than 750 must take the Basic Skills Examination 
for advisement purposes. When the examination has been taken, 
the student will be granted regular admission. 

The student who presents an SAT verbal score of less than 330 
and/or an SAT mathematics score of less than 330 will be granted 
regular admission if he/she passes all parts of the Basic Skills 
Examination. If he/she does not pass all parts of the examination, 
the student will remain conditionally admitted, will be placed in the 
Special Studies Program, and will be required to enroll in appro- 
priate courses in the Department of Special Studies until such time 
as his/her identified academic deficiencies are removed. Upon suc- 
cessful completion of the Special Studies courses required, the stu- 
dent will be granted regular admission. 

A student in the Special Studies Program must have his/her 
schedule of classes approved by the Head of the Department of 
Special Studies each time the student registers or preregisters. The 
Head of the Department may refuse to allow a student in the Spe- 
cial Studies Program to enroll in any course for which the student 
lacks a prerequisite or for which the student's academic prepara- 
tion appears inadequate. 

A student in the Special Studies Program will not be allowed to 
continue as a student at the College if the student receives three 
grades other than P for a course required of him in the Special 
Studies Program. Grades other than P include U, I, W, WU, and WF. 

A student will exit the Special Studies Program and be granted 
regular admission status upon satisfying the requirements stated 
in the policies of the Special Studies Program. Copies of these 
policies may be obtained from the Special Studies departmental 
office. 



Advanced Placement and Credit by Examination 

Armstrong State College gives advanced placement, or in some 
cases college credit, for college level high school courses, on the 
basis of the student's grade on the College Board Advanced Place- 
ment Examination or the Admissions Testing Program achieve- 

37 



ment tests and approval by the appropriate department head at 
Armstrong State College. 

College credit may be granted for satisfactory scores on selected 
tests of the College-Level Examination Program (CLEP), for satis- 
factory completion of appropriate courses and tests offered 
through the United States Armed Forces Institute (USAFI), and 
for military service schools and experience as recommended by the 
Commission on Accreditation of Service Experiences of the Ameri- 
can Council on Education. Such credits may not exceed more than 
one-fourth of the work counted toward a degree. 

Specifically, the student with a strong academic background 
may, through certain examinations, demonstrate competence in: 
Art 200; Biology 101, 102; English 111; Foreign Language 101, 102, 
103; History 114, 115, 251, 252; Mathematics 101, 103, 104, 201, 220; 
Music 200; Natural Science without Laboratory; Nursing 101; 
Political Science 113; Sociology 201. For information concerning the 
examinations which apply to the specific areas, please make in- 
quiry to the Office of Admissions, the Office of the Registrar, the 
Office of Counseling and Placement, or the Head of the appropriate 
Academic Department. 

It is possible for a student, through a combination of the ad- 
vanced placement and credit by examination programs, to begin his 
formal instructional program at Armstrong State College as a 
sophomore. 

Requirements for Transfer Applicants 

1. Transfer applicants will follow the same procedures as 
freshman applicants, except that transfer applicants who will 
have achieved sophomore standing at the time of their en- 
trance will not be required to submit their high school records. 
Such records may be required by the Admissions Office, but 
normally the transcripts of previous college records will suf- 
fice in place of the high school record. A transfer applicant 
must ask the Registrar of each college he has previously at- 
tended to mail an official transcript of his record to the Admis- 
sions Office at Armstrong State College, regardless of the 
transferability of the credits. 

2. Transfer applicants who will enter with less than 36 quarter 
hours completed must meet entrance requirements of both 
freshman and transfer applicants and will be required to sub- 
mit their high school records as well as transcripts of college 
records. 

3. A transfer applicant will not be eligible for admission to 
Armstrong State College unless he is eligible to return to the 
last college attended on the date he expects to enter 
Armstrong. A student who is on suspension from another col- 
lege because of poor scholarship or for disciplinary reasons will 
not be eligible for admission. 

4. A transfer applicant will be considered for admission to 
Armstrong State College, if, on all work attempted at other 
institutions, his academic performance as shown by his 
grade-point average is equivalent to the minimum standard 

38 



required by Armstrong State College students of comparable 
standing. (See chart under Academic Probation and Dismissal 
Policy in the "Academic Regulations" section of this Bulletin.) 

5. Credit will be given for transfer work in which the student 
received a grade of "C" or above. Credit will also be given for 
transfer work in which the student received grades of "D", 
with the limitation that such credit will not exceed twenty-five 
(25) percent of the total amount of credit accepted with grades 
of "C" or above. College credit will not be allowed for such 
courses as remedial English or remedial mathematics or 
courses basically of secondary school level. 

6. Credits earned at an intitution which is not a member of the 
appropriate regional accrediting agency can be accepted on a 
provisional basis only. A student transferring from an institu- 
tion which is not a member of a regional accrediting agency 
must achieve a "C" average on his first fifteen quarter hours of 
work at Armstrong in order to be eligible to continue. In cer- 
tain areas he may be required to validate credits by examina- 
tion. In computing cumulative grade averages, only the work 
attempted at Armstrong will be considered. 

7. The amount of credit that Armstrong will allow for work done 
in another institution within a given period of time may not 
exceed the normal amount of credit that could have been 
earned at Armstrong during that time. A maximum of 100 
quarter hours may be transferred from a junior college. At 
least half of the courses in the major field must be taken at 
Armstrong. 

8. Not more than one-fourth of the work counted toward a degree 
may be taken through correspondence or extension courses. 
No correspondence courses may be used to meet requirements 
in the major field or the related field for the bachelor's degree. 
No correspondence course may be taken while a student is 
enrolled at Armstrong State College without prior approval of 
the Vice President and the head of the department in which 
the student is majoring. Correspondence credit will not be ac- 
cepted for courses in English composition or foreign language. 

Readmission of Former Students 

A student who has not been enrolled at Armstrong for one or 
more quarters must apply for readmission on a form provided by 
the Admissions Office. This requirement does not apply to students 
who do not register for courses during the summer quarter. A 
former student who has not attended another college since leaving 
Armstrong may be readmitted provided he is not on suspension at 
the time he wishes to reenter. A former student who has attended 
another college since leaving Armstrong must meet requirements 
as listed in the bulletin in effect at the time of his return. 

Transient Students 

Transient student status means that a student is admitted to 
Armstrong State College only for a specified period of time, nor- 

39 



mally for one quarter. An applicant for transient status must file a 
regular application form and submit a statement from his Dean or 
registrar that he is in good standing and has permission to take 
specific courses at Armstrong to be transferred to his own institu- 
tion when satisfactorily completed. Since transient students are 
not admitted as regular Armstrong students, transcripts of college 
work completed elsewhere are not usually required of such applic- 
ants. A transient student who wishes to remain at Armstrong 
longer than one quarter must submit an additional statement from 
his Dean or Registrar, or he must meet all requirements for regular 
admission as a transfer student. 

Armstrong State College Accelerated Program 
for High School Students 

High school students who have completed the eleventh grade, 
who have met the criteria for admission to the program and who 
maintain its standards will be permitted to enroll for college credit 
in at least one course but not more than two courses each quarter at 
Armstrong State College while they complete the senior year of 
high school. Upon graduation from high school, these students will 
be admitted as regular students of the College. 

Through this program, a student may complete over two-thirds of 
the freshman year of college before he begins his regular college 
career. Students accepted in the program may choose any 
freshman course for which they meet all prerequisites, with per- 
mission of their high school principal or counselor and college ad- 
visor. 

A student forfeits the privilege of this program if in any quarter 
his grade in the course is below C or his high school average in 
academic courses is below B. 

The College will consider a student for this program only upon 
written recommendation of his high school principal or counselor. 
In the view of the College, it is only these individuals who can judge 
the circumstances that may make the program valuable and prac- 
ticable for any student. 

To be admitted to the program a student must satisfy all of these 
criteria: 

1. written recommendation by the Principal or counselor of the 
high school; 

2. completion of the eleventh grade in an accredited high school; 

3. a combined verbal and mathematics SAT score of 1,000; 

4. a minimum grade-point-average of 3.0 in high school work 
completed. 

Early Admission and Joint Enrollment Programs 

Armstrong State College offers an early admission program for 
those students who have completed the eleventh grade in high 
school and who have demonstrated outstanding academic poten- 
tial. The criteria for admission to this program are the same as 
those listed for the Accelerated Program. 

40 



Additionally, the college cooperates with the Chatham County 
School System in the offering of a joint enrollment program which 
is an early admission program allowing the student to enroll full- 
time at the college while remaining on the rolls of his local high 
school. After successfully meeting all established criteria for the 
early admission program, the student will be awarded a high school 
diploma at the end of his freshman year in college. For further 
information on this program the prospective applicant should con- 
sult his high school counselor and/or request information from the 
Admissions Office at Armstrong State College. 

Foreign Students 

It is recommended that, whenever possible, foreign students 
begin their attendance at the college in the fall quarter. The college 
also recommends that a foreign student attend an ELS language 
center prior to enrollment. (Applications for ELS are available 
from the Admissions Coordinator, ELS Language Center, 3331 
Ocean Park Blvd. Suite 201, Santa Monica, California 90405. 

A student from a country other than the United States who is 
interested in attending Armstrong must meet the following re- 
quirements before application is made: 

1. He must have met the requirements of freshman applicants. 

2. He must have an official transcript of his academic record 
mailed to the Admissions Office at Armstrong with an official 
translation. 

3. He must take the SAT of the College Entrance Examination 
Board in the testing center nearest his home and ask that the 
results be sent to Armstrong. 

4. He must take the Test of English as a Foreign Language 
(TOEFL) and score a minimum of 500 for consideration for 
admission to the college. 

5. He must submit a statement of financial resources prior to 
attendance. 

6. He must show proof of adequate health and life insurance. 
If the applicant meets the academic requirements for admission, 

he will be sent an application form. After it has been returned and 
approved, the applicant will be sent an 1-20 Form (I-20A and I-20B), 
which he can take to the American consul to ask for a student visa. 
When he arrives on campus, he will be tested in English composi- 
tion for class placement. 

No scholarships are available for students who are not legal resi- 
dents of Georgia. All foreign students must pay non-resident fees. 

Admission of Veterans 

After having been accepted at Armstrong State College and upon 
receipt of Certification of Eligibility and Entitlement from the Vet- 
erans Administration, veterans may attend under Public Law 358 
(Veterans Readjustment Benefit Act of 1966), Public Law 815 (dis- 
abled), Public Law 894 (disabled), Public Law 634 (war orphans), or 
Public Law 361 (children of permanently disabled veterans). Stu- 

41 



dents under Public Laws 358, 361, or 634 should be prepared to pay 
tuition and fees at the time of registration. 

Applicants Sponsored by Vocational 
Rehabilitation 

Those applicants sponsored by Vocational Rehabilitation or 
other community agencies must apply at least six (6) weeks before 
the beginning of any quarter to insure proper processing of applica- 
tions. 

Admission to the Associate in Science Degree 
Program in Nursing 

Nursing requires a variety of skills and aptitudes and offers op- 
portunities for service at differing levels of expertise. The associate 
degree nurse utilizes theories and principles from bio-psycho-social 
sciences and nursing as a basis for the nursing process. He/she uses 
the nursing process to support, promote or alter the client's adap- 
tive state in response to identified, commonly occurring, health 
stressors. The associate degree nurse is prepared to work co- 
operatively with colleagues on the nursing team in those health 
agencies where the setting is structured and supervision is availa- 
ble. The candidate for the associate degree nursing program should 
have good physical and mental health as well as those personal 
qualifications appropriate for nursing. 

The Associate in Science degree program in Nursing is approved 
by the Georgia Board of Nursing and is fully accredited by the Na- 
tional League for Nursing (NLN). 

General Information 

Admission to Armstrong State College does not in any way 
guarantee formal admission to the Associate Degree Program in 
Nursing. It is important that the applicant for admission to this 
program file all papers required for admission consideration as 
early as possible in the academic year preceding the Fall Quarter in 
which the applicant wishes to enroll. It is recommended that in- 
terested people who have been away from school for a considerable 
period of time enroll in at least one academic course in an accredited 
college of their choice during the year prior to application to the 
Associate Degree Nursing Program. 

The Admissions Committee in the Department of Nursing will 
act only on completed applications. Admission decisions will nor- 
mally be made in April each year. When the class has been filled, 
admissions will be closed. Students who qualify for admission but 
who are not admitted because of lack of space may re-apply for the 
following year's class, repeating all application procedures. Stu- 
dents admitted for a given academic year must enter the Nursing 
Program during that academic year or re-apply for admission for 
any subsequent year. Determination of admission to the Nursing 
Program is a function of the Nursing Faculty. 

42 



Transfer students must meet the minimum criteria for admission 
to The Department of Associate Degree Nursing as stated. Credit 
for nursing courses and science courses taken prior to application 
to the Nursing Program must be approved by The Department of 
Associate Degree Nursing. 

The major part of the applicant's high school work should be in 
the college preparatory area. Because of the heavy emphasis on 
science in the nursing curriculum, it is important that the applicant 
have a strong foundation in biology, chemistry, and mathematics. 
The quality of the applicant's high school work in English and So- 
cial Studies is important in the total evaluation of the qualifications 
for admission to the program. 

In addition to the usual college tuition and fees, the student in the 
Associate Degree Nursing Program must purchase uniforms and 
some supplies and equipment. Each student is required to wear the 
official insignia of the Nursing Program on an approved uniform. 
Approximately two weeks before the opening of school, each stu- 
dent admitted to the program will receive information, along with 
approximate charges, concerning supplies, equipment, and uni- 
forms needed for the Fall Quarter. Students in the program are 
responsible for providing their own transportation to and from the 
community hospitals and other health agencies which furnish their 
facilities for use in clinical instruction within the program. 

Before registering for the first nursing courses, each student 
must have (1) proof of nursing liability insurance; (2) a satisfactory 
health record; (3) successfully completed all English and Mathema- 
tics diagnostic requirements, if applicable. 

How to Apply 

1. Complete all papers required in the application for admission 
to Armstrong State College. The procedures for admission to 
the College are outlined in this section of the Bulletin. Mark 
the application A.D. Nursing Only. 

2. An applicant for admission to the Associate Degree program 
in Nursing will not be considered until the student has re- 
ceived regular admission to the College. 

3. The applicant must send SAT scores and the appropriate 
transcripts to .the Department of Nursing (in addition to 
those submitted as part of the procedures required for admis- 
sion to the College). 

4. When the applicant has been admitted to the College as a 
regular student and when the Department of Nursing has 
received the applicant's transcripts and SAT scores, he/she 
will be given an application form for admission to the As- 
sociate Degree program in Nursing. 

5. Applicants who are on academic probation or suspension 
from another college will not be considered for admission to 
the program. 

Criteria for Admission 

Applicants who meet the following minimum criteria will be con- 
sidered for admission to the program at the time of application. The 

43 



actual determination of admission of applicants to the Nursing 
program is a function of the Nursing faculty. 

1. a combined score of 750 on the verbal and mathematics sec- 
tions of the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance 
Examination Board, with a score of not less than 350 on the verbal 
section and a score of not less than 350 on the mathematics section; 

2. a minimum grade-point average of 2.5 (based on a 4.0 scale) in a 
high school curriculum which includes natural and social sciences; 

3. a minimum overall adjusted college grade-point average of 2.0 
(based on a 4.0 scale), if applicable. Within this overall 2.0 grade- 
point average, a 2.0 grade-point average for any courses taken from 
within the General Requirements listed in the Associate degree 
curriculum in this Bulletin, with no more than one repeat grade 
among these courses. 

Applicants who do not meet the criteria for admission outlined 
above may apply for admission after having met the following 
criteria. 

1. completion of the following specific General Requirements as 
listed in the Associate degree curriculum in this Bulletin: 

two courses selected from Chemistry 201, Zoology 208, Zoology 209 

with grades of "C" or better; 

three courses selected from English 111, 112; History 251 or 252; 

Political Science 113; Psychology 101 with a 2.0 average or better. 

These five courses must be completed no later than the end of the 

Winter Quarter prior to the Fall Quarter for which admission is 

sought. 

2. maintenance of an overall adjusted college grade-point aver- 
age of 2.0 (based on a 4.0 scale), with a grade-point average of 2.0 for 
any courses taken within the General Requirements of the As- 
sociate degree curriculum in addition to those listed above. 

3. No more than one repeat grade in any of the General Re- 
quirements of the Associate Degree curriculum. 

Time Limit for Program Completion 

Students must complete the Associate degree program within 
three (3) consecutive academic years from the date of their initial 
admission to the program. Students who do not complete the pro- 
gram within this time limit must reapply for admission, meet cur- 
rent criteria for admission, and have their previous credits 
evaluated at the time of their subsequent admission. Students who 
are readmitted must meet course requirements in effect at the time 
of their readmission. 

Readmission to the Program 

Students who have been admitted to and enrolled in The As- 
sociate Degree Program in Nursing but have been involuntarily 
suspended from the program for academic reasons or have with- 
drawn from the program, may apply for readmission only if they 
have maintained an overall adjusted college grade-point average of 
2.0, have earned a 2.0 average in all courses taken from within The 
General Requirements of The Associate Degree curriculum with 

44 



not more than one repeat from among these courses and have pass- 
ed each science course attempted with a "C" or better in at least two 
of these courses. Students must reenter no later than one year from 
the time of suspension or withdrawal. If they do not reenter within 
one year, they will be required to apply as a new student, meeting 
the admission criteria and progression criteria in effect at that 
time. 

Admission to the Bachelor of Science Degree 
Program in Nursing 

The Baccalaureate Nursing Department at Armstrong State 
College offers a curriculum which provides entering freshmen, 
transfer students, and Registered Nurses the opportunity to earn 
the degree of Bachelor of Science in Nursing. The major portion of 
the applicant's high school work should be in the college prepara- 
tory area since nursing builds upon the sciences, languages, 
mathematics and social studies. 

Applicants to the Baccalaureate Degree Nursing Program must 
be admitted to Armstrong State College prior to making application 
to the Nursing Major. Students admitted to Armstrong State Col- 
lege must meet the admission requirements of the Baccalaureate 
Nursing Department to be eligible for admission to the Pre-nursing 
classification or the Nursing Major. Admission to the Nursing 
Major is the function of the Nursing Admissions Committee. The 
Admissions Committee acts only on completed applications. 

When the class is filled, the Admissions Committee will close ad- 
missions. Students who qualify but who are not admitted because of 
lack of space may reapply for the next quarter that students are 
admitted. Students will be admitted to the Nursing major Fall and 
Winter Quarters. 

Because clinical learning experiences are provided in a variety of 
settings, students will be responsible for providing their own trans- 
portation to and from clinical areas. Armstrong State College does 
not provide student housing. Students should contact the Office of 
Student Affairs for information regarding housing available in the 
area. 

Students will be required to purchase an official uniform, health 
and liability insurance, and supplies and equipment as determined 
by the Baccalaureate Nursing Faculty. Each student will be re- 
quired to wear the official insignia of the Nursing Program on each 
uniform. Information regarding medical histories, liability insur- 
ance, uniforms, supplies and equipment will be provided after ad- 
mission to the Nursing major. 

Criteria for Admission-Pre-Nursing 

Freshman applicants may be admitted to the Baccalaureate de- 
gree program with a pre-Nursing classification at the beginning of 
any academic quarter. Such admission does not guarantee admis- 
sion to the Nursing major. These applicants must: 

1. have regular admission status at the College; 

2. have a minimum SAT verbal score of 350; 

45 



3. have a minimum SAT mathematics score of 350; 

4. have a verbal/mathematics combined SAT of at least 750; 

5. qualify prior to or during the first quarter of their attendance 
for admission to English 111 and Mathematics 101 (this qual- 
ification may be achieved by presentation of a SAT verbal 
score of 500 and a SAT mathematics score of 420 or by taking 
and passing the placement examinations for each of the 
courses or by successfully completing the appropriate reme- 
dial English and Mathematics courses). 

Transfer students must have a 2.0 cumulative grade-point- 
average in all appropriate college course work to be admitted with 
the pre-Nursing classification. 

Criteria for Admission to the Nursing Major 

Admission to the Nursing major is on a space-available basis and 
is limited to the best qualified students as determined by the Ad- 
missions Committee for the Baccalaureate Program. Admission 
criteria include: 

1. Completion of 49 hours of prerequisite course work as indi- 
cated in the pre-Nursing curriculum; 

2. A grade of "C" or better in each pre-professional course; no 
more than one repeat grade in each course will be acceptable; 

3. An adjusted GPA of 2.5 in all appropriate course work attemp- 
ted. See curriculum requirements. 

Transfer applicants with credit beyond the sophomore level must 
fulfill the requirements for both pre-nursing and pre-professional 
courses as indicated in the curriculum for the nursing major. Level 
of entry into the nursing major for all students will be determined 
by the Admission Committee for the Baccalaureate Program. 
Transfer credit will be awarded to students transferring from other 
bachelor of science in nursing programs if the Admission Commit- 
tee determines a course(s) to be equivalent to courses within the 
BSN curriculum. Supportive documents i.e. course outlines, course 
descriptions, etc. must be presented to the Admission Committee 
for their use in determining course equivalency. Pre-professional 
courses must be evaluated by the B.S.N. Department to determine 
whether or not the courses will meet the pre-professional cur- 
riculum requirements. No more than 100 credit hours will be ac- 
cepted in transfer from a junior college. A transfer student must 
take the Regents' Examination during his/her first quarter of at- 
tendance, if he/she has earned 45 quarter hours or more of credit. 

Challenge Examination Credit: Students with previous course 
work and/or nursing experience will be eligible to challenge BSN 
201 and 202 for credit. Students who do not successfully complete 
the challenge examination will be required to take the course(s). 
Transfer applicants from other Registered Nurse Programs who 
have had similar nursing courses which do not transfer as credit, 
are eligible to challenge those 300 level courses designated as open 
to challenge. Challenge examinations may be attempted only one 
time. 

Registered Nurse applicants must meet the criteria established 
for transfer students and must also submit proof of licensure. After 

46 



admission to the nursing major, Registered Nurses may challenge 
a maximum of 32 credit hours of nursing courses through oral 
and/or written examinations. Students will be awarded senior level 
status upon completion of 135 credit hours of appropriate course 
work (including successful performance on challenge examinations 
and successful completion of BSN 300 and 306). 

CLEP examinations for general education courses may be taken, 
with the total credit for these examinations not to exceed 25 per- 
cent of the required quarter hours acceptable for the nursing 
major. 

Time Limit for Program Completion 

Students must complete the Baccalaureate Nursing Program 
within four (4) consecutive years from the date of their initial ad- 
mission to the Nursing major. Students who do not complete the 
program within this time limit must apply for readmission, meet 
current criteria for admission, and have their previous credits 
evaluated. Students who are granted readmission must meet 
course requirements in effect at the time. 

Readmission Procedures 

1. The student must complete the readmission application for 
Armstrong State College and the Nursing major. 

2. The student will be required to meet admission and cur- 
riculum requirements in effect at the time of readmission. 

3. The student's readmission will be based upon space available 
and recommendation by the Admissions Committee of the 
Baccalaureate Program. 



Admission to the Associate in Science Degree 
Program in Dental Hygiene 

The profession of Dental Hygiene is an ideal career for individu- 
als interested in science and health services. The growing and con- 
stant demand for graduate dental hygienists assures regular hours 
and good compensation. 

A dental hygienist works under the general supervision of a den- 
tist and performs a number of dental functions. The hygienist's 
duties usually include performing oral prophylaxis (cleaning of 
teeth), instructing patients in dental health, taking, developing and 
mounting dental x-rays, applying fluorides and sometimes assist- 
ing the dentist in chairside and laboratory duties. 

There are certain personal qualifications which are essential for 
a successful dental hygienist. These are good health, neat appear- 
ance, high moral character, a desire to be of service to others, and 
the ability to get along well with people. 

There are no definite age requirements or restrictions for the 
basic Dental Hygiene program. However, all applicants must be 
graduates of an accredited high school or its equivalent. 

47 



General Information 

Admission to Armstrong State College does not in any way 
guarantee admission to the Associate Degree Program in Dental 
Hygiene. Applicants must first be accepted for admission to the 
college with Regular Admission status; they then must meet the 
requirements for admission to the Associate Degree program in 
Dental Hygiene before being accepted as students in that program. 

The purpose of the program is to meet the need for individuals 
educated in this rapidly growing and important health profession. 
Dental Hygienists are in demand to provide dental health services 
in private dental offices, civil service positions, school programs, 
and various public health fields. They practice under the supervi- 
sion of a dentist and must pass a written national board examina- 
tion and a state board examination for licensure. To qualify for 
many state board examinations, the hygienist must be a United 
States citizen. 

Admission to the program is limited to thirty students in each 
class. Students enroll in the Fall Quarter of each year. Applications 
for admission should be completed by April 15 for the Fall Quarter. 
These applications must include a transcript of academic work to 
that date. A complete transcript must be submitted as soon as pos- 
sible thereafter. 

The major part of the applicant's high school work should be in 
the college preparatory area. Because of the heavy emphasis on 
science in the dental hygiene curriculum, it is important that the 
applicant have a strong foundation in biology, chemistry, and 
mathematics. The quality of the applicant's high school work in 
English and Social Studies is important in the total evaluation of 
the qualifications for admission to the program. 

Applicants who are on academic probation or suspension from 
another college will not be considered for admission to the program. 
Unless specifically approved by the Head of the Department, credit 
will not be accepted for courses taken in another school of Dental 
Hygiene. 

In addition to the normal college tuition and fees, the student in 
the Dental Hygiene program must purchase some supplies and 
equipment. Only new, complete, and approved instrument kits are 
acceptable. Each student is required to wear the official uniform of 
the program. These uniforms are ordered during the Fall Quarter. 
Approximately two weeks before the opening of school, each stu- 
dent admitted to the program will receive information, with ap- 
proximate costs, concerning supplies and equipment needed for the 
Fall Quarter. 

Armstrong State College does not provide student housing. For 
information regarding housing available in the area, contact the 
Office of Student Affairs. Students are responsible for providing 
their own transportation to and from community agencies when 
they are assigned to these agencies for field experiences. 

Desired Admission Criteria 

Factors influencing the decisions of the Dental Hygiene Admis- 
sions Committee are: 

48 



1. A 2.5 or better high school grade-point average. 

2. A SAT score (composite verbal and mathematics) of 850 or 
above. 

3. An average score on the Dental Hygiene Aptitude test of 4.0. 
This test is recommended but is not required. 

4. Dental office experience. 

5. A 2.0 grade-point average on all previous college work, if 
applicable. Students transferring from another program 
within the college or from another college must have this av- 
erage to be considered for admission. The 2.0 average must be 
maintained to date of actual matriculation in the program. 

The Dental Hygiene Admissions Committee will give special con- 
sideration to applicants who have completed one year of college 
work and who have completed Chemistry 201 or Zoology 208 (or 
their equivalents) with a grade of "C" or better. 

After all credentials have been received, the applicant may re- 
quest a personal interview with the Admissions Committee to dis- 
cuss matters relative to his or her application. 

Readmission to the Program 

Students who have been admitted to and have enrolled in the 
Dental Hygiene program but who have either withdrawn or have 
been dropped from the program may apply for readmission to the 
program only if they have a cummulative college grade-point aver- 
age of 2.0 (C) at the time they wish to reenter. 

How to Apply 

1. Complete all papers required in the application for admission 
to Armstrong State College. The procedures for admission to 
the College are outlined in this section of the Bulletin. Mark 
the application For Dental Hygiene Only. These forms are to 
be returned to the Admissions office. 

2. Complete and return to the Department of Dental Hygiene the 
personal data form, the dental form, and a recent photograph. 

3. It is recommended, but not required, that all applicants take 
the Dental Hygiene Aptitude Test. In order for the test scores 
to reach the Department of Dental Hygiene before April 15, 
the test should be taken during the Fall or Winter testing 
period. 

Applicants may address the Director of Admissions or the Head 
of the Department of Dental Hygiene at Armstrong State College if 
they require additional information concerning admission to the 
Associate in Science degree program in Dental Hygiene. 

Admission to the Associate in Science Degree 
Program in Medical Record Technology 

Program Objectives 

The Medical Record Technology (MRT) program goals are to as- 
sist the student in gaining an understanding of the significance of 

49 



the work of the medical record profession and to provide the 
health-care field with competent and knowledgeable medical rec- 
ord technicians. 

Credentialing 

Graduates are eligible to take the national accreditation exami- 
nation to become "Accredited Record Technicians," (ART) through 
the American Medical Record Association. 

Admission Requirements 

New classes in the MRT program begin each fall quarter. Since a 
limited number of students are accepted, applicants should at- 
tempt to submit completed applications by June 1 of each year. 

In addition to the admission requirements established by the 
College (transcripts, SAT, GED, application fee, etc.), eligibility for 
the MRT program requires: 

1. A total SAT score of 750, with minimum scores of 350 on the 
verbal section and 350 on the math section. 

2. A minimum grade point average of 2.0 (based on a 4.0 system) 
on any previous high school or college work. 

3. A demonstration of typing proficiency of 40 wpm. 

4. A satisfactory medical examination by a physician (Physical 
Exam forms can be obtained in the MRT office.) 

5. A letter of recommendation be mailed to the Program Direc- 
tor. 

6. An interview with a member of the MRT faculty. 

Time Limit for Program Completion 

The MRT program is a seven quarter (two-year) program. Stu- 
dents must complete the Associate degree in MRT within four (4) 
consecutive academic years from the date of their initial admission 
to the program. Students who do not complete the program within 
this time limit must reapply for admission, meet current criteria for 
admission, and have their previous credits evaluated at the time of 
their subsequent admission. Students who are readmitted must 
meet course requirements in effect at the time of their readmission. 

Clinical Requirements 

The purchase of any required uniforms and name tags for "Di- 
rected Experience" in health care facilities will be the financial 
responsibility of the student. The student will be expected to pro- 
vide her/his own transportation to the hospitals and to any 
scheduled field trips. 

Recommended Preparatory Courses 

It is suggested that students planning to apply to this program 
have a minimum of one (1) course in each of the following: typing, 
secretarial or business courses, English, biological science, 
mathematics, and speech on the high school level. 

50 



Admission to the Associate in Science Degree 
Program in Respiratory Therapy 

Admission requirements for DIRECT entry into the Respiratory 
Therapy Program include: 

1. Student must be accepted for GENERAL admission by 
Armstrong State College or have successfully completed the 
Special Studies sequence. Students must also be in GOOD 
STANDING with the college at the time of student selection. 

2. Student must have an SAT score of at least 750 with a 
minimum score of 350 in each section (Math and Verbal) of the 
test. The results of the Armstrong ISAT will be accepted in 
lieu of the national examination. 

3. The student must have at least a 2.0 (C) GPA. High school, 
technical school or college transcripts must be available for 
review by the selection committee. 

Meeting the requirements for direct admission to the Respira- 
tory Therapy Program does not guarantee acceptance. Final stu- 
dent selection will be made by the faculty selection committee. 

Clinical Requirements 

All students are required to purchase uniforms, name tags and 
equipment required in the clinical area. 

All students are required to provide their own transportation to 
clinical facilities which are located throughout the community. 

To meet contractural obligations with the clinical affiliates, the 
program requires students to submit a complete health history 
form and evidence of liability (malpractice) insurance prior to par- 
ticipation in clinical practicums. 

Registration 

Complete instructions concerning registration are made availa- 
ble to all students at the beginning of the registration period. Reg- 
istration includes academic advisement, selection of courses, en- 
rollment in classes, and payment of fees. Students who are 
employed may complete and renew annually a request for priority 
in registration before or early in the preregistration week in the 
Registrar's Office. Full details regarding registration are provided 
to all incoming students after they have been approved for admis- 
sion to the College. 

Residency Requirements of the Board of Regents 

To be considered a legal resident of Georgia, the applicant must 
establish the following facts to the satisfaction of the Registrar. 
1. (a) If a person is 18 years of age or older, he or she may register 
as a resident student only upon a showing that he or she has 
been a legal resident of Georgia for a period of at least twelve 
months immediately preceding the date of registration, 
(b) No emancipated minor or person 18 years of age or older 
shall be deemed to have gained or acquired in-state residence 



51 



status for fee purposes while attending any educational in- 
stitution in this State, in the absence of a clear demonstration 
that he or she has in fact established legal residence in this 
State. 

2. If a person is under 18 years of age, he or she may register as a 
resident student only upon a showing that his or her support- 
ing parent or guardian has been a legal resident of Georgia for 
a period of at least twelve months immediately preceding the 
date of registration. 

3. A person stationed in Georgia who is on full-time, active mili- 
tary duty with the armed forces and his or her spouse and 
dependent children may register upon payment of resident 
fees even though they have not been legal residents of Georgia 
for the preceding twelve months. 

4. A full-time employee of the University System and his or her 
spouse and dependent children may register on the payment 
of resident fees even though he or she has not been a legal 
resident of Georgia for the twelve months. 

5. Non-resident graduate students who hold teaching or re- 
search assistanships requiring at least one-third time service 
may register as students in the institution in which they are 
employed on payment of resident fees. 

6. Full-time teachers in the public schools of Georgia and their 
dependent children may enroll as students in the University 
System institutions on the payment of resident fees. 

7. All aliens shall b^ classified as non-resident students; pro- 
vided, however, that an alien who is living in this country 
under a visa permitting permanent residence shall have the 
same privilege of qualifying for resident status for fee pur- 
poses as a citizen of the United States. 

8. Foreign students who attend institutions of the University 
System under financial sponsorhip of civic or religious groups 
located in this State, may be enrolled upon the payment of 
resident fees, provided the number of such foreign students in 
any one institution does not exceed the quota approved by the 
Board of Regents for that institution. 

9. If the parents or legal guardian of a minor change his or her 
legal residence to another state following a period of legal res- 
idence in Georgia, the minor may continue to take courses for a 
period of twelve months on the payment of resident fees. After 
the expiration of the twelve month period the student may 
continue his registration only upon the payment of fees at the 
non-resident rate. 

10. In the event that a legal resident of Georgia is appointed as 
guardian of a non-resident minor, such minor will not be 
permitted to register as a student until the expiration of one 
year from the date of court appointment, and then only upon 
proper showing that such appointment was not made to avoid 
payment of the non-resident fees. 



52 



VI. ACADEMIC 
REGULATIONS 

Academic Advisement 

Academic Advisement is made available to each student at 
Armstrong State College. The Vice President gives overall direc- 
tion to the advisement program, with the appropriate Department 
Head coordinating advisement activities within the various de- 
partments. The student is expected to seek advisement from the 
department in which he is taking a major. The advisor maintains a 
record of his advisees' academic progress from quarter to quarter. 
The student who does not take advantage of the academic advise- 
ment program at the College should be reminded that he is respon- 
sible for fulfilling the requirements of his degree program and must 
be extremely careful to observe all regulations for admission to 
courses, such as the requirement of prerequisite courses, some- 
times with a specified grade. Credit for a course is invalid unless all 
prerequisite requirements are observed. 

During summer orientation, or on registration day, all new stu- 
dents, both freshman and transfer students, will meet in groups 
with advisors. At this time, students make a selection of appro- 
priate classes for their quarter of entry. The proper time for meet- 
ing with faculty advisors from that point on is during the advise- 
ment periods each quarter listed in the college calendar. All faculty 
advisors, however, will be happy to give academic counseling at any 
time during a given quarter, if students need to talk with them. 

During the six quarters of his junior and senior years, the stu- 
dent must have his course selection approved in writing each quar- 
ter before registration by an advisor from the department in which 
he is majoring. During these last two years, the advisor will keep a 
record of the courses the student takes and the grades he makes, 
and, at least two quarters prior to graduation, when the student 
obtains the Application for Graduation, the advisor will signify to 
the registrar that the student has completed all requirements for 
graduation in his major program up to that time, and is, therefore, 
recommended for graduation upon his completion of the remaining 
requirements in his degree program. 



English Composition Requirements 

During a student's initial quarters of enrollment at Armstrong 
State College, he or she must enroll in the appropriate sequence of 
English composition courses until the sequence has been completed 
and/or the Regents' Test has been passed. For assistance with iden- 
tifying the appropriate English composition courses, a student may 
consult with advisers in the department of his declared major, in 
the Office of Admissions, or in the Department of Languages and 
Literature. 

53 



Relating to Degree Requirements 

1. Each student is responsible for fulfilling the requirements of 
the degree program which he has chosen, in accordance with 
the regulations of the college catalogue. 

2. Exceptions to course requirements for a degree are permit- 
ted only with the written approval of the appropriate Dean, 
upon the recommendation of the department head. 

3. A student will normally graduate under the catalogue in ef- 
fect at the time of his admission to the College. Armstrong 
State College, however, reserves the right to change any pro- 
vision listed in this catalogue, including but not limited to 
academic requirements for graduation, without actual notice 
to individual students. If a student has been absent from the 
College for two or more consecutive years, he should expect to 
meet all requirements in effect at the time of his return. 

4. Not more than one-fourth of the work counted toward a de- 
gree may consist of courses taken by correspondence, exten- 
sion, or examination. No correspondence courses may be used 
to meet the requirements in the major field or related fields 
for the Bachelor's degree or in English composition or foreign 
language. No correspondence courses may be taken while a 
student is enrolled, without prior approval of the appropriate 
Dean and the head of the department in which the student is 
majoring. 

5. By State law, one of the requirements for a diploma or certifi- 
cate from schools supported by the state of Georgia is a dem- 
onstration of proficiency in United States history and gov- 
ernment and in Georgia history and government. A student 
at Armstrong State College may demonstrate such profi- 
ciency by: 

a. Examinations — Students may take either the relevant 
CLEP, College Board Admissions Testing Program 
Achievement Test, or Advanced Placement test (making 
their own arrangements). 

b. Credit in the following — for U.S. and Georgia Constitu- 
tion: Political Science 113; for U.S. and Georgia History 251 or 
252 or any upper division course in U.S. History. 

6. To qualify for the baccalaureate degree, a student must earn 
at Armstrong at least 45 quarter hours of credit applicable 
toward the degree. Additionally, the student must complete 
successfully at Armstrong a majority of the upper division 
credits required in his major field of study. For the Associate 
Degree, the student must complete at least 45 quarter hours 
of course work at Armstrong State College. (Armstrong stu- 
dents enrolled in the cooperative degree programs with 
Savannah State College in Business Education, Industrial 
Arts Education, and Trade and Industrial Education may be 
exempted from these requirements by a recommendation of 
the Dean of the School of Education, concurrence by the 
Teacher Education Committee, and approval of the Commit- 
tee on Academic Standing.) 

7. For graduation the student must earn an overall-average of 



54 



2.0 or better considering work taken at all colleges, computed 
in such manner that a course will be counted only once, re- 
gardless of the number of times that it has been repeated. 
The grade earned in the last attempt will determine the 
number of honor points assigned for graduation. Addition- 
ally, the student must earn a grade-point average of 2.0 or 
better on each of the following: 

a. all work at Armstrong 

b. all courses in the major field. 

8. To qualify for a second baccalaureate degree, a candidate 
must earn at Armstrong at least 45 additional hours of credit 
and, of course, meet all qualitative requirements for the de- 
gree. 

9. Before a degree will be conferred upon a student by 
Armstrong State College he must pay all fees and must sub- 
mit to the Registrar his completed Application for Gradua- 
tion two quarters before graduation. A candidate for a de- 
gree, unless excused in writing by the President, Vice Presi- 
dent, or Dean of Student Affairs, must attend the graduation 
exercises at which a degree is to be conferred upon him. 

10. Each student must successfully complete the Regents' Test 
and must take an Exit Examination in his major field as 
requirements for graduation. Candidates for a second bac- 
calaureate degree are exempted from the Regents' Test re- 
quirement. 

Course and Study Load 

The normal course load for a full-time student is 15-18 quarter 
hours (and a course in physical education during the freshman and 
sophomore years). An average student should devote at least thirty 
hours each week, in addition, to course preparation. 

A full-time student is defined as one who is registered for 12 or 
more quarter hours. A part-time student is one registered for less 
than 12 quarter hours. A student should plan about ten hours prep- 
aration per week for each 5 quarter hour course. 

Classification of Students 

A student who has earned 45 quarter hours of credit will be clas- 
sified as a sophomore; 90 quarter hours of credit, as a junior; 135 
quarter hours of credit, as a senior. 

Permission for Overload or Courses at Another 

College 

Permission to enroll for more than 18 quarter hours will be 
granted by the Registrar to a student: 

1. with an average grade of "B" for full-time enrollment in the 
preceding quarter, or 

2. with an overall grade-point average of 3.0, or 

3. requiring an extra course in one of the two quarters prior to 
graduation. 

No student will be allowed to register for more than 21 quarter 
hours in any one quarter. 

55 



A student who is on academic probation will not be permitted to 
register for more than 18 quarter hours in any one quarter. 

Exceptions to these limitations may be made only by the appro- 
priate Dean. 

A student enrolled at Armstrong who at the same time takes 
course for credit at another college may not transfer such credit to 
Armstrong, unless he has obtained in advance the written permis- 
sion of the appropriate Dean at Armstrong State College to register 
for those courses. 

Reports and Grades 

The faculty feels that students in college should be held account- 
able for their scholarship. Accordingly, grade reports, warnings of 
deficient scholarship and all such notices are not sent to parents or 
guardians by the Registrar. Instead, the students themselves re- 
ceive these reports and are expected to contact their advisors 
whenever their work is unsatisfactory. Grade reports are issued at 
the end of each quarter. Each student has access to an advisor; in 
addition, the Registrar and all instructors are available to help any 
student seeking assistance. 

Armstrong State College awards the following grades which are 
used in the determination of a student's grade-point average: 



Grade 


Honor Points 


A (excellent) 


4.0 


B (good) 


3.0 


C (satisfactory) 


2.0 


D (passing) 

F (failure) 

F (withdrew, failing) 


1.0 


0.0 


0.0 



The student's cumulative grade-point average recorded on his 
permanent record card is determined by dividing the total honor 
points earned by the total hours attempted. The student's adjusted 
grade-point average is determined by dividing the total honor 
points earned by the total hours attempted, with hours and honor 
points for repeated courses not duplicated in the calculation. 

Armstrong State College also uses the following symbols for 
grade reports. These symbols carry no honor points and are not 
included in the determination of either the cumulative grade-point 
average or the adjusted grade-point average. 

Symbol Explanation 

W withdrew, no penalty 

I incomplete 

S satisfactory 

U unsatisfactory 

V audit 

K credit by examination 

P passing, special studies 

A student who receives a report of "I" for a course should consult 
his instructor at once and arrange to complete the requirements of 
the course. An "I" which has not been removed by the middle of the 
succeeding quarter is automatically changed to an "F" unless the 
instructor recommends an extension in writing addressed to the 
appropriate Dean. The "S" and "U" symbols may be utilized for 
completion of degree requirements other than academic course 

56 



work (such as student teaching, clinical practica, etc.). Withdrawal 
without penalty (W) is not permitted after the quarterly dates 
listed in the "Academic Calendar" in this Bulletin as the dates for 
mid-term. Exceptions to this policy must be approved by the Vice 
President and will be approved only on the basis of hardship. Ap- 
peals for a change of grade may be initiated through the Head of the 
appropriate academic department in accordance with the Regula- 
tions of Armstrong State College. 

Honors 

Dean's List: Students enrolled for at least ten quarter hours of 
course work who earn an honor point average of at least 3.5 will be 
placed on the Dean's List, published quarterly. Only course work 
taken at Armstrong will be used in the computation of Dean's List 
honors. 

Cum Laude: Those students graduating with an honor point av- 
erage of 3.2 through 3.499 will be graduated cum laude. 

Magna Cum Laude: Those students graduating with an honor 
point average of 3.5 through 3.799 will be graduated magna cum 
laude. 

Summa Cum Laude: Those students graduated with an honor 
point average of 3.8 through 4.0 will be graduated summa cum 
laude. 

All work attempted at Armstrong and other accredited institu- 
tions will be considered in computing honors for graduation. (But 
note caveat on inside front cover.) 

Attendance 

The control of student attendance at class meetings and the ef- 
fect of a student's attendance on his grades in a course are left 
entirely to the discretion of the instructor. 

A student is responsible for knowing everything that is an- 
nounced, discussed, or lectured upon in class as well as for master- 
ing all assigned reading; he is also responsible for turning in on 
time all assignments and tests, including recitation and unan- 
nounced quizzes. 

The instructor will be responsible for informing each class at its 
first meeting what constitutes excessive absence in that particular 
class. Each student is responsible for knowing the attendance regu- 
lation in his/her class and for complying with it. An instructor may 
drop a student from any class with a grade of "W" or "WF," as 
appropriate, if in the instructor's judgment the student's absences 
have been excessive. 

Satisfactory Progress 

For purpose of financial aid, a student is deemed to be making 
satisfactory progress toward a degree until such time as he/she is 
placed on academic suspension from the College. The student, upon 
his readmission to the College, must, in the first quarter after 
readmission, earn a 2.0 grade-point-average before he/she is again 

57 



considered to be making satisfactory progress toward a degree. The 
award of financial aid will be suspended during this quarter. 



Academic Probation and Dismissal 

A student who maintains or exceeds the grade-point average in- 
dicated below for quarter hours attempted will be considered in 
good standing. 

When a student first falls below the GPA required for the appro- 
priate accumulation of hours, he will be placed on academic warn- 
ing. If he does not raise his GPA to a satisfactory level the next 
quarter, he will be placed on academic probation. 



Quarter Hours Attempted at 


Required Adjusted 


Armstrong and Elsewhere 


GPA 


0-15 


1.3 


16-30 


1.4 


31-45 


1.5 


46-60 


1.6 


61-75 


1.7 


76-90 


1.8 


91-120 


1.9 


121-135 and over 


2.0 



A student on academic probation who raises his adjusted grade- 
point average during the probationary quarter to equal or to ex- 
ceed the appropriate figure in the foregoing table will be removed 
from academic probation. One who fails to achieve the required 
adjusted average, but who does earn an average of at least 2.0 
during the probationary quarter, will be continued on probation for 
the next quarter of attendance. The College places no restrictions 
on the extracurricular activities of students who are placed on 
academic probation. Any student on academic probation should 
plan both his curricular and extracurricular activites with care, 
consulting with his advisor in so doing. 

The student on academic probation who does not achieve the 
required adjusted average or who does not earn an average of at 
least 2.0 for the quarter in which he is on probation will be sus- 
pended from the college for one quarter. A student who is on 
academic suspension for the first time, however, has the option of 
attending summer school without having to appeal the suspension. 
A third academic suspension is final. 

A student reentering the college after academic suspension is 
placed on probation and must meet the requirements listed above. 

A student suspended for academic reasons may appeal by letter 
to the Committee on Academic Standing to be delivered to the Of- 
fice of Student Affairs. Such a letter of appeal should state the 
nature of any extenuating circumstances relating to the academic 
deficiency; the letter should be received no later than 9 a.m. on 
registration day. No action will be taken on appeals received later 
than 12:00 noon on the day following registration day. The action of 
the Committee on Academic Standing is final. 



58 



Repeating Courses 

Any course for which a grade of "D" or "F" has been recorded may 
be repeated with the last grade to be counted in the adjusted 
grade-point average. A student who repeats any such courses 
should complete a "Notice of Course Repetition" form available in 
the Office of the Registrar. 

Dropping Courses 

A student desiring to drop a course after the quarter has begun 
must obtain a Drop- Add Notice in the Office of the Registrar. The 
notice must be signed by the instructor of the course being dropped 
and returned by the student to the Registrar's Office. 

A student who drops a course not more than seven class days 
after the course begins will receive no grade for the course. A stu- 
dent who drops a course after the first seven class days and on or 
before the quarterly dates listed in the " Academic Calendar" in this 
Bulletin for mid-term will receive a "W" or a "WF" depending on his 
status in the course. A student may not drop a course without pen- 
alty following the quarterly dates listed in the "Academic Calendar" 
for mid-term. 

Withdrawing from College 

Any student who finds it neccessary to withdraw from college 
must begin the process in the Office of Student Affairs. A formal 
withdrawal is required to insure that the student is eligible to re- 
turn to Armstrong State College at a future date. Any refund to 
which a student is entitled will be considered on the basis of the 
date which appears on the withdrawal form. 

Auditing 

A regular student wishing to "audit" a course without receiving 
credit must obtain permission of the instructor before he registers 
for the course. During the registration process the student should 
request to "audit" a course. (Policy for some courses forbids "audit- 
ing.") A student may not change from audit to credit status or from 
credit to audit status after he has completed the process of registra- 
tion for a course. A student who audits a course will have a "V" 
recorded for that course on his transcript. The regular schedule of 
fees applies to auditors, unauthorized auditing is prohibited. 

Honor Code 

The Honor Code at Armstrong State College is dedicated to the 
proposition that the protection of the grading system is in the in- 
terest of the student community. The Student Court is an institu- 
tional means to assure that the student community shall have 
primary disposition of infractions of the Honor Code and that stu- 
dents accused of such infractions shall enjoy those procedural 

59 



guarantees traditionally considered essential to fair and impartial 
hearing, the foremost of which is the presumption of innocence 
until guilt be established beyond a reasonable doubt. 
I. Responsibilities of Students: 

All students must agree to abide by the rules of the Honor 
Code. A student shall not be accepted at Armstrong State 
College unless he or she signs a statement affirming his un- 
derstanding of this agreement. The Honor Code shall be 
printed in the official bulletin and the Student Handbook. 

It will be the responsibility of the Student Court or its des- 
ignated representative to conduct an orientation program at 
the beginning of each quarter for all newly entering students 
to explain fully the Honor Code and to allow full discussion of 
its requirements. 

Any student desiring assistance with any matter related to 
the Honor Code is invited to seek assistance in the Office of 
Student Affairs. 
II. Violations of the Honor Code: 

Violations of the Honor Code may be of two kinds: (a) gen- 
eral and (b) those related to the peculiarities of specific 
course-related problems and to the understanding of indi- 
vidual instructors. Any instructor whose conception of cheat- 
ing would tend to enlarge or contract the general regulations 
defining cheating must explicitly notify the affected students 
of the qualifications to the general regulations which he 
wishes to stipulate. The following will be considered general 
violations of the Honor Code. 

1. Giving or receiving any unauthorized help on any assign- 
ment, test or paper. The meaning of "unauthorized help" 
shall be made clear by the instructor of each class. 

2. Stealing when related to cheating. 

3. Plagiarizing. 

4. Giving perjured testimony before the Student Court. 

5. Suborning, attempting to suborn, or intimidating 
witnesses. 

6. Failing to report a suspected violation of the Honor Code. 
III. Reporting Violations of the Honor Code: 

Anyone wishing to report a violation may come to the Of- 
fice of Student Affairs for assistance in contacting members 
of the Student Court. 

A. Self-reporting: A student who has broken the Honor Code 
should report himself to a member of the Student Court. 

B. Anyone (faculty member or student) who is aware of a 
violation of the Honor Code must report the matter. This 
may be done in one of two ways: 

1. He may tell the person thought to be guilty to report 
himself to a member of the Student Court no later than 
the end of the next school day. After this designated 
time the person who is aware of the violation must 
inform a member of the Student Court so that the Stu- 
dent Court may contact the accused person if he has 
not already reported himself. 



60 



2. He may report the suspected violation directly to a 
member of the Student Court without informing the 
accused. 
IV. The procedural rights of the students accused of violations of 
the Honor Code: 

The essence of the procedural rights of an accused is the 
right to a fair and impartial hearing and the right to be pre- 
sumed innocent until proven guilty. Specific rights are as 
follows: 

1. The accused will be notified in writing by the Student 
Court or its designated representative of the nature and 
details of the offense with which he is charged along with 
the names of his accusers and the principal witnesses to be 
brought against him. This notification shall occur no less 
than three days prior to the date of the hearing. 

2. The accused has the right to counsel of his own choosing. 
Such counsel will not participate directly in the proceed- 
ings except to advise his client. It is expected that such 
counsel will be drawn from the college community. 

3. The accused and the person bringing the charges shall be 
afforded an opportunity to present witnesses and 
documentary or other evidence. The accused and any in- 
dividual bringing the charges shall have the right to cross 
examine all witnesses and may, where the witnesses can- 
not appear because of illness or other cause acceptable to 
the Court, present the sworn statement of the witnesses. 
The Court shall not be bound by formal rules governing 
the presentation of evidence, and it may consider any evi- 
dence presented which is of probative value in the case. 

4. The accused may not be made to bear witness against 
himself. The Court may not take the refusal of the accused 
to testify as evidence of guilt, but this proviso does not give 
the accused immunity from a hearing or from recommen- 
dations reached in a hearing simply because the accused 
does not testify. 

5. The accused shall have access to a complete audiotape of 
the hearing and to the record prepared by the secretary. 

6. The substantive facts of a case may be re-opened for con- 
sideration upon initiation of the accused acting through 
normal appeal channels. The accused shall not be put in 
double jeopardy. 

7. All witnesses will be sequestered from the hearing room 
during the course of a hearing. Witnesses may not discuss 
a pending case. 

8. By prior agreement, the accused will be allowed such ob- 
servers of the hearing as may be commensurate with the 
space available. Otherwise, in the interests of the right of 
privacy of the accused, hearings will be private, except 
that the College may also have observers additional to the 
advisors to the Student Court. 

V. The Honor Code Commission, The Student Court Selection 
Committee, The Student Court, and Advisers to the Court: 



61 



A. Honor Code Commission 

It shall be the purpose of the Honor Code Commission to 
administer the student academic honor code. The Commis- 
sion will have the responsibility for revising and updating 
the student academic honor code as needs arise. The Honor 
Code Commission shall consist of the President, Vice- 
President, and Secretary of the Student Government Associ- 
ation and the current President and Secretary of Student 
Court together with three faculty members appointed by the 
President of the College. 

B. Student Court Selection Committee 

The Student Court Selection committee will select mem- 
bers for the Student Court. The Student Court Selection 
Committee will consist of two faculty members from the 
Honor Code Commission, one of whom is the chairperson 
of that commission, two students from the Honor Code 
Commission, one of whom is a member of the Student 
Court, two faculty members from the Conduct Commit- 
tee, one of whom is the chairperson of that committee, 
two students from the Conduct Committee, one of whom 
is a member of the Student Court, and the Dean of 
Students. 

C. Student Court 

1. The Student Court will be selected by the Student 
Court Selection Committee and will be composed of 
twelve students. Due consideration will be given to 
equitable apportionment of court members on the 
basis of academic class, race, and sex. Students on 
academic probation may not serve. All appointments 
will be issued and accepted in writing. Appointments 
will be made during Spring Quarter in time for newly 
elected members of the Court to assume their duties 
by May 1. Appointments will be made as needed to 
keep the Student Court staffed to do business on a 
reasonably prompt basis. These appointments may 
constitute permanent or temporary replacements as 
the Student Court Selection Committee deems 
necessary. 

2. The Student Court will elect a President, Vice- 
President, and a Secretary from its membership. The 
President will preside at all meetings. The Vice- 
President will assume the duties of the President if the 
President is absent. The Secretary will maintain writ- 
ten notes of all proceedings and audiotape records of 
all testimony, and will maintain exhibits of evidence 
which by their nature may reasonably be maintained 
in the Court files. A quorum of the Court shall consist 
of eight members. A two-thirds majority secret ballot 
vote is required to reach a finding of guilty. All other 
questions may be decided by a simple majority vote. 

3. Constituency of the Student Court during the Summer 
Quarter shall include all appointed members in atten- 



62 



dance, and other shall be appointed to membership by 
the Student Court Selection Committee. 
4. Student Court Members shall examine their con- 
sciences carefully to determine whether they can in 
good conscience serve on a panel hearing a particular 
case, and in the event that there is any doubt, what- 
soever, such members shall excuse themselves from 
duty on the specific panel in question. 
B. Advisers to the Court 

1. An adviser and an associate adviser to the Student 
Court shall be appointed by the President of the Col- 
lege. 

2. Ordinarily the adviser will serve in that office for one 
year only and usually will be succeeded in that position 
by the associate adviser. Therefore, after the initial 
appointments, only an associate adviser will ordinar- 
ily be appointed each year. The succession of an as- 
sociate to the adviser position is deemed to occur on 
the last day of Spring Quarter. If, for any reason, the 
adviser is unable to complete his term, the associate 
adviser shall succeed to the office of adviser and 
another associate adviser shall be appointed by the 
above procedures. If, during the Summer Quarter, 
neither adviser is on campus, a temporary adviser will 
be appointed. 

3. Duties of the adviser and the associate adviser: It shall 
be the duty of the adviser to consult with the Court and 
to offer advice to the President and members of the 
Court on substantive and procedural questions. The 
adviser, or the associate adviser in the event the ad- 
viser is unable to attend, shall be present at all meet- 
ings and hearings of the Court. The Adviser may not 
vote nor may he participate directly in the conduct of 
hearings before the Court except through the chair- 
man, or acting chairman, of the Court. The adviser 
should be governed at all times by the principle that a 
hearing before the student court is primarily a matter 
of student responsibility. 

VI. Procedures and Penalties adopted by the Student Court: 

The Student Court shall formulate its own bylaws govern- 
ing internal organization and procedure. Such bylaws must 
be consistent with the Honor Code. 

A. Hearings shall be called by the Court President to be held 
on a date not less than three (3) nor more than ten (10) 
class days after notice to the accused as provided in Sec- 
tion IV-2. Exceptions to these time requirements may be 
granted. 

B. Upon reaching a finding of guilty, the Court shall make a 
recommendation to the Vice President of the College as to 
the administrative action it deems appropriate within 
the following limitations: 

1. A minimum penalty shall be loss of assignment or test 



63 



credit for the assignment or test for violations involv- 
ing cheating as specified in Section II, subsections 1, 2, 
and 3. Additional penalties such as reprimands, sus- 
pension, or others may be recommended for any as- 
pects of Section II. 

2. Maximum penalty for a first offense of any type shall 
be suspension for a full calendar year. 

3. Maximum penalty for a second offense may be suspen- 
sion for three years. 

C. Immediately following a hearing, the accused will be in- 
formed of the Court's finding, and its recommendation to 
the Vice President of the College. If the finding is guilty, 
the accused will be informed that the Court may re-open 
the case with the consent of the accused for good cause, 
within a three week period. 

D. The Vice President of the College will inform all involved 
persons in writing of the action he has taken in view of 
Court recommendations. The Court Secretary will post 
public notice of the Vice President's action by case 
number without identifying the accused. 

VII. Appeals of Findings and Penalties: 

Should a student have cause to question the findings of the 
Court or the action of the Vice President of the College or 
both, he has the right to appeal. The channels of appeal are as 
follows: 

A. Court findings and/or the administrative action of the 
Vice President of the College may be appealed within five 
days by writing the President of the College. Further ap- 
peal procedures will conform to the appeal procedures of 
the College and of the Policies of the Board of Regents, 
University System of Georgia (a copy of these policies is 
available in the Library; see chapter on Students, section 
on appeals, page 165, 1969 edition). 
VIII. Supervision of the Student Court: 

As an institutional means of responding to reported infrac- 
tions of the Honor Code, the Student Court is ultimately re- 
sponsible to the President of the College. 

Supervision of the Student Court will be accomplished or- 
dinarily through the Dean of Student Affairs and the Ad- 
visors. 
A. Dean of Student Affairs 

In accordance with Article VI, Section F, of the College 
Statutes, the Dean of Student Affairs will provide gen- 
eral supervision of the Student Court and will provide 
other guidance or services as directed by the President of 
the College. 
IX. Revision of the Honor code will require confirmation by the 
majority vote of those faculty and student body members 
voting. 



64 



VII. General Requirements 
for Degree Programs 

University System Core Curriculum 

Each unit in the University System of Georgia requires as a Core 
Curriculum for all baccalaureate degree programs the following 
minimum number of quarter hours in the major areas of study: 

Minimum Quarter 
Areas of Study Hours Required 

I. Humanities, including, but not limited to grammar 

and composition and literature 20 

II. Mathematics and the natural sciences, including, but 
not limited to, mathematics and a 10-hour sequence 
of laboratory courses in the biological or 
physical sciences 20 

III. Social Sciences, including, but not limited to, 

history and American government 20 

IV. Courses appropriate to the major field of the 

individual student 30 

TOTAL 90 

In addition to the University System Core Curriculum require- 
ments as outlined above, Armstrong State College requires six 
quarter hours in physical education as part of all baccalaureate 
degree programs. 

Armstrong State College Core Curriculum 

The student in any baccalaureate degree program at Armstrong 
State College must complete the following specific Core Curriculum 
requirements. Consult the relevant departmental section for a 
complete statement of degree requirements for a specific program. 
Certain courses in the Core Curriculum may be exempted with cre- 
dit awarded. See "Admission" section of this Bulletin. 

Quarter Hours 

Area I. Humanities 20 

English 111, 112, 211 

One of the following courses: 

Art 200, Art 271, Art 272, Art 273, Music 200, 

Philosophy 200, Philosophy 201, English 222 

Area II. Mathematics and the Natural Sciences 20 

One of the following course sequences: 

Mathematics 101, 103 

Mathematics 101, 195 

Mathematics 101, 220 

Mathematics 101, 290 
One of the following course sequences: 

Biology 101, 102 

Chemistry 121, 122 

Chemistry 128, 129 

65 



Quarter Hours 
Physics 211, 212 
Physics 217, 218 
Physical Science 121, 122 

Area III. Social Sciences 20 

History 114, 115 
Political Science 113 
One Course selected from: 
Psychology 101, Sociology 201 
Anthropology 201, Economics 201 

Area IV. Courses Appropriate to the Major Field 30 

Biology 
Science and/or Mathematics electives (100-200 level) or 

Foreign Language 101, 102 10 

Chemistry 128, 129 10 

Botany 203 5 

Zoology 204 5 

* Chemistry: 

Physics 213 5 

Chemistry 128, 129, 281 15 

Mathematics 104, 201 10 

Criminal Justice: 

History 251 or 252 5 

C.J. 100, 103, 201, 210 20 

Psychology 101 or Sociology 201 5 

Dental Hygiene Education: 

Associate degree required for admission to upper 
two-year curriculum. 
Early Elementary Education: 

Psychology 101 5 

Education 203 5 

Education 205 5 

Drama/Speech 228 5 

Five quarters hours to be selected from: 
Art 200, 271, 272, 273; Music 200; 

Philosophy 200, 201; English 222 5 

Five quarter hours to be selected from: 

Sociology 201 or Anthropology 201 5 

English: 

Foreign Language 101, 102, 103, 201 20 

Electives from Art 200, 271, 272, 273; 

Music 200; Philosophy 200, 201; English 222 10 

History: 

Foreign Language 102, 103 10 

History 251, 252 10 

Electives to be chosen from: 
Anthropology 201, Economics 201, 
Geography 111, Mathematics 220, 
Psychology 101, Sociology 201, 10 



* In addition, a foreign language sequence is recommended. 
66 



Quarter Hours 
Mathematical Sciences: 

Mathematics 207, and Math/C.S. 260 15 

Mathematics 208 or Computer Science 241 5 

Computer Science 110 5 

History 251 or 252 5 

Medical Technology: 

Physics 211, 212, 213 15 

Chemistry 128, 129, 281 15 

Middle School Education: 

Psychology 101 5 

Education 203 5 

Education 205 5 

Sociology 201 or Anthropology 201 5 

Five quarter hours to be selected from: 
Art 200, 271, 272, 273; Music 200; 

Philosophy 200, 201; English 222 5 

Five quarter hours to be selected from 

teaching content field 5 

* Music- 
Music Theory 111, 112, 113, 211, 212, 213 18 

Applied Music 140, 240 8 

Music 250 or Music 254 4 

Music Education: 

Psychology 101 5 

Education 203 5 

Elective from: Art 200, 271, 272; Music 200 5 

Fifteen quarter hours to be selected from: 
Music Theory 111, 112, 113, 211, 212, 213; 

Applied Music 140, 240 15 

Nursing: 

Biology 210 5 

Sociology 201 5 

BSN 200, 201, 404 15 

History 251 or 252 5 

Physical Education: 

Drama/Speech 228 5 

Education 203 5 

P.E. 117, 207, 211, 228, 229 15 

Psychology 101 5 

Political Science: 

Foreign Language 101, 102, 103 oral 

Computer Science 110, 231, 21+1 15 

History 251 or 252 5 

Electives to be chosen from: 
Anthropology 201, CriminalJustice 100, 
Economics 201, Geography 111, 
History 251 or 252, Psychology 101, 

Sociology 201 10 

* Psychology: 

Mathematics 220 5 

* In addition, a foreign language sequence is recommended. 

67 



Quarter Hours 

Biology 101-102 10 

Anthropology 201 or 

Sociology 201 5 

Psychology 102 5 

History 251 or 252 5 

Social Work: 

Foreign Language 101, 102, 103 or 
Philosophy 201, Anthropology 201 and 

Social Science elective (100-200 level) 15 

Sociology 201 5 

History 252 5 

Social Work 250 5 

Area V. Physical Education Requirements (All Programs) 6 

P.E. 103 or 108 and P.E. 117 
Three of the following courses: 

P.E. 100, 101, 102, 104, 105, 106, 107, 109, 
200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209 

TOTAL 96 

The student should complete all Core Curriculum requirements 
during his/her freshman and sophomore years. 

Regents' Testing Program 

The University System of Georgia requires that all students suc- 
cessfully complete tests of writing skills and reading comprehen- 
sion as a requirement for graduation. An individual holding a bac- 
calaureate or higher degree from a regionally accredited institu- 
tion of higher education will not be required to complete the Re- 
gents' Test for a second degree. An individual who successfully 
completed the Regents' Test as part of an associate degree program 
will not be required to repeat the Test as part of a subsequent 
baccalaureate degree program. 

Students may take the Test upon completion of the required 
composition sequence in their degree programs (English 111, 112 
for associate degrees; English 111, 112, 211 for baccalaureate de- 
grees). Students must take the Test in the quarter after their comple- 
tion ofU5 hours in their degree program. They will be notified to do so 
on their grade reports for the quarter in which the 45th hour has 
been completed. Students who neglect to take the Test when first 
notified to do so will be prohibited from pre-registering at the Col- 
lege for a subsequent quarter. They may, however, register at the 
regularly scheduled registration. 

"Students who neglect to take the Test by the quarter following their 
60th credit hour earned will be prohibited from registering at 
Armstrong State College for subsequent quarters." 

Transfer Students will be subject to the above requirements. 
Transfer students who have earned 60 or more quarter hours must 
take the Regents' Test during their first quarter of attendance. 

Students who do not pass the Test will be notified of eligibility for 
review and of requirements for remedial courses. Students who do 

68 



not pass the writing skills portion of the Test may request a formal 
review upon meeting conditions of eligibility stated in the Regents' 
Testing Program Policy. 

Students who have not passed the Test upon their completion of 75 
quarter hours of credit will be required to enroll in the remedial 
course or courses of reading and lor writing in each quarter of atten- 
dance until such time as they pass the Test. 

The complete text of the policy for the Regents' Testing Program 
is printed as an appendix to this Bulletin. 



Exit Examinations 

Each student who receives a degree from Armstrong State Col- 
lege at the Associate or Baccalaureate degree level is required to 
take an Exit Examination in his/her major area. Each Exit Exami- 
nation is designed to assess the mastery of concepts, principles, and 
knowledge expected of the student at the conclusion of major study. 
Please see the appropriate department head for further informa- 
tion concerning these examinations. 



Physical Education Program 

All students who are enrolled in baccalaureate degree programs 
for ten quarter hours or more on the day schedule are required to 
complete six hours of physical education which must include P.E. 
117 (Basic Health) and P.E. 103 (Elementary Swimming) or P.E. 108 
(Intermediate Swimming). Three additional courses are to be 
elected from any physical education activity courses with the last 
two numbers being 01 to 09. Any student who holds a valid senior 
life saving certificate and/or a valid water safety instructor certifi- 
cate and/or passes the Armstrong swimming test may be exempted 
from P.E. 103 or P.E. 108. Physical education is not required of 
anyone who is beyond the age of 25 at the time of initial matricula- 
tion or of anyone enrolled primarily in evening classes. A student 
who has completed at least six months of military service is re- 
quired to take only four hours of physical education, which may be 
chosen from all scheduled offerings. 

A student graduating with an Associate degree must complete 
three credit hours of Physical Education. 

The Department requires all students to make up excused ab- 
sences; unexcused absences lower the final grade. 



Placement Tests in English and Mathematics 

The College reserves the right to place students in appropriate 
English and Mathematics courses numbered less than 115. Diag- 
nostic tests are administered for this purpose. Each student who 
has not otherwise met the prerequisite requirement for Mathema- 
tics 101 (see departmental course listing) must achieve at least a 
score of 20 on the Mathematics Diagnostic Test before he may reg- 
ister for Mathematics 101. Each student who has not otherwise met 

69 



the prerequisites for English 107, 111, 110 or 191 must take the 
Placement Test before he may register for these English courses or 
must pass English 099 in the cases of English 107 and 111. 
Scheduled dates for the administrations of these tests are listed in 
the "Academic Calendar" section of this Bulletin. 

State Requirements in History and Government 

By state law, each student who receives a diploma or certificate 
from a school supported by the State of Georgia must demonstrate 
proficiency in United States History and Government and in Geor- 
gia History and Government. A student at Armstrong State College 
may demonstrate such proficiency by successfully completing 
examinations for which credit will be awarded. See "Academic 
Regulations" section of the Bulletin, or request further informa- 
tion from the Head of the Department of History and Political Sci- 
ence. 



Requirements for the Bachelor of Arts and the 
Bachelor of Science Degrees 

Requirements for each major program leading to the degree of 
Bachelor of Arts with a major in English, History, Music, Political 
Science or Psychology, or to the degree of B achelor of Science with a 
major in Biology, Chemistry, or Mathematical Sciences are de- 
scribed in the appropriate departmental listing. For the B.A. and 
B.S. degrees, a minimum of 185 quarter hours, exclusive of the 
required physical education courses, is required for graduation. 

Each student in one of these major programs must complete the 
96-hour core curriculum requirement as listed above. 

The student will not be allowed to take senior division courses in 
his major field unless he has a minimum grade of "C" in all pre- 
requisite courses in that field. No major program in a department 
will require more than 60 quarter hours at all levels in the major 
field; however, the department may recommend up to 70 quarter 
hours. 

For its major program, a department will require from 15 to 30 
quarter hours of specific courses or approved elective courses in 
related fields and may require language courses reaching the de- 
gree of proficiency specified by the department. Total requirements 
in the major and related fields, may not exceed 85 quarter hours. 

Each B.A. or B.S. degree program, except those designed for 
teacher certification, will include a minimum of 15 quarter hours of 
electives approved for credit within the Armstrong State College 
curriculum. 

Requirements for Associate Degrees 

Each associate degree program at Armstrong State College will 
include as part of its curriculum the following requirements: (1) 
English 111, 112; (2) History 251 or 252; (3) Political Science 113; (4) 
one course to be chosen from Areas I, II, or III of the Baccalaureate 
Core; (5) three credit hours of Physical Education. The student in 

70 



an associate degree program is required to complete successfully 
the Regents' Examination and to take an Exit Examination in his/ 
her area of concentration. 



Additional Requirements for Degree Programs 

For specific course requirements and for curriculum outlines of 
specific degree programs, see departmental listings of course offer- 
ings and degree programs. 



71 



VIII. Department of Special 

Studies 

Professor John R. Hansen, Head; Assistant Professors Cottrell, 
Dandy, Harris, Padgett, and Summerville; Instructor Smith. 

The Department of Special Studies provides a program of com- 
pensatory education for students whose academic deficiencies may 
prevent successful completion of collegiate studies. Students may 
be placed in departmental courses on the basis of English Place- 
ment Test, Mathematics Diagnostic Test, or Regents Examination 
performances. Regularly admitted students may voluntarily en- 
roll, subject to prerequisites, in any departmental courses. Condi- 
tionally admitted students must enroll in accordance with the 
stipulations of their admission (see the Conditional Admission sec- 
tion of this Bulletin) and policies (available in the departmental 
office) of the Special Studies Program. 

Institutional credit only is awarded for all departmental courses 
numbered below 100. This credit applies neither to the require- 
ments for any degree program nor toward graduation from the 
College. 

Those entitled to Veterans Administration Educational benefits 
may be certified for no more than 45 hours credit hours in de- 
partmental courses. At most, 15 hours may be certified in each of 
the English, mathematics, and reading areas. 

Course Offerings 

ENGLISH 098 — BASIC COMPOSITION. (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer on demand. 

This is the study and practice of sentence and paragraph writing. 
Students learn to write clear, correct sentences and to correct those 
sentences in order to produce developed, unified, and coherent 
paragraphs. 

ENGLISH 099 — INTERMEDIATE COMPOSITION. (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. 

This is the study and practice of writing the short theme. Stu- 
dents learn organizational patterns and standard American usage. 

MATHEMATICS 098 — ARITHMETIC AND ELEMENTARY 
ALGEBRA. (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer on demand. 

This course integrates a review of arithmetic and an introduction 
to algebra. Topics include negative integers, simple polynomials 
and equations. 

MATHEMATICS 099 — INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA. (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequiste: A student must have attained 

one of the following prior to enrolling — (1) a score of at least 10 on 

the Mathematics Diagnostic Test or (2) a grade ofP in Mathematics 



72 



098. Dates of administrations of the Mathematics Diagnostic Test 
appear in the Academic Calendar in this Bulletin. 

Topics include rational expressions, factoring of polynomials, 
linear and quadratic equations, graphs of linear functions, rational 
exponents, and radicals. 

READING 098 — READING SKILLS. (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer on demand. 

This course is appropriate for students experiencing serious diffi- 
culty in reading. Word attack skills, comprehension skills, and vo- 
cabulary building are stressed. 

READING 099 — DEVELOPING READING MATURITY. (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

This course is appropriate for students preparing for the Regents 
Examination, for students undergoing remediation due to unsuc- 
cessful performance on the reading portion of the Regents Exami- 
nation, and for students experiencing moderate difficulty in read- 
ing. Comprehensive skills, vocabulary enrichment, test-taking 
strategies, and reading fluency are stressed. 

STUDY TECHNIQUES 099 — EFFECTIVE STUDY 
TECHNIQUES. (1-2-2) 

Offered on demand. 

The purpose of this course is development of systematic and effi- 
cient study habits for academic success. Special emphasis will be 
placed on time management, listening skills, memory techniques, 
reading flexibility, note-taking systems, textbook mastery, and 
test-taking strategies. 



73 



IX. Military Science 
Department 

Assistant Professor, Major Howard E. Abney, Jr., Head. 

General 

The Army Department of Military Science is a Senior Division 
Reserve Officer Training Corps (ROTC), Instructor Group, staffed 
by Active Army Personnel. The department provides a curriculum 
available to Armstrong State and Savannah State students under 
the cross-enrollment program that qualifies the college graduate 
for a commission as an officer in the U.S. Army, United States Army 
Reserve, or the United States Army National Guard. Qualifying for 
a commission adds an extra dimension to the student's employment 
capability in that, upon graduation from college, the student has 
either military or civilian employment options. Enrollment is open 
to male or female students of Armstrong State and Savannah 
State. 

The Reserve Officer Training Corps program is designed to de- 
velop leadership qualities and to give students an understanding of 
the Armed Forces and how they support the national policies and 
interests of the United States. In particular, ROTC programs are 
charged with the mission of commissioning second lieutenants who 
have the qualities, attributes and educational credentials essential 
for service as junior officers in the Army. 

Army Military Science Program 

The course of study offered in military science is designed not 
only to prepare both the male and female student for service as a 
commissioned officer in the United States Army but also to provide 
him with knowledge and practical experience in leadership and 
management that will be useful in any facet of society. Male and 
female students are eligible for enrollment. Each student is pro- 
vided with a working knowledge of the organization and function- 
ing of the Department of Defense and the role of the U.S. Army in 
the national security and world affairs. 

The course of study pursued by students during their freshman 
and sophomore years in the basic military science course and/or 
related skill activities. The course of study normally pursued by 
students during their junior and senior years is the advanced mili- 
tary science course. 

For selection and retention in the advanced course, a student 
must be physically qualified, should have maintained above aver- 
age military and academic standing, and must demonstrate a po- 
tential for further leadership development. 

Graduates of the advanced course are commissioned second 
lieutenants in the United States Army Reserve in the branch of 
service most appropriate to their interests and academic achieve- 
ments, consistent with the needs of the Army. Regardless of the 
brancn selected, all officers will receive valuable experience in 

74 



management, logistics and administration. Advanced course 
graduates will be commissioned and either called to active duty 
after graduation to serve for a period of three to six months or three 
years depending on the prevailing military requirements and cir- 
cumstances. Graduates may be granted a delay in reporting for 
active duty for graduate study. A small number of outstanding 
students are designated distinguished military graduates and are 
offered commissions in the Regular Army each year. 

Basic Military Science 

Basic military science courses involve six quarters during the 
freshman and sophomore years. The student learns the organiza- 
tion and roles of the U.S. Army and acquires essential background 
knowledge of customs and traditions, weapons, map reading, tac- 
tics and communications. Equally important, these courses have 
the objective of developing the student's leadership, self-discipline, 
integrity and sense of responsibility. 

Placement 

Veterans entering the military science programs will receive ap- 
propriate placement credit for their active military service. Stu- 
dents who have completed military science courses in military pre- 
paratory schools or junior colleges may be given appropriate credit. 
Students with at least three years of high school ROTC may also be 
granted placement credit. Placement credit or six quarters of basic 
military science, or the equivalent thereof, is a prerequisite to ad- 
mission into the advanced program. 

Advanced Military Science 

The general objective of this course of instruction is to produce 
junior officers who by education, training, attitude and inherent 
qualities are suitable for continued development as officers in the 
Army. There are two avenues available for the student to be eligi- 
ble for entry into the advanced program and obtain a commission as 
a second lieutenant: 

(a) satisfactory completion of, or placement credit for, the basic 
program at Armstrong State or at any other school, college or 
university offering basic ROTC and meeting the entrance 
and retention requirements established by the Army. 

(b) be an active duty veteran or junior ROTC cadet graduate 
eligible for placement credit. 

Alternate Programs for Admittance to Advanced 
Military Science 

Students with two years of coursework remaining, but who have 
not completed basic military science, are eligible to be considered 
for selection into the advanced military science program. Those 
selected under the provisions of the two-year advanced program 
must satisfactorily complete a basic summer camp of six weeks 
duration prior to entering the advanced program or must enroll in 
the condensed summer school phase of the basic course. This latter 
program consists of six, two-hour courses given during the summer 
quarter. A student may take other courses during this session. 

75 



Upon successful completion of the military science courses, they 
will be placed in the advanced course. Students attending the basic 
camp at Fort Knox, Kentucky, are paid at active army rates and 
given a travel allowance from their home to camp and return. 

Advanced Summer Camp 

Students contracting to pursue the advanced courses are re- 
quired to attend advanced summer camp, normally between their 
junior and senior academic years at Fort Bragg, North Carolina. 
Students attending this camp are paid at active army rates and 
given travel allowance from their home to camp and return. 

Financial Assistance 

All advanced cadets are paid a subsistence allowance of $100 per 
month while enrolled in the advanced course. 

Scholarship Program 

Each year the U.S. Army awards one-, two- and three-year schol- 
arships to outstanding young men and women participating in the 
Army ROTC program who desire careers as regular Army officers. 
The Army pays tuition, fees, books and laboratory expenses incur- 
red by the scholarship student and, in addition, each student re- 
ceives $100 per month for the academic year. Individuals desiring 
to compete for these scholarships should apply to the Army Mili- 
tary Science Department at Armstrong State College. 

Army ROTC Uniforms Books and Supplies 

Students enrolling in the Army ROTC program will be issued U.S. 
Army uniforms, books and supplies by the Military Science 
Department. No fees or deposits of any kind will be required. Un- 
iforms must be returned before commissioning or upon disenroll- 
ment from the ROTC program. 

Army ROTC Courses (MIL) 

The basic course of six quarters duration consists of two hours of 
classroom work per week. In the classroom, the student acquires 
knowledge of military organization, weapons, tactics, basic mili- 
tary skills, history and customs. In field training exercises, poten- 
tial for leadership is progressively developed. 

The advanced course consists of three hours of classroom work 
per week for two quarters in the third and fourth years. During the 
spring quarter prior to advanced camp the student will enroll in 
MIL 303 to prepare for attendance at Advanced Camp. This two- 
hour course is normally taken during the third year. One quarter of 
the senior year must include an elective approved by the Military 
Science Department. The coursework during the advanced course 
emphasizes techniques of management and leadership and the 
fundamentals and dynamics of the military team. Field training 
exercises provide the student with applied leadership experiences. 



76 



Minor Concentration 

The department offers a minor in Military Science. The program 
is designed to prepare the student for a commission in the United 
States Army and is offered to, but not required of, those students 
participating in the advanced course of Army ROTC instruction. 
Whatever the major, a Military Science minor will strengthen the 
student's management, leadership, and interpersonal communica- 
tion skills. The minor requires: 

Fourteen (14) credit hourswith grades of "C" or better in the fol- 
lowing upper division military science courses: 301, 302, 303, 401, 
402; and ten (10) additional credit hours of coursework approved by 
the department. 

Army Military Science Courses 

Basic Courses 
MIL 101. ARMY ORGANIZATION : 2 hours. One lecture, one lab 
period. 

Prerequisite: None. 

A st^dy of the U.S. Army and the ROTC Organization. 

MIL 102. BASIC WEAPONS AND MILITARY SKILLS. 2 hours. 
One lecture, one lab period. 

Prerequisite: None. 

A study of characteristics of basic military weapons, the princi- 
ples and fundamentals of rifle marksmanship, the elements of first 
aid, and the employment of individual camouflage, cover, conceal- 
ment and field fortifications. 

MIL 103. BASIC SURVIVAL. (2-0-2) 

A study and practical exercise introducing military techniques 

used to sustain human life when separated from logistical support. 

MIL 104. BASIC MILITARY SKILLS. 2 hours. One lecture, one 
lab period. 

Prerequisite: MIL 102, or approval of Department Head. 

A study of the basic military skills essential to the contemporary 
soldier with emphasis on individual training in first aid, intelli- 
gence information and field preparedness. Chemical, biological and 
nuclear operations on the modern battlefield. 

MIL 201. MAP AND AERIAL PHOTOGRAPH READING. 2 

hours, One lecture, one lab period. 
Prerequistie: MIL 102 and 104, or approval of Department Head. 
A study of basic map reading as applied by the small unit leader. 

MIL 202. BASIC TACTICS AND OPERATIONS. 2 hours. One lec- 
ture, one lab period. 

Prerequisite: MIL 102, 101+ , 201, or approval of Department Head. 

A study of small unit tactics, operations and troop leading proce- 
dures to include the combined arms teams to the platoon with pri- 
mary interest on the rifle squad. 

MIL 203. MOUNTAINEERING TECHNIQUES. (2-0-2) 

A study and practical exercise introducing the fundamentals of 
mountain climbing and rapelling. Proper knot tying and safety pro- 
cedures are emphasized. 

77 



MIL 204. MILITARY COMMUNICATIONS. 2 hours. One lecture, 
one lab period. 

Prerequisite: None. 

A study of military communications procedures to include ter- 
minology, security, electronic warfare and preparation of military 
correspondence. 

MIL 205. THE THREAT. (2-0-2) 

A study of the organizational, tactics, and equipment of threat 
forces. Major emphasis is placed on those tactics used in Western 
Europe. 

Advanced Courses 

MIL 301. LEADERSHIP AND MANAGEMENT 1. 3 hours. Three 
lectures, one lab period. 

Prerequisite: Basic Course or equivalent and permission of the 
Department. 

A study of the psychology of leadership, techniques of manage- 
ment, and methods of instruction to include practical application. 

MIL 302. FUNDAMENTALS AND DYNAMICS OF THE 
MILITARY TEAM I. 3 hours. Three lectures, one lab period. 

Prerequisite: Basic Course or equivalent and permission of the 
department. 

A study of tactics applied at the platoon and company level to 
include a study of the modern battlefield and current military tac- 
tical doctrine. 

MIL 303. LEADERSHIP SEMINAR. 2 hours. Two lectures, one 
lab period. 

Prerequisite: MIL 301 and 302. 

A series of seminars, laboratories and experiences to prepare the 
student for Advanced Summer Camp. 

MIL 304. MILITARY SKILLS PRACTICUM. (5 credit hours) 

Summer. Prerequisite: Military 303 and permission of depart- 
ment. 

The study and practical application of military skills and leader- 
ship ability during a six week encampment experience. Grading for 
this course will be done on a satisfactory, unsatisfactory basis. In- 
struction and evaluation is jointly accomplished by college staff 
and selected ROTC personnel assigned to 1st ROTC Region. 

MIL 401. FUNDAMENTALS AND DYNAMICS OF THE 
MILITARY TEAM II. 3 hours. Three lectures, one lab period. 

Prerequisite: MIL 301 and 302. 

A study of command and staff duties and responsibilities of the 
professional officer to include operations, intelligence, administra- 
tion and logistics. 

MIL 402. LEADERSHIP AND MANAGEMENT II. 3 hours. 
Three lectures, one lab period. 

Prerequisite: MIL 301 and 302. 

A study of military history, the military justice system and serv- 
ice orientation. 

78 



X. School of Arts and 
Sciences 

Joseph V. Adams, Dean 

The School of Arts and Sciences provides, by virtue of its profes- 
sional staff, scholarly resources and physical facilities, the oppor- 
tunity for qualified students to obtain the best possible education 
attainable within the structure of a liberal baccalaureate program 
or through curricula leading to a specialized degree. The goals of 
the school are: 

To acquaint all students, by means of a core curriculum in the 
liberal arts and sciences, with the diversity of the intellectual and 
cultural achievements of man; 

To assist them in developing the skills necessary to think and to 
express themselves clearly and creatively; 

To enable them to understand and assume their responsibilities 
as free men and women in a democratic society; 

To provide a liberal baccalaureate education, supported by sound 
instruction, scholarly resources, and a commitment of free inquiry. 

The School of Arts and Sciences includes the Departments of 
Biology, Chemistry and Physics, Fine Arts, History and Political 
Science, Languages and Literature, Mathematics and Computer 
Science, and Psychology. The following degree programs are of- 
fered by those departments: 

Bachelor of Arts with a Major in English 

Bachelor of Arts with a Major in History 

Bachelor of Arts with a Major in Music 

Bachelor of Arts with a Major in Political Science 

Bachelor of Arts with a Major in Pyschology 

Bachelor of Science with a Major in Biology 

Bachelor of Science with a Major in Chemistry 

Bachelor of Science with a Major in Mathematical Sciences 
(choice of concentrations in Mathematics, Applied Mathema- 
tics, Computer Science, Mathematics Education) 

Associate in Arts (General) 

The departments in the School of Arts and Sciences cooperate 
with departments in the Schools of Education and Human Services 
in the offering of professionally oriented programs leading to bac- 
calaurate or specialized degrees with programs in: 

Medical Technology and 

Teacher Certification programs in: 

Art Education, Biology Education, Chemistry Education, 
Chemistry-Physics Education, General Science Education, 
History, Political Science and Behavioral Sciences Education, 
English Education, Mathematics Education, Music Education, 
and Psychology Education. NOTE : ADDITIONAL PROGRAM 
REQUIREMENTS SUPPLEMENTARY TO THOSE LISTED 
IN THIS SECTION ARE OUTLINED IN THE SCHOOL OF 
EDUCATION SECTION OF THIS BULLETIN. 

A student may combine with a major field of study one of the 



79 



following minor concentrations offered by departments within the 

School of Arts and Sciences: 

American Civilization Linguistics 

Anthroplogy Mental Health 

Art Museum/Preservation Studies 

Botany Music 

Chemistry Philosophy 

Computer Science Physical Science 

Drama/Speech Physics 

English Political Science 

Film Psychology 

Foreign Language Russian Studies 

History Zoology 

Journalism 

Program for the Degree 

Associate in Arts* 

(General) 

For the two-year degree of Associate in Arts, a student must complete at 
least 45 quarter hours of course-work in this program at Armstrong State 
College. The program is designed to provide a substantial liberal education 
as a base for upperdivision specialization. 

Quarter Hours 

1. English 111, 112, 211, and one course selected from: 20 

Art 200, 271, 272, 273; Music 200; 
Philosophy 200, 201; English 222 

2. History 114 or 115 and History 251 or 252 10 

3. One of the following two-course sequences: 10 

Biology 101, 102 
Chemistry 128, 129 
Chemistry 121, 122 
Physics 211, 212 
Physics 217, 218 
Physical Science 121, 122 

4. Mathematics 101 and 103 or 195 or 220 or 290 10 

5. Political Science 113 and one of the following courses: 10 

Anthropology 201, Economics 201, 
Psychology 101, Sociology 201 

6. Physical Education 3 

P.E. 103 or 108 and two activity courses 

7. Concentration and/or Electives 30 

The concentration may be specified by a department 
from appropriate courses. If not, the student may 
select courses which are open to him,** 

8. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL "93 



•Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See 

"Admission" section of this Bulletin. 
'*If a student plans to continue work at a later date in a baccalaureate degree 

curriculum, he should select courses that will meet the listed requirements for 

that degree program. 



80 



DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY 

Professor Leslie B. Davenport, Jr., Head; Professor Thorne; As- 
sociate Professors Guillou and Pingel; Assistant Professors 
Beumer and Brower; Instructor Restivo; Teaching Associate 
Dixon. 



The Major in Biology 

The major in biology consists of Biology 101, 102, Botany 203, 
Zoology 204, and at least 40 quarter hours credit in biology courses 
(botany, zoology, etc.) numbered 300 or above. The majority of the 
courses in the major numbered 300 or above must be taken in the 
Biology Department at Armstrong State College. 

In addition, biology majors must complete elementary statistics 
and the course sequence in organic chemistry (15 quarter hours). 
The course in general college physics (15 quarter hours) is strongly 
recommended and should be considered essential for those who 
expect to continue the study of biology beyond the B.S. degree. 

Each student acquiring a major in biology must include in his 
program the following courses: Biology 370; Biology 480; Botany 
410 or Zoology 410; one course in botany numbered 300 or above, 
other than Botany 410; and one course in zoology numbered 300 or 
above, other than Zoology 410. If credit for any of the first three 
required units is transferred to Armstrong from another college, 
the department may require that it be validated by examination. 

To be admitted to courses in biology above the freshman level 
(those numbered 200 or above), the student must have completed 
the prerequisites for each with at least a grade of "C" for each 
prerequisite. To be eligible for a B.S. degree in biology the student 
must have a grade of at least "C" for all upper division courses 
(those numbered 300 or above) in biology. 

Beginning students who have successfully completed strong 
courses in biology in high school are advised to take examinations 
for advanced placement or for credit for Biology 101 and/or Biology 
102. Arrangements to take these examinations may be made with 
the head of the department. 

In order to receive Core Curriculum credits for the biology 
laboratory science sequence by taking biology in the Savannah 
State-Armstrong exchange program, a student must take the EN- 
TIRE sequence of ten quarter hours either at Armstrong State 
College or at Savannah State College. 

Students majoring in biology may concurrently complete all 
pre-medical, pre-dental, and/or pre-veterinary requirements and 
all requirements for secondary teaching certification in science 
(biology). The Biology Department co-ordinates the program in 
Medical Technology. 

Students majoring in biology and/or pursuing a pre-professional 
program should work closely with an assigned departmental ad- 
visor in planning their undergraduate programs. 



81 






Program for the Degree 
Bachelor of Science with a Major in Biology 



Quarter Hours 



A^ General Requirements* 75 

-P 1. English 1&T, y?£,2£l and one course selected from: 20 

English 222; Art 200, 271, 272, 273; 
Music 200; Philosophy 200, 201 

£ 2. History U< U^ 10 

£ 3. History 251, or 252 5 

4 4. Political ScienceJ4# 5 

j — . 6 5. One of the following: 5 

\t9j Economics 201; Psychology 101; 

Sociology 201 ^r^K^>3^>i^^ Q0\ 
5 6. Mathematics 101 (or 10^ or 104 if placement 

examination allows) and 220 10 

— 7. Biology J#f, U)£f Botany ,203**, Zoology 204** 20 

s-B. Courses in Major Field 40 

Biology 370, 480 10 

Botany 410 or Zoology 410 5 

Additional Courses (junior-senior level) 25 

^ C. Related Fields 25 

Chemistry J^'l^ 10 

Chemistry 34*; i&Z&f 15 

*fi *■ D. Electives . . fTT. . .^7. <.. 45 

Physics 211, 212, 213 and a foreign 

language sequence are strongly recommended. 

' ,5 E. Physical Education 6 

Physical Education 117 and 103 or 108 3 

Physical Education Activities Courses 3 

F. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191 

The student completing the major in Biology may concurrently 
complete secondary teaching certification requirements by com- 
pleting the following program of studies. 



/yo 



Program for the Degree Bachelor of Science 
with a Major in Biology** 



Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Core Area I 20 

Eng. Ill, 112, 211 15 

Choice of: Art 200, 271, 272, 273; 

Music 200; Phil. 201; or Eng. 222 5 

Core Area II 20 

Mathematics 101, 220 10 

Biology 101, 102 10 

Core Area III 20 

History 114, 115 10 

Political Science 113 5 

Psychology 101 5 

Core Area IV 30 

Mathematics 103 5 

Physics 211 5 

Chemistry 128, 129 10 

** With teacher certification. 

82 



Choice of: Anth. 201, Soc. 201, 

or Econ. 201 5 

Choice of: Art. 200, 271, 272, 273; 

Music 200; Dr/S 228 5 5 

Physical Education 6 

RE. 103 or 108 1 

P.E. 117 2 

Three activity courses 3 

Other Courses 5 

History 251 or 252 5 

B. Courses in Major 50 

Biology 370, 480 10 

Botany 410 or Zoology 410 5 

Botany 203 5 

Zoology 204 5 

Botany and Zoology courses numbered 
300 or above 25 

C. Courses in Other Sciences 25 

Chemistry 341, 342, 343 15 

Physics 212, 213 10 

D. Professional Sequence 40 

Educ. 200, 310, 335, 447, 470, 

480, 490 ... , 35 

Psychology 301 5 

TOTAL 216 

The Department also supervises the degree program in Medical 
Technology, requirements of which follow. 

Program for Degree 
Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology* 

Quarter Hours 

1. English 111, 112, 211, and one course selected from: 20 

Art 200, 271, 272, 273; Music 200; 
Philosophy 200, 201; English 222 

2. History 251 or 252 5 

3. Political Science 113 5 

4. History 114, 115 10 

5. Mathematics 101 (or 103 or 206, if placement 
examination allows); 220 10 

6. Psychology 101 or Sociology 201 5 

7. Physics 211 (Mathematis 103 is prerequisite); 212 10 

8. Chemistry 128-129, 281, 341, 342, 343 and 380 35 

9. Biology 101-102, Zoology 204, 356, 

Biology 351, 353, 370, and Zoology 372 40 

10. Physical Education 6 

11. Internship in Clinical Medical Technology 45 

12. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191 

Minor Concentrations 

The following minor concentrations are available in the De- 
partment of Biology. For completion of each of the minors, the 
student must earn grades of "C" or better in each course offred 
for the minor. 
*Certain courses may be exempted with credit awarded. See "Admission" section 
of this Bulletin. 

83 



The minor in Botany requires a total of 25 hours: Biology 101, 

102; Botany 203 and two courses selected from Botany 305, 323, 

425. 

The minor in Zoology requires a total of 25 hours: Biology 101, 

102; Zoology 204 and two courses selected from Zoology 325, 355, 356, 

372, 425, and Entomology 301. 

Course Offerings 
Biology 

BIOLOGY 101— PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY. (4-3-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: none. 

Structure and function of cells; biological chemistry; structure, 
function, and development of flowering plants. 

BIOLOGY 102— PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY (4-3-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Biology 101. 
Structure, function, and development of vertebrate animals; 

genetics; ecology; evolution. 

BIOLOGY/PHYSICS 205— RADIATION BIOLOGY. (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: Physics 213 or 218 or 202, and a two-quarter se- 
quence in anatomy and physiology or general biology. 

Sources, propagation, and interactions of ionizing radiation and 
its biological effects. (Credit may not be applied toward a major in 
biology or in chemistry). 

BIOLOGY 210— MICRO-ORGANISMS AND DISEASE. (4-3-5) 
Winter. Prerequisites: Chemistry 201 or 122 and Zoology 209. 
An introduction to the study of microorganisms with primary 
emphasis on bacteria. The morphology, life history, and importance 
to public health of representative bacteria, fungi, viruses, and pro- 
tozoa are considered. Credit for this course may not be applied to- 
ward a major in biology. 

BIOLOGY 310— MAN AND THE ENVIRONMENT. (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Completion of 75 quarter hours credit in college 
courses. 

Consideration of the interactions between humans and the sup- 
port systems of the earth which are essential to their existence. 
Credit for this course may not be applied toward a major in biology. 

BIOLOGY 351— BACTERIOLOGY. (3-4-5) 

Fall. Prerequisites: 10 hours of biological science, Chemistry 128- 

129. 

A survey of micro-organisms with special emphasis on bacteria 

and their relationships to man. 

BIOLOGY 352— MEDICAL MICROBIOLOGY. (3-4-5) 

Prerequisite: Biology 351 and permission of the instructor. 
A comprehensive study of the disease-causing microbes in terms 

of their diagnosis, pathology, and epidemiology. 

BIOLOGY 353— IMMUNOLOGY AND SEROLOGY (3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 128 and 129 or permission of instructor 
and department head. 

84 



A fundamental study of humoral and cellular immunity, the 
structure and biosynthesis of antibodies, and the interactions be- 
tween antigens and antibodies. Consideration will be given to al- 
lergic states and other immunological diseases. 

BIOLOGY 354— MORPHOLOGIC HAEMATOLOGY. (3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: Biology 102 and Chemistry 129. 

Cytology of normal and pathologic human blood and bone mar- 
row with emphasis upon antigenic determination in blood banking. 

BIOLOGY 358— HISTOLOGICAL TECHNIQUE. (0-10-5) 

Winter. Prerequisites: Biology 101, 102. 

Principles and methods of killing, fixing, embedding, sectioning, 
staining, and mounting plant and animal materials for study. 

BIOLOGY 370— GENETICS. (3-4-5) 

Winter. Prerequisites: Biology 101, 102; Chemistry 128, 129; Biol- 
ogy 351 and junior status recommended. 

An introduction to the principles of biological inheritance. 

BIOLOGY 410— CELLULAR PHYSIOLOGY. (3-4-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: At least third quarter junior 
status; two courses in biology numbered 300 or above; and organic 
chemistry. 

A consideration of the functional relationships between micro- 
scopic anatomy and cell chemistry, emphasizing permeability, 
metabolism, and growth. 

BIOLOGY 440— CYTOLOGY. (2-6-5) 

Summer. Prerequisite; Two courses in biology numbered 300 or 
above. 

The study of cells, their cytoplasm and nuclei, growth, differenti- 
ation, and reproduction. 

BIOLOGY 450— EVOLUTION. (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: Major in biology (at least 15 qtr. hrs. credit in 

biology courses numbered 300 or above). 
Modern concepts in organic evolution. 

BIOLOGY 480— GENERAL ECOLOGY. (3-4-5) 

Spring. Prerequisites: Three courses in biology numbered 300 or 

above. 

A survey of the principles of ecology and their application to the 

welfare of humans, co-ordinated with a study of populations and 

communities in the field. 

BIOLOGY 490-PROBLEMS IN BIOLOGY. (1-5 hours credit) 
Offered on demand. Prerequisites: At least 20 hours credit in biol- 
ogy courses numbered 300 or above; a B average in biology courses 
and in overall work; consent of department head; agreement of a 
staff member to supervise work. 

Problems to be assigned and work directed by a member of the 
department. Supervised research including literature search, field 
and/or laboratory investigation, and presentation of an acceptable 
written report of results. Credit will depend upon the work to be 
done. Both credit and proposed work must be approved in advance, 

85 



in writing, by the faculty member to supervise the work and by the 
department head. 

Botany 

BOTANY 203— SURVEY OF THE PLANT KINGDOM. (3-4-5) 
Spring. Fall. Prerequisites: Biology 101 and 102. 
Morphology and phylogeny of the divisions of the plant kingdom, 

with emphasis upon the evolution of the land flora. 

BOTANY 305— IDENTIFICATION OF 

FLOWERING PLANTS. (0-10-5). 

Spring, Prerequisite or corequisite: Botany 203. 

Studies in the identification of plants with emphasis on local 
flora. 

BOTANY 323— PLANT ANATOMY. (3-4-5) 

Fall. Prerequisite: Botany 203. 

The origin and development of the organs and tissue systems of 
vascular plants, and a comparative study of the structure of roots, 
stems, leaves, flowers, and fruits. 

BOTANY 410— PLANT PHYSIOLOGY (3-4-5) 

Spring. Prerequisites: Botany 203 and Organic Chemistry. 
A survey of physiologic processes occurring in plants and the 

conditions which affect these processes. 

BOTANY 425— PLANT MORPHOLOGY. (3-4-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Botany 323. 

Comparative studies of vascular plants with emphasis on form, 
structure, reproduction, and evlutionary relationships. 

Entomology 

ENTOMOLOGY 301— INTRODUCTORY ENTOMOLOGY. (3-4-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: Zoology 20U. 

An introduction to the study of insects — their structure, iden- 
tification, and biology. 

Zoology 

ZOOLOGY 204 — SURVEY OF THE ANIMAL KINGDOM. (3-4-5) 
Winter, Summer. Prerequisites: Biology 101 and 102. 
An evolutionary survey of the major animal phyla. 

ZOOLOGY 208— HUMAN ANATOMY AND 

PHYSIOLOGY I. (3-4-5) 

A basic course considering the gross anatomy, histology, and 
physiology of the human organ systems. Intended primarily for 
majors in health sciences; credit for this course may not be applied 
toward a major in biology. 

ZOOLOGY 209— HUMAN ANATOMY AND 

PHYSIOLOGY II. (3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: Zoology 208 and Chemistry 201 or 122. 

A continuation of the basic course considering the anatomy and 
physiology of the human. Credit may not be applied toward a major 
in biology. 

86 



ZOOLOGY 210— FUNCTIONAL HUMAN ANATOMY 

FOR MEDICAL RADIOGRAPHER. (2-2-3) 

Prerequisite: Zoology 208. 

Detailed skeletal anatomy; gross systemic anatomy and histol- 
ogy, with functional highlights of circulatory, respiratory, diges- 
tive, excretory and reproductive systems. Intended primarily for 
majors in health sciences; credit for this course may not be applied 
toward a major in biology. 

ZOOLOGY 211— CARDIOPULMONARY 

ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY. (2-2-3) 

Prerequisite: Zoology 209. 

The cardiopulmonary system is studied with special emphasis on 
functional anatomy. The physiology of the heartbeat, the control of 
circulation, respiration, and blood pressure, and partial movement 
across membranes will also be studied. Intended primarily for 
majors in health sciences; credit for this course may not be applied 
toward a major in biology. 

ZOOLOGY 325— INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY (3-4-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: Zoology 20 U. 

A study of the structure, body functions, interrelations, and 
natural history of the major invertebrate groups. 

ZOOLOGY 355— EMBRYOLOGY. (3-4-5) 

Fall. Prerequisites: Zoology 20 U or equivalent in another biologi- 
cal science. 

An elementary course in embryology in which the chick is used to 
illustrate the basic principles of developmental anatomy. 

ZOOLOGY 356— COMPARATIVE ANATOMY 

OF THE VERTEBRATES. (3-6-6) 

Winter. Prerequisite: Zoology 20 U . 

A study of the anatomy and evolution of the organ systems of the 
vertebrates. 

ZOOLOGY 357— ANIMAL HISTOLOGY. (3-4-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Zoology 201*. 

A study of the tissues and their organization into organs and 
organ systems in animals. 

ZOOLOGY 372— PARASITOLOGY. (3-4-5) 

Fall. Prerequisite: Zoology 20 U. 

A comparative study of the internal and external parasites of 
man and other animals. 

ZOOLOGY 410— GENERAL VERTEBRATE 

PHYSIOLOGY. (3-4-5) 

Fall. Prerequisites: Zoology 20 % and Organic Chemistry. 

An introduction to the general physiologic processes of the ver- 
tebrates. 

ZOOLOGY 425J-MARINE INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY. (2-6-5) 
Summer. Prerequisite: Zoology 325, or permission of instructor 
and department head. 

87 



Studies in the identification and ecologic distribution of marine 
invertebrates as exemplified by collection from the southeastern 
coastal region. 

ZOOLOGY 429— ENDOCRINOLOGY. (3-4-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: Zoology U10 and one other 

course in biology numbered 300 or above. 

Physiology of the endocrine glands, their control of metabolism 

and reproductive cycles. 

ZOOLOGY 435— COMPARATIVE PHYSIOLOGY. (3-4-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: Zoology 20U and Organic 
Chemistry. 

Studies in various groups of animals of the functions of organ 
systems involved in the maintenance of homeostasis under varying 
conditions within normal habitats and of in vitro reactions of tis- 
sues and systems under laboratory conditions. 

Marine Science Center 

The following courses are offered at the Marine Science Center on 
Skidaway Island. Five quarter hours of credit from these courses 
may be applied within the major in biology. All credits from these 
courses may be applied as electives toward the B.S. degree in biol- 
ogy. These courses at the Marine Science Center are co-operatively 
sponsored by Armstrong State College, Georgia Institute of 
Technology, Georgia State University, Georgia Southern College, 
and the University of Georgia. 

BIOLOGY 430— ESTUARINE ECOLOGY. (6-6-5) 

Summer (five weeks.) Prerequisites: Chemistry 128, 129; Zoology 
20U; two courses in biology numbered 300 or above; or permission of 
instructor. Math 10U recommended. 

The evolution and development of estuaries, substrates, physical 
processes, communities, ecosystem functions, ecosystem dynamics 
and analysis. The study area will include the estuarine complex of 
the Carolinian province as exemplified along the coast of Georgia. 

ZOOLOGY 405— ICHTHYOLOGY. (6-6-5) 

Summer (five weeks.) Prerequisites: Zoology 20 U and one course 

in zoology numbered 300 or above, or permission of instructor. 
The taxonomy, distribution, ecology, and evolution of fishes with 

special reference to the fishes of eastern North America. 



DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY AND 
PHYSICS 

Professor Henry E. Harris, Head; Professors Brewer, Robbins, 
and Stratton; Associate Professor Whiten; Assistant Professors 
Pestel, Jaynes; Temporary Instructor Goette. 

The department offers one degree program, the Bachelor of Sci- 
ence with a major in chemistry, designed to give depth in the fields 
of chemistry, yet flexible enough to accommodate a range of career 
goals. Students majoring in chemistry may concurrently complete 

88 



all pre-medical and/or pre-dental requirements and all require- 
ments for secondary teaching certification in science (chemistry). 
The department also participates in the Dual Degree Program of 
Armstrong State College and the Georgia Institute of Technology 
under which students may earn simultaneously the B.S. degree in 
chemistry from Armstrong and the Bachelor's degree from Georgia 
Tech in a related field, such as chemical engineering. Students in- 
terested in learning more about the chemistry degree program or 
any course offered by the department should contact the depart- 
ment head. Any student who plans to pursue a degree in chemistry 
should contact the department head as early as possible for ad- 
visement and academic planning. 

Program for the Degree 
Bachelor of Science with a Major in Chemistry 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements* 61 

1. English 111, 112, 211 15 

2. One of the following; 5 

Art 200, 271, 272, 273; English 222; 
Music 200; Philosophy 200, 201 

3. Mathematics 101, 103 10 

4. History 114, 115 and either History 251 or 252 15 

5. Political Science 113 5 

6. One of the following courses: 5 

Psychology 101, Anthropology 201, 
Sociology 201, Economics 201 

7. Physical Education 103 or 108, 117 and 

three activities courses 6 

B. Major Field Requirements 60 

1. Chemistry 128, 129, 281, 341, 342, 343, 380, 491, 492, 493 . . .47 

2. Approved electives from: 13 

Chemistry 421, 441, 448, 461, 462, 480, 497, 498, 499 

C. Related Field Requirements 30 

1. Physics 211, 212, 213 or 

Physics 217, 218, 219 15 

2. Mathematics 104 5 

3. Approved electives 10 

D. Electives 40 

E. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191 



Program for the Degree 
Bachelor of Science with a Major in Chemistry 



* * 



Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Core Area I 20 

1. English 111, 112, 211 15 

2. Art 200, 271, 272, 273; Music 200 or Eng. 222 5 

Core Area II 20 

1. Physics 211, 212 or Physics 217, 218 10 

2. Mathematics 101, 103 10 

Core Area III 20 

1. History 114, 115, Political Science 113 15 

2. Psychology 101 5 

Core Area IV 30 



With teacher certification requirements. 



89 



1. Chemistry 128, 129, 10 

2. Choice of: Anth. 201, Soc. 201, or Econ. 201 5 

3. Choice of: Art 200, 271, 272, 273; Music 200; 

Dr/S 228 5 

4. Biology 101, 102 10 

Physical Education 103 or 108, 117, and 3 activity courses . . .6 
History 251 or 252 5 

B. Courses in the Major 50 

1. Chemistry 281, 341, 342, 343, 380, 491 30 

2. Chemistry 492, 493 or Chemistry 481, 482, 

483, 496 10 

3. Chemistry electives (300-400 level) 10 

C. Courses in Related Fields 15 

1. Mathematics 206 5 

2. One of the following: Astronomy 201, Geology 201, 
Meteorology 201, Oceanography 301, 430 

Physics 213 or 219 5 

Physics 412 5 

D. Professional Sequence 40 

1. Education 200, 310, 335, 447, 470, 480, 490 35 

2. Psychology 301 5 

TOTAL 206 

Minor Concentrations 

The department offers the following minor concentrations. Stu- 
dents majoring in chemistry may not seek a minor in chemistry or 
physical science. 

The minor in Chemistry requires twenty credit hours with grades 
of "C" or better in upper division chemistry courses chosen from the 
following: Chemistry 341, 342, 343, 380, 421, 431, 461, 491, 492, 493. 

The minor in Physics requires twenty-three credit hours from 
courses designated as physics with a grade of "C" or better in each 
course. 

The minor in Physical Science requires ten credit hours of a 
laboratory sequence in chemistry, physical science, or physics plus 
fifteen credit hours chosen from: Astronomy 301, Chemistry 301, 
Geology 301, Oceanography 301, Meterology 301. A grade of "C" or 
better is required in each course. 

Course Offerings 

Chemistry 

CHEMISTRY 121, 122— GENERAL 

CHEMISTRY. (4-3-5 for each course) 

Prerequisite or corequisite: Mathematics 101. (Credit in these 
courses may not be applied to a major in chemistry.) 

These courses include a study of the fundamental laws and 
theories of inorganic chemistry, a survey of organic chemistry, and 
an introduction to biochemistry. 

CHEMISTRY 128-129— GENERAL CHEMISTRY (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: College Algebra or concurrently. Offered each quar- 
ter. 

These courses are the first two of the series 128, 129, 281 required 
to complete an academic year of General Chemistry. A study of the 

90 



fundamental principles and laws of chemistry with a quantitative 
approach to the subject. These courses are designed for the science, 
pre-medical and engineering student. The laboratory work in- 
cludes an understanding of fundamental techniques. 

CHEMISTRY 201— ESSENTIALS OF 

GENERAL CHEMISTRY. (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. 

An introduction to inorganic, organic, and biochemistry with em- 
phasis on applications in human physiology and clinical chemistry. 
Experimental principles will be illustrated with classroom dem- 
onstrations. 

CHEMISTRY 202— PHYSICAL PRINCIPLES. (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 201. 

This course provides a study of the physical principles of gas 
behavior, acid-base calculations, weak acid ionization, buffer solu- 
tions, pH measurements, blood gas measurements, and other sub- 
jects of special interest to persons in allied health sciences. 

CHEMISTRY 281— QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS. (3-6-5) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 129. Fall and Spring. 

This course is the third of the series 128, 129, 281 required to 
complete an academic year of General Chemistry. Study of ionic 
equilibria and separation methods. Homogeneous solutions involv- 
ing dissociation, hydrolysis and buffer action, and heterogeneous 
systems showing the influence of pH and complexation of solubility 
are illustrated. Various chemical and chromatographic techniques 
are used as a basis for qualitative analysis. 

CHEMISTRY 301— THE CHEMISTRY OF LIFE. (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Ten quarter hours of laboratory science completed. 
Offered on demand. 

An introductory course covering selected areas of applied 
biochemistry. This course is not recommended for chemistry, biol- 
ogy, or premedical students. 

CHEMISTRY 341-342— ORGANIC 

CHEMISTRY. (4-3-5 for each course) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 129. Fall, Winter. 

These courses include the study of aliphatics, aromatic hy- 
drocarbons and their derivatives, polyfunctional compounds, and 
polynuclear hydrocarbons. Organic reactions are emphasized in 
terms of modern theory. 

CHEMISTRY 343— ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry SU2. Spring. 

A continuation of the organic chemistry sequence 341, 342. This 
course completes the fundamental study of organic chemistry with 
a consideration of carbohydrates, amino acids, and heterocyclics 
with their related compounds. 

CHEMISTRY 350— CHEMICAL LITERATURE. (2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 342. Offered on demand. 
A study of the use of the chemical library and the important 

journals, references, and information sources. 

91 



CHEMISTRY 380— QUANTITATIVE INSTRUMENTAL 
ANALYSIS. (2-9-5) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 281. Winter, Summer. 

A sutdy of the principles of gravimetric, volumetric, spec- 
trophotometry, and electrometric methods of analysis. The 
laboratory will provide practice in techniques and application of 
these principles. 

CHEMISTRY 397— SCIENTIFIC GLASS-BLOWING. (0-4-2) 

Prerequisite: Premission of the Instructor. Offered on demand. 
Properties of glass for scientific apparatus; introduction of glass 
working equipment; planning of sequential joining operations; de- 
monstration of major techniques for joining and working glass; 
supervision of individual students in preparing test-pieces. 

CHEMISTRY 421— ADVANCED INORGANIC 

CHEMISTRY. (3-3-4) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 380. Offered on demand. 

Selected topics in inorganic chemistry tending to increase stu- 
dents' understanding of mechanisms of chemical reactions. Em- 
phasizes the periodicity of elements. 

CHEMISTRY 431-432— SEMINAR. (3-0-3 for each course) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 31+3. Offered on demand. 
Selected topics for group discussion. 

CHEMISTRY 441— ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 3J+3. Fall. 

A further study of important organic reactions emphasizing 
theories of reaction mechanism of organic chemistry. 

CHEMISTRY 448— ORGANIC QUALITATIVE 

ANALYSIS. (2-9-5) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 31+3. Offered on demand. 

Systematic approach to the identification of organic compounds. 

CHEMISTRY 451— HISTORY OF CHEMISTRY. (5-0-5) 

Spring, odd years. Prerequisites: Junior standing and Chemistry 
129. 

The development of science surveyed from antiquity to the pre- 
sent. Emphasis is placed on the development of ideas, men who 
made significant contributions, evolution of chemical theories, and 
the modern social implications of science. 

CHEMISTRY 461— BIOCHEMISTRY. (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 31+3. Offered on demand. 
A study of the chemical nature of cellular constituents and cellu- 
lar metabolism. Subject topics include carbohydrates, proteins, 
lipids, enzymes, vitamins and coenzymes, anaerobic carbohydrate 
metabolism, lipid metabolism, the tricarboxylic acid cycle, oxida- 
tive phosphorylation, and photosynthesis. 

CHEMISTRY 462— BIOCHEMISTRY. (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry U61. Offered on demand. 
A study of the metabolism of ammonia and nitrogen-containing 

compounds, the biosynthesis of nucleic acids and proteins, 

metabolic regulation, and selected topics. 

92 






CHEMISTRY 463— CLINICAL CHEMISTRY. (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 31+3. Offered on demand. 
A study of the principles of chemistry applied in the clinical 
laboratory. Topics subjects to include instrumentation and mi- 
crotechniques. 

CHEMISTRY 481— ADVANCED INSTRUMENTAL 
ANALYSIS. (1-3-2) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 380. Offered on demand. 

A study of electrometric methods of analysis. Topic subjects will 
include potentiometric, coulometric, and polarographic measure- 
ments. 

CHEMISTRY 482— ADVANCED INSTRUMENTAL 
ANALYSIS. (1-3-2) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 380. Offered on demand. 

A study of spectrophotometric and chromatographic methods of 
analysis. Topic subjects will include visible and ultra-violet spec- 
troscopy, gas-liquid chromatography, high pressure liquid 
chromatography, flame emission and atomic absorption spec- 
trometry. 

CHEMISTRY 483— ADVANCED INSTRUMENTAL 
ANALYSIS. (1-3-2) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 31+2 and 380. Offered on demand. 

A continuation of the study of spectroscopy. Topic subjects will 
include infrared spectroscopy, nuclear magnetic resonance, 
electron-spin resonance, and mass spectrometry. 

CHEMISTRY 491-492-493— PHYSICAL 

CHEMISTRY. (4-3-5 each course) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 380, Physics 213, Mathematics 104. 
Spring. 

Fundamental principles of physical chemistry including the 
study of solids, liquids, gases, thermochemistry, thermodynamics 
and solutions. These courses will also cover a study of chemical 
equilibria, chemical kinetics, electrochemistry, colloids, quantum 
mechanics and nuclear chemistry. 

CHEMISTRY 497-498-499— INDEPENDENT 

STUDY. (1-5 hours credit each course) 

Prerequisite: Consent of the Head of the Department. Offered each 
quarter. 

Designed to permit qualified students to pursue supervised indi- 
vidual research or study. Emphasis will be placed on the literature 
search, laboratory experimentation, and presentation of an ac- 
ceptable written report. Both the credit and proposed work must be 
approved in writing by the faculty member who will supervise the 
work and by the department head. Open to transient students only 
with the permission of the Dean of the Faculty at Armstrong and of 
the college from which the student comes. 

CHEMISTRY 496— INTERNSHIP. (Credit variable to 12 hours) 
Offered by special arrangement. Prerequisite: Chemistry 31+3, 380 
and permission of the Department Head. 

93 



The student will puruse a meaningful project in industry, gov- 
ernment or other institutional setting. The project will be deter- 
mined, supervised, and evaluated by the sponsor of the activity and 
the student's faculty adviser. Application and arrangement must 
be made through the department by mid-quarter preceding the 
quarter of internship. Open to transient students only with permis- 
sion of the Dean of the Faculty at Armstrong and the appropriate 
official of the school from which the student comes. 

Marine Science Center 

The following course is offered at the Marine Science Center on 
Skidaway Island. The course if cooperatively sponsored by 
Armstrong State College, Georgia Institute of Technology, Georgia 
State University, Georgia Southern College and the University of 
Georgia. 

OCEANOGRAPHY 430— APPLIED OCEANOGRAPHY. (6-4-5) 
Prerequisites: Chemistry 128, 129; Biology 101, 102. Offered 
Summer Quarter. 

The aspects of physical, chemical, and biological sciences which 
are marine oriented as applied to specific problems in the ocean and 
its environs. Collection and interpretation of field data stressed, 
utilizing vessels and equipment of the Skidaway Institute of 
Oceanography. 

Physical Science 

PHYSICAL SCIENCE 121— PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT. (4-3-5) 
Prerequisite: admission requirements. Offered each quarter. 
An elementary study of the fundamental laws and concepts of 

physics and astronomy. This course is designed for non-science 

majors interested in a descriptive survey. The laboratory study is 

designed to supplement the study of theory. 

PHYSICAL SCIENCE 122— PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT. (4-3-5) 
Prerequisite: admission requirements. Offered each quarter. 
An elementary study of the fundamental laws and theories of 
chemistry and geology. This is a descriptive course which includes 
the classification of elements, basic chemical reactions, and atomic 
structure designed for the non-science major. The laboratory study 
includes experiences which augment class discussion. 

ASTRONOMY 201— INTRODUCTION TO ASTRONOMY. (5-0-5) 
Prerequisite: Ten quarter hours of laboratory science completed. 

Offered on demand, 
A study of the planetary system, stars, stellar structure, and 

cosmology. 

GEOLOGY 201— PRINCIPLES OF GEOLOGY. (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Ten quarter hours of a laboratory science completed. 

Offered on demand. 

An introduction of physical and historical geology. A study of the 

origin, evolution, and structure of the earth's crust, and geologic 

history. 

94 



METEOROLOGY 201— PRINCIPLES OF METEOROLOGY.(5-0 -5) 

Prerequisite: Ten quarter hours of laboratory science completed. 
Offered on demand. 

An introduction to the description of the state of the atmosphere 
and to the physical laws that describe atmospheric phenomena. 

OCEANOGRAPHY 301— PRINCIPLES OF 

OCEANOGRAPHY. (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Ten quarter hours of a laboratory science completed. 
Offered on demand. 

A study of the basic principles of oceanography. Topic subjects to 
include the distribution of water over the earth, nature and relief of 
the ocean floors, tides and currents, chemical properties of sea 
water and constituents, and applications of oceanographic re- 
search. 



Physics 

PHYSICS 201, 202— RADIATION PHYSICS (3-2-4 for each course) 

Prerequisite or corequisite: Mathematics 101. 

These courses deal with the basic concepts involved in produc- 
tion, propagation, and detection of electromagnetic radiation. Par- 
ticular emphasis will be given to mechanisms describing the in- 
teraction of X-rays with matter, radiation protection, photographic 
detection, dosimetry, and circuitry. 

PHYSICS/BIOLOGY 205— RADIATION BIOLOGY. (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: Physics 213 or 218 or 202, and two quarter sequence 

in anatomy and physiology or general biology. 

Sources, propagation, and interactions of ionizing radiation and 

its biological effects. (Credit may not be applied toward a major in 

biology or in chemistry.) 

PHYSICS 211— MECHANICS. (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: Mathematics 103. Fall. 

The first part of the sequence Physics 211-212-213 in general 
physics. Basic classical physics, including mechanics, sound, and 
heat. Designed for students with aptitude in mathematics below 
the level of calculus. Selected experiments to demonstrate applica- 
tions. 

PHYSICS 212— ELECTRICITY, MAGNETISM, 

BASIC LIGHT. (4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: Mathematics 103 and Physics 211. Winter. 

The second part of the sequence Physics 211-212-213. Basic elec- 
tricity, magnetism, and geometrical optics. 

PHYSICS 213— LIGHT PHENOMENA, 

MODERN PHYSICS. (4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: Mathematics 103 and Physics 212. Spring. 

The last part of the sequence Physics 211-212-213. Continues the 
study of light from the viewpoint of physical optics, and concludes 
with the study of atomic and nuclear physics. Laboratory work 
includes two selected experiments of advanced scope. 

95 



PHYSICS 217— MECHANICS. (5-3-6) 

Prerequisite: Mathematics 10U, or concurrently. Fall. 
The first part of the sequence Physics 217-218-219 in general 
physics. Basic classical physics, including mechanics, sound and 
heat. Designed especially for engineering students and recom- 
mended for science majors. Selected experiments to demonstrate 
applications. 

PHYSICS 218— ELECTRICITY, MAGNETISM, 

BASIC LIGHT. (5-3-6) 

Prerequisites: Mathematics 10U and Physics 217. Winter. 

The second part of the sequence Physics 217-218-219. Basic elec- 
tricity, magnetism, and geometrical optics. 

PHYSICS 219— LIGHT PHENOMENA, 

MODERN PHYSICS. (5-3-6) 

Prerequisites: Mathematics 10U and Physics 218. Spring. 

The last part of the sequence Physics 217-218-219. Continues the 
study of light from the viewpoint of physical optics, and concludes 
with the study of atomic and nuclear physics. Laboratory work 
includes two selected experiments of advanced scope. 

PHYSICS 380— INTRODUCTORY QUANTUM 

MECHANICS. (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: Physics 213 or Physics 219 and Mathematics 201. 
Offered on demand. 

An introduction to quantum mechanical principles with applica- 
tions in atomic and molecular structure. 

PHYSICS 412— ELECTRONIC MEASUREMENTS 

FOR SCIENTISTS. (3-6-5) 

Prerequisite: Physics 212 or Physics 218. 

Circuit theory and digital/analog electronics dealing with mea- 
surements, control concepts, and instruments that are used by ex- 
perimental scientists. 

PHYSICS 417— MECHANICS. (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: Physics 217 or 211 and Mathematics 201. Physics 
218 or 212 and Mathematics SU1 are recommended. Offered on de- 
mand. 

Statics, kinematics, and dynamics of particles and of systems of 
particles are developed using Newtonian principles. 

DEPARTMENT OF FINE ARTS 

Associate Professor Steve Brandon, Head; Professor Persse; As- 
sociate Professor Davenport; Assistant Professors Ambrose, 
Nadalich, Radebaugh, and Schmidt. 

Degree Programs in Music and Art 

The Department of Fine Arts offers the Bachelor of Arts degree 
with a major in music, the Bachelor of Music Education degree, and 
in cooperation with the Department of Secondary Education, the 
Bachelor of Science in Education degree with a major in Art Educa- 
tion. 

96 



Admission Requirements 

Since the college-level study of music presupposes a considerable 
background in music, as well as an aptitude for it, an audition is 
required for admission to the music degree program. The audition 
will be used to determine the student's level of proficiency in his 
instrument and his potential for success in the program. 



Program for the Degree 
Bachelor of Arts with a Major in Music 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements" 71 

1. English 111, 112, 211 15 

2. Music 210 5 

3. History 114, 115, and 251 or 252 15 

4. Mathematics 101, 290 10 

5. Political Science 113 5 

6. One of the following courses: 5 

Psychology 101 (required in the B.M.Ed, program), 
Economics 201, Sociology 201, Anthropology 201 

7. Laboratory science sequence 10 

8. Physical Education 103 or 108 and 117 and 

three activity courses 6 

B. Courses in the Major Field 54 

Music 111, 112, 113, 140, (6 credits); 211, 212, 213, 240, 
(6 credits); 251 or 254, (6 credits); 312, 340, (6 credits); 
371, 372, 373 

C. Special Requirements 66 

1. Music 281, 412, 440 12 

2. Approved Music electives 9 

3. Two courses selected from: 10 

Art 271, 272, 273 

4. Foreign Language 101, 102, 103 15 

5. Electives 20 

6. Recital 

D. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL, BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE 191 



Program for the Degree 
Bachelor of Music Education 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Core Area I 20 

English 111, 112, 211 15 

Art 200, 271, 272, 273; Music 200; 

Phil. 200, 201; or Eng. 222 5 

Core Area II 20 

Math 101, 290 10 

Laboratory Science Sequence 10 

Core Area III 20 

History 114, 115 10 

Political Science 113 5 

One of the following: 

97 



Sociology 201, or Anthropology 

201, or Economics 201 5 

Core Area IV 30 

Psychology 101 5 

Education 200 5 

Music 111 3 

Music 112 3 

Music 113 3 

Music 140 6 

Music 230 1 

Music 232 1 

Music 281 3 

Physical Education 6 

P.E. 103 or 108 1 

P.E. 117 2 

Three activity courses 3 

History 251 or 252 5 

B. Courses in the Teaching Field 53 

1. Music 211, 212, 213 (Int. Theory) 
Music 233 (Woodwind Method) 
Music 235 (String Methods) 
Music 240, 340 (Applied Music) 
Music 251 or 254 (Band or Chorus) 

Music 312 (Form and Analysis) 

Music 350 (Music in the Lower School) 

Music 351 (Music in the Middle & Upper School) 

Music 361 (Orchestration) 

Music 371, 372, 373 (Music History) 

Music 400 (Seminar in Music Education) 

2. One of the following options: 10-11 

a. (Choral emphasis) Music 228, 353, 480, 

and one course from 414, 415, or 416 

b. (Instrumental emphasis) Music 227, 231, 

234, 352, 481, and one course from 
417, 418, or 419 

c. (Keyboard emphasis) Music 227, 352, or 

353, 420, 421, 480, or 481 

C. Professional Education Sequence 35 

Education 310 5 

Psychology 301 5 

Education 335 5 

DrS 228 5 

Education 470, 480, 490 15 

TOTAL 199-200 

NOTE: Courses taken in Area I may not be duplicated in Area IV. 



Program for the Degree 

Bachelor of Science in Education 

with a Major in Secondary Education 

Teaching Field of Art Education 

See the department of Secondary Education in the School of Edu- 
cation section of this catalog for a description of this B.S. Ed. pro- 
gram. 



98 



Minor Concentrations 

The department offers the following minor concentrations: 

The minor in Art requires a total of 25 hours: Art 111, 112; one 
course selected from Art 271, 272, 273; ten hours selected from Art 
201, 202, 213, 330, 331. 

The minor in Music requires a total of 29 hours: Applied Music (6 
hours in one area); Music Theory 111, 112, 113 (9 hours); Music 
Ensemble 251, 252 or 254 (6 hours); Music History and Literature (8 
hours); Recital Attendance. 

An Associate in Arts degree with a concentration in Art is availa- 
ble through the Associate in Arts degree program described else- 
where in this bulletin. For the specific content of concentration in 
fine arts or graphic arts under this program contact the Fine Arts 
Department. 

Additional Requirements for Music Majors 

1. Meet a recital attendance requirement as directed by the fac- 
ulty. 

2. Enroll for applied music each quarter until the applied music 
requirement has been met (except when student teaching). 

3. Participate in a large ensemble of the college each quarter of 
attendance (except when student teaching). Voice principals are 
required to enroll for chorus and band instrument principals for 
concert band. Students with a choice of ensemble must remain in 
the chosen ensemble for the duration of the academic year. Upon 
recommendation of the applied music instructor in the principal 
instrument, a keyboard student may substitute accompanying 
for participation in a large ensemble. However, a minimum of six 
quarters of large ensemble is required. 

4. Participate in student recitals as directed by the applied music 
instructor. A student must perform in a quarterly student reci- 
tal at least once a year. 

5. Demonstrate minimum keyboard proficiency (the ability to play 
scales, cadences, hymns and simple piano pieces). Students defi- 
cient in keyboard skills upon entering a music degree program 
will enroll in Music 226 (I, II, III), Class Piano, until the require- 
ment is met. A grade of C or better in three quarters of Class 
Piano shall constitute completion of the piano proficiency re- 
quirement. The student must complete this requirement by the 
end of the sophomore year to continue in a music degree pro- 
gram. 

6. Present a recital as required in the specific degree program. For 
the B. A. degree with a concentration in performance, a half reci- 
tal in the junior year and a full recital in the senior year are 
required. With a concentration in theory-composition the pre- 
sentation of a program of original compositions or a comparable 
practical exercise is required. For the B.M.E. degree, a half reci- 
tal in the senior year is required. In the B.M.E. program, upon 
recommendation of the applied music instructor, a jury exami- 
nation may be substitued for the recital. 



99 



The applied music level for entering or transfer students will be 
determined by audition. In the Bachelor of Arts degree program a 
minimum of eighteen hours of applied music will be in the principal 
instrument, with at least six credits at the 440 level. In the Bachelor 
of Music Education degree program, a minimum of twelve hours of 
applied music will be in the principal instrument with at least six 
credits at the 340 level. The quarterly applied music grade will be 
determined in part by a jury examination before a committee of the 
music faculty. 

Applied Music Fees 

Applied music courses consist of one twenty-five minute private 
lesson per week (Music 130) or a combination of private and class 
lessons (Music 140, 240, 340, 440). A special fee of $31.00 for Music 130 
or $62.00 for the Music 140 series is charged quarterly to students 
not admitted to a music degree program, to music majors enrolled 
for less than ten hours, and to music majors enrolled for more than 
one applied course. The applied music fee is refundable only if the 
student does not meet his first scheduled lesson. 

Course Offerings 
Applied Music 

MUSIC 130— APPLIED MUSIC. (one credit) 

Prerequisite: Sufficient music background, determined by audi- 
tion or Music 100. 

One twenty-five minute lesson per week in brass, organ, percus- 
sion, piano, strings, voice, or woodwinds. Applicable to a music de- 
gree only for a secondary applied credit. Maybe repeated for credit. 

MUSIC 140— APPLIED MUSIC. (two credits) 

Prerequisite: Open to music majors and a limited number of 

non-majors by audition only. 

Private and class instruction in brass, organ, percussion, piano, 

strings, voice or woodwinds. May be repeated for credit. 

MUSIC 240— APPLIED MUSIC. (two credits) 

Prerequisite: Competency at the Music 14.0 level as determined by 

jury examination. 

Private and class instruction in brass, organ, percussion, piano, 

strings, voice or woodwinds. May be repeated for credit. 

MUSIC 340— APPLIED MUSIC. (two credits) 

Prerequisite: Competency at the Music 240 level as determined by 

jury examination. 

Private and class instruction in brass, organ, percussion, piano, 

strings, voice or woodwinds. May be repeated for credit. 

MUSIC 440— APPLIED MUSIC. (two credits) 

Prerequisite: Competency at the Music 340 level as determined by 

jury examination. 

Private and class instruction in brass, organ, percussion, piano, 

strings, voice or woodwinds. May be repeated for credit. 



100 



Music 

MUSIC 100— RUDIMENTS OF MUSIC. (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

An introduction to the principles of music reading with applica- 
tions to the keyboard, guitar and simple wind instruments. May not 
be used for credit toward a degree in music. 

MUSIC 111— ELEMENTARY THEORY I. (3-2-3) 

Fall. 

An introduction to the basic theoretical principles of music in- 
cluding sightsinging, eartraining and keyboard harmony. 

MUSIC 112— ELEMENTARY THEORY II. (3-2-3) 

Winter. 

A continuation of Music 111 with emphasis on part -writing and 
diatonic material. 

MUSIC 113— ELEMENTARY THEORY III. (3-2-3) 

Spring. 

A continuation of Music 112 introducing seventh chords and 
diatonic modulation. 

MUSIC 200— INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC LITERATURE.(5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. 

A course designed to help the student understand music by 
means of analysis of style, forms, and media of musical expression. 

MUSIC 210— HONORS INTRODUCTION TO 

MUSIC LITERATURE. (5-0-5) 

Winter and Summer. Prerequisite: Music major status or permis- 
sion of the instructor. 

A course designed for the student with a practical musical 
background or previous listening experience. Emphasis will be on 
the development of perception of style and form through listening. 
May be used as a substitute for Music 200 in the Core Curriculum. 

MUSIC 211— INTERMEDIATE THEORY I. (3-2-3) 

Fall. Prerequisite: Music 113. 

A continuation of Music 113 with emphasis on chromatic har- 
mony. 

MUSIC 212— INTERMEDIATE THEORY II. (3-2-3) 

Winter. 
A continuation of Music 211. 

MUSIC 213— INTERMEDIATE THEORY III. (3-2-3) 

Spring. 

A continuation of Music 212 with emphasis on twentieth century 
techniques. 

MUSIC 226— CLASS PIANO I, II, III. (0-2-1) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Music major status or permis- 
sion of instructor. 

A study of keyboard techniques with emphasis on the skills 
needed to fulfill the piano proficiency requirement. 



101 



MUSIC 227— CLASS VOICE. (0-2-1) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Music major status or permis- 
sion of instructor. 

A study of voice production techniques with practical application 
to standard song literature. Not open to students whose principal 
instrument is voice. 

MUSIC 228— DICTION IN SINGING. (3-0-3) 

Winter. 

A study of phonetics and pronunciation of Italian, German, 
French, and Latin as applied to singing. 

MUSIC 230— BRASS METHODS. (0-2-1) 

Prerequisite: Music 113. 

An introduction to the principles of brass instrument perfor- 
mance and pedagogy. 

MUSIC 231— BRASS METHODS. (0-2-1) 

Prerequisite: Music 230. 
Continuation of Music 230. 

MUSIC 232— PERCUSSION METHODS. (0-2-1) 

Prerequisite: Music 113. 

An introduction to the principles of percussion instrument per- 
formance and pedagogy. 

MUSIC 233— WOODWIND METHODS. (0-2-1) 

Prerequisite: Music 113. 

An introduction to the principles of woodwind instrument per- 
formance and pedagogy. 

MUSIC 234— WOODWIND METHODS. (0-2-1) 

Prerequisite: Music 233. 
Continuation of Music 233. 

MUSIC 235— STRING METHODS. (0-2-1) 

Prerequisite: Music 113. 

An introduction to the principles of string instrument perfor- 
mance and pedagogy. 

MUSIC 251— SYMPHONIC WIND ENSEMBLE. (0-4-2) 

Open to qualified students. 

MUSIC 252-JAZZ ENSEMBLE. (0-2-1) 

Open to qualified students. 

MUSIC 254— CHORUS. (0-3-1) 

Open to qualified students. 

MUSIC 255— CHAMBER ENSEMBLE. (0-2-1) 

On demand. 

Open to all qualified students in the performance media of brass, 
woodwind, string, keyboard, voice, and percussion instruments. 

MUSIC 256— KEYBOARD ACCOMPANYING. (1-0-1) 

On demand. 

MUSIC 257— OPERA WORKSHOP. (2-0-1) 

102 



MUSIC 281— CONDUCTING. (3-0-3) 

Alternate years. Prerequisite: Music 113. 

An introduction to the techniques of conducting and interpreta- 
tion. 

MUSIC 312— FORM AND ANALYSIS. (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: Music 213. 

The study of the principles of form in music and techniques of 
harmonic analysis. 

MUSIC 320— MUSIC FOR THE 

ELEMENTARY TEACHER. (5-0-5) 

Winter, Summer. 

An introduction to music skills and materials for the elementary 
classroom teacher. Not open to music majors. 

MUSIC 350— MUSIC IN THE LOWER SCHOOL. (3-0-3) 

Fall. 

A course for music majors emphasizing analysis and evaluation 
of techniques and materials for teaching music in the lower school. 

MUSIC 351— MUSIC IN THE MIDDLE 

AND UPPER SCHOOL. (3-0-3) 

Spring. 

A course for music majors emphasizing analysis and evaluation 
of techniques and materials for teaching music in the junior and 
senior high schools. 

MUSIC 352— BAND METHODS. (2-0-2) 

Offered on demand. 

A course dealing with the organization, maintenance and de- 
velopment of school instrumental ensembles. 

MUSIC 353— CHORAL METHODS. (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequsite: Music 227. 

A course dealing with the organization and development of 
school choral organizations, problems of choral singing, and fun- 
damentals of choral conducting. 

MUSIC 361— ORCHESTRATION AND ARRANGING. (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Music 213. 

An introduction to the techniques of arranging and scoring for 
vocal and instrumental ensembles. 

MUSIC 371— MUSIC HISTORY. (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: One year of music theory or permission of the in- 
structor. 

The history of music in Western Civilization from its origins 
through the Renaissance. 

MUSIC 372— MUSIC HISTORY. (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: One year of music theory or permission of the in- 
structor. 

The history of music in Western Civilization in the Baroque and 
Classic periods. 



103 



MUSIC 373— MUSIC HISTORY. (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: Music 213 or permission of the instructor. 
The history of music in Western Civilization in the Romantic 

Period and in the 20th century. 

MUSIC 400— SEMINAR IN MUSIC EDUCATION. (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: Music 350, 351. 
A survey course for music education majors of current trends in 

instruction and research techniques. 

MUSIC 411— COMPOSITION. (1 to 5 hours) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: Music 213, 312. 

MUSIC 412— COUNTERPOINT. (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Music 213. 
A study of contrapuntal practices of 18th century music. 

MUSIC 414— SONG LITERATURE I. (2-0-2) 

Fall. 
A survey of German song literature. 

MUSIC 415— SONG LITERATURE II. (2-0-2) 

Winter. 
A survey of French song literature. 

MUSIC 416— SONG LITERATURE III. (2-0-2) 

Spring. 

A survey of the song literature of English, Italian and Russian 
music and others. 

MUSIC 417— REPERTOIRE AND PEDAGOGICAL 
TECHNIQUES OF BRASS INSTRUMENTS. (2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: Junior status or permission of the instructor. 

A survey of the literature and teaching techniques of the brass 
instruments. 

MUSIC 418— REPERTOIRE AND PEDAGOGICAL 
TECHNIQUES OF WOODWIND INSTRUMENTS. (2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: Junior status or permission of the instructor. 

A survey of the literature and teaching techniques of the wood- 
wind instruments. 

MUSIC 419— REPERTOIRE AND PEDAGOGICAL 
TECHNIQUES OF PERCUSSION INSTRUMENTS. (2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: Junior status or permission of the instructor. 

A survey of the literature and teaching techniques of the percus- 
sion instruments. 

MUSIC 420-421— PIANO LITERATURE. (2-0-2 each course) 

A survey of literature for the piano. 

MUSIC 422— OPERA LITERATURE. (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: Music 200 or 210 or permission 

of the instructor. 

A study of operatic masterpieces from the origins of the form to be 

present. 



104 



MUSIC 480— ADVANCED CHORAL CONDUCTING. (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: Music 281, 312. 
Advanced techniques for the choral conductor. 

MUSIC 481— ADVANCED INSTRUMENTAL 

CONDUCTING. (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: Music 281, 312, 361. 

Advanced techniques for the instrumental conductor. 

MUSIC 490— DIRECTED INDIVIDUAL STUDY. (1 to 5 credits) 

ART 

ART 111— BASIC DESIGN I. (2-6-5) 

Fall 

An introduction to two-dimensional design and graphic com- 
munication. 

ART 112— BASIC DESIGN II. (2-6-5) 

Winter. 

The fundamentals of three-dimensional design introduced 
through scuptural projects in various media. 

ART 200— INTRODUCTION TO THE VISUAL ARTS. (5-0-5) 

Fall, Spring. 

A study of artistic theories, styles, media and techniques and 
their application in masterworks of art from all ages. Not recom- 
mended for art majors. 

ART 201— PAINTING I. (2-6-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: Art 111 or Art 112 or permission of the in- 
structor. 

A basic course in acrylic or oil painting from observed and secon- 
dary sources. 

ART 202— PAINTING II. (2-6-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: Art 201 or permission of the instructor. 
A continuation of Painting I with an increasing emphasis on stu- 
dent selected painting problems. 

ART 211— GRAPHIC DESIGN. (2-6-5) 

Prerequisite: Art 111 or permission of the instructor. 
The fundamentals of visual communication including design, 
layout, typography and reproduction as related to modern adver- 
tising techniques. 

ART 213— DRAWING I. (2-6-5) 

Winter. 

A fundamental course emphasizing representational drawing 
from still-life, landscape, and figural forms. 

ART 271— HISTORY OF ART. (5-0-5) 

Fall. 

A survey of the visual arts, painting, sculpture, and architecture, 
in Western Civilization from pre-history to the Late Middle Ages. 



105 



ART 272— HISTORY OF ART II. (5-0-5) 

Winter. 

Italian Renaissance through Rococo art. 

ART 273— HISTORY OF ART III. (5-0-5) 

Spring. 

Modern Art, the late eighteenth through the twentieth cen- 
turies. 

ART 301— PAINTING III. (2-6-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: Art 201 and Art 202, or permis- 
sion of the instructor. 

Advanced problems in painting determined in consulation with 
the instructor. 

ART 302— PAINTING IV. (2-6-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Art 301 or permission of the 

instructor. 

A continuation of Painting III. 

ART 313— DRAWING II. (2-6-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: Art 113 or permission of the instructor. 
A continuation of Drawing I with emphasis on figuration, com- 
position, and color. 

ART 320— ART FOR THE ELEMENTARY TEACHER. (4-2-5) 

Fall. 

A study, with studio experience, of materials and methods for 
teaching art at the elementary school level. 

ART 330— CERAMICS I. (2-6-5) 

Fall. 

Fundamentals of hand-built stoneware pottery including pinch, 
coil and slab construction, glaze-making, kiln loading and firing. 
Additional experiences may include primitive firing or Raku. 

ART 331— CERAMICS II. (2-6-5) 

Winter. 

Fundamentals of wheel-thrown pottery plus a more intensive 
exploration of glazing and firing including Raku. 

ART 332— SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN CERAMICS. (2-6-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: Art 330 or 331 and permission 
of the instructor. 

The content of this class is flexible and may include in-depth 
experiences in any of the following: Raku firing, primative firing, 
kiln construction, building of pottery equipment (wheels, tools, 
etc.), glaze calculation, etc. May be repeated for credit. 

ART 333— CERAMIC SCULPTURE. (2-6-5) 

Prerequisite: Art 330 or Art 331. 

An exploration of the expressive capabilities of clay as a unique 
sculptural medium. 



106 



ART 340— PRINTMAKING. (2-6-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Art 111 or permission of the 

instructor. 
An introduction to basic printmaking processes including 

linoleum, woodblock, and silkscreen. 

ART 350— ART IN THE LOWER SCHOOL. (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. 

The analysis and evaluation of techniques and materials for 
teaching art in the elementary school. 

ART 351— ART IN THE MIDDLE AND UPPER SCHOOL. (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. 

The analysis and evaluation of techniques and materials for 
teaching art in the junior and senior high school. 

ART 360— CRAFTS. (2-6-5) 

The development of technical skills in a range of materials and 
processes stressing fibers and/or small metalwork. 

ART 370— SCULPTURE. (2-6-5) 

Prerequisite: Art 112 

The basic sculptural processes employing a variety of media. 
Emphasis on technical and formal aspects of three-dimensional ex- 
pression. 

ART 400— SEMINAR IN ART EDUCATION. (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. 

A survey of current trends in instructional and research 
techniques. 

ART 490— DIRECTED INDIVIDUAL STUDY. (1 to 5 credits) 



DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY AND 
POLITICAL SCIENCE 

Professor Roger K. Warlick, Head; Professors Beecher, Burnett, 
Coyle, Duncan, Gross, Lanier, McCarthy, and Newman; Associate 
Professors Arens and Patterson; Assistant Professors Boney, 
Comaskey, Hudgins, Rhee, and Stone; Instructors Banner and 
Robertson. 

All students are reminded that any who receive degrees from the 
University System of Georgia are required to demonstrate profi- 
ciency in U.S. and Georgia History and Constitutions. This re- 
quirement may be met by the successful completion of Political 
Science 113 and History 251 or 252 or may be exempted by examina- 
tion with credit awarded. See "Academic Regulations" section. 
The Department offers the following major degree programs: 
B.A., History 
B.A., Political Science 
and in cooperation with the School of Education, the following 



107 



programs leading to secondary school teacher certification: 
B.A. History (with certification) 
B.A. Political Science (with certification) 

B.S. Ed., Secondary Education, History Concen- 
tration 

B.S. Ed., Secondary Education, Political Science 
Concentration 
and: M.ED., History (See Graduate Bulletin for T-5 programs) 
M.ED., Political Science (See Graduate Bulletin for T-5 
programs) 
In addition, there are minor programs available in the following 
fields: 

History 

International Studies 

Museum Studies /\Yt+ * 

Political Science H 

Preservation Studies 
Russian Studies 
A major in Political Science or History is most useful to those who 
plan to enter teaching, library or archival work, publishing, jour- 
nalism, historic preservation, museology, historic site curation, or 
such professional fields as international business, law or theology. 
Either major is also a desirable foundation for opportunities in or 
related to government (e.g., civil and foreign service, A.I.D., 
U.S.I.A., ACTION, teaching abroad, etc.) Beyond these fields there 
is an enormous variety of organizations (local, national, and inter- 
national) whose philanthropic, sectarian, or economic interests re- 
quire people with the skills and sensitivity cultivated by a major in 
History or Political Science. 

Majors in History 

The major in History may take either of two forms: History or 
History (T-4 Certification). Regardless of the option chosen, how- 
ever, students majoring in history should satisfy the college core 
requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree during the Freshman 
and Sophomore years. To complete the major requires, beyond 
Western Civilization (History 114-115) and U.S. History (History 
251-252), forty quarter hours from courses numbered 300 or above 
(with grades of "C" or better) including History 300. Students 
should register for History 300 in the Sophomore or early in the 
Junior year, or in the first possible quarter after. 

In History per se, the major program must also include: (a) 25 
quarter hours as approved by faculty advisor in related fields such 
as anthropology, history of art and music, economics, literature, 
political science, philosophy, psychology, sociology, or statistics; 
and (b) a fifteen quarter hour foreign language sequence, or profi- 
ciency in a language through the 103 level. Students who con- 
template graduate work in history, however, are strongly advised 
to continue their linguistic study beyond this elementary level. The 
history faculty will consider substitutions only when compelling 
reasons argue against fulfillingthe language requirement and only 
when the proposed substitute offers an additional research skill or 



108 






a study in depth of a foreign culture. In selecting course work, a 
student may emphasize the history of one particular area (e.g., 
U.S., European, or Russian-Asian-African-Latin American), but 
must complete at least ten quarter hours of history outside the area 
of concentration. 

In History (Certification) the program takes a more structured 
form in order to meet criteria for the Georgia Teacher's Profes- 
sional Four- Year Certificate (T-4). Students in this program are, 
therefore, urged to establish contact with the Department early in 
their college work so as to be directed to the appropriate academic 
advisor. 

Opportunities for Independent Study work exist in all three con- 
centration areas, but no more than 10 such hours may be counted 
among the forty (40) upper division history hours required for the 
majors in History and History (Certification). 

Ap Program for the Degree 

Bachelor of Arts with a Major in History 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements* 91 

*sJ — 1. English-ri^li2r2H and one of the following: 20 

, £- Art 200, 271, 272, 273; Music 200; 

Philosophy 200, 201; English 222 

^"2. Mathematics l#lf Mathematics 103, 195, 220, or 290 10 

^—3. Laboratory Science Sequence 10 

4. History 114, 115, History 251, 252 20 

5. Political Science 113 and one of the following: 10 

Psychology 101, Anthropology 201, 
Sociology 201, Economics 201 . 

6. Foreign Language 101, 102/ 103 15 

7. Physical Education 103 or rOfrand 117 and three 

activity courses 6 

B. Courses in Major Field 40 

^ 1. History 300 1 5 

2. History courses 300 level or above (with at least 

10 quarter hours outside area of concentration) 35 

Concentration Areas: 

a) U.S. History: 

HIS. 351, 352, 354, 355, 363, 365, 367, 370, 371, 374, 375, 377, 379, 
400, 416, 422, 451, 471, 485-486, 496. 

b) European History: 

HIS. 333, 336, 340, 341, 342, 343, 344, 345, 346, 347, 348, 
349, 350, 410, 436, 483-484, 495, 536 

c) Russian-Asian-African-Latin American: 

HIS. 310, 312, 320, 321, 322, 329, 330, 428, 431, 435, 481-482, 535 

C. Courses in Related Fields 25 

To be chosen in fields such an anthropology, history of art 
and music, economics, literature, foreign language, political 
science, sociology, psychology or statistics 

D. Electives 35 

E. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191 

•Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Ad- 
mission" section of this Bulletin. 



109 



Program for Secondary Teachers 
Bachelor of Arts with a Major in History** 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements* 96 

Core Area I 20 

English 111, 112, 211 15 

Art 200, 271, 272, 273; Music 200; 

Phil. 200, 201; or Eng. 222 5 

Core Area II 20 

Math 101, 220 10 

Laboratory Science sequence 10 

Core Area III 20 

History 114, 115 10 

Political Science 113 5 

Psychology 101 5 

Core Area IV 30 

Foreign Language 101, 102, 103 15 

History 251 or 252 5 

Any one of the following: 

Anth. 201, Econ. 201, Soc. 201 5 

Choice of: Art 200, 271, 272, 273; 

Music 200, Dr/S 228 5 

Physical Education 6 

P.E. 103 or 108 1 

P.E. 117 2 

Three activity courses 3 

B. Courses in the Major 60 

History 300 5 

U.S. History 10-15 

History 371 (required if History 

252 was taken in the General Re- 
quirements) or History 378 (re- 
quired if History 251 was taken in 

the General Requirements); 

five to ten hours to be selected 

from: History 351, 352, 365, 

367, 370, 374, 375, 376, 379 

400, 454, 455, 485-486, 496, 

505, 515, 516 
Russian, Asian, African, Latin- 
American History 10 

To be selected from: History 

310, 312, 320, 321, 322, 329, 

330, 428, 431, 481-482, 535 
European History 10-15 

To be selected from: History 

333, 336, 340, 341, 342, 343, 

344, 345, 346, 347, 348, 349, 

350, 410, 483-184, 495, 536 
Supporting Work 20 

To be selected from two of the 

following fields with a minimum 



* Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Ad- 
missions" section of this Bulletin. 
**With Teacher Certification. 



110 



of ten quarter hours to be taken 
from each field: 

a) approved upper division electives 
in political science; 

b) Economics 201 and approved upper 
division electives; 

c) approved electives in behavioral 
sciences (sociology, anthropology, 
and psychology). 

C. Professional Sequence 40 

Educ. 200, 310, 335, 445, 470, 480, 490 35 

Psychology 301 5 

D. Regents and Examinations 

TOTAL 196 

Program for the Degree 

Bachelor of Science in Education with a 

Major in Secondary Education 

in the Teaching Field of Social Studies (with Concentration in History) 

See the Department of Secondary Education in the School of 
Education section of this catalog for a description of this B.S. Ed. 
program. 

Majors in Political Science 

A major in Political Science may take three distinctly differing 
forms: Political Science, Public Administration, or Political Science 
(Certification). 

All students majoring in Political Science, regardless of the op- 
tion chosen, should satisfy the college core requirements for the 
Bachelor of Arts during their Freshman and Sophomore years. 

To complete a Political Science major requires, beyond American 
Government (113), forty quarter hours of upper division courses in 
the field (with grades of "C" or better). Further, the program must 
include at least one course from each of the following groups: 
I. American Political Institutions 
II. International Relations 

III. Political Theory 

IV. Comparative Government 

The major's program must also include Mathematics 220, and at 
least 25 hours of course-work in such fields as Economics, History, 
Geography, Mathematics, Computer Science, Philosophy, Psychol- 
ogy, or Sociology. 

The Political Science major allows the option of a foreign lan- 
guage (French or German preferred) through the 103 level or a 
sequence of computer science courses. Students who contemplate 
graduate work in Political Science, however, are strongly advised 
to take the foreign language option and to continue their linguistics 
study beyond the 103 level. 

The programs in Public Administration and Political Science 
(Certification) are more structured in order to prepare students 
adequately to meet the demands of their professions and of appro- 
priate licensing agencies. The Certification option, for example 

111 



when completed according to the plan (below), meets all criteria for 
the Four- Year Certificate (T-4) of the State of Georgia Department 
of Education. 

Program for the Degree 
Bachelor of Arts with a Major in Political Science 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements* 86 

1. English 111, 112, 211 and one of the following: 20 

Art 200, 271, 272, 273; Music 200; 
Philosophy 200, 201; English 222 

2. Mathematis 101, 220 10 

3. Laboratory Science Sequence 10 

4. History 114, 115; History 251 or 252 15 

5. Political Science 113 and one of the following: 10 

Psychology 101, Anthropology 201, 
Sociology 201, Economics 201 

6. Foreign Language 101, 102, 103 or Computer Science 110, 
225, and Computer Science 136, 146, or 231 15 

7. Physical Education 103 or 108 and 117 and three 
activities courses 6 

B. Courses in Major Field 40 

At least five quarter hours must be taken 

from each of the following areas: 

a) American Political Institutions: 

POS. 300, 304, 306, 307, 317, 318, 401, 403, 411, 412, 415, 416, 418 

b) International Affairs: 

POS. 320, 325, 326, 329, 429 

c) Political Theory: 

POS. 331, 332, 333 

d) Comparative Government: 

POS. 341, 346, 348, 349 

C. Courses in Related Fields 25 

To be chosen in field such as: 

Computer Science, Economics, Geography, History, 
Mathematics, Philosophy, Psychology, or Sociology. 

D. Electives 40 

E. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191 

Program for the Degree 

Bachelor of Arts with a Major in Political Science 

(Public Administration Emphasis) 

Quarter Hours 
A. General Requirements* 91 

1. English 111, 112, 211 and one of the following: 20 

Art 200, 271, 272, 273; Music 200, Philos 200, 201, 

English 222 

2. Math 101, 220 10 

3. Lab Science 10 

4. History 114, 115; History 251 or 252 15 

5. Political Science 113, Economics 201 

•Certain sourses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Ad- 
mission" section of this Bulletin. 

112 



and Sociology 201 15 

6. Computer Science 110, 225, 231 15 

7. Physical Education 103 or 108, 117, and three 

activities courses 6 

B. Courses in Major Field 45 

1. Political Science with at least five quarter 

hours from each of the following areas 20 

a) American Political Institutions 

POS 306, 307, 317, 318, 411, 412, 415, 416 

b) International Affairs 
POS 320, 325, 326, 329, 429 

c) Political Theory 
POS 331, 332, 333 

d) Comparative Government 
POS 341, 346, 348 349 

2. Public Administration 25 

POS 300, 304, 401, 403, 418 

C. Courses in Related Fields 20 

Economics 202; S.W. 320 or Sociology 360; 

Computer Science 306 and 331 

D. Electives 35 

E. Regents and Exit Examinations 



191 



Program for Secondary School Teachers 
Bachelor of Arts With a Major in Political Science 



** 



Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements* 96 

Core Area I 20 

English 111, 112, 211 15 

Art 200, 271, 272, 273; Music 200; 

Phil. 200, 201; or Eng. 222 5 

Core Area II 20 

Math 101, 220 10 

Laboratory Science sequence 10 

Core Area III 20 

History 114, 115 10 

Political Science 113 5 

Psychology 101 5 

Core Area IV 30 

Foreign Language 101, 102, 103 or 
Computer Science 110, 225, and 

Computer Science 136 or 146 or 231 15 

History 251 or 252 5 

Any one of the following: 

Anth. 201, Econ. 201, Soc. 201 5 

Choice of: Art 200, 271, 272, 273; 

Music 200; Dr/S 228 5 

Physical Education 6 

P.R. 103 or 108 1 

P.E. 117 2 

Three activity courses 3 

B. Courses in the Major , 60 

* Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Ad- 
missions" section of this Bulletin. 
**With Teacher Certification. 



113 



Approved courses from each of the 

following areas: 40 

a) Political Institutions (300, 
304, 306, 307, 317, 318, 403, 
418, 511) 

b) International Relations (320, 
325, 326, 329) 

c) Political Theory (331, 332, 
333, 535) 

d) Comparative Government (341, 
346, 348, 349, 540, 546) 

Supporting Work 20 

To be selected from two of the 
following fields, with a minimum 
of ten quarters hours to be taken 
from each field: 

a) History 251 or 252 and ap- 
proved upper division history elective; 

b) Economics 201 and an approved 
upper division elective; 

c) approved electives in behavioral 
sciences (sociology, anthropol- 
ogy, and psychology) 

C. Professional Sequence 40 

Educ. 200, 310, 335, 445, 470, 

480, 490 35 

Psychology 301 5 

D. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 196 



Program for the Degree 
Bachelor of Science in Education with a 

Major in Secondary Education 

in the Teaching Field of Social Studies 

with a Concentration in Political Science 

See the Department of Secondary Education in the School of 
Education section of this catalog for a description of this B.S. Ed. 
program. 

Minor Concentrations 

History 

The minor concentration in History is both simple and practical. 
It is practical because the notation of a History minor on the trans- 
cript indicates to an employer that the applicant has some solid 
liberal arts back-ground with its accompanying insight into the 
development and functioning of modern society and that the 
applicant has made an extra effort to refine research and writing 
skills so essential to dealing with that society. Whatever the major 
one chooses, a minor in History will strengthen the student's 
academic record. The minor is simple because of its requirements: 

Twenty (20) hours of upper division History courses (300 level or 
higher) with grades of "C" of better. 

114 






Russian Studies 

The department offers an interdiciplinary minor in Russian 
Studies which requires 20 hours at the intermediate and advanced 
levels. 

Hours 

1. Russian 201 (assumes completion of Russian 101, 102, and 
103 as prerequisites); Political Science 349 (Comparative 
Government — Soviet Union) 10 

2. Choice often hours from: 

History 329, 330, 428, 431, 481 (Independent Study in Russian 
History); Comparative Literature 400 (Topics in Russian Litera- 
ture); Political Science 440 (Independent Study in Comparative 
Government — Soviet Union); History 435 10 

Museum Studies and Preservation Studies 

The department also offers two professional minors in 
Museum Studies and Preservation Studies. Each of these 
minors requires 25 hours, including HIS 300 and 20 additional 
hours, as follows: 

Museum Studies: MPS 410, 411, 412, 495 or 402. 

Preservation Studies: MPS 412, 420, 421, or 422, 402 or 498. 

These specialized programs are designed to be appropriate 
professional additions to majors in a variety of related fields 
such as Art History, Anthropology, American Studies, History, 
and Public Administration. 

Students who hope to work in history-related fields upon 
graduation should consider adding a minor in Museum or Pres- 
ervation studies. Through this program unique opportunities 
are provided for qualified students to gain practical experience 
while making a realistic assessment of the possibilities offered 
by their field of interest. Cooperative arrangements with His- 
toric Savannah Foundation, Georgia Historical Society. Savan- 
nah Landmark Project, Oatland Island Center, and with a 
number of museums and historical sites, such as Telfair 
Adademy, Ft. Pulaski, Juliette Low Center, and Ft. King 
George, permit placement of students in positions relating to: 

(a) archival and manuscript curation, 

(b) historic site administration and interpretation, 

(c) museum studies, and 

(d) historic preservation 

Political Science 

The minor in Political Science noted on a student's transcript 
indicates to a potential employer that the applicant for a posi- 
tion has some solid liberal arts background with its accompany- 
ing insight into the development and functioning of modern so- 
ciety. It also indicates that the applicant has made extra effort 
to refine the research and writing skills essential in dealing with 
that society. Whatever the major, a Political Science minor will 
strengthen the student's academic record. The minor requires 
twenty (20) hours of upper division Political Science courses (300 

115 



level or higher) with grades of "C" or better. At least one course 
must be taken from each of the special areas noted in the de- 
scription of the major in Political Science. 

INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS 

Requirements: 25 hours with a grade of'C" or better from the 
following 300-U00 level courses.* 

1. Required course: 5 qtr. hrs. 

POS 329 (International Relations) 

2. Any one course from the following: 5 qtr. hrs. 

POS 325 (International Organization) 
POS 326 (International Law) 

3. Any one course from the following: 5 qtr. hrs. 

POS 320 (International Relations: The Far East) 

POS 341 (Politics of Developing Nations) 

POS 346 (Comparative Government: East Asia) 

POS 348 (Comparative Government: Western Europe) 

POS 349 (Comparative Government: Soviet Union) 

4. Any two courses from the following: 10 qtr. hrs. 

HIS 321 (Modern China) 

HIS 330 (Modern Russia) 

HIS 350 (Europe in the 20th Century) 

HIS 435 (History of Russian Foreign Policy) 

HIS 436 (European Diplomatic History) 

HIS 455 (Studies in American Diplomacy II) 

POS 429 (American Foreign Policy) 



TOTAL 25 qtr. hrs. 

Course Offerings 
Economics 

ECONOMICS 201— PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: At minimum, eligibility to enter Mathematics 101. 
A survey of macro- economics, including basic economic concepts, 

national income, the monetary system, and the international 

economy. 

ECONOMICS 202— PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (5-0-5) 

A survey of micro-economics, including the composition and pric- 
ing of national output, government and the market economy, factor 
pricing and income distribution, and a comparision of market sys- 
tems. 

ECONOMICS 363— ECONOMIC HISTORY OF THE UNITED 
STATES. Fall, 1981 (5-0-5) 

The growth and development of economic institutions in the 
United States from the colonial period to the present, withemphasis 
on the period since 1860, and including developments in agricul- 
ture, industry, labor, transportation, and finance. (Identical with 
HIS. 363) 

* This assumes the sufficient competency in any one modern foreign language at 
least through the 103 level as determined by the appropriate national standard- 
ized test.) 

116 



Geography 

GEOGRAPHY 111— WORLD HUMAN GEOGRAPHY. (5-0-5) 

Winter and Summer. 

A survey of world human geography, emphasizing population 
characteristics, topographic features, distribution of economic ac- 
tivities and geopolitical problems within the major geographic re- 
gions. Consideration of adequacy of resources to support expanding 
world populations. 

History 

HISTORY 114— CIVILIZATION I. (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. 

A survey of the main currents of political, social, religious, and 
intellectual activity from the time of the ancient Middle-Eastern 
civilizations to 1715. Throughout the course the major civilized 
traditions are considered and comparative methods used to facili- 
tate interpretations of them. 

HISTORY 115— CIVILIZATION II. (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. 
A continuation of History 114 to the present. 

HISTORY 191— HONORS CIVILIZATION I. (5-0-5) 

Fall. Prerequisites: B's or better in High School History and an 
SAT verbal score of at least 550. 

This course replaces History 114 for selected students. While the 
subject matter will be the same as for History 114, the treatment of 
it will vary greatly. Likewise, instruction will go beyond the usual 
lecture method, allowing students to read widely and carry out 
their own research under the direction of the professor. 

HISTORY 192— HONORS CIVILIZATION II. (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: History 191 or a grade of "A" in History 11U- 
A continuation of History 191, this course replaces History 115. 

HISTORY 251— AMERICAN HISTORY TO 1865. (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Eligibility for English 111. 
A survey of the political, economic, and social history of the 

United States to end of the Civil War. 

HISTORY 252— AMERICAN HISTORY SINCE 1865. (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequiste: Eligibility for English 111. 
A survey of the political, economic, and social history of the 

United States from 1865 to the present. 

HISTORY 300— HISTORICAL METHOD. (3-4-5) 

Summer and Winter. Required of all History majors and of 

Museum and Preservation Studies minors. 

An introduction to the nature and method of historical research, 

treating problems of investigation, organization, and writing 

through discussion and actual research experience in local history. 

HISTORY 395— INTERNSHIP. (Credit variable, up to 5 hours) 
Open to transient students only with permission of the Dean of 

117 



Faculty at Armstrong and the college from which the student comes. 
Prerequisites: 3.0 in all history courses; 20 hours of upper level his- 
tory including History 300. 

Application and credit arrangements must be made through the 
department in advance, normally by mid-quarter preceding the 
quarter of intership. 

The student will pursue an individually designed course project 
involving off-campus study and research in a government or pri- 
vate agency. Projects are normally designed to require the full 
eleven week quarter for completion, during which time the student 
will be under the joint supervision of the sponsoring agency and his 
faculty advisor. Application and credit arrangements must be 
made through the department in advance, normally by mid- 
quarter preceding the quarter of the intership. 

This intership, graded on an S or U basis, will be credited among 
electives, not as a part of the minimum 40 hours of traditional work 
required for the major. 

United States History 

HISTORY 351— POPULAR CULTURE IN 

THE UNITED STATES TO 1900 (5-0-5) 

Fall, 1981. 

An examination of the major trends in the news media, popular 
literature, entertainment, and recreational activites. 

HISTORY 352— POPULAR CULTURE IN 

THE UNITED STATES SINCE 1900 (5-0-5) 

Fall, 1980, 1982. 

A continuation of the above. 

HISTORY 354— STUDIES IN AMERICAN DIPLOMACY. (5-0-5) 

Fall, 1980. 

Considers American objectives and policies in foreign affairs 
from colonial times to World War I. 

HISTORY 355— STUDIES IN AMERICAN DIPLOMACY. 

Winter, 1981. 

A continuation of History 454 t)o the present. 

HISTORY 363— ECONOMIC HISTORY OF THE UNITED 
STATES. (5-0-5) 

Fall, 1981. 

The growth and development of economic institutions in the 
United States from the colonial period to the present, with em- 
phasis on the period since 1860, and including developments in ag- 
riculture, industry, labor, transportation, and finance. (Identical 
with ECO. 363.) 

HISTORY 365— THE AMERICAN INDIAN. (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1981. 

A study of the history and cultures of the aborigines of the 
Americas. 

HISTORY 367— AMERICAN URBAN HISTORY. (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1981. 

118 



A study of the process of urbanization in America from colonial 
times to the present, with attention to the causes of urban expan- 
sion, institutional development, class structure and mobility, prob- 
lems of the city, reform, the image of the city in popular thought, 
and the impact of urbanization on national life. 

HISTORY 370— HISTORY OF SAVANNAH, 

1733 TO THE PRESENT. (5-0-5) 

Fall 

Begins with a history of local indians, emphasis on the founding 
of the colony at Savannah and on the colonial, Revolutionary, an- 
tebellum and Post-Civil War periods. Political, economic, social, re- 
ligious and artistic trends are discussed and place in context of 
Georgia and U.S. history. 

The course will involve considerable research in primary, sources 
available locally. 

HISTORY 371— COLONIAL AND 

REVOLUTIONARY AMERICA. (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1982. 

A study of the discoveries of the New World and the settlement 
and growth of the English colonies of North American triumph over 
France in the New World, the drastic change in British colonial 
policy and the rise of American opposition to it, the achievement of 
independence and the establishment of the United States under 
the Constitution. 

HISTORY 374— WOMEN IN AMERICAN HISTORY. (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1982. 

Women in American History: An examination of the changing 
political, social, and economic roles of the American woman from 
colonial times to the present. Emphasis will be given to the pre-Civil 
War feminist reform movements, woman's broader social and 
economic role after the war, her awakening awareness of the need 
for political power, and the mid-20th century revolution. 

HISTORY 375— CIVIL WAR AND RECONSTRUCTION. (5-0-5) 

Winter. 

The causes and significance of the American Civil War, with 
minor consideration of the militray campaign; political, economic 
and social aspects of reconstruction. 

HISTORY 377— RECENT AMERICA (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1981 

An Analysis of the institutions and forces which molded Ameri- 
can life from the late 19th century (1890) through World War II, 
including political, economic, social and intellectual issues. 

HISTORY 379— CONTEMPORARY AMERICA. (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1982. 

An examination of the society of the United States since World II, 
with special emphasis given to the major social and cultural trends. 

HISTORY 400— SEMINAR IN AMERICAN HISTORY. (5-0-5) 
Permission of instructor required for admission. Offered on de- 
mand. 

119 



Designed to permit a group of advanced students to pursue inten- 
sive research on a special topic in the field to be defined by the 
instructor. 

HISTORY 416— UNITED STATES: 

CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY. (5-0-5) 

Summer, 1982. 

A study of the origins, content, and expansion of the Constitution 
of the United States. (Identified with POS 416.) 

HISTORY 422— HISTORICAL ARCHAEOLOGY (5-0-5) 

An introduction to the archaeology of North American since the 
arrival of European man in the New World. Some attention will be 
paid to British and Continental Post Medieval Archaeology as well 
as to the special areas of Industrial and Nautical Archaeology. Spe- 
cial stress will be given to archaeological method and theory both as 
a perspective for the writing of history and as a component of His- 
toric Preservation. (Identical with MPS 422.) 

HISTORY 451— REFORM MOVEMENTS IN AMERICAN 
HISTORY. (5-0-5). 

Winter, 1981 

A study of the reform movements in America since the Revolu- 
tion 

HISTORY 471— SEMINAR IN GEORGIA AND LOCAL 
HISTORY. (5-0-5). 

Summer, 1982 

Prerequisite: HIS 370 or permission of the instructor. 

An exposition of the principles and techniques of local history 
followed by an intensive investigation of selected aspects of the 
history of Savannah and Georgia using primary sources and cul- 
minating in a research paper. 

HISTORY 485-486— INDEPENDENT STUDY 

IN UNITED STATES HISTORY. (1-5 hours credit) 

Available each quarter. Prerequisites: History 300 and at least 15 
additional hours in upper division History courses (with a 
minimum GPA of 3.0), an overall GPA of 2.5 (after completion of 120 
hours), and an approved application. Open to transient students 
only with the permission of the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and 
the college from which the student comes. 

Designed to permit superior students to pursue individual re- 
search and reading in the chosen field under the supervision of a 
member of the History faculty. An application must be filed with 
the department, in advance, normally by mid-quarter preceding 
the independent study. A full description of the requirements and 
an application may be obtained in the departmental office. 

HISTORY 496— AMERICAN HISTORIOGRAPHY (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1982. 

A study of the writing of American history from colonial times to 
the present with emphasis on the historical philosophies and in- 
terpretations of the major schools of thought as well as individual 
historians. Recommended especially to students contemplating 
graduate work in History. 

120 



European History 

HISTORY 333— MODERN GERMANY, 1789-1933. (5-0-5) 

A study of German from the pluralism of the Holy Roman Empire 
through the German confederation to the unified Reich. Attention 
will be given to the political, social, and cultural developments in 
Austria, Prussia, and the 'Third Germany." 

HISTORY 336— MODERN EAST CENTRAL EUROPE. (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1981. 

A survey of the history of the nations between Germany and 
Russia in the 19th and 20th centuries. Topics to be covered include 
the rise of nationalism, the gaining of independence, problems in 
establishing democracy, experience during World War II, and the 
establishment of communist control. 

HISTORY 340— ENGLISH HISTORY, 1485-1660. (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1982. 

An analysis of political, constitutional, economic, and religious 
issues under the Tudors and early Stuarts, including the English 
Civil War. 

HISTORY 341— ENGLISH HISTORY, 1660-1815. (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1982. 

An investigation of the Restoration monarchies, the constitu- 
tional revolution of 1688, the rise of ministerial responsibility in the 
early 18th century, the American colonial revolt, and England's 
relationship to the French Revolution. 

HISTORY 342— ANCIENT HISTORY. (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1982. 

A study of the early civilizations of the Middle East, the Greek 
city states, the Roman republic and empire, with special emphasis 
on the social, political and cultural contributions of these ancient 
peoples. 

HISTORY 343— EARLY MIDDLE AGES, A.D. 333-C.1000. (5-0-5) 

Fall, 1980. 

The history of Europe from the fall of the Roman Empire through 
the Carolingian period with special emphasis on the institutional 
developments which led to the emergence of stable kingdoms out of 
the chaos of the barbarian invasions. 

HISTORY 344— THE HIGH MIDDLE AGES. 

C.1000 TO C.1300. (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1981. 

The history of Europe from c.1000 to c.1300 with emphasis on the 
struggle between church and state, the Crusade movement, and 
the 12th century intellectual renaissance, all of which profoundly 
influenced the development of the various medieval kingdoms. 

HISTORY 345— THE LATE MIDDLE AGES 

AND RENAISSANCE. (5-0-5) 

Spying, 1981. 

The history of Europe from c.1300 to 1517 with emphasis on the 
political, cultural, and intellectual developments which trans- 
formed medieval and Renaissance society. 

121 



HISTORY 346— REFORMATION ERA. (5-0-5) 

Fall, 1981 

A study of the controversial era emphasizing its major issues and 
movements, and their development through the Thirty Years War. 
Political, social, and economic, as well as religious facets of the up- 
heaval will be considered. 

HISTORY 347— THE FRENCH REVOLUTION 

AND NAPOLEON. r (5-0-5) 

Fall. 

The ideas and events of the Old Regime and the Enlightenment 
in France, with emphasis on the impact of the French Revolution 
and the career of Napoleon upon upon the major European nations. 

HISTORY 348— THE HISTORY OF EUROPE 

FROM 1815 to 1900. (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1982. 

A study of the most important social, political, and intellectual 
directions of European history from the Congress of Vienna to the 
end of the nineteenth century. 

HISTORY 349— ABSOLUTISM AND 

THE ENLIGHTENMENT (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1981. 

The primary focus of this course is the social and intellectual 
history of western Europe during the seventeenth and eighteenth 
centuries. 

HISTORY 350— EUROPE IN THE 

TWENTIETH CENTURY. (5-0-5) 

Spring. 

A study of the major developments in Europe since 1900, with 
emphasis upon the origins and impact of the First and Second 
World Wars. 

HISTORY 410— SEMINAR IN EUROPEAN HISTORY. (5-0-5) 
Permission of instructor required for admission. Winter, 1982. 
A detailed analysis of a specific problem in European history by 

examination of primary materials. 

HISTORY 436— EUROPEAN DIPLOMATIC HISTORY. (5-0-5) 

Summer, 1981. 

The history of European diplomatic relations during the 19th and 
20th centuries. 

HISTORY 483-484— INDEPENDENT STUDY IN 

EUROPEAN HISTORY. (1-5 hours credit) 

Available each quarter. 

See History 485-486 (United States History) for prerequisites and 
admission requirements. 

HISTORY 495— EUROPEAN HISTORIOGRAPHY. (5-0-5) 

Summer, 1982. 

A study of the writers of history in the Western cultural tradition, 
with an emphasis on the historical philosophies, interpretations, 
and problems raised by the major modern European historians. 
Recommended especially to students contemplating graduate work 
in History. 

122 



Russian, Asian, African, Latin-American History 

HISTORY 310— LATIN AMERICA. (5-0-5) 

Fall, 1980. 

An introductory course in Latin-American history with consid- 
eration given to institutions of the areas as well as events and 
personalities. 

HISTORY 312— HISTORY OF AFRICA. (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1981. 

A survey of African civilizations from ancient times, with major 
emphasis on development of the continent since 1800. 

HISTORY 320— TRADITIONAL CHINA. (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1981. 

The history of East Asia civilization from ancient times through 
the eighteenth century, with emphasis on characteristic political, 
economic, and social developments. 

HISTORY 321— MODERN CHINA. (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1981. 

The history of China from the nineteenth century to the present, 
with emphasis on political, social, economic, and intellectual de- 
velopments. 

HISTORY 322— HISTORY OF JAPAN. (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1982. 

A survey of the history of Japan with major emphasis placed 
upon the development of Japan since 1600. 

HISTORY 329— MEDIEVAL RUSSIA. (5-0-5) 

Fall, 1981. 

A survey of the economic, social, and political development of the 
Russian state from its foundation in the 9th century through its 
modernization by Peter the Great in the early 18th century. 

HISTORY 330— MODERN RUSSIA. (5-0-5) 

Winter. 

A survey of Russian history from Peter the Great to the present. 
The major political, cultural, economic, and social developments of 
Russia in both the Imperial and Soviet periods will be covered. 

HISTORY 428— RUSSIA AND THE WEST. (5-0-5) 

Summer, 1982. 

A detailed study of the impact of Western influence on the Mus- 
covite state in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries. 

HISTORY 431— THE RUSSIAN REVOLUTION. (5-0-5) 

Fall, 1980. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. 
An examination of the Russian revolutionary tradition, the 

causes for the collapse of Tsarism, the Bolshevik Revolution, and 

victory in the Russian Civil War. 

HISTORY 435— HISTORY OF SOVIET 

FOREIGN POLICY. (5-0-5) 

Fall, 1981. 

This course reviews historically the development of Soviet 
foreign policy toward Western European states, notably Germany, 

123 



and also with the non-European world through 1917-1940, World 
War II, and Cold War phases. Special attention will be given in this 
last phase to U.S.-Soviet rivalry. Soviet relations with other com- 
munist states in Eastern Europe, China, and the Third World, and 
to the recent moves toward detente. 

HISTORY 481-482— INDEPENDENT STUDY IN RUSSIAN/ 
ASIAN/AFRICAN/LATIN- 
AMERICAN HISTORY. (1-5 hours credit) 

Available each quarter. 

See History 485-486 (United States History) for prerequisites and 
admission requirements. 

Museum and Preservation Studies 

MPS 401— FIELDWORK IN HISTORICAL 

ARCHAEOLOGY (0-10-5). 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor or director. 

An introduction to and first application of archaeological 
methods to a specific field project. Excavation techniques, survey- 
ing and map making, data collecting and recording, archaeological 
photography, the identification and analysis of artifacts, and the 
interpretation or archaeological data will be presented in field and 
laboratory work as well as in lectures and readings. (Identical with 
ANT 401). (Under certain circumstances this course may be substi- 
tuted in the Preservation Studies minor for MPS 498). 

MPS 402— PRACTICIUM IN ARCHAEOLOGICAL 
INTERPRETATION (2-6-5). 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor or director. 

The application of archaeological interpretative techniques to a 
specific site or analytical problem. Individual research projects in 
the interpretation of archaeological data and the conservation of 
artifactual finds with special attention to the care and storage of 
collections, display in the museum setting, and the presentation of 
archaeologically-derived information. (Identical with ANT 402). 
(Under certain circumstances this course may be substituted in the 
Museum Studies minor for MPS 495). 

MPS 410— CURATORSHIP. (5-0-5) 

Fall. Prerequisite: History 300. 

Deals with the historical background and purpose of curatorship, 
conservation, restoration technology, research including authenti- 
cation, cataloging and organizing collections. 

MPS 411— INTERPRETATION. (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: History 300. 

A study of exhibits, educational programs and community out- 
reach, tour planning and guiding, publications, electronic media, 
and other interpretation techniques. 

MPS 412— ADMINISTRATION. (5-0-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: History 300. 

A study of organizational techniques and policy, public relations, 
and marketing, membership, budgeting, personnel relations, se- 
curity, insurance and such other topics as are pertinent. 

124 



MPS 420— AN INTRODUCTION TO 

HISTORIC PRESERVATION. (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: History 300. 

A survey of the field including values, principles, practices; de- 
velopment of planning and organization for preservation; preser- 
vation law, economics and politics. 

MPS 421— ARCHITECTURAL HISTORY. (4-2-5) 

Summer. 

A study of various styles of American architecture, Georgian, 
Federal, Neoclassical, Eclecticism and modern; slides from Historic 
American Building Survey; landscape architecture. Visiting 
speakers and field trips will be used. 

MPS 422— HISTORICAL ARCHAEOLOGY (5-0-5) 

An introduction to the archaeology of North America since the 
arrival of European man in the New World. Some attention will be 
paid to British and Continental Post Medieval Archaeology as well 
as to the special areas of Industrial and Nautical Archaeology. Spe- 
cial stress will be given to archaeological method and theory both as 
a perspective for the writing of history and as a component of His- 
toric Preservation. (Identical with HIS 422.) 

MPS 495— INTERNSHIP IN MUSEUM STUDIES. (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: MPS U10, Ul 1, and U12 with a "C" or better in each 
course. 

The student will pursue an individually designed course project 
involving off-campus study and research in a government or pri- 
vate agency involved in museum work. Projects are normally de- 
signed to require the full eleven week quarter for completion, dur- 
ing which time the student will be under the joint supervision of the 
sponsoring agency and his faculty sponsor. 

MPS 498— INTERNSHIP IN PRESERVATION STUDIES. (5-0-5) 
Prerequisites: MPS U20, U12> U21 with a "C" or better in each 

course. 

See MPS 495 for description, except that placement will be with 

an appropriate preservation agency. 



Political Science 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 113— GOVERNMENT OF 

THE UNITED STATES. (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. 

A study of the structure, theory, and functions of the national 
government in the United States and some of the major problems of 
the state and local government. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 300— RESEARCH METHODS. (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: Political Science 113. 

This course deals with the methods and techniques of research in 
the behavioral sciences. Emphasis will be placed on learning how to 
evaluate research. 

125 



POLITICAL SCIENCE 304— POLITICS OF 

BUREAUCRACY. (5-0-5) 

Fall. Prerequisite: Political Science 113 or equivalent. 

This is a one-quarter course that is primarily concerned with 
organizational theory and bureaucratic behavior, whether public 
or private, but with an emphasis on the behavior of the bureau- 
cracy of the national government. Attention will also be given to 
political process as it unfolds in the administration of laws enacted 
by the Congress. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 306— LOCAL GOVERNMENT. (5-0-5) 
Winter. Prerequisite: Political Science 113 or equivalent. 
A study of the environment, structure, function, political proces- 
ses, and policies of city, county, and other local governments in the 
United States. Special attention will be given to the city govern- 
ments of Savannah, Ga.; Charleston, S.C.; and Gainesville, Fla. 
Large diverse cities, such as Atlanta, Jacksonville, Tampa, and 
Miami will also be compared in a more limited fashion and con- 
trasted with Savannah, Charleston, and Gainesville. Policies 
examined will include finance (raising and spending money), edu- 
cation, welfare, pollution, transportation, and law enforcement. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 307— STATE GOVERNMENT. (5-0-5) 
Spring. Prerequisite: Political Science 113 or equivalent. 
A study of the environment, structure, function, political proces- 
ses, and policies of state governments in the United States. Special 
attention will be given to the governments of Florida, Georgia, and 
South Carolina and to their role in the federal system. Policies 
examined will include finance (raising and spending money), pollu- 
tion, transportation, and law enforcement. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 317— CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I. (5-0-5) 
Fall. Prerequisite: Political Science 113 or equivalent. 
A study of the development of the United States government 
through judicial interpretation of the Constitution. The case study 
method of analysis is used, but some attention is given also to re- 
cent behavioral writing on judicial decision-making. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 318— CONSTITUTIONAL LAW 11.(5-0-5) 
Winter. Prerequisite: Political Science 113 or equivalent. 
A continuation of Political Science 317. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 320— INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS 
THE FAR EAST (5-0-5) 

Fall, 1980. 

Contemporary international politics in the Far East are 
examined in terms of such broad historical trends as the decline of 
imperialism, the development of nationalism, and the rise of the 
U.S., U.S.S.R., People's Republic of China, and Japan as major pow- 
ers in Asia. 

Some attention will be given to contemporary key issues such as 
the Sino-Soviet covflict, the future of Formosa, U.S.-Japan Mutual 
Security Treaty revision, and U.S.-Japan economic interaction. 



126 



POLITICAL SCIENCE 325— INTERNATIONAL 
ORGANIZATION. (5-0-5) 

Fall, 1981. Prerequisite: Political Science 113 or permission of 
instructor. 

A survey of the development, principles, structures and functions 
of international organizations, with emphasis upon the role of 
these institutions in the maintenance of peace. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 326— INTERNATIONAL LAW. (5-0-5) 
Spring. Prerequisite: Political Science 113 or permission of in- 
structor. 

An introduction to selected public international law topics includ- 
ing: recognition, state succession, jurisdiction, extradition, nation- 
ality, the law of treaties, the law of diplomacy, and the law of war. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 329— INTERNATIONAL 

RELATIONS. (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: Political Science 113 or permission of in- 
structor. 

An introduction to the theories, forces, and practices dominating 
contemporary international relations. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 331— POLITICAL THEORY I. (5-0-5) 

Fall. 

An historical study of the development of ideas relative to the 
state and government from Socrates and Plato to the Seventeenth 
Century. Attention is directed primarily to the political thought of a 
selected group of eminent philosphers. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 332— POLITICAL THEORY II. (5-0-5) 
Winter. Prerequisite: Political Science 331 or permission of in- 
structor. 

A continuation of Political Science 331, from the 17th to the 20th 
century. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 333— CONTEMPORARY 

POLITICAL IDEOLOGIES. (5-0-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: Political Science 332 or permission of 
isntructor. 

A continuation of Political Science 332, inlcuding a general sur- 
vey and analysis of the important ideological currents of our time 
with selected indepth readings from original sources. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 341— POLITICS OF 

DEVELOPING NATIONS. (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1981. Prerequisite: Political Science 113 or permission of 
instructor. 

An analysis of the theories, concepts, and the process of the polit- 
ical development and modernization of the emerging nations. 

A general introduction to the concepts and problems of political 
integration, transformation of political culture, elite recruitment/ 
political socialization, and political processess of selected emerging 
nations. 



127 



POLITICAL SCIENCE 346— GOVERNMENTS OF 

EAST ASIA. (5-0-5) 

Fall, 1981. Prerequisite '.Political Science 113 or permission of in- 
structor. 

A comparative examination of the contemporary political in- 
stitutions, processes, and ideas of the People's Republic of China, 
Japan, and Korea. Examines the development of these political sys- 
tems with particular emphasis on historical, social, cultural, and 
contemporary-issue dimensions. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 348— GOVERNMENTS OF 

WESTERN EUROPE (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1982. Prerequisite: Political Science 113 or equivalent. 

An analytical and comparative study of the major Western 
European governments, with principal emphasis upon the analysis 
of the conditions which led to effective and stable parliamentary 
government and those which lead to the inefficiency, instability 
and breakdown of such systems. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 349— GOVERNMENT OF THE 
SOVIET UNION. (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1981. Prerequisite: Political Science 113 or permission of 
instructor. 

The primary purpose of this course is to focus on the study of 
contemporary Soviet politics along developmental scheme. Com- 
parison of the pre-modern Tsarist autocratic regime and the con- 
temporary Soviet totalitarian regime will be attempted. Also the 
course will cover such topics as Soviet political culture, political 
socialization process of the mass, governmental processes, and the 
public policy making/implementation aspects. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 395— INTERNSHIP. (Credit variable, 

up to 5 hours) 

Prerequisite: Junior (with 3.5 GPA) or Senior standing (with a 3.0 
GPA minimum). 

The student will pursue an individually designed course project 
involving off-campus study and research in a government or pri- 
vate agency. Projects are normally designed to require the full 
eleven-week quarter for completion, during which time the student 
will be under joint supervision by the sponsoring agency and his 
faculty advisor. Application and arrangements must be made 
through the department by mid-quarter preceding the quarter of 
the intership. 

Open to transient students only with permission of the Dean of 
Faculty at Armstrong and the college from which the student 
comes. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 400— SENIOR SEMINAR. (5-0-5) 

Admission will be subject to approval of the instructor. Offered on 
demand. Designed to permit superior students to pursue research 
and reading in some field of political science under the supervision 
of the staff. 



128 



POLITICAL SCIENCE 401— THE POLITICS OF THE 
BUDGETARY PROCESS (5-0-5) 

Fall, 1980. 

This course examines the procedures, strategies and rationales 
involved in making public budgets at the local state, and national 
levels. It is also concerned with critiques of the several types of 
budgets now in use together with an explanation fiscal and monet- 
ary policies as they affect budgeting. Finally, it is concerned with 
the revenue systems in effect together with auditing and other 
controls exercised in the budgeting process. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 403— PUBLIC POLICY 
DEVELOPMENT (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1982. Prerequisite: Political Science SOU or permission of 
the instructor. 

This course is primarily concerned with a study of the theoretical 
aspects of decision-making theories (i.e., rational/comprehensive 
model vs. incremental model), political aspects of policy-making 
process, mobilization of political support, and the cost/benefit as- 
pects of the public policy-making. 

Some attempt will be made to apply the general theory of public 
policy-making to specific settings of welfare policy, urban problems, 
and national defense/foreign policy. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 410— INDEPENDENT STUDY IN 
AMERICAN GOVERNMENT (credit variable) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: A minimum of 120 credit 
hours, including at least 20 hours in Political Science at the 300-level 
or above. Admission is by approval of a departmental committee. 

Designed to permit superior students to pursue individual re- 
search and reading in some field of political science under the 
supervision of a member of the staff. Emphasis will be on wide 
reading, conferences with the advisor and written reports and es- 
says. Normally open only to students with a B average (3.0) in Polit- 
ical Science andat least a 2.5 GPA overall. Applications must be 
filed with the Department by mid-quarter preceding the quarter 
independent study is contemplated. 

Open to transient students only with permission of the Dean of 
Faculty at Armstrong and the college from which the student 
comes. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 411— AMERICAN PRESIDENCY. (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1982. 

Offers an in-depth of the office of the presidency, with the princi- 
pal emphasis on the relations of the executive branch with the 
Congress and the court system. Some attention will be given to the 
evolution of the presidency to its present dominant position in the 
American political process. (Completion of a survey course in 
American History is desirable.) 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 412— AMERICAN POLITICAL 
PARTIES. (5-0-5) 

Operation of political parties in the political system. Relationship 
between party organization, electoral system, and the recruitment 



129 



and advancement of political leaders. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 415— AMERICAN SUPREME 

COURT (5-0-5) 

Summer, 1982. 

An analysis of the structure and functions of the Court, including 
examination of the role of the Court as policy maker. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 416— UNITED STATES 
CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY (5-0-5) 

Summer, 1981. 

A study of the origins, content, and expansion of the Constitution 
of United States. (Identical with HISTORY 416). 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 418— ADMINISTRATIVE LAW. (5-0-5) 
Spring, 1981. Prerequisite: Political Science 113. 
This course explores the framework of law governing administra- 
tive agencies including: administrative power and its control by the 
courts, the determination and enforcement of administrative pro- 
grams, discretion of administrative officials and their powers of 
summary actions, hearings before administrative boards, and the 
respective spheres of administrative and judicial responsibility. 

Some attention will be given to the problem of the maintenance of 
traditional procedural safeguards in administrative law and the 
problem of civil rights and relation to administrative boards. Lead- 
ing cases will be examined. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 420— INDEPENDENT STUDY IN 
INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS. (credit available) 

Available each quarter. 

See Political Science 410 for prerequisites and admission re- 
quirements. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 429— AMERICAN FOREIGN 

POLICY. (5-0-5) 

Fall, 1982. 

An analysis of U.S. foreign policy and factors, both domestic and 
foreign, contributing to its formulation. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 430— INDEPENDENT STUDY IN 
POLITICAL THEORY. (credit variable) 

Available each quarter. 

See Political Science 410 for prerequisites and admission re- 
quirements. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 440— INDEPENDENT STUDY IN 
COMPARATIVE GOVERNMENT. (credit variable) 

Available each quarter. 

See Political Science 410 for prerequisites and admission re- 
quirements. 

DEPARTMENT OF LANGUAGES AND 
LITERATURE 

Professor Hugh Pendexter, III, Head; Professor Emeritus Lubs; 
Professors Anchors, Easterling, Jones, Killorin, Strozier; Associate 
Professors Brooks, Brown, Noble; Assistant Professors Harper, 

130 



Harris, Jenkins, Ramsey, Suchower, Welsh and White; Temporary 
Instructor, McClanahan. 

Entering students should begin the required English composi- 
tion sequence in their initial quarter of attendance, and must not 
delay beginning this sequence beyond their second quarter of at- 
tendance. By doing so students will have had the opportunity to 
complete the required sequence before taking the Regents' Exami- 
nation. 

Students enrolled in the degree programs which require a foreign 
language must show proficiency in the appropriate language at the 
required level by successfully completing standardized examina- 
tions administered by members of the foreign language faculty. 
This requirement applies to students enrolled at Armstrong State 
College and taking their foreign language courses on this campus 
and to students who, while enrolled at Armstrong State College, 
take their foreign language courses on another campus. Students 
transferring to Armstrong State College, after having completed 
the required foreign language sequence at another college, with 
grades of "C" or above, are not required to complete the proficiency 
examinations at Armstrong. 

Entering freshman who wish to exempt the foreign language 
requirement may do so by successfully completing the proficiency 
examination through the level required in a specific degree pro- 
gram. For further information on the exemption process, the stu- 
dent should contact the Head of the Department of Languages and 
Literature. 

Major in English 

Students majoring in English should satisfy the college core re- 
quirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree during the Freshman 
and Sophomore years. Students must earn a grade of "C" or better 
in each 300 or 400 level course included in any major or minor area. 

Program for the Degree 
Bachelor of Arts with a Major in English 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements* 101 

1. English 111, 112, 211, 222 20 

2. Mathematics 101, 290 10 

3. Laboratory Science Sequence 10 

4. History 114, 115, and History 251 or 252 15 

5. Political Science 113 and one course selected from: 10 

Psychology 101, Anthropology 201, 
Sociology 201, Economics 201 

6. Foreign Language 101, 102, 103, 201 20 

7. Two courses selected from: 10 

Art 200, 271, 272, 273; Music 200; 
Philosophy 201; Drama/Speech 227, 228 

8. Physical Education 117 and 103 or 108 and 

three activities courses 6 

B. Courses in Major Field 40 

1. English 406 5 

* Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Ad- 
mission" section of this Bulletin. 

131 



2. One course in English Literature before 1800 

to be selected from : 5 

English 300, 302, 304, 320 

3. One course in English Literature after 1800 

to be selected from: 5 

English 305, 306, 307 

4. One course in American Literature to be selected from: 5 

English 308, 309, 310 

5. Ten hour survey of World Literature: 

English 327, 328 10 

6. Two additional courses in English Language 

or in Literature 10 

C. Related Field Requirements 25 

Courses numbered 300 or above in the following areas: 
Art, Drama/Speech, History, Literature, Music, Philosophy 

D. Electives 25 

E. Regents and Exit Examinations — 

TOTAL 191 



Program for The Degree 
Bachelor of Arts with a Major in English 



** 



Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Core Area I 20 

English 111, 112, 211 15 

Art 200, 271, 272, 273; Music 200; 

Phil. 200, 201; or Eng. 222 5 

Core Area II 20 

Math 101 or 103 5 

Math 103, or 220, or 290 5 

Lab Science sequence 10 

Core Area III 20 

History 114, 115 10 

Political Science 113 5 

Psychology 101 5 

Core Area IV 30 

Drs. 228 or 341 5 

Choice of: Anth. 201, Soc. 201, or 

Econ. 201 5 

Foreign Language 5 

Physical Education 6 

P.E. 103 or 108 1 

P.E. 117 2 

Three activity courses 3 

Other Courses 5 

Hist. 251 or 252 5 

B. Courses in the Major 40 

English 327, 328, 406 15 

Select one: Eng. 300, 302, 304, 320 5 

Select one: Eng. 305, 306, 307 5 

Select one: Eng. 308, 309, 310 5 

Select one: Eng. 325, 410, 422 5 

Select one: Eng. 400, 401, 405, 407, 
420, 490, or 491 5 



** With teacher certification. 
132 



C. Related Fields 15 

Eng. 332 5 

DrS/Film 350 or 351 5 

Phil. 400 Aesthetics, or appropriate 
elective 5 

D. Professional Sequence 45 

Educ. 200, 310, 335, 422, 439, 479, 

480, 490 40 

Psychology 301 5 

TOTAL 201 



Minor Concentrations 

The following minor concentrations are available from the De- 
partment of Languages and Literature. For completion of each of 
the minors, the student must earn a grade of "C" or better in each 
course offered for the minor. 

The minor in American Civilization requires the completion of 
American Civilization 382 and 403 (10 hours), with a choice of three 
of the following (15 hours): AC/English 308, 309, 310; AC/History 
351, 352, 376, 378. 

The minor in Drama/Speech requires Dr/S228 (5 hours) and elec- 
tives (20 hours) chosen from Dr/S courses at the 300/400 level. 

The minor in English requires 20 hours to be chosen from English 
courses at the 300/400 level. 

The minor in Film requires 20 hours, consisting of DrS/Film 340, 
350 (to be repeated as the topic changes), and 351. 

The minor in Foreign Language requires 25 hours in any one 
foreign language. 

The minor in Journalism requires 20 hours to be chosen from 
English/Journalism 340; DrS/Journalism 347, 350; Journalism 343, 
364, 400. 

The minor in Linguistics requires 20 hours to be chosen from 
English/Linguistics 325, 340, 410; Linguistics 385, 400. 

The minor in Philosophy requires 20 hours to be chosen from 
Philosophy courses at the 300/400 level. 



Course Offerings 

American Civilization 

AMERICAN CIVILIZATION 225— INTRODUCTION TO 
AMERICAN CIVILIZATION. (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Themes and issues of American Civilization since colonial times, 
with emphasis on modern setting, using interdisciplinary ap- 
proaches. 

AMERICAN CIVILIZATION 308— Same as English 308. 

AMERICAN CIVILIZATION 309— Same as English 309. 

AMERICAN CIVILIZATION 310— Same as English 310. 

133 



AMERICAN CIVILIZATION 382— DIRECTED READING 

IN AMERICAN CULTURE. (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Ten hours in approved Ameri- 
can Civilization courses. 

A study of both fine and popular arts of the United States under 
the supervision of an American Civilization staff member. 

AMERICAN CIVILIZATION 403— INDEPENDENT 

STUDY (5-0-5) 

Prerequiaite: Satisfactory completion of all other requirements of 
the American Civilization minor. 

Designed to permit the student to pursue individual research in 
some aspects of American Civilization under the supervision of an 
American Civilization staff member. 



Comparative Literature 

English 211 is prerequisite to all 300-400 level Comparative Lit- 
erature courses. 

COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 317— ANCIENT EPIC. (5-0-5) 

COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 318— ANCIENT 

DRAMA (5-0-5) 

COMPARATIVE LITERATURE/ENGLISH 322— BRITISH, 
AMERICAN AND CONTINENTAL DRAMA: IBSEN TO 
PRESENT (5-0-5) 

COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 400— SPECIAL 
TOPICS (5-0-5) 

To be announced as offered 

Drama/Speech 

Successful completion of English 111 is prerequisite to all 
Drama/Speech courses except 227. 
DrS 217— PUBLIC SPEAKING. (2-0-2) 

Offered on demand. 

Theory and practice in varied public speaking situations; em- 
phasis on organization, clarity, and delivery technique 

DrS 227— THEATRE LABORATORY (0-3-1) 

Offered every quarter. 

Practical experience in theatre. The student will work on the 
Masquers' production of the quarter. Only one hour of credit may be 
earned per quarter. The maximum total credit allowed in Theatre 
Laboratory is five quarter hours. 

In the summer students may take up to five hours credit in DrS 
227 by working part-time in summer theatre workshop (DrS 450). 

DrS 228— FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH (5-0-5) 

Practice and theory of oral communication. Each student makes 
several major speeches. The physiology of the speech mechanisms 
is covered, and articulation is studied within the framework of the 
International Phonetic Alphabet. 

134 



DrS/FILM 340— DEVELOPMENT OF THE CINEMA. (5-0-5) 

A study of the history and development of the cinema with special 
emphasis on the American dominance of the medium. 

DrS 341— ORAL INTERPRETATION. (5-0-5) 

A practical course in the oral interpretaion of poetry and prose. 
The techniques of literary analysis are stressed along with the 
vocal techniques needed to communicate an author's mood and 
meaning. 

DrS 342-ADVANCED ACTING. (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: English 111 plus at least two 
credit hours in DrS 227. 

Intensive study of characterization and styles of acting from sev- 
eral points: historical, critical, practical, theoretical, and experi- 
mental: Emphasis on development performance skills. 

DrS 345— HISTORY OF THE THEATRE. (5-0-5) 

A survey of theatrical art from its beginning to the present day. 
The course emphasizes the development of the physical theatre. 

DrS 346— PLAY PRODUCTION. (5-0-5) 

A course in the theory and practice of acting and directing, with 
special attention to image-making on stage. Individuals under 
supervision prepare and execute the production of scenes and short 
plays. 

DrS JOURNALISM 347— BASIC TV PRODUCTION. (2-9-5) 

A course in the theory and practice of television production 
styles, forms, and concepts, with special emphasis on the critical 
appreciation of electronic communication technique. 

DrS/FILM/JOURNALISM 350A, 350B, 350C, etc.— FILM AS AN 
ART. (5-0-5 each course) 

Study of film theories or of genres with emphasis on critical ap- 
preciation of film as an art form. (Course may be repeated when 
topic changes.) 

DrS/FILM 351— FILM AND LITERATURE (5-0-5) 

Studies in the translation of literature to film with emphasis on 
the differences of the media in form, content, and perception. 

DrS 400— SPECIAL TOPICS. (l-5)-0-(l-5). 

Prerequisite: English 111. 

The special subject matter in this course will be determined and 
announced by the professor at the time when the course is offered. 

DrS 450-451-452— DRAMA WORKSHOP. (0-15-5 each course) 

Offered in summer only. 

This course is summer stock theatre for credit. Students will be 
directed and instructed by a member of the faculty who is a profes- 
sional in the theatre. All aspects of production will be studied. 

DrS 490— INDEPENDENT STUDY. (l-5)-0-(l-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: Senior status plus English 111 
plus at least one 300 level DrS course. Open to transient students 
only with the permission of Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and the 
college from which the student comes. 

135 



English 

ENGLISH 25— COMPOSITION REVIEW (5-0-5) 

Institutional Credit. Offered on demand. 

A course designed to correct deficiencies in writing revealed by 
the Regents Examination. Prerequisite: Completion of the English 
core requirements of the student's program. 

ENGLISH 107— RHETORIC AND COMPOSITION. (5-0-5) 

Training in the gathering, ordering, and presenting of informa- 
tion with emphasis on persuasiveness and accuracy. The students 
will be expected to write informative and persuasive prose. This 
course may not satisfy the requirements in Area I of the Core. 

ENGLISH 110— ENGLISH AS A FOREIGN LANGUAGE (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

This course is designed to prepare students whose native lan- 
guage is other than English to do normal college work in composi- 
tion. Students who pass the course will be eligible for English 111 
or, upon recommendation by the instructor, for English 112. Ad- 
mission is by placement test or by permission of the instructor. The 
course may not be used in Area I of the Core unless the student 
meets the proficiency level for admission to English 112. 

ENGLISH 111— COMPOSITION AND FICTION (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. 

Assignment to this course is based upon the results of the Diag- 
nostic Test for placement in beginning English courses or upon 
successful completion of English 99, 107, or 110. The instruction 
focuses on rhetoric, organization of ideas, and techniques of read- 
ing. 

ENGLISH 112— COMPOSITION AND POETRY. (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of 
English 111 or English 191. 

ENGLISH 191— HONORS COMPOSITION. (5-0-5) 

Fall. 

Instruction in this course will not follow the traditional lecture 
method only; the student will read widely and write a research 
paper (or papers) in the fashion which the instructor thinks will 
best discipline him for independent study. This course replaces En- 
glish 111 for students selected by the department on the basis of 
admission test scores. 

ENGLISH 192— HONORS COMPOSITION AND 
INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE. (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: English 191 or a grade of "A" in English 1 1 1 .Winter. 

In this course the student will read more extensively than for 
English 112 and will write critical papers. 

ENGLISH 211— COMPOSITION AND DRAMA. (4-2-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: English 112 or English 192. 
This course is prerequisite to all 300-400 level courses in English 

and Comparative Literature. 



136 



ENGLISH 222— LITERATURE AND THE 

HUMAN CONDITION. (5-0-5) 

Offered every quarter. Prerequisite: English 211. 

A course ordered around one or all of these questions: (1) man's 
nature, needs and goals; (2) his place in nature; (3) his realtionship 
to human society. The works read may investigate in depth one 
point of view on these questions or may explore several contrasting 
viewpoints. The student will be asked to order and express, at least 
tentatively, his own views. No term or research paper required. 

ENGLISH 211 is prerequisite for all 300-U00 level courses. 

ENGLISH 300— EARLY ENGLISH LITERATURE: 
BEGINNINGS THROUGH 1603. (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

ENGLISH 302— 17TH CENTURY BRITISH 

POETRY AND PROSE: 1603-1700. (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

ENGLISH 304— 18TH CENTURY BRITISH 

POETRY AND PROSE. (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

ENGLISH 305— 19TH CENTURY I: BRITISH 
ROMANTIC POETRY AND PROSE. (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

ENGLISH 306— 19TH CENTURY II: BRITISH 
VICTORIAN POETRY AND PROSE. (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

ENGLISH 307— 20TH CENTURY BRITISH 

POETRY AND PROSE. (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

ENGLISH 308— AMERICAN I: BEGINNINGS 
THROUGH COOPER. (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

ENGLISH 309— AMERICAN II: EMERSON 
THROUGH TWAIN. (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

ENGLISH 310— AMERICAN III: RISE OF 

NATURALISM TO THE PRESENT. (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

ENGLISH 320— BRITISH DRAMA: 

BEGINNINGS THROUGH 1750. (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

ENGLISH/COMP. LIT. 322— BRITISH, AMERICAN, AND 
CONTINENTAL DRAMA: IBSEN TO THE PRESENT (5-0-5) 
Offered on demand. 



137 



ENGLISH/LINGUISTICS 325— ADVANCED GRAMMAR. (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

This is a study of current approaches to grammar (including 
generative transformational); phonology, morphology and syntax 
will be studied. 

ENGLISH 327— WORLD LITERATURE I. (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

A study of major works and movements in world literature 
through the Renaissance. 

ENGLISH 328— WORLD LITERATURE II. (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

A study of major works and movements in modern world litera- 
ture. 

ENGLISH 329— INTRODUCTION TO LITERARY 
RESEARCH AND WRITING. (2-0-2) 

Offered on demand. 

A course intended to increase the student's skill in gathering 
research materials and using bibliographies, to improve the style 
and mechanics of his scholarly papers and to familiarize him with 
literary terminology. Highly recommended for those majors who 
plan to teach or enter graduate school. 

ENGLISH 331— CHILDREN'S LITERATURE. (5-0-5) 

(Does not apply toward English major). Offered on demand. 

ENGLISH 332— LITERATURE FOR ADOLESCENTS. (5-0-5) 
Offered on demand. (Does not apply toward the English major 
except for candidates for secondary teacher certification.) 

ENGLISH/JOURNALISM 340— ADVANCED 
COMPOSITION (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: English 211 or consent of in- 
structor (does not apply toward English major). 
The study of expository and report techniques. 

ENGLISH 342— CREATIVE WRITING. (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: English 222 or consent of instructor. Offered on de- 
mand. 

ENGLISH 400— SEMINAR. (l-5)-0-(l-5) 

Topic to be announced as offered. Offered on demand. 

ENLGISH 401— SEMINAR. (l-5)-0-(l-5) 

Topic to be announced as offered. Offered on demand. 

ENGLISH 405— CHAUCER. (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

ENGLISH 406— SHAKESPEARE. (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

ENGLISH 407— MILTON. (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

ENGLISH/LINGUISTICS 410— HISTORY OF 

ENGLISH LANGUAGE. (5-0-5) 

138 



Offered on demand. 

ENGLISH/LINGUISTICS 410— HISTORY OF 
ENGLISH LANGUAGE. (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

ENGLISH 420— PRACTICAL CRITICISM 1 (5-0-5) 

Composition and literary theory will constitute the basis for 
practical criticism of literary works. The relationship between 
literary theory and problems of teaching composition and literary 
interpretation will be explored, and various contexts (i.e., formalis- 
ts, socio-historical, archetypal) for interpreting the work of litera- 
ture will be examined. Course requirements will include oral and 
written analysis of literary works selected primarily from the 
Graduate English reading list. 

ENGLISH/LINGUISTICS 422 —APPRO ACH E S TO 
LANGUAGE. (5-0-5) 

A survey of the components of language study as well as the 
various approaches to language, meaning, and syntax. Relation- 
ships between the teacher's language study and classroom im- 
plementation of various facets of it will be explored. 

ENGLISH/LINGUISTICS 485 (5-0-5) 

See Linguistics 

ENGLISH 490— INDEPENDENT STUDY. (l-5)-0-(l-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: Senior status and English 211. 

Open to transient students only with the permission of the Dean of 

Faculty at Armstrong and the college from which the student comes. 

ENGLISH 419— INDEPENDENT STUDY. (l-)-0-(l-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: Senior status and English 211. 

Open to transient students only with the permission of the Dean of 

Faculty at Armstrong and the college from which the student comes. 

Film 

Film/DrS 340— DEVELOPMENT OF THE CINEMA (5-0-5) 

A study of the history and development of the cinema with spe- 
cial emphasis on the American dominance of the medium. 

Film/DrS 350— FILM AS AN ART (5-0-5) 

Study of film theories of genres with emphasis on critical appreci- 
ation of film as an art form. (Course may be repeated when topic 
changes.) 

Film/DrS 351— FILM AND LITERATURE. 

Studies in the translation of literature to film with emphasis on 
the differences of the media in form, content, and perception. 

Foreign Language 

French 

FRENCH 101-102-103— ELEMENTARY 

FRENCH. (5-0-5) (5-0-5) (5-0-5) 

139 



Offered each year. 

A course for beginners. The approach is primarily oral, and daily- 
practice with tape recordings is required.* 

To receive credit for French 103, a student must successfully 
complete the appropriate national standardized test. 

FRENCH 201— INTERMEDIATE FRENCH. (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: three quarters of college French 

or three years of high school French. 

Further reading of texts, and oral and composition practice. To 

receive credit for French 201, a student must pass the appropriate 

national standardized test. 

FRENCH 300— COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION. (5-0-5) 
Winter. Prerequisite: French 201. 

FRENCH 301— FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE 
MIDDLE AGES AND THE RENAISSANCE. (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: French 201. 

FRENCH 302— FRENCH CLASSICAL DRAMA. (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: French 201. 
Selected plays of Corneille, Moliere, and Racine. 

FRENCH 304— FRENCH LITERATURE OF 

THE 19TH CENTURY. (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: French 201. 

A study of Romantic prose, poetry, and drama, with lectures and 
discussions in French. 

FRENCH 305— FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE 
19TH CENTURY: REALISM AND NATURALISM. (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: French 201. 

FRENCH 351-352-353— STUDY ABROAD 

IN FRANCE. (15 hours credit). 

Prerequisite: French 103. 

This course is a summer quarter's residence and study in France 
in conjunction with the Study Abroad Program of the University 
System of Georgia. The program is offered in Dijon for a period of 
nine weeks. During this time the student will receive intensive 
instruction in language and culture and will be expected to engage 
in co-curricular activities sponsored by the University of Dijon and 
USG. 

FRENCH 401— FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE 
TWENTIETH CENTURY. (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: French 201. 

This course is a study of contemporary prose, poetry, and drama 
with lectures and discussions in French. This course, normally the 
last course in French that a student would take, includes a serious 
term paper of considerable magnitude to be written in French. 



* Students who own tape machines may check copies of taped lessons out of the 
library. These tapes are recorded at IV2 i.p.s. 

140 



FRENCH 490— INDEPENDENT STUDY. (l-5)-0-(l-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: Senior status and French 201. 
Open to transient students only with permission of the Dean of Fac- 
ulty at Armstrong and the college from which the Student comes. 

German 

GERMAN 101-102-103— ELEMENTARY 

GERMAN (5-0-5) (5-0-5) (5-0-5) 

Offered each year. 

Elements of reading and writing: basic vocabulary; simple con- 
versation; essentials of grammar.* To receive credit for German 
103, a student must pass the appropriate national standardized 
test. 

GERMAN 201— INTERMEDIATE GERMAN. (5-0-5) 

Fall. Prerequisite: Three quarters of college German or three years 
of high school German. 

Further reading of texts, oral and composition practice. To re- 
ceive credit for German 201, a student must pass the appropriate 
national standardized test. 

GERMAN 211— SCIENTIFIC GERMAN. (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Same as 201. 

Readings in scientific and technical material with special atten- 
tion to grammatical difficulties encountered in this literature. 

GERMAN 300— COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION. (5-0-5) 
Offered on demand. Prerequisite: German 201. 

GERMAN 305— 19TH CENTURY 

GERMAN LITERATURE. (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: German 201. 

GERMAN 307— 20TH CENTURY 

GERMAN LITERATURE. (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: German 201. 

GERMAN 351-352-353— STUDY ABROAD 

IN GERMANY. (15 hours credit) 

Prerequisite: German 103. 

This course is a summer quarter's residence and study in Ger- 
many in conjunction with the Study Abroad Program of the Uni- 
versity System of Georgia. The program is offered in Germany for a 
period of nine weeks. During this time the student will receive in- 
tensive instruction in language and culture and will participate in 
University sponsored activities. 

GERMAN 490— INDEPENDENT STUDY. (l-5)-0-(l-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Senior status and German 201. 
Open to transient student only with permission of the Dean of Fac- 
ulty at Armstrong and the college from which the student coynes. 



Students who own tape machines may check copies of taped lessons out of the 
library. These tapes are recorded at IV2 i.p.s. 

141 



Latin 

LATIN 101-102-103— ELEMENTARY 

LATIN (5-0-5) (5-0-5) (5-0-5) 

Offered each year. 

Essentials of grammar; readings from selected Latin authors. 

LATIN 201— INTERMEDIATE LATIN (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Further reading in Latin literature with special emphasis on 
Vergil and Ovid 

Russian 

RUSSIAN 101-102-103— ELEMENTARY 

RUSSIAN. (5-0-5) (5-0-5) (5-0-5) 

Offered each year. 

These courses provide the student with the elements of Russian 
reading, composition, and conversation.* To receive credit for Rus- 
sian 103, a student must pass the appropriate national standar- 
dized test. 

RUSSIAN 201— INTERMEDIATE RUSSIAN. (5-0-5) 

Fall. Prerequisite: Russian 103. 

Further reading of texts, oral and composition practice. To re- 
ceive credit for Russian 201, a student must pass the appropriate 
national standardized tests. 

Spanish 

SPANISH 101-102-103— ELEMENTARY 

SPANISH. (5-0-5) (5-0-5) (5-0-5) 

Offered each year. 

These courses provide the student with the elements of Spanish 
reading, composition, and conversation.* To receive credit for 
Spanish 103, a student must pass the appropriate national stan- 
dardized test. 

SPANISH 201— INTERMEDIATE SPANISH. (5-0-5) 

Fall. Prerequisite: Three quarters of college Spanish or three years 
of high school Spanish. 

Further reading of texts, oral and composition practice. To re- 
ceive credit for Spanish 201, a student must successfully pass the 
appropriate national standardized test. 

SPANISH 300— COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION. (5-0-5) 
Winter. Prerequisite: Spanish 201. 

SPANISH 351-352-353— STUDY ABROAD 

IN SPAIN. (15 hours credit) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 103. 

This course is a summer quarter's residence and study in Spain in 
conjunction with the Study Abroad Program of the University Sys- 

* Students who own tape machines may check copies of taped lessons out of the 
library. These tapes are recorded at 7V2i.p.s. 

142 



tern of Georgia. The program is offered in Salamanca for a period of 
nine weeks. During this time the students will receive intensive 
instruction in language and culture which will be complemented by 
a number of excursions. 

SPANISH 490— INDEPENDENT STUDY. (l-5)-0-(l-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: Senior status and Spanish 201. 

Open to transient students only ivith the permission of the Dean of 

Faculty at Armstrong and the college from which the student comes. 

Journalism 

JOURNALISM 227— JOURNALISM LABORATORY. (0-3-1) 

Offered on demand. 

Practical experience in journalism. Students will work under in- 
struction on the college newspaper staff. Only one hour's credit 
may be earned per quarter. The maximum total credit allowed in 
Journalism Laboratory is five quarter hours. Admission by permis- 
sion of the instructor. 

JOURNALISM 340— See English 340. 

JOURNALISM 343— JOURNALISTIC WRITING. (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: English 211. 

Investigation of and intensive practice in the techniques of mod- 
ern journalism with emphasis on writing for newspapers and 
periodicals. 

JOURNALISM 347— See DrS 347. 

JOURNALISM 350— See DrS 350. 

JOURNALISM 364— COPY EDITING AND LAYOUT. (2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: Journalism 3J+0 or 3 US or permission of instructor. 
This is an intensive workshop in preparing copy for the press. 

Emphasis is on editing, on rewriting, and on makeup of pages. 

JOURNALISM 400— TOPICS IN JOURNALISM. (3-0-3) 

This is a seminar on topics of interest and utility to journalists in 
all the media. Individual topics will be announced. The course may 
be taken for credit more than once as topics change. 

Linguistics 
LINGUISTICS 325— See English 325. 
LINGUISTICS 340— See English 340. 

LINGUISTICS 400— TOPICS IN LINGUISTICS. (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: English /Linguistics 325 or 410 or Linguistics 385 or 

permission of the instructor. 

A seminar in subjects of interest in both theoretical and applied 

linguistics. Topics will be announced, and the course may be taken 

more than once for credit as topics change. 

LINGUISTICS 410— See English 410 

LINGUISTICS 485— DIALECTS OF AMERICAN ENGLISH 

143 



Prerequisite: English/Linguistics 325 or speech 228 
Investigates and describes major American dialects in terms of 

their phonology, morphology, lexicon, and syntax. Both geographic 

and social dialects are covered. 

Philosophy 

Successful completion of English 111 is prerequisite to all 
Philosophy courses. 

PHILOSOPHY 200— NATURE, CULTURE, AND CHOICE. (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: English 111. 

The central notion is that man transforms nature into culture by 
means of symbol systems. The course asks what needs of human 
nature are served thereby and what ethical consequences are in- 
volved. It stresses the assumptions and methods defining the 
humanities and science and, in ethics, focuses on professional 
issues. 

PHILOSOPHY 201— INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY. (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: English 111 

The fundamentals of philosophy, the meaning and function of 
philosophy, and the vocabulary and problems of philosophy. In- 
cludes a survey of the basic issues and major types of philosophy 
and shows the sources in experience, history, and representative 
thinkers. 

PHILOSOPHY 301— HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY: 

ANCIENT AND MEDIEVAL. (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: English 111. 

An historical introduction to philosophy, tracing the develop- 
ment of European philosophy from the early Greeks through the 
Middle Ages, with emphasis on selected works of major 
philosophers. 

PHILOSOPHY 302— HISTORY OF 

PHILOSOPHY: MODERN. (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: English 111. 

European philosophy from the Renaissance through Kant, em- 
phasizing selected works of major philosophers. 

PHILOSOPHY 303— 19TH AND 20TH CENTURY 
PHILOSOPHY. (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: English 111. Offered on demand. 

A study of the major philosophers in philosophical movements of 
the 19th and 20th centuries. 

PHILOSOPHY 400— SPECIAL TOPICS. (l-5)-0-(l-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: one 200 or 300 level philosophy 

course. 

The specific subject matter in this course will be determined and 

announced by the professor at the time when the course is offered. 

PHILOSOPHY 490— INDEPENDENT STUDY (l-5)-0-(l-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Senior status and one 300-level 
Philosophy course. 



144 



The student, with the advice and consent of his supervising pro- 
fessor and of the department head, will select the topic for super- 
vised independent study and will submit a prospectus for depart- 
ment approval before the quarter in which the course is to be taken. 
Open to transient students only with permission of the Dean of 
Faculty at Armstrong and the college from which the student 
comes. 

DEPARTMENTMENT OF MATHEMATICS 

AND 
COMPUTER SCIENCE 

Professor Leska, Acting Head; Professor Emeritus Winn; Profes- 
sors Hinkel and Hudson; Associate Professors Kilhefner, Munson, 
Netherton, and Shipley; Assistant Professors Findeis, Geoffroy, 
and Leska. 

The department offers four baccalaureate (four-year) programs 
of study, with each leading to the Bachelor of Science degree with a 
major in the mathematical sciences. Under this one baccalaureate 
degree designation students may pursue concentrations entitled 
"Mathematics," "Applied Mathematics/' "Mathematics Educa- 
tion," and "Computer Science." The mathematics education con- 
centration is specifically designed to prepare teachers of secondary 
mathematics and is an approved program for the Georgia Teacher's 
Professional Four- Year Certificate (T-4). The Department of 
Mathematics and Computer Science also participates in the Dual- 
Degree Program of Armstrong State College and the Georgia Insti- 
tute of Technology, under which students may, in five years of 
study, earn simultaneously the B.S. degree in the mathematical 
sciences (applied mathematics) from Armstrong and the Bachelor's 
degree in any one of a number of fields of engineering from Georgia 
Tech. 

Armstrong State College has requested permission from the 
Board of Regents of the University System of Georgia to offer the 
(two-year) degree, Associate in Science. If such permission is 
granted, the Department of Mathematics and Computer Science 
will then offer programs of study leading to the Associate in Science 
degree with concentrations in the mathematical sciences and a 
program of study (jointly with the Department of Chemistry and 
Physics) leading to the Associate in Science degree with a concen- 
tration in pre-engineering. At the time of publication of this Bulle- 
tin, the decision relative to offering the A.S. degree at Armstrong 
State College was pending. Pending approval of the Associate in 
Science degree, students can, with an appropriate choice of elec- 
tives, complete similar programs of study under the College's exist- 
ing (general) Associate in Arts degree. Students interested in 
either the two-year program in mathematical sciences or the two- 
year program in pre-engineering should consult with the depart- 
ment head concerning their status. 

The department also offers a minor in computer science. Students 
in any major program of study whatever (either two-year or four- 
year) can augment their major with the computer science minor. 



145 



The minor in computer science requires 25 quarter hours of com- 
puter science courses. These courses must consist of C.S.110, 231 or 
241, 301, 306, and five additional hours in computer science ap- 
proved by the Head of the Department of Mathematics and Com- 
puter Science. The 25 quarter hours must be completed with a 
grade average of "C" or better. 

The department is considering the development of a minor in 
mathematics as well. Interested students should consult with the 
department head for details. 



Program for the Degree 

Bachelor of Science with a Major in the 

Mathematical Sciences 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements* 96 

1. English 111, 112, 211 15 

2. One of the courses: 5 

Art 200, 271, 272, 273; English 222; 
Music 200; Philosophy 200, 201 

3. One of the sequences: 10 

Biology 101-102; Chemistry 128-129 (required for 
dual degree students); PJiysics 217-218 

4. History 114, 115, and either 251 or 252 15 

5. Political Science 113 and one of the courses: 10 

Psychology 101 (required for the concentration 
in Mathematics Education), Sociology 201, 
Economics 201, or Anthropology 201 

6. Mathematics 101, 103, 206, 207, 260 25 

7. Computer Science 110 and either Mathematics 208 or 
Computer Science 241 10 

8. Physical Education 103 or 108, 117 and three 

activities courses 6 

B. Courses in the Major Field 55 

Each student majoring in the mathematical sciences must select 

one of the following four options and complete its requirements: 

OPTION ONE — MATHEMATICS: 

1. Mathematics 309, 311, 316, and either 312 or 317 16 

2. Mathematics 401, 402 8 

3. Approved mathematics electives 21 

4. One foreign language or computer science sequence 10 

OPTION TWO — APPLIED MATHEMATICS: 

1. Mathematics 309, 316, 341, 342 or 353 17-18 

2. Computer Science 146 or 241 5 

3. Physics 217, 218, 219; or four of the courses: 
Mathematics 317, 321, 

322, 346, 353 and Computer Science 325 16-19 

4. Approved mathematics electives (300-400 level) 14-17 

OPTION THREE —MATHEMATICS EDUCATION 

1. Mathematics 220, 311, 316, 336, and either 416 or 470 21 

2. Approved mathematics and/or computer science electives . 9 
(Must include Math 208 if not selected in A-7 above.) 

* Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Ad- 
mission" section of this Bulletin. 

146 



3. Psychology 301 5 

4. Education 203, 330, 441, and Special Education 205 20 

OPTION FOUR — COMPUTER SCIENCE 

1. Computer Science 301, 302, 305, 306 20 

2. Either Mathematics 220 or Mathematics 321 5 

3. Either Computer Science 231, 331, 431, and 332 or 401; 

or Computer Science 342, 401, and 445 or 402 15-20 

4. Approved mathematics and/or computer science electives 10-15 

C. Related Field Requirements 15 

In addition to the above requirements, each student majoring in 

the mathematical sciences must complete fifteen quarter hours of 
approved courses in one field of study related to his major. 
Students completing the major requirements under option three 
must meet this requirement through student teaching 
(Education 446, 447, 448). 

D. Electives 25 

Electives for Option Three above must include: 

One of: Soc. 201, Ant. 201, or Econ. 201 

and 

One of: Art 200, 271, 272, 273; Music 200; or 

Dr.S. 228. 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL: 191 

Course Offerings — Mathematics 

MATHEMATICS 101 — COLLEGE ALGEBRA. (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: Each student must 

have attained at least one of the following prior to enrolling: (a) a 

score of at least 1+20 on the mathematics portion of the SAT: or (b) a 

score of at least 20 on the Mathematics Diagnostic Test; or(c) a grade 

of "P" in Mathematics 099. 

Dates on which the Mathematics Diagnostic test is administered 

are given in the academic calendar in the front of this Bulletin. 

Present text: Swokowski, Fundamentals of College Algebra. 

Real number arithmetic; polynomial and rational expressions; 

linear and quadratic equations; functions and graphs; inequalities; 

absolute value; sequences and progressions; the binomial theorem; 

techniques of counting and elementary probability. (May be 

exempted by examination with academic credit awarded.) 

MATHEMATICS 103 — PRE-CALCULUS 

MATHEMATICS. (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: Mathematics 101, or 
a score of at least 550 on the mathematics portion of the SAT, or 
permission of the department head. Present text: Flanders and 
Price, Introductory College Mathematics with Linear Algebra and 
Finite Mathematics. 

Functions; polynomial, trigonometric, exponential, and 
logarithmic functions; mathematical induction; complex numbers; 
matrices, determinants, and systems of equations. (May be exemp- 
ted by examination with academic credit awarded.) 

MATHEMATICS 195— APPLIED FINITE 

MATHEMATICS. (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. Prerequisite: Mathematics 101. Present 

147 



text: Barnett, Finite Mathematics for Management, Life, and Social 
Sciences. 

A survey of finite mathematics, including mathematics of fi- 
nance, probability, linear programming, and an introduction to 
games and decisions; applications are stressed throughout. 

MATHEMATICS 206— CALCULUS I. (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: Mathematics 103, or 

a score of at least 600 on the mathematics protion of the SAT, or 

permission of the department head. Present text: Bonic, et. al., 

Freshman Calculus. 

Functions; the derivative and its applications; antidifferentia- 

tion; the definite integral. 

MATHEMATICS 207— CALCULUS II. (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: Mathematics 206. 
Present text: Bonic, et. al., Freshman Calculus. 

Techniques and applications of integration; infinite series; im- 
proper integrals; elementary differential equations; indetermin- 
ant forms. 

MATHEMATICS 208— CALCULUS OF SEVERAL 
VARIABLES I. (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: Mathematics 207. 
Present text: Thomas & Finney, Calculus and Analytic Geometry - 
Part II. 

Vectors and parametric equations; vector functions and their de- 
rivatives; differential calculus of functions of several variables. 

MATHEMATICS 220— ELEMENTARY STATISTICS. (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: Mathematics 101. 
Present text: Freund, Statistics: A First Course. 

Measures of central tendency and dispersion; probability dis- 
tributions; inferences concerning means, standard deviations, and 
proportions; analysis of variance; correlation; regression. (May be 
exempted by examination with academic credit awarded.) 

MATHEMATICS 260— DISCRETE STRUCTURES. (5-0-5) 

Fall, Spring. Prerequisites: Mathematics 103 and Computer Sci- 
ence 110. Present text: Liu, Elements of Discrete Mathematics. 

Elementary logic, naive set theory, relations and functions, Boo- 
lean algebras, ordering relations, graph theory. 

MATHEMATICS 290— TOPICS IN MATHEMATICS. (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: Mathematics 101. 
Present text: Wimbish, Mathematics: A Humanistic Approach. 

A terminal course of selected topics designed to portray the his- 
tory, philosophy, and aesthetics of mathematics, and to develop an 
appreciation of the role of mathematics in western thought and 
contemporary culture. 

MATHEMATICS 309— CALCULUS OF SEVERAL 
VARIABLES II. (5-0-5) 

Fall, Spring. Prerequisite: Mathematics 208. Present text: 
Thomas & Finney, Calculus and Analytic Geometry - Part II. 

Multiple integrals and their applications; vector fields; line and 

148 



surface integrals; Green's theorem; the Divergence theorem; 
Stokes' theorem; selected advanced topics. 

MATHEMATICS 311-312— ABSTRACT 

ALGEBRA I, II. 311 — (4-0-4) 

Fall (even years), 312 -(3-0-3) -Winter (odd years). Prerequisite: 
Mathematics 208, 260. Present text: Hillman and Alexanderson, A 
First Undergraduate Course in Abstract Algebra. 

Classical topics in the elementary theory of groups, rings, and 
fields. 

MATHEMATICS 316-317— LINE AR ALGEBRA I, II. 316 — (4-0-4) 
Winter; 31 7 -(3-0-3) -Spring. Prerequisite: Mathematics 208, 260. 
Present texts: Kolman, Elementary Linear Algebra; and Rorres & 
Anton, Applications of Linear Algebra. 

Linear systems; vector spaces and linear transformations; ma- 
trices, determinants; normed linear spaces and inner product 
spaces. 

MATHEMATICS 321-322— PROBABILITY AND 
MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS I, II. 321 — (5-0-5) 

Fall (even years), 322 -(U-O-U) -Winter (odd years). Prerequisite: 
Mathematics 208. Present text: Freund, Mathematical Statistics. 

Probability spaces; random variables; algebra of expectation; 
random sampling; the law of large numbers; correlation and re- 
gression. 

MATHEMATICS 336-337— MODERN GEOMETRY 

I, II 336 — (5-0-5) 

Fall (odd years); 337 -(3-0-3) - Offered on demand. Prerequisite: 
Mathematics 208, 260. Present text: Ewald, Geometry : An Introduc- 
tion. 

A survey of selected topics from Euclidean, spherical, projective, 
and finite geometry. 

MATHEMATICS 341-342— DIFFERENTIAL 

EQUATIONS I, II. (4-0-4) each 

31+1 -Winter; 3U2 -Spring. Prerequisite: Mathematics 208. Pres- 
ent text: Boyce and DePrima, Elementary Differential Equations 
and Boundary Value Problems. 

Ordinary differential equations; series solutions; systems of first 
order differential equations; the Laplace transform; introduction 
to Fourier series; partial differential equation; Sturm-Liouville 
theory; applied problems. 

MATHEMATICS 346— MATHEMATICAL MODELING 

AND OPTIMIZATION. (4-0-4) 

Spring (even years). Prerequisites: Mathematics 208, 260. Present 
text: Hillier & Lieberman, Introduction to Operations Research. 

Design, solution, and interpretation of mathematical models of 
problems in the social, life, and management sciences. Topics cho- 
sen from linear programming, dynamic programming, scheduling 
theory, Markov chains, game theory, queueing theory, and inven- 
tory theory. 

149 



MATHEMATICS 353— NUMERICAL ANALYSIS. (4-3-5) 

Summer (even years). Prerequisites: Mathematics 207 and Com- 
puter Science 110. Present text: Conte and deBoor, Elementary 
Numerical Analysis. 

Numercial error; polynomial interpolation; systems of linear 
equations; numerical integration and numerical solution of diffe- 
rential equations; matrix inversion; evaluation of determinants; 
calculation of eigenvalues and eigenvectors; boundary value prob- 
lems. 

MATHEMATICS 360— MATHEMATICAL LOGIC. (5-0-5) 

Spring (odd years). Prerequisite: Mathematics 207, 260. Present 
text: Hunter, Metalogic: An Introduction to the Metatheory of Stan- 
dard First Order Logic. 

The elementary statement and predicate calculus; formal sys- 
tems; applications of logic in mathematics. 

MATHEMATICS 391— BASIC IDEAS OF ARITHMETIC. (5-0-5). 

Winter, Summer. Prerequisite: Mathematics 101. Present text. 
Jerman & Beardslee, Elementary Mathematics Methods. 

Fundamental concepts of arithmetic as they relate to the 
elementary school; current elementary school methods and mate- 
rials used in arithmetic instruction. (Credit will not apply toward a 
degree in the mathematical sciences.) 

MATHEMATICS 392— BASIC IDEAS OF GEOMETRY. (5-0-5). 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Mathematics 391. Present text: 
Haag, Hardgrove, and Hill, Elementary Geometry. 

Fundamental concepts of geometry as they relate to the elemen- 
tary school; current elementary school methods and materials used 
in geometry instruction. (Credit will not apply toward a degree in 
the mathematical sciences.) 

MATHEMATICS 400— PUTNAM SEMINAR. (0-2-1). 

Fall. Prerequisites: Mathematics 208, 260. 

A variety of mathematical problems, considered with the aim of 
developing problem solving techniques. 

MATHEMATICS 401-402— ADVANCED 

CALCULUS I, II. (4-0-4) each. 

UOl-Fall (odd years); 402 - Winter (even years). Prerequisites: 
Mathematics 208, 260. Present text: Sagan, Advanced Calculus. 

The real number system; sequences; limits of functions; the 
Bolzano-Weierstrass theorem; compactness; uniform continuity; 
the derivative; the Riemann integral; Euclidean n-space; se- 
quences of functions; the Weirstrass approximation theorem; 
series; elementary functions. 

MATHEMATICS 406— FUNCTIONS OF A 

COMPLEX VARIABLE. (5-0-5). 

Summer (odd years). Prerequisites: Mathematics 208, 260. Pres- 
ent text: Churchill, Complex Variables with Applications. 

Complex numbers; elementary functions and transformations; 
the Cauchy theory; conformal mapping; Riemann's mapping 
theorem. 



150 



MATHEMATICS 416— THEORY OF NUMBERS. (3-0-3). 

Fall (odd years). Prerequisite: Mathematics 208. 260. Present text: 
Adams & Goldstein, Introduction to Number Theory. 

Divisibility and congruence; quadratic reciprocity; diophantine 
equations; number-theoretic functions and their applications; 
selected advanced topics from algebraic and analytic number 
theory. 

MATHEMATICS 436— TOPOLOGY. (3-0-3). 

Spring (even years). Prerequisite: Mathematics U01. Present text: 
Dugundji, Topology. 

Topological spaces and homeomorphisms; separability; com- 
pactness; connectedness; completeness; metrizability; introduc- 
tion to homotopy theory. 

MATHEMATICS 470— HISTORY OF MATHEMATICS. (3-0-3). 

Fall (even years). Prerequisites: Mathematics 208, and six quarter 
hours of mathematics courses with course numbers greater than 309. 
Present text: Eves, An Introduction to the History of Mathematics. 

A survey of the development of mathematics from its empirical 
beginnings to its present state. 

MATHEMATICS 490— SPECIAL TOPICS. ((l-5)-0-(l-5)). 

Offered by special arrangement. Prerequisites: Consent of the in- 
structor and permission of the department head. 

Individual readings and research under the direction of a 
member of the mathematics faculty. 

MATHEMATICS 496-497-498— INTERNSHIP 

IN MATHEMATICS. ((0-l)-(12-15)-5) each. 

Offered by special arrangement. Prerequisite: Permission of the 
department head. 

Experience, in a variety of mathematical applications suited to 
the educational and professional aspirations of the student, under 
the direction of the faculty and appropriate off-campus supervisory 
personnel. (Open to transient students only with permission of the 
Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and that of the appropriate official of 
the college from which the student comes.) 

Course Offerings — Computer Science 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 110— INTRODUCTION 

TO COMPUTING. (4-3-5) 

Fall, Winter Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: Mathematics 101. 
Present text: Bent and Sethares, BASIC: An Introduction to Com- 
puter Programming. 

BASIC Programming and program structure; elementary logic 
and Boolean algebra; algorithms; flow charts; debugging; compu- 
ter solutions of numeric and non-numeric problems, characteristics 
and applications of computers in modern society. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 136— RPG PROGRAMMING. (3-4-5) 

Fall (odd years). Prerequisite: Computer Science 110. Present 
text: Shelly and Cashman, Introduction to Computer Programming 
-RPG. 



151 



Introduction to the language and programming applications for 
small computer systems using RPG. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 146— FORTRAN 

PROGRAMMING. (3-4-5) 

Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: Computer Science 110. Present 
text: Gottfried, Programming with FORTRAN IV. 

FORTRAN syntax, arrays, input/output, subroutines, program- 
ming techniques. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 225— STATISTICAL PROGRAMMING 
FOR THE SOCIAL SCIENCES. (3-4-5) 

Fall (even years). Prerequisites: Mathematics 220 and Computer 
Science 110. Present text: Nie, et al., Statistical Package for the 
Social Sciences. 

Uses of computers in statistical analysis, including the study of 
statistical methods, the programming of statistical analyses, and 
data analysis using packaged systems. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 231— PROGRAMMING PRINCIPLES 
WITH COBOL. (3-4-5) 

Winter, Summer. Prerequisite: Computer Science 110. Present 
texts: Murach, Standard COBOL: and Chai and Chai, Program- 
ming Standard COBOL. 

The COBOL programming language: basic syntax, input/output, 
debugging table-handling, sorting, searching, sequential file ma- 
nipulation; structured programming for COBOL: JCL for COBOL 
programs. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 241— PROGRAMMING PRINCIPLES 
WITH PL/1. (3-4-5) 

Fall, Spring. Prerequisites: Mathematics 103 and Computer Sci- 
ence 110. Present text: Hughes, PL/1 Structured Programming. 

The PL/1 programming language: basic syntax, input/output, de- 
bugging, arrays, structures, non-numeric processing, sequential 
file manipulation; structured programming for PL/1; JCL for PL/1 
programs. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 260— DISCRETE STRUCTURES. (5-0-5) 
Fall, Spring, Prerequisites: Mathematics 103 and Computer Sci- 
ence 110. Present text: Liu, Elements of Discrete Mathematics. 

Elementary logic, naive set theory, relations and functions, Boo- 
lean algebras, ordering relations, graph theory. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 301— COMPUTER ORGANIZATION 
AND PROGRAMMING. (4-3-5). 

Winter, Summer. Prerequisite: Computer Science 231 or Compu- 
ter Science 21*1. Present text: Kuo, Assembler Language for FOR- 
TRAN, COBOL, and PL/1 Programmers. 

Introduction to systems programming via in-depth coverage of 
assembler programming; operating systems; addressing 
techniques; internal storage structure; machine-level representa- 
tion of instructions and data; subroutines; I/O; linkers and loaders; 
macro-facilities; mass data storage facilities. 

152 



COMPUTER SCIENCE 302— DATA STRUCTURES. (4-3-5). 

Fall, Spring, Prerequisites: Computer Science 2^1,260, 301. Pres- 
ent text: Horowitz & Shani, Fundamentals of Data Structures. 

Internal representation of arrays, queues, trees, stacks, and lists; 
hardware characteristics of large computer systems; concepts re- 
lated to the interaction between data structures and storage struc- 
tures for the generating, developing, and processing of data. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 305— COMPUTER SYSTEMS. (5-0-5). 

Fall, Spring. Prerequisite: Computer Science 301. Present text: 
Tanenbaum, Structured Computer Organization. 

Hardware and software components of digital computing sys- 
tems, with emphasis on system software and details of hardware 
organization. Topics include system structure, data representa- 
tion, processors, control, storage, input-output, interputs and 
microprogramming. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 306— DATA AND PROGRAMMING 
MANAGEMENT. (3-4-5). 

Fall, Spring. Prerequisite: Computer Science 231 or Computer 
Science 21+1. Present text: Rattenbury, Introduction to the IBM 360 
Computer. 

Indexed sequential, direct, relative files; programs involving file 
manipulations in COBOL or PL/1; utility programs; partitioned 
data sets; procedure libraries; JCL required for the aforementioned 
topics. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 331— SYSTEMS ANALYSIS I. (3-4-5) 
Winter. Prerequisites: Computer Science 231 (which may be taken 
concurrently) and Computer Science 306. Present text: Condon, 
Data Processing Systems Analysis and Design. 

Principles and techniques of systems analysis, including person- 
nel and machine requirements, file considerations, problem formu- 
lation, analysis aids, iterative requirements of the design phase, 
and implementation criteria and evaluation. A student project 
which implements these techniques will be required. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 332— SYSTEMS ANALYSIS II. (3-4-5) 
Spring (even years). Prerequisite: Computer Science 331. Present 
text: Yourdan and Constan tine, Structured Design; Fundamentals 
of a Discipline of a Computer Program and Systems Design. 

Architecture of programs and systems; modularization of large 
systems; analysis of the efficiency, simplicity, maintainability, and 
reliability of the system software. A student project which imple- 
ments these techniques will be required. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 342— COMPARATIVE 

LANGUAGES. (3-4-5). 

Fall. Prerequisites: Computer Science 241, 260 (Computer Sci- 
ence 301 is recommended.). Present text: Organick, Forsythe, and 
Plummer, Programming Language Structures. 

Comparative study of programming languages including 
facilities for recursion, procedures, storage allocation techniques, 
string processing, and passing of parameters. 

153 



COMPUTER SCIENCE 353— NUMERICAL ANALYSIS. (4-3-5). 

Summer (even years). Prerequisites; Mathematics 207 and Com- 
puter Science 110. Present text: Conte and deBoor, Elementary 
Numerical Analysis. 

Numerical error: polynomial interpolation: systems of linear 
equations; numerical integration and numerical solution of diffe- 
rential equations; matrix inversion; evaluation of determinants; 
calculation of eigenvalues and eigenvactors; boundary value prob- 
lems. 

COMPUTER SCICNCE 401— SYSTEMS 

PROGRAMMING I. (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisites: Computer Science 302, 305. Present text: 
Habermann, Introduction to Operating System Design. 

Software requirements for support of computer systems, espe- 
cially in a multiprogrammed environment; addressing techniques; 
file system organization and management; I/O; control systems; 
spooling; interrupts; reentrant code; user services; executive sys- 
tems. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 402— SYSTEMS 

PROGRAMMING II. (3-4-5). 

Spring (odd years). Prerequisite: Computer Science U01. Present 
text: Habermann, Introduction to Operating System Design. 

Design and analysis of operating systems; memory management; 
name management; file systems; segmentation; paging; protec- 
tion; resource allocation. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 431— CONTROL AND 
ORGANIZATION OF INFORMATION. (5-0-5). 

Winter. Prerequisites: Computer Science 260, 306 (Computer Sci- 
ence 302 is recommended.). Present text: Martin, Computer and 
Data Base Organization. 

Information analysis and logical design of information systems 
and data bases; consideration of hardware, access methods, man- 
agement and control functions, communicating with the data base, 
and integrated systems. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 445— THEORY OF PROGRAMMING 
LANGUAGES. (4-3-5). 

Winter (even years). Prerequisites: Computer Science 302, 3U2. 
Present text: Aho and Ullman, Principles of Compiler Design. 

Study of programming language translation and basic compiler 
implementation techniques. Formal grammars and languages; 
specification of syntax and semantics; lexical analysis: parsing: 
semantic processing. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 490— SPECIAL TOPICS IN 
COMPUTER SCIENCE. ((0-5)-(0-15)-(l-5)). 

Summer. Prerequisites: Consent of the instructor and permission 
of the department head. 

Selected topics in some area of current interest in computer sci- 
ence; posssible areas include system simulation, logic design, data 
communication, and microcomputers. 

154 



COMPUTER SCIENCE 496-497-498— INTERNSHIP IN 
COMPUTER SCIENCE. ((0-l)-(12-15)-5) each. 

Offered by special arrangement. Prerequisite: Permission of the 
department head. 

Experience, in a variety of computing environments suited to the 
educational and professional aspirations of the student, under the 
direction of a member of the faculty and appropriate off-campus 
supervisory personnel. (Open to transient students only with per- 
mission of the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and that of the appro- 
priate official of the college from which the student comes. 



DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY 

Professor C. Stewart Worthington, Head; Associate Professors 
Douglass, Lane; Assistant Professors Palefsky, Patchak. 

Students are advised to complete as many of the general degree 
requirements as possible before entering their junior years. 
Psychology majors should take Psychology 101-220 before the end 
of their sophomore years. Suggested course distributions and an- 
nual schedules are available in the department office. All students 
are urged to seek advisement with regard to degree requirements 
and scheduling. 



Program for the Degree 
Bachelor of Arts with a Major in Psychology 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements * 65 

1. English 111, 112, 211, and choice of 20 

English 222 or Philosophy 200, 201 

2. Mathematics 101 and choice of: 10 

Mathematics 195 or 290 

3. History 114, 115 and choice of 15 

History 251 or 252 

4. Political Science 113 5 

5. One of the following sequences: 20 

Chemistry 128, 129; Physics 211, 212 
Physical Science 121, 122 

6. Anthropology 201 or Sociology 201 5 

B. Courses in Major Field 50 

1. Psychology 220, 307, 308, 309, 312, 410, 411, 412 40 

2. Two of the following: 10 

Psychology 303, 305, 311 

C. Related Field Requirements 30 

1. Biology 101, 102, and Mathematics 220 15 

2. Foreign language sequence or 

computer science sequence 15 



Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credits awarded. See 
"Admission" section of this Bulletin. 

155 



D. Electives 40-55 

1. Upper division courses in anthropology, biology, chemistry, 
criminal justice, mathematics, psychology, sociology, or 
social work 15-30 

2. Unspecified electives 25 

E. Physical Education 103 or 108 and 117 and three 

activities courses 6 

F. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191-206 



Program for The Degree 
Bachelor of Arts in Psychology 
(Behavioral Sciences Teaching Specialization) 



* * 



Quarter Hours 

Core Area I 20 

English 111, 112, 211 15 

Choice of: Art 200, 271, 272, 273; 
Music 200; Phil. 200, 201; 
English 222 5 

Core Area II 20 

Math 101 and 220 10 

Biology 101, 102 10 

Core Area III 20 

History 114, 115 10 

Political Science 113 5 

Anthro. 201 5 

Core Area IV 30 

Psychology 101 5 

Sociology 201 5 

Choice of: Art 200, 271, 272, 273; 

Music 200; Dr/S 228 5 

Foreign Language or Computer 

Science Sequence 5 

Physical Education 6 

P.E. 103 or 108 1 

P.E. 117 2 

Three activity courses 3 

Courses in Psychology 45 

Psy. 220, 301, 303, 307, 308, 
309, 312, 405, 410 45 

Courses in Related Fields 15 

Anthro. 300 5 

Sociology 350 or 450 5 

History 251 or 252 5 

Electives 10 

Professional Sequence 35 

Educ. 200, 310, 335, 445, 470, 
480, 490 35 

Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 201 

** Meets teacher certification requirements. 

156 



Minor Concentrations 

Psychology Department Minors: 

A. Psychology; 20 hours of upper division work with grades of "C" or 
better. 

B. Mental Health Work; Psychology 201, 202, 203, 204, 405, or 406. 

C. Organizational Psychology: Five of the following: 
Psychology 202, 315, 320, 321, 322, 406. 

D. Anthropology: 20 hours of upper division anthropology credits with 
grades of "C" or better. 



Course Offerings 

Anthropology 

ANTHROPOLOGY 201— MAN AND HIS CULTURE. (5-0-5) 

Fall. Offered on demand. 

An introduction to the study of man as a cultural animal, the 
development of human societies from preliterate beginnings, the 
rise of complex social organizations with an outline study of the 
major cultures developed by man. 

ANTHROPOLOGY 300— PALEOANTHROPOLOGY. (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Anthropology 201. Spring. 

A survey of the data that illuminates the evolution of man. The 
major prehuman and human species, their ecology and cultures, 
will be disscussed. 

ANTHROPOLOGY 305— ETHNOLOGY OF 

NORTH AMERICA. (5-0-5) 

Cultural areas of North America (excluding Mexico), emphasiz- 
ing cultural differences related to ecological factors; a look at ori- 
gins, distribution, and interrelations of native American cultures. 

ANTHROPOLOGY 310— ANTHROPOLOGY OF 
WOMEN AND MEN. (5-0-5) 

An examination of the social and cultural conditions that are the 
determinants and expressions of sex roles, based on cross cultural 
data from various cultures, ranging from foraging bands to com- 
plex society. 

ANTHROPOLOGY 450— INDEPENDENT STUDY. (l-5)-0-(l-5) 
By invitation of the professor. Offered on demand. Open to trans- 
ient students only with permission of the Dean of the Faculty at 
Armstrong and the college from which the student comes. 

ANTHROPOLOGY 401 — FIELD WORK— , AND 402— 
PRACTICUM— 

And a course in Historical Archaeology (MPS 422) are acceptable 
for anthropology credit; these courses are listed in the Museum and 
Preservation Study courses in the section for the Department of 
History and Political Science. 

* Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Ad- 
mission" section of this Bulletin. 

157 



Psychology 

PSYCHOLOGY 101— GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY. (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. 

An introduction to the vocabulary, concepts, and methods of the 
science of behavior. Discussion and demonstrations assist in sur- 
veying all the areas of psychology. Psychology 101 is prerequisite to 
all other courses in the department. 

PSYCHOLOGY 110— INTRODUCTION 

TO MENTAL HEALTH PROBLEMS. (5-0-5) 

Survey of mental health facilities and institutions. Survey of his- 
tory of mental health movement. Description of services provided, 
clients served, and administrative structure with emphasis on 
mental health agencies in Georgia 

PSYCHOLOGY 201— FOUNDATIONS OF 

BEHAVIORAL CHANGE. (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Psychology 110. 

Survey of theories of personality and behavior changing 
techniques arising from them. Emphasis on learning theory and 
environmental influences. Introduction to research methodology. 

PSYCHOLOGY 202— FOUNDATIONS OF 

BEHAVIOR ASSESSMENT. (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Psychology 110. 

Objective observation is emphasized, accurate recording of be- 
havioral observations; collection and use of interview data; intro- 
duction to dase study methods; use of reference in assessment. 

PSYCHOLOGY 203-204— PRACTICUM (5 credit hours each) 

Prerequisite: Psychology 110, 201, 202. 

The student will work a minimum of 12 hours per week in a com- 
munity agency for a period of two quarters under the supervision of 
a professional employed by the agency. The student will also attend 
a one-hour seminar each week to discuss his agency experiences. 
Open to transient students only with permission of the Dean of 
Faculty at Armstrong and the college from which is the student 
comes. 

PSYCHOLOGY 220— INTRODUCTION TO 

PSYCHOLOGICAL RESEARCH. (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: Psychology 101. 

An introduction to scientific methodology and its application to 
behavior analysis. Various techniques of data collection and the 
statistical analysis of such data are emphasized. 

PSYCHOLOGY 301— EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY. (5-0-5) 
Prerequisite: Psychology 101. Offered each quarter. 
The application of behavioral science to the problem of learning 

in the classroom. Primarily for teacher preparation. 

PSYCHOLOGY 303— SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY. (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Psychology 101. 

The study of the behavior of others as determinants of the be- 
havior of the individual. The cultural milieu and group pressures 
will be examined in terms of their effect on behavior. 

158 



PSYCHOLOGY 305— DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY. (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Psychology 101. 

A study of the origin and development of psychological processes. 
The effects of maturational, learning, and social variables on 
human behavior are examined. 

PSYCHOLOGY 307— PERCEPTION. (4-2-5). 

Prerequisites: Psychology 101, 220. 

An experimental-theoretical approach to the nature of percep- 
tion. Special attention is given to the psychological method. 

PSYCHOLOGY 308— LEARNING AND MOTIVATION. (4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: Psychology 101, 220. 

An examination of the methodology and theory associated with 
the various forms of learning and their motivational concomitants. 

PSYCHOLOGY 309— PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY. (4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: Psychology 101, Biology 101-102. 

Introduction to the biological bases of behavior. The structure 
and function of the nervous system are studied and related to the 
behavior of humans and other organisms. 

PSYCHOLOGY 311— THEORIES OF PERSONALITY. (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Psychology 101. 

A study of selected personality theories with emphasis on normal 
behavior. Attention will be given to both experimental and clinical 
data. The determinants of personality structure and the develop- 
ment of personality will be examined from divergent points of view. 

PSYCHOLOGY 312— MEASUREMENT. (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Psychology 220. 

An examination of the theory of measurement. Reliability and 
validity techniques are discussed, using current psychological tests 
as examples. 

PSYCHOLOGY 315— PSYCHOLOGY OF CONFLICT 

AND STRESS. (5-0-5). 

Prerequisite: Psychology 101. 

Concerned with the problems of stress, alcohol and drug prob- 
lems, life planning, retirement, illness and death, and conflict re- 
solution. 

PSYCHOLOGY 319— ANIMAL BEHAVIOR. (4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: Psychology 220. 

A study of the adaptations and behaviors with which living or- 
ganisms cope effectively with their environment. The laboratory 
will provide an introduction to animal care, training, and ex- 
perimentation. 

PSYCHOLOGY 320— ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY.(5-0-5). 

Prerequisite: Psychology 101. 

Applications of psychology to organizational management in- 
cluding systems analysis, labor relations, decision making, person- 
nel selection and development and organizational communication. 

159 



PSYCHOLOGY 321— PSYCHOLOGY OF WORK 

BEHAVIOR. (5-0-5). 

Prerequisite: Psychology 320. 

A psychological analysis of incentive systems, work environ- 
ments, training strategies, program development and evaluation. 

PSYCHOLOGY 322— PSYCHOLOGY OF 

ORGANIZATIONAL DEVELOPMENT. (5-0-5). 

Prerequisite: Psychology 320. 

Psychological principles applied to interpersonal and intergroup 
relations, organizational leadership, management of organiza- 
tional change relating to the social environment and communica- 
tion systems. 

PSYCHOLOGY 405— BEHAVIOR DISORDERS. (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Psychology 101. 

A study of the scientific and cultural bases of various conceptions 
of undesirable behavior. Application of principles derived from 
basic research will be emphasized. 

PSYCHOLOGY 406— BEHAVIOR MODIFICATION. (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Psychology 101. 

A study of proven methods of generating behavioral change, 
their empirical foundations, and their applications in clinical, edu- 
cational and social settings. 

PSYCHOLOGY 410— HISTORY AND 

SYSTEMS OF PSYCHOLOGY. (5-0-5) 

Open only to psychology majors or by invitation of the professor. 

A study of the basic ideas in psychology from early animism to 
modern behavioristics. Special attention is given to the philosophi- 
cal basis at various times in the history of psychology. 

PSYCHOLOGY 411— SENIOR SEMINAR (5-0-5) 

Open only to senior psychology majors or by invitation of the pro- 
fessor. 

A reading and discussion group which will concentrate on 
selected contemporary issues in psychology. Specific content will 
vary from year to year. 

PSYCHOLOGY 412— SENIOR SEMINAR. (5-0-5) 

Open only to senior psychology majors or by invitation of the pro- 
fessor. Spring. 

A reading and discussion group which will concentrate on 
selected contemporary issues in psychology. Specific content will 
vary from year to year. 

PSYCHOLOGY 450— INDEPENDENT STUDY. (l-5)-0-(l-5) 

Open only by invitation of the professor. Offered on demand. Open 
to transient students only with permission of the Dean of Faculty at 
Armstrong and the college from which the student comes. 



160 



XI. School of Education 

Charles R. Nash, Dean 

Professors Harmond, Sims, W. Stokes, Burgess, Gadsden, New- 
berry, Sartor, Sumner, and Ward; Associate Professors Agyekum, 
Blalock, Bland, Cochran, Lawson, Robinson, Stephens, M. Stokes, 
and Tapp; Assistant Professors Ball, Bedwell, Bianchi, Black, Ford, 
Knorr, White, and Thomas; Instructor Lariscy; Teaching As- 
sociates Gill, and Roberts. 



General Information 

The School of Education consists of three departments — the 
Department of Early Childhood and Elementary Education (Dr. 
Thelma M. Harmond, Head); the Department of Physical Educa- 
tion and Athletics (Dr. Roy Sims, Head); and the Department of 
Secondary Education (Dr. William W. Stokes, Head). The School of 
Education was created by the Board of Regents in 1979, and offers a 
variety of programs, including all of the majors and degrees in 
teacher education formerly offered by Savannah State College and 
Armstrong State College. 



Degree and Major Programs Offered 

Armstrong State College is currently authorized by the Board of 
Regents of the University System of Georgia to offer the following 
baccalaureate degree programs in teacher education: 

Bachelor of Science in Education with majors in Early 
Elementary Education; Middle School Education; Health, 
Physical Education, and Recreation, plus 

Bachelor of Science in Education with majors in Secondary Edu- 
cation in the Teaching Fields of: Art Education, Biology Edu- 
cation, Business Education (cooperative arrangement with 
Savannah State College), Chemistry Education, English Edu- 
cation, French Education (under review, not available at print- 
ing), General Science Education, Industrial Arts Education 
(cooperative arrangement with Savannah State College), 
Mathematics Education, Music Education, Physics Education, 
Social Science Education (with concentrations in History, 
Political Science and Behavioral Science), Spanish Education 
(under review, not available at printing), Trade and Industrial 
Education (cooperative arrangement with Savannah State 
College). 

Bachelor of Arts (with teacher certification) with majors in: Eng- 
lish, History, Political Science, and in Psychology (Behavior 
Science certification). 

Bachelor of Music Education 

Bachelor of Science (with teacher certification) with majors in: 
Biology, Chemistry, and Mathematical Sciences. 

161 



The College is also authorized to offer the Master of Education 
degree with majors in: Biology, Chemistry, Early Elementary 
Education, English, History, Mathematics, Middle School 
Education, Political Science, Science Education, Special 
Education — Behavior Disorders. 
NOTE : See Graduate Bulletin for further information about these 
programs. 
All Teacher Education programs are approved by the Georgia 
State Department of Education. Upon verification by the College 
that a student has successfully completed an approved program, 
the student applies to the State Department of Education for the 
appropriate teaching certificate. 

Transfer Students - Savannah State College 

Teacher Education students who transfer to Armstrong State 
College from Savannah State College in the program exchange 
being implemented as part of the State Desegregation Plan and 
who will be able to complete their programs by August 1980, may 
elect to receive their degrees from Armstrong or Savannah State 
College. The transfer student from Savannah State College who 
will complete the requirements for the degree after August, 1980, 
must complete the appropriate Armstrong requirements. How- 
ever, courses taken by the student at Savannah State College 
which are reasonably equivalent to courses required at Armstrong 
will substitute for these required courses. It is important that each 
student in a Teacher Education program meet with his/her as- 
signed advisor early in the fall quarter and during each subsequent 
quarter to develop an approved program of studies and to make 
certain that he/she is meeting the requirements leading toward the 
appropriate degree. 

Cooperative Programs - Savannah State College 

Savannah State College cooperates with Armstrong State 
College in offering the following majors in: (1) Industrial Arts Edu- 
cation, (2) Trade and Industrial Education, and (3) Business Educa- 
tion. Coursework in the major field of study for each of these pro- 
grams is offered by Savannah State. Students interested in these 
programs should contact the head of the Department of Secondary 
Education at Armstrong State College. 

General Requirements 
Teacher Education Programs 

These requirements apply to all students in Teacher Education 
programs at Armstrong State College. 

Recommendation for Certificate 

To be recommended for a teaching certificate, a student must 
complete an approved teacher certification program of Armstrong 
State College. 

162 



Program Completion 
A student must complete the college approved program for cer- 
tification within the four years following his/her admission to the 
Teacher Education program. In the event that the student does not 
complete his program in four years, he/he must meet the require- 
ments of the program in effect at that time. 

NTE Requirement 

All students completing Teacher Education programs are re- 
quired to take both the Common Examinations and the appropriate 
Teaching Area Examination of the National Teacher Examina- 
tions. Students must submit the scores from these examinations to 
the School of Education before the college can verify that an ap- 
proved program has been completed. Additional information about 
these tests can be secured from the Office of Counseling and Place- 
ment. 

Academic Advisement 

A student who desires to become an elementary or secondary 
school teacher should apply during the first quarter of residence to 
the School of Education for academic advisement. He should follow 
without deviation the approved program. Upon admission to 
Teacher Education, students will be assigned advisors as follows: 

1. Early Elementary and Middle School education majors are 
assigned an advisor in the Department of Elementary Educa- 
tion who will assist the student in planning the total program 
of studies. 

2. Students pursuing secondary or all level programs will be as- 
signed an advisor in the Department of Secondary Education 
to assist them concerning the professional sequence courses 
and certification requirements. In addition, students will have 
an advisor in the teaching field major to approve the courses in 
the teaching field. Assignment of the teaching field advisor 
will be made by the academic department offering the major. 
Each student must have his secondary teaching program ap- 
proved in advance by both advisors. Special forms for this pur- 
pose are to be filed with each advisor and a copy given to the 
student. 

Admission to Teacher Education 

All students pursuing a program leading toward certification by 
the Georgia State Department of Education as teachers must apply 
for admission to the Teacher Education program. This application 
will normally be filed during the third quarter of the sophomore 
year or, for transfer students, in the first quarter of the junior year. 
Application forms may be secured from the office of the Dean of the 
School of Education. The following criteria are used in admitting 
applicants to teacher education. 

1. Completion of at least 60 quarter hours of college credit with a 
2.500 (unrounded) GPA and completion of Education 200 and 
English 111, 112, and 211, or their equivalents, with a "C" or 
better. 

163 



2. Competence in oral and written expression. 

3. Indication of desirable attitude, character, and teaching po- 
tential. 

4. Statement of good health signed by a licensed physician. 

5. Satisfactory completion of the Regents Examination. Stu- 
dents already holding a baccalaureate degree from an accred- 
ited institution are exempted from the Regents Examination. 
However, applicants seeking certification must satisfy re- 
quirements of the area in which they will be certified. 

6. Submission of four letters of recommendation for all post bac- 
calaureate students; letters may be secured from the college 
or university in which the applicants was previously enrolled. 

September Practicum 

The purpose of the September Practicum is to provide an oppor- 
tunity for future teachers (1) to learn what teachers do at the be- 
ginning of a new school term, (2) to participate in experiences that 
will assist the prospective teacher with future decisions concerning 
teaching as a career, and (3) to become acquainted with the organi- 
zation and curriculum of a particular school. 

The September Practicum occurs during the first two weeks of 
the public school term (usually in late August and early September) 
and should be scheduled during the student's junior or senior year. 
No credit is given for the September Practicum, but it is a require- 
ment in all of the teaching fields in the Armstrong State College 
Teacher Education Program. 

Application for the September Practicum should be made during 
the first week of the Spring Quarter for a September Practicum in 
the forth-coming September. The student should contact the Direc- 
tor of Professional Laboratory Experiences. 

Student Teaching 

Student teaching, the culminating activity of the professional 
sequence, is provided in selected off-campus school centers. The full 
quarter of student teaching is arranged cooperatively by the 
college, the participating schools, and supervising teachers. Com- 
pleted applications for admission to student teaching must be sub- 
mitted to the Director of Professional Laboratory Experiences dur- 
ing the first week of the quarter preceding student teaching. While 
student teaching, the student is required to adhere to established 
policies and procedures of the cooperating school system in addition 
to those policies and procedures established by the college and the 
School of Education. 

A student is admitted to student teaching at the time assignment 
is made. While student preferences and other personal cir- 
cumstances are considered, the School of Education reserves the 
right to exercise its discretion in placement. The student will re- 
ceive a letter of assignment. Orientation to student teaching will be 
held during the first several days of the quarter in which student 
teaching is scheduled. The following requirements must be met 
before a student can enroll in student teaching: 

164 






1. Be admitted to the Teacher Education Program. 

2. Have at least senior status. 

3. Completion of all teaching field courses. 

4. Have a 2.500 average on all courses attempted, and "C" or 
better in all courses acceptable toward the teaching field, pro- 
fessional sequence, concentration, and related electives. 

5. Have satisfactorily completed the Media Competency exami- 
nation, September Practicum, and the Regents Examination. 

6. Be recommended by two academic professors and two mem- 
bers of the appropriate Education department, one of whom 
must be the student's advisor. 

7. Be approved by their respective departments and the Dean of 
the School of Education. 

A student will not be permitted to take additional courses during 
student teaching. Student teachers are not permitted to teach in a 
school in which their children are enrolled. 



Department of Early Childhood and 

Elementary Education 

Victor Hall 2-11 

Professors Harmond (Head) and Ward; Associate Professors 
Agyekum, Blalock, Bland, Cochran, Lawson, Stephens, M. Stokes; 
Assistant Professor White. 

Program for the Degree 

Bachelor of Science in Education with a Major in 

Early Elementary Education 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements* 96 

Core Area I 20 

Eng. Ill, 112, 211 15 

Choice of: Art 200, 271, 272, 273; 

Music 200; Phil. 201; or Eng. 222 5 

Core Area II 20 

Math 101 and one of the following: 

Math 103, 195, 220, or 290 10 

One of the following sequences: 10 

Biology 101 and 102 
Chemistry 121 and 122 
Physics 211 and 212 
Physical Science 121 and 122 

Core Area III 20 

History 114, 115 10 

Political Science 113 5 

Soc. 201, or Anth. 201, or 

Econ. 201 5 

Core Area IV 30 

Education 200 5 

Geography 111 5 



•Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Ad- 
mission" section of this Bulletin. 



165 



Quarter Hours 

Drama/Speech 228 5 

History 251 or 252 5 

Psychology 101 5 

Education 202 5 

Physical Education 6 

RE. 103 or 108 1 

RE. 117 2 

Three activity courses 3 

B. Specialized Courses 48 

Art 320 5 

Math 391 5 

Music 320 5 

RE. 320 3 

Educ. 324, 336, 342, 422, 424, 434 30 

C. Professional Sequence 35 

Educ. 304, 310, 436, 470, 480, 490 .30 

Psychology 301 5 

D. Electives 12-15 

E. Reagents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191-194 

Program for the Degree 

Bachelor of Science in Education with a Major in 

Middle School Education 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements * 96 

Core Area I 20 

Eng. Ill, 112, 211 15 

Choice of: Art 200, 271, 272, 273; 

Music 200; Phil. 201; or Eng. 222 5 

Core Area II 20 

Math 101 and one of the following: 

Math 103, 195, 220, or 290 10 

One of the following sequences: 10 

Biology 101 and 102 
Chemistry 121 and 212 
Physics 211 and 212 
Physical Science 121 and 122 

Core Area III 20 

History 114, 115 10 

Political Science 113 5 

Soc. 201, or Anth. 201, or 

Econ. 201 5 

Core Area IV 30 

Education 200 5 

Geography 111 5 

Drama/Speech 228 5 

Hist. 251 or 252 5 

Psychology 101 5 

Choice of: Art 200, 271, 272, 273; 
Music 200, Phil. 201, or Eng. 222 5 



*Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Ad- 
mission" section of this Bulletin. 

166 



Quarter Hours 

Physical Education 6 

RE. 103 or 108 1 

RE. 117 2 

Three activity courses 3 

B. Concentration I** 20 

(Either language arts or mathematics 
or science or social studies) 

C. Concentration II** 20 

(Either in fields of Concentration I 

or selected from areas as music or 

art, or health and physical education 

or career education) 

(**Courses used to satisy "General Requirements" may be 

used simultaneously to complete the 20 hours of either 

Concentration I or II.) 

D. General Requirements 30 

Educ. 336, 342, 422, 428, 434 25 

Math 391 5 

E. Professional Sequence 35 

Educ. 304, 310, 438, 470, 480, 409 30 

Psychology 301 

F. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191-196 

Department of Secondary Education 
Victor Hall 2-2 

Professors W. Stokes (Head) and Burgess, Gadsden, Newberry, 
Sartor, Sumner; Associate Professor Robinson; Assistant Professors 

Ball, Black, Thomas. 

Program for the Degree 

Bachelor of Science in Education with a Major in Secondary 

Education in the Teaching Field of Art Education 



Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements* 101 

Core Area I 20 

a. English 111, 112, 211 15 

b. Art 200, 271, 272, 273; Music 200, 

Phil. 201, or Eng. 222 5 

Core Area II 20 

a. Math 101, 290 10 

b. Laboratory Science Sequence 10 

Core Area III 20 

a. History 114, 115 10 

b. Political Science 113 5 

c. Sociology 201, or Anthropology 

201, or Economics 201 5 

Core Area IV 30 

a. Psychology 101 5 

b. Education 200 5 

* Certain courses, may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See 
"Admissions" section of this Bulletin. 



167 






Quarter Hours 

c. Art 111 (Basic Design I) 5 

d. Art 112 (Basic Design II) 5 

e. Art 201 (Painting I) 5 

f. Art 213 (Drawing I) 5 

Physical Education 6 

a. RE. 103 or 108 1 

b. RE. 117 2 

c. Three activity courses 3 

Required Additional Course 5 

History 251 or 252 5 

B. Teaching Field 58-63 

Art 202 5 

Art 271, 272, 273** 10-15 

Art 313 5 

Art 330 5 

Art 331 5 

Art 340 5 

Art 350 (Art in the Lower School) 5 

Art 351 (Art in the Middle & Upper School) 5 

Art 360 5 

Art 370 5 

Art 400 3 

C. Electives (May include but not limited to): 0-5 

Art 301, 302, 332 
Music 200 

D. Professional Education Sequence 30 

Education 310 5 

Psychology 301 5 

Education 335 % 5 

Education 470, 480, 490 15 

E. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 194 

Program for the Degree 

Bachelor of Science in Education with a Major in Secondary 

Education in the Teaching Field of Biology Education 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements* 101 

Area I Core 20 

English 111, 112, 211 15 

Art 200, 271, 272, 273; Music 200; 

Phil. 201, or Eng. 222 5 

Area II Core 20 

Mathematics 101; 103** or 206; 220 10 

Biology 101, 102 10 

(** Based on Math placement results) 

Area III Core 20 

History 114, 115 10 

Political Science 113 5 

Soc. 201, or Anthro. 201, or 

Econ. 201 5 

* Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Ad- 
missions" section of this Bulletin. 

(**5 of these hours may be taken in Core Area I.) 
168 



Quarter Hours 

Area IV Core 30 

Psychology 101 5 

Education 200 5 

Choice of: Art 200, 271, 272, 273; 

Music 200; or Drama/Speech 228 5 

Zoology 204 5 

Chemistry 128 5 

Botany 203 5 

Physical Education 6 

P.E. 103 or 108 1 

P.E. 117 2 

Three activity courses 3 

Required Additional Course 5 

History 251 or 252 5 

B. Teaching Field 45 

Biology 370, 480 10 

Botany 410 or Zoology 410 5 

Botany and Zoology courses numbered 

300 or above 10 

Chemistry 129, 341, 342, 343 20 

C. Courses Related to Teaching Field 15 

Three of the following four selections: 
Astronomy 201, Meteorology 201, 
Geology 201, and Oceanography 301 
or 430 15 

D. Professional Sequence 35 

Educ. 310, 335, 447, 470, 480, 490 , 30 

Psychology 301 5 

E. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 196 

Program for the Degree 
Bachelor of Science in Education with a Major in Secondary 
Education in the Teaching Field of Chemistry Education 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements* 101 

Core Area I 20 

English 111, 112, 211 15 

Choice of: Art 200, 271, 272, 273; 

Music 200, Eng. 222 5 

Core Area II " 20 

Mathematics 101, 103 10 

Chemistry 128, 129 10 

Core Area III 20 

History 114, 115 10 

Political Science 113 5 

Soc. 201, or Anth. 201, or Econ. 201 5 

NOTE: Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science Degrees with appropriate 
teacher certification requirements in secondary teaching fields are available 
through some departments in the School of Arts and Sciences. Students interested 
in these degrees should contact the Department of Secondary Education head in 
the School of Education, or the department head of the department in which the 
area of interest is located. 

Students interested in Special Education should also contact the head of the 
Department of Secondary Education. 

169 



Quarter Hours 

Core Area IV 30 

Psychology 101 5 

Education 200 5 

Choice of: Art 200, 271, 272, 273; 

Music 200; Drama/Speech 228 5 

Chemistry 281 5 

Biology 101, 102 5 

Physical Education 6 

RE. 103 or 108 1 

RE. 117 2 

Three activity courses 3 

Required Additional Course 5 

History 251 or 252 5 

B. Teaching Field 35 

Chemistry 341 5 

Chemistry 342 5 

Chemistry 343 5 

Chemistry 350 2 

Chemistry 380 5 

Chemistry 491 5 

Chemistry 497 3 

Chemistry 451, or 461, or 480 5 

C. Courses Related to Teaching Field 25 

Physics 211, 212, 213, or 

217, 218, 219 15 

Botany 203 5 

Math 206 5 

D. Professional Sequence 35 

Educ. 310, 335, 447, 470, 480, 490 30 

Psychology 301 5 

E. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 196 

Program for the Degree 
Bachelor of Science in Education with a Major in Secondary Educa- 
tion in the Teaching Field of Physics Education 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements * 101 

Core Area I 20 

English 111, 112, 211 15 

Art 200, 271, 272, 273; Music 200, 

or Eng. 222 5 

Core Area II 20 

Mathematics 101 and 103 10 

Physics 211 and 212 or 217 and 218 10 

Core Area III 20 

History 114, 115 10 

Political Science 113 5 

Soc. 201, or Anth. 201, or 

Econ. 201 5 

Core Area IV 30 

Psychology 101 5 

Education 200 5 

* Certain courses, may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See 
"Admissions" section of the Bulletin. 

170 



Art 200, 271, 272, 273; Music 200 Quarter Hours 

or DrS 228 5 

Physics 213 or 219 5 

Biology 101, 102 10 

Physical Education 6 

RE. 103 or 108 1 

RE. 117 2 

Three activity courses 3 

Required Additional Course 5 

History 251 or 252 5 

B. Teaching Field 30 

Physics 380, 412, 417 15 

Astronomy 301 5 

Select two from the following: 

Geology 201, Meteorology 201, 

Oceanography 301, 430 10 

C. Courses Related to Teaching Field 30 

Chemistry 128, 129, 281 15 

Mathematics 206, 207 10 

Approved 300-400 Chemistry 
elective 5 

D. Professional Sequence 35 

Edu. 310, 335, 447, 470, 480, 490 30 

Psychology 301 5 

TOTAL 196 

Program for the Degree 

Bachelor of Science in Education with a Major in Secondary 

Education in the Teaching Field of English Education 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Core Area I 20 

English 111, 112, 211 15 

Art 200, 271, 272, 273; Music 200; 

Phil. 200, 201; or Eng. 222 5 

Core Area II 20 

Math 101 and 103, or 220, or 290 10 

Laboratory Science Sequence 10 

Core Area III 20 

History 114, 115 10 

Political Science 113 5 

Soc. 201, or Anth. 201, or Econ. 
201 5 

Core Area IV 30 

Psychology 101 5 

Education 200 5 

Drama/Speech 228 5 

Foreign Language 15 

Physical Education 6 

RE. 103 or 108 1 

P.E. 117 2 

Three activity courses 3 

Required Additional Course 5 

History 251 or 252 5 

B. Teaching Field 45 

English 327, 328, 406 15 

171 



Quarter Hours 

Select one: Eng. 300, 302, 304, 320 5 

Select one: Eng. 305, 306, or 307 5 

Select one: Eng. 308, 309, 310 5 

Select one: Eng. 325, 410, 422 5 

Select one: Eng. 400, 401, 405, 407, 

420, 490, or 491 5 

English 332 5 

C. Courses Related to Teaching Field 10 

Phil. 400, or an approved elective 5 

Drs/Film 350 or 351 5 

D. Professional Education Sequence 40 

Educ. 310, 335, 422, 439, 470, 

480, 490 35 

Psychology 301 5 

TOTAL 196 



Program for the Degree 

Bachelor of Science in Education with a Major in Secondary 

Education in the Teaching Field of General Science Education 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Core Area I 20 

English 111, 112, 211 15 

Art 200, 271, 272, 273; Music 200, 

or Eng. 222 5 

Core Area II 20 

Math 101 and 103 10 

Biology 101, 102 10 

Core Area III 20 

History 114, 115 10 

Political Science 113 5 

Soc. 201, or Anth. 201, or 

Econ. 201 5 

Core Area IV 30 

Psychology 101 5 

Education 200 5 

Art 200, 271, 272, 273; or Music 200, 

or DrS 228 5 

Chemistry 128> 129 10 

Physics 211 5 

Physical Education 6 

P.E. 103 or 108 1 

P.E. 117 2 

Three activity courses 3 

Required Additional Course 5 

History 251 or 252 5 

B. Teaching Field 50 

Bot. 203 5 

Physics 212 5 

Chemistry 341 5 

Physics 231, or Chem. 342 or 281 5 

Oceanography 301 or 430 5 

Astronomy 301 5 

172 



Quarter Hours 

Meteorology 301 5 

Geology 301 5 

Approved electives in Biology, 
Zoology, Botany at 200-400 level 10 

C. Courses Related to Teaching Field 10 

Math 206, 220 10 

D. Professional Sequence 35 

Educ. 310, 335, 447, 470, 480, 490 30 

Psychology 301 5 

TOTAL 196 



Program for the Degree 
Bachelor of Science in Education with a Major in Secondary 
Education in the Teaching Field of Mathematics Education 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Core Area I 20 

English 111, 112, 211 15 

Art 200, 271, 272, 273; Eng. 222; 

Music 200, or Phil. 201 5 

Core Area II 20 

Mathematics 101 and 103 10 

Laboratory Science Sequence 10 

Core Area III 20 

History 114, 115 .10 

Political Science 113 5 

Anth. 201, or Econ. 201, Soc. 201 5 

Core Area IV 30 

Psychology 101 5 

Education 200 5 

Art 200, 271, 272, 273; Music 200, 

or DrS 228 5 

Mathematics 206, 207, 208 15 

Physical Education 6 

P.E. 103 or 108 1 

P.E. 117 2 

Three activity courses 3 

Required Additional Course 5 

History 251 or 252 5 

B. Teaching Field 40 

C.S. 110 5 

Math 220, 260, 311, 336 19 

Select Two: Math 316, 416, 470 6-7 

Select one: Math 341, 346, 353 4-5 

Approved mathematics/computer 

science elective 4-6 

C. Electives 15 

D. Professional Sequence 35 

Educ. 310, 335, 440, 470, 480, 490 30 

Psychology 301 5 

TOTAL 191 

NOTE: Courses taken in Area I may not be duplicated in Area IV. 

173 



Program for the Degree 

Bachelor of Science in Education with a Major in Secondary 

Education in the Teaching Field of Music Education 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Core Area I 20 

English 111, 112, 211 15 

Art 200, 271, 272, 273; Music 200; 

Phil. 200, 201, or Eng. 222 5 

Core Area II 20 

Math 101, 290 10 

Laboratory Science Sequence 10 

Core Area III 20 

History 114, 115 10 

Political Science 113 5 

One of the following: 

Sociology 201, or Anthropology 

201, or Economics 201 5 

Core Area IV 30 

Psychology 101 5 

Education 200 5 

Music 111 3 

Music 112 3 

Music 113 3 

Music 140 6 

Music 230 1 

Music 232 1 

Music 281 3 

Physical Education 6 

P.E. 103 or 108 1 

P.E. 117 2 

Three activity courses 3 

Required Additional Course 5 

History 251 or 252 5 

B. Cou^rses in the Teaching Field 53 

1. Music 211, 212, 213 (Int. Theory) 
Music 233 (Woodwind Methods) 
Music 235 (String Methods) 
Music 240, 340 (Applied Music) 
Music 251 or 254 (Band or Chorus) 
Music 312 (Form and Analysis) 
Music 350 (Music in the Lower School) 
Music 351 (Music in the Middle & 

Upper School) 
Music 361 (Orchestration) 
Music 371, 372, 373 (Music History) 
Music 400 (Seminar in Music Education) 

2. One of the following options: 10-11 

a. (Choral emphasis) Music 228, 353, 480, 
and one course from 414, 415, or 416 

b. (Instrumental emphasis) Music 227, 231, 
234, 352, 481, and one course from 

417, 418, or 419 

c. (Keyboard emphasis) Music 227, 352, or 
353, 420, 421, 480, or 481 

C. Professional Education Sequence 35 

Education 310 5 

174 



Quarter Hours 

Psychology 301 5 

Education 335 5 

DrS 228 5 

Education 470, 480, 490 15 



TOTAL 199-200 

Program for the Degree 
Bachelor of Science in Education with a Major in Secondary 
Education In the Teaching Field of Social Studies with a 
Concentration in Behavioral Science 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area I 20 

English 111, 112, 211 15 

One course from: Art 200, 271, 272, 
273; Music 200; Phil. 200, 201; 
English 222 5 

Area II 20 

Lab Science Sequence 10 

Math 101, 220 10 

Area III 20 

History 114, 115 10 

Political Science 113 5 

Anthropology 201 5 

Area IV 30 

Education 200 5 

Psychology 101 5 

Choice of: Art 200, 271, 272, 273; 

Music 200; Speech/Drama 228 5 

**Related courses 10 

Physical Education 6 

P.E. 103 or 108 1 

P.E. 117 2 

Three activity courses 3 

B. Teaching Field 50 

Select one: A. Psychology or B. Sociology 30 

A. Psychology 220, 303, 312, 405, 410 25 

Upper level psychology elective 5 

B. Sociology 201, 315, 320, 333, 350, and 450 30 

Related courses 20 

* Psychology 220 and 410 or Language 10 

Select one: Anthro. 300 or 305 5 

Anthro. 310 5 

C. Courses Related to Teaching Field 15 

History 251 and 252 10 

Pol. Sci. 317 or 318, or Geog. Ill 5 

D. Professional Sequence 35 

Edu. 310, 335, 445, 470, 480, 490 30 

Psychology 301 5 

TOTAL 196 

**Students completing concentration in psychology must take 15 Q.H. of a lan- 
guage sequence or of computer science. 
NOTE: Courses taken in Area I may not be duplicated in Area IV. 

175 



Program for the Degree 
Bachelor of Science in Education with a Major in Secondary Educa- 
tion in the Teaching Field of Social Sciences with a Concentration in 

History 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area I 20 

English 111, 112, 211 15 

One course from: Art 200, 271, 272, 
273; Music 200; Phil. 200, 201; 
English 222 5 

Area II 20 

Lab Science Sequence 10 

Math 101, 220 10 

Area III 20 

History 114, 115 10 

Political Science 113 5 

Sociology 201 5 

Area IV 30 

Education 200 5 

Psychology 101 5 

Choice of: Art 200, 271, 272, 273; 

Music 200; Drama/Speech 228 5 

Related courses in a Language Sequence 15 

Physical Education 6 

P.E. 103 or 108 1 

PE. 117 2 

Three activity courses 3 

B. Teaching Concentration (History) 40 

History 251 and 252 10 

Non- Western History 10 

Upper level U.S. History 5-10 

Upper level European History 5-10 

History 300 5 

C. Courses Related to Teaching Field 20 

Economics 201 5 

Geography 111 5 

Select one: Anthro. 201; Pol. 

Sci. 306, 307, or 317 5 

Approved social science elective 5 

D. Elective 5 

E. Professional Sequence 35 

Education 310, 335, 445, 470, 480, 490 30 

Psychology 301 5 

TOTAL 196 

Program for the Degree 
Bachelor of Science in Education with a Major in Secondary 

Education in the Teaching Field of Social Sciences 
with a Concentration in Political Science 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area I 20 

English 111, 112, 211 15 

176 



One course from: Art 200, 271, 272, Quarter Hours 
273; Music 200, Phil. 200, 201; 
English 222 5 

Area II 20 

Lab Science Sequence 10 

Math 101, 220 10 

Area III 20 

History 114, 115 10 

Political Science 113 5 

Sociology 201 5 

Area IV 30 

Education 200 5 

Psychology 101 5 

Choice of: Art 200, 271, 272, 273; 

Music 200; Speech/Drama 228 5 

Related Courses 15 

Physical Education 6 

P.E. 103 or 108 1 

P.E. 117 2 

Three activity courses 3 

B. Teaching Concentration (Political Science) 40 

Pol. Sci. 306 and 307 10 

Pol. Sci. 316 or 318 5 

Pol. Sci. 346 or 349 5 

Pol. Sci. 331 or 332 5 

Pol. Sci. 329 5 

Pol. Sci. upper level electives 10 

C. Courses Related to Teaching Field 20 

History 251 and 252 .10 

Geography 111 5 

Economics 201 5 

D. Elective 5 

E. Professional Sequence .35 

Education 310, 335, 445, 470, 480, 490 30 

Psychology 301 5 

TOTAL 196 



Program for the Degree 
Bachelor of Science in Education with a Major in Secondary 
Education in the Teaching Field of Industrial Arts Education 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Core Area I 20 

English 111, 112, 211 15 

Art 200, 271, 272, 273, Music 200, 

Phil. 200, 201, or Eng. 222 5 

Core Area II 20 

Math 101 and 103 or 195 10 

One of the following sequences: 
Chemistry 128, 129 or 

Physics 211, 212 10 

Core Area III 20 

History 114, 115 10 

Political Science 113 5 

Economics 201 5 



177 



% 

Quarter Hours 

Core Area IV 30 

Psychology 101 5 

Education 200 5 

DrS 228 5 

Industrial Arts Educ. 201** 5 

Industrial Arts Educ. 202** 5 

Industrial Arts Educ. 203** 5 

Physical Education 6 

P.E. 103 or 108 1 

P.E. 117 2 

Three activity courses 3 

Required Additional Course 5 

History 251 or 252 5 

B. Courses in the Teaching Field** 45 

Industrial Arts Educ. 301 5 

Industrial Arts Educ. 302 5 

Industrial Arts Educ. 312 5 

Industrial Arts Educ. 401 5 

Mechanical Engineering Technology 212 5 

Mechanical Engineering Technology 213 5 

Engineering Technology 101 5 

Engineering Technology 102 5 

Industrial Arts Educ. 312 5 

C. Approved Electives 10 

D. Professional Education Sequence 40 

Education 310 5 

Psychology 301 5 

Education 335 5 

Education 470, 480, 490 15 

Industrial Arts Educ. 411** 5 

Industrial Arts Educ. 412** 5 

TOTAL 196 

Program for the Degree 

Bachelor of Science in Education with a Major in Secondary 

Education in the Teaching Field of Trade and Industrial Education 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Core Area I 20 

English 111, 112, 211 15 

Art 200, 271, 272, 273, Music 200, 

Phil. 200, 201, or Eng. 222 5 

Core Area II 20 

Math 101 and 103 10 

One of the following sequences: 
Chemistry 128, 129 or 

Physics 211, 212 10 

Core Area III 20 

History 114, 115 10 

Political Science 113 5 

Economics 201 5 

Core Area IV 30 

Psychology 101 5 

Education 200 5 

** Available at Savannah State College. 
178 



Quarter Hours 

Drama/Speech 228 5 

Trade & Indust. Educ. 101** 5 

Trade & Indust. Educ. 200** 5 

Trade & Indust. Educ. 210** 5 

Physical Education 6 

P.E. 103 or 108 1 

P.E. 117 2 

Three activity courses 3 

Required Additional Course 5 

History 251 or 252 5 

B. Courses in the Teaching Field** 45 

Trade & Ind. Educ. 300, 301, 303, 

323, or 410 20 

Trade & Ind. Educ. 311, 313, 401, 

402, 403, or technical electives 25 

C. Approved Electives 10 

D. Professional Education Sequence 40 

Education 310, 335 10 

Trade & Indust. Educ. 411, 421** 10 

Educ. 470, 480, 490, OR Trade & 

Indust. Educ. 431, 432, 433** 15 

Psychology 301 5 

TOTAL 196 

Program for the Degree 

Bachelor of Science in Education with a Major in Secondary 

Education in the Teaching Field of Business Education (Bookkeeping 

and Business Management Option) 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Core Area I 20 

English 111, 112, 211 15 

Choice of: Art 200, 271, 272, 
273; Music 200; Phil. 201; or 

Eng. 222 5 

Core Area II 20 

Mathematics 101 and 195 10 

Lab sequence selected from: 
Biology, Chemistry, Physical 

Science, or Physics 10 

Core Area III 20 

History 114, 115 10 

Political Science 113 5 

Econ. 201 5 

Core Area IV 30 

Psychology 101 5 

Education 200 5 

Choice of: Art 200, 271, 272, 

273; Music 200; or DrS 228 5 

Math 220 5 

Accounting 211, 212** 10 

Physical Education 6 

P.E. 103 or 108 1 

P.E. 117 2 

**Available at Savannah State College. 

179 



Quarter Hours 

Three activity courses 3 

Required Additional Course 5 

History 251 or 252 5 

B. Bookkeeping & Business Management Requirements** 28 

Office Administration 202, 203, 

300, 301, 425 18 

Business Administration 341 5 

Accounting elective 5 

C. Business Administration Requirements** 30 

Business Administration 225, 314, 

340, 360, 407, 465 30 

D. Professional Sequence 35 

Educ. 310, 335, 470, 480, 490 25 

Business Educ. 350** 5 

Psychology 301 5 

TOTAL 194 



Program for the Degree 

Bachelor of Science in Education with a Major in Secondary 

Education in the Teaching Field of Business Education 

(Comprehensive Option) 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Core Area I 20 

English 111, 112, 211 15 

Choice of: Art 200, 271, 272, 273; 

Music 200; Phil. 201; or Eng. 222 5 

Core Area II 20 

Mathematics 101 and 195 10 

Lab sequence selected from: 
Biology, Chemistry, Physical 
Science, or Physics 10 

Core Area III 20 

History 114, 115 10 

Political Science 113 5 

Econ. 201 5 

Core Area IV 30 

Psychology 101 5 

Education 200 5 

Choice of: Art 200, 271, 272, 273; 

Music 200; or Drama/Speech 228 5 

Math 220 5 

Accounting 211, 212** 10 

Physical Education 6 

P.E. 103 or 108 1 

P.E. 117 2 

Three activity courses 3 

Required Additional Course 5 

History 251 or 252 5 

B. Secretarial Skills Requirements** 30 

Office Administration 202, 203, 300, 

301, 311, 312, 313, 411, 425 30 

**Available at Savannah State College. 

180 



Quarter Hours 

C. Business Administration Requirements** 30 

Business Administration 225, 314, 

340, 360, 407, 465 30 

D. Professional Sequence 35 

Educ. 310, 335, 470, 480, 490 25 

Business Education 350** 5 

Psychology 301 5 

TOTAL 196 



Program for the Degree 

Bachelor of Science in Education with a Major in Secondary 

Education in the Teaching Field of Business Education (Data 

Processing Option) 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Core Area I 20 

English 111, 112, 211 15 

Choice of: Art 200, 271, 272, 273; 

Music 200; Phil. 201; or Eng. 222 5 

Core Area II 20 

Mathematics 101 and 103 10 

Lab sequence selected from: 
Biology, Chemistry, Physical 
Science, or Physics . . .10 

Core Area III 20 

History 114, 115 10 

Political Science 113 5 

Econ. 201 5 

Core Area IV 30 

Psychology 101 5 

Education 200 5 

Choice of: Art 200, 271, 272, 273; 

Music 200; or Drama/Speech 228 5 

Math 220 5 

Accounting 211, 212** 10 

Physical Education 6 

P.E. 103 or 108 1 

P.E. 117 2 

Three activity courses 3 

Required Additional Course 5 

History 251 or 252 5 

B. Data Processing Requirements 30 

Computer Science 110 5 

Computer Science 231 5 

Computer Science 241 5 

Computer Science 260 and 306 10 

Computer Science 331 or 342 5 

C. Business Administration Requirements* * 30 

Business Administration 225, 314, 

340, 360, 407, 465 30 

D. Professional Sequence 35 

Educ. 310, 335, 470, 480, 490 25 

**Available at Savannah State College. 

181 



Quarter Hours 

Business Educ. 350** 5 

Psychology 301 5 

TOTAL 194 



COURSE OFFERINGS 

Early Childhood and Elementary, and Secondary Education 

EDUCATION 200— ORIENTATION TO TEACHING. (5-0-5) 

Each quarter. 

The study of the status of education and of teaching as a profes- 
sion. The student engages in directed self-study and plans for the 
achievement of his professional goals. 

EDUCATION 202— HEALTH AND THE YOUNG CHILD. (5-0-5) 

Fall and Spring. 

Study of factors impacting upon physical and emotional health of 
young children, including food and nutrition, safety, disease, 
trauma. 

EDUCATION 304— HUMAN GROWTH AND PRACTICUM. (3-6-5) 

Each quarter. Prerequisite: Education 200. 

Focus on total growth and development of individuals with em- 
phasis upon interrealtionships of the development process and 
teaching-learning. Liberal use of campus, school and community 
resources for observing, testing and synthesizing course theory. 

EDUCATION 310— INTRODUCTION TO 

EXCEPTIONAL CHILDREN. (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. Prerequisite: Education 200 and Psychology 
301. 

An orientation to exceptional children with emphasis on educa- 
tional implications and rehabilitation requirements. Includes 
classroom discussion of and visitations to facilities for training. 

EDUCATION 320— TESTS AND MEASUREMENTS. (5-0-5) 

Fall and Spring. 

A beginning course in measurement which covers statistical 
methods, research designs and research problems. Students are 
provided experiences in the administration and evaluation of 
psychological tests. 

EDCUATION 324— LITERATURE FOR CHILDREN. (5-0-5) 

Fall and Spring. 

A study of children's books and selections from books. Designed to 
assist future teachers in the selection of the best that has been 
written in the realm of children's literature for each period of the 
child's life. 

** Taken at Savannah State College. 
182 



EDUCATION 335— SECONDARY SCHOOL CURRICULUM 
AND METHODS, GENERAL. (3-6-5) 

Winter, Spring, and Summer. Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher 
Education, Psychology 301. 

The study of secondary school curriculum and methods. Detailed 
study is given to techniques of systematic observation, preparation 
of behavioral objectives, analysis of critical incidents, production of 
media materials, practices of classroom control, and examination of 
instruction models. Directed practicum. 

EDUCATION 336— ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 

LANGUAGE ARTS (4-3-5) 

Fall, Winter, and Spring. Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher 
Education. 

This course is designed to offer the student the opportunity to 
explore methods, content, and materials used in teaching the skills 
of communication to children. 

EDUCATION 340— EDUCATION MEDIA. (5-0-5) 

Winter. 

Workshop experiences in the utilization, evaluation, and prep- 
aration of various kinds of media. The place of audio-visual aids in 
the learning process. 

EDUCATION 342— ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 

SOCIAL STUDIES. (4-3-5) 

Fall and Spring. Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

This course is designed to prepare preservice teachers to teach 
children fundamental social studies skills and precesses. 

EDUCATION 350— IMPROVING SPEECH. (5-0-5) 

Spring. 

A survey of human speech development, deviation, underlying 
causes, and resultant handicaps. Studying standards for efficiency 
in oral communication with opportunities for self-help in upgrading 
personal performances. Open to all students. Especially for teach- 
ing majors. 

EDUCATION 410— ADOLESCENT PSYCHOLOGY. (5-0-5) 

Winter. 

Focus on the phenomenon of modern adolescense. Emphasis 
upon the intellectual cultural and personal transitions of the ado- 
lescent period. 

EDUCATION 422— THE TEACHING OF READING. (5-0-5) 

Winter, Summer, Prerequisite: Education 200 and Admission to 
Teacher Education, or permission of instructor. 

This course is designed to study the developmental reading pro- 
gram. Emphasis will be placed on reading skills, approaches, 
techniques, materials and evaluation for classroom use. 

EDUCATION 424— PRACTICUM IN INDIVIDUAL 

READING INSTRUCTION. (2-8-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Education U22. 

This course is designed to provide prospective teachers with di- 
rected practice in the teaching of reading. Special emphasis will be 

183 



placed upon diagnosis and teaching of needed reading skills. Stu- 
dents will be required to tutor one remedial reader. 

EDUCATION 42&— READING IN THE MIDDLE 

SCHOOL. (3-4-5) 

Winter, Spring. 

Primary focus upon reading as a tool for extending learning in 
the content areas of the middle school. 

EDUCATION 430— DIAGNOSING AND PRESCRIBING 

FOR LEARNING PROBLEMS. (5-0-5) 

Winter, Spring. 

Diagnositc and prescriptive process principles underlying as- 
sessment and correction of learning problems. Designed to help the 
classroom teacher (1) determine performance levels and needs of 
pupils and (2) provide effective learning assistance. 

EDUCATION 432— METHODS AND MATERIALS FOR 
TEACHING THE PRESCHOOL CHILD. (4-2-5) 

Winter, Spring. Prerequisites: Admission to teacher education 
and Education SOU. 

Examination of curricular needs, teaching resources, teaching 
strategies and the range of interpersonal relationships involved in 
teaching young children. 

EDUCATION 434— METHODS AND CURRICULUM 

OF ELEMENTARY SCIENCE. (5-0-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Provides prospective teachers with a better concept of the mean- 
ing of science, processes for translating this concept into classroom 
practice and a variety of ways for helping children learn science, 
with special emphasis on the kind of inquiry that engages them in 
the process of discovery. 

EDUCATION 436— CURRICULUM AND 

TEACHING (K-4) (3-4-5) 

Winter, Spring. Prerequisites: Education SOU and Psychology 301 , 
or permission of the instructor. 

The study of existing administrative organizations and instruc- 
tional programs, evaluation procedures, and experiences in cur- 
riculum design at the primary level. The study and development of 
teaching methods, materials, and equipment. Directed field experi- 
ences. 

EDUCATION 438— CURRICULUM AND 

TEACHING (4-8) (3-4-5) 

Winter, Spring. Prerequisites: Education SOU and Psychology SOI , 
or permission of the instructor. 

The study of existing administrative organizations and instruc- 
tional programs, evaluation procedures, and experiences in cur- 
riculum design at the middle school level. The study and develop- 
ment of teaching methods, materials, and equipment. Directed field 
experiences. 

184 






EDUCATION 439— SECONDARY SCHOOL 

CURRICULUM AND METHODS, ENGLISH. (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Psychology 301 and admission 
to Teacher Education. 

The study of secondary school English curriculum with emphasis 
upon materials and methods of teaching English. Directed obser- 
vation. 

EDUCATION 441— SECONDARY SCHOOL 

CURRICULUM AND METHODS, MATHEMATICS. (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Mathematics 260. 

The study of secondary school mathematics curriculum with em- 
phasis upon materials and methods of teaching mathematics. Di- 
rected observations. 

EDUCATION 443— METHODS AND CURRICULUM 

IN HEALTH, PHYSICAL 

AND RECREATION EDUCATION. (5-0-5) 

Winter 

The study of secondary school Health, Physical and Recreation 
Education curriculum with emphasis upon materials and methods 
of teaching Health, Physical and Recreation Education. Directed 
observations. Open only to and required of Physical Education 
majors. 

EDUCATION 445— SECONDARY SCHOOL CURRICULUM 
AND METHODS, SOCIAL SCIENCE. (5-0-5) 

Fall. Prerequisites: Admission to Teacher Education, Psychology 
301. 

The study of secondary school social science curriculum with em- 
phasis upon materials and methods of teaching social science. Di- 
rected observations. 

EDUCATION 477— SECONDARY SCHOOL CURRICULUM 
AND METHODS, SCIENCE. (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: Admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion, Psychology 301, and Education 335. 

The study of secondary school science curriculum with emphasis 
upon materials and methods of teaching science. Directed observa- 
tions. 

EDUCATION 460— MULTI-CULTURAL EDUCATION (5-0-5) 

Spring. 

Designed to study the educational implications of cultural diver- 
sity. Examination of the school programs designed to meet the 
needs and interests of children from different ethnic backgrounds. 

EDUCATION 470-480-490— STUDENT TEACHING (15 quarter 
hours) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. Prerequisite: See "General Requirements: 
Teacher Education Programs." 

Students are placed in selected schools for one quarter as full 
time student staff members. No additional credit hours may be 

185 



earned while student teaching. Classroom experiences and other 
staff responsibilities are jointly supervised by the college staff, 
supervising teachers, and principals in the selected schools. Open to 
transient students only with permission of the Dean of the School of 
Education at Armstrong and of the college from which the student 
comes. 



Library Science 

LIBRARY SCIENCE 110— INTRODUCTION TO 
LIBRARY RESEARCH AND MATERIALS. (1-0-1) 

An orientation to the Lane Library, library terminology, general 
research methods, and major library aids, such as the card catalog, 
classification and subject heading guides, general periodical and 
newspaper indexes, encyclopedias, dictionaries, almanacs, hand- 
books and yearbooks. This is a survey course to acquaint the stu- 
dent with a library's potential to answer his information needs as a 
student, civilian researcher, or business person. 

LIBRARY SCIENCE 111— SPECIAL PERIODICALS 
AND BIBLIOGRAPHIES. (1-0-1) 

A self-instructional survey of special periodical and book indexes 
as well as atlases; gazetters ; biographical tools; reviews and criti- 
cisms; and antional state, local, and selected international and 
foreign documents, guides and tools. 

LIBRARY SCIENCE 310-REFERENCE MATERIALS. (5-0-5) 
Study and evaluation of basic reference sources for effective re- 
ference service in elementary and secondary schools. Designed to 
give the student a working knowledge of a library as an information 
and resource center. 

LIBRARY SCIENCE 311— PRINCIPLES OF LIBRARY 
RESEARCH AND MATERIALS. (1-0-1) 

A study of general research methodology and tools. The 
methodology aspect will focus on two main areas of concern, (1) the 
question-transfer and negotiation process, and (2) the ability to 
recognize ready reference, bibliographic and evaluative 
reference/research questions. The study of tools will focus on the 
recognition and application of the proper sources for solution. A 
research project approved by the professor is required as partial 
requirement for completion of course. 

LIBRARY SCIENCE 312— INFORMATION RESOURCES 
IN THE HUMANITIES. (1-0-1) 

Extensive study of basic and advanced reference materials and 
search techniques in the Humanities. 

LIBRARY SCIENCE 313— INFORMATION RESOURCES 
IN THE SOCIAL SCIENCES. (1-0-1) 

Extensive study of basic and advanced reference materials and 
search techniques in the Social Sciences. 

186 



LIBRARY SCIENCE 314— INFORMATION RESOURCES 
IN THE SCIENCES. (1-0-1) 

Extensive study of basic and advanced reference materials and 
search techniques in the Sciences. 

LIBRARY SCIENCE 320— CATALOGING AND 
CLASSIFICATION OF SCHOOL 

LIBRARY MATERIALS. (5-0-5) 

Introduction to the basic principles of cataloging and classifica- 
tion of books and audiovisual materials through the use of Dewey 
and Library of Congress classification. The card catalog, shelf list, 
physical procession, and procedure for ordering and using printed 
cards will be studied. 

LIBRARY SCIENCE 410— MATERIALS SELECTION. (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Selection and evaluation of books and non-book materials; em- 
phasis on those which meet curriculum needs and interest, and 
which represent various levels of difficulty; ways of stimulating 
their use. Attention will be given to selection aids and reading gui- 
dance. 

LIBRARY SCIENCE 420— SCHOOL LIBRARY 
ADMINISTRATION AND ORGANIZATION. (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Basic organization of books, non-book materials, and services for 
effective use in school libraries. Administering the budget, purch- 
ase of materials, personnel, circulation, inventory, weeding, and 
instruction in the use of library materials will be considered. 
Examination of the improvement of instruction by correlating lib- 
rary use with school curricula. 



NOTE: The following courses are offered by Savannah State Col- 
lege as the required major courses in the cooperative Bus- 
iness Education major under the ASC Bachelor of Science 
in Education Degree. 

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 

Economics 

ECO 200— INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMIC 

PRINCIPLES (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. 

A one quarter introduction to economic methods and problems 
concentrated on the development to the intellectual attitudes con- 
sidered vital to the individual in his role as a responsible and think- 
ing citizen. The course is not open to business students, nor may it 
be taken for credit by anyone who has ever earned credit in any 
previous economics principles course. 

187 



ECO 231— BUSINESS AND ECONOMIC STATISTICS I (5-0-5) 
Introduces students to the methods of scientific inquiry and 
statistical application. The essentials of vocabulary, concepts, and 
techniques, methods of collecting, analyzing, and treating data; 
measures of central tendency, correlation and deviation, graphic 
representation, sampling validity and reliability; time series 
analysis. 

Accounting 

ACC 211-212— PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I AND II (5-05-5) 
Fall, Winter. Prerequisites: A grade of"C" or better in Math 110 
and 107. 

An introduction to the fundamental principles and procedures of 
accounting. Detailed study of the technique and formation of bal- 
ance sheets, income statements, ledger accounts, and journals. 

Office Administration 

OAD 202-203— INTERMEDIATE AND ADVANCED 
TYPEWRITING (1-2-2) 

Skill development in typewriting. Business letter writing, forms 
development, intensive tabulation, and formal reports. Minimum 
passing speeds: 40 words per minutes for 202 and 50 words per 
minute for 203. 

OAD 300— OFFICE MACHINES (1-6-5) 

Acquaintanceship, proficiency, and expert levels of development 
on five basic classes of machines: adding and calculating copy prep- 
aration; duplication; keypunching; and transcribing. 

OAD 301— ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICE PRACTICE (1-2-3) 

A course dealing with office practice, subject-matter, and proce- 
dures commonly used in business offices; laboratory in stenog- 
raphic methods and office machines. Prerequisites: Shorthand and 
typing - one year of each. 

OAD 311-312— ELEMENTARY AND 

INTERMEDIATE SHORTHAND (1-4-3) 

Fall, Winter. 

Beginning a fundamental background in reading and writing 
shorthand notes. Minimum standard for passing at the end of each 
course, 40 and 60 words per minutes, respectively, for three minutes 
with 95 percent accuracy. 

OAD 313— ADVANCED SHORTHAND (1-4-3) 

Spring 

Continuation of 312 with added emphasis on dictation and tran- 
scription of simple letters and documents. Minimum standard for 
passing at the end of the course, 80 words per minute with 95 per- 
cent accuracy. 

OAD 411— DICTATION AND TRANSCRIPTION (1-4-3) 

Development of speed and accuracy in transcribing shorthand 
notes. Gregg tests and standards used. Minimum passing standard 
for passing at the end of the course: 100 words for three minutes 
with 95 percent accuracy. 

188 



OAD 425— OFFICE MANAGEMENT (5-0-5) 

The theory and application of management principles planning, 
organizing, controlling and actuating — to administrative office 
management. 

Business Administration 

BAD 225— BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS (3-4-5) 

Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: ENG 109 

The application of basic principles of English grammar, basic re- 
port writing, and research techniques to presentations and written 
communications as demanded in business. The role of written 
communications in relation to new media enters into the considera- 
tion given to communication theory. 

BAD 314— LEGAL ENVIRONMENT OF BUSINESS (5-0-5) 

A study of the legal environment of business through a review of 
the nature, sources, purposes, and functions of law and the interre- 
lationship between our legal system and the social, political, and 
economic policies of the United States as they affect business. 

BAD 340— PRINCIPLES OF MARKETING (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECO 201. 

The distribution of goods and services from producer to consum- 
ers; market methods employed in assembling, transporting, stor- 
age, sales, and risk taking; analysis of the commodity, brands, sales 
methods and management; advertising plans and media. 

BAD 341— MARKETING-MANAGEMENT (5-0-5) 

Spring. Prerequisites: BAD 31+0-360 

Management of marketing organizations, with emphasis on 
planning, organizing and controlling the marketing organizations; 
internal and external communications; marketing management 
decision-making. 

BAD 360 — BUSINESS ORGANIZATION AND 
MANAGEMENT (5-0-5) 

Fall. 

A comprehensive study of principles of business organization and 
management. Emphasis is placed upon reports by students in 
which they collect data and make analyses necessary for organi- 
zing a business of their own choosing. 

BAD 407— BUSINESS FINANCE (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECO 331. 

Principles, problems, and practices associated with the financial 
management of business institutions; nature and types of equity 
financing; major types of short-term and long-term debt; capitali- 
zation; financial statements, working capital requirements, reor- 
ganization; bankruptcy; methods of inter-corporate financing. 

BAD 465— BUSINESS POLICY (5-0-5) 

The integration of knowledge of the various fields of business, 
with emphasis on decision making. Case study approach. 

189 



NOTE: The following courses are offered by Savannah State Col- 
lege as the required major courses in the cooperative In- 
dustrial Arts Education and the Trade and Industrial 
Education majors under the ASC Bachelor of Science in 
Education Degree. 

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 

Engineering Technology 

ENT. 101— ENGINEERING DRAWING. (3-7-5) 

Fall, Winter. 

A study of drawing instruments, lettering, applied geometry, or- 
thographic projection, auxiliary views, sections and dimensions. 

ENT 102— ENGINEERING DRAWING II (3-7-5) 

Winter, Spring. Prerequisite: ENT 101 

Pictorial drawings, intersections and developments; drawings re- 
lated to each program. 

Mechanical Engineering Technology 

MET 212— METAL FABRICATION (3-7-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: ENT 102. 

A study of various metal forming, joining and casting techniques 
using a variety of metals and processes. Study includes the care, 
set-up and operating principles of equipment. 

MET 213— METAL MACHINING PROCESSES (3-7-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: MET 212. 

A study of lathes, milling machines, shapers, drill presses, grin- 
ders, saws, and other machine tools. 

Industrial Arts Education 

IAE 201— WOOD PROCESSING I (3-7-5) 

Fall. Prerequisite: ENT 102. 

Care of tools and machinery, basic hand and machine operations, 
materials selection and finishing. 

IAE 202— WOOD PROCESSING II (3-7-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: IAE 201. 

A study of the construction of more advanced projects by the use 
of power tools and machines, and woodfinishing. 

IAE 203— INDUSTRIAL ARTS DESIGN (3-7-5) 

Spring. 

Opportunities are provided for the development of design sen- 
sitivity and an appreciation for the aesthetic quality of products. 
Consideration is given also to the analytical and problem-solving 
procedures of the industrial designers. 

IAE 301— ARCHITECTURAL DRAFTING (3-7-5) 

Fall. Prerequisite: ENT 102. 

A study of house planning and the making of architectural work- 
ing drawings. 

190 



IAE 302— POWER MECHANICS (3-7-5) 

Winter. 

A study of the theory, operation and servicing of small gas, out- 
board, and automotive engines. Theoretical consideration is given 
to turbines, jet engines, turbo-jets, and rockets. 

IAE 303— GRAPHIC ART TECHNOLOGY (3-7-5) 

Instruction in the printing processes and areas related to the 
process. Experiences will include graphic design, composition, 
photography, offset printing and the screen process. 

IAE 312— GENERAL ELECTRICITY (3-7-5) 

Fall. Prerequisite: MAT 108. 

The nature, forms and sources of electricity, conductors, in- 
sulators, electrical measurements, low voltage and residential wir- 
ing, electrical heating and lighting. 

IAE 401— INDUSTRIAL ARTS ELECTRONICS (3-7-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: IAE 312 

Electro-magnetism, relays, transfromers, diodes, power supplies, 
test equipment, small project construction and trouble-shooting. 

IAE 411 — CURRICULUM BUILDING AND SHOP 
ORGANIZATION (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education, Psychol- 
ogy 301. 

A study of the techniques of curriculum development; shop or- 
ganization and management. 

IAE 421— METHODS OF TEACHING INDUSTRIAL ARTS(5-0-5) 
Winter, Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education, Psychol- 
ogy 301. 

Lesson plan making, shop demonstrations, use of a variety of 
instructional media, measuring achievement, and the various 
methods of teaching industrial arts. 

Trade and Industrial Education 

TIE 100-200-210-300— COOPERATIVE INDUSTRIAL 

WORK EXPERIENCE (0-0-5). 

All quarters. 

Student werks in industry under the supervision of a college 
coordinator to gain practical work experience in the occupational 
area he plans to teach. If the student has prior acceptable work 
experience in his occupational area, credit will be granted in these 
courses proportionately. 

TIE 301— HISTORY OF VOCATIONAL EDUCATION (5-0-5) 

A study of the development of vocational-industrial education in 
the United States, with emphasis on personalities and technical 
developments that influenced its growth. 

TIE 303— SHOP MANAGEMENT (5-0-5) 

A study of the sources of materials, means of purchasing, 
methods of inventorying; systems of arranging, installing, main- 
taining, storing and issuing shop tools and equipment. 

191 



TIE 311-313-401-402-403— COMPETENCY 

IN OCCUPATION (0-0-5) 

Graduates of vocational-technical schools and others with occu- 
pational competency in an appropriate trade and industrial teach- 
ing field may receive credit by successfully passing occupational 
competency examinations or other evidences of competency. 

TIE 323— OCCUPATIONAL ANALYSIS (5-0-5) 

A study of the techniques of defining, identifying, classifying, 
organizing and expressing essential teachable elements of occupa- 
tions for instructional purposes. 

TIE 410— INSTRUCTIONAL AIDS (5-0-5) 

This course is designed to motivate and teach trade and indus- 
trial education teachers to design, construct, and use all types of 
instructional aids which will facilitate teaching and learning in 
vocational education. 

TIE 411— INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM (5-0-5) 
Winter. Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education, Psychol- 
ogy SOI. 

A study of course making and curriculum development with em- 
phasis on organizing instructional materials for vocational- 
industrial education programs. 

TIE 421— METHODS OF TEACHING INDUSTRIAL 
SUBJECTS (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education, Psychol- 
ogy 301. 

The techniques of making lesson plans, giving shop lectures and 
demonstrations, writing instruction sheets, using a variety of in- 
structional media, and measuring student achievement in trade 
and industrial education. 

TIE 431-432-433— TEACHING INTERNSHIP IN TRADE 

AND INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION (0-0-5) 

All quarters. 

A cooperative undertaking between the college and public school 
system to provide college supervision for employed permit trade 
and industrial education teachers. This experience is for one 
academic term and may be taken in lieu of EDN 470-480-490. Pre- 
requisites: EDN 334, TIE 411, 421; vocational teaching permit; 
full-time employment as a trade and industrial educational 
teacher; and approval of teacher's employer. 



DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION 
AND ATHLETICS 

Gymnasium 

Professor Roy J. Sims, head; Associate Professor Tapp; Assistant 
Professors Bedwell, Bianchi, Ford, Knorr; Instructor Lariscy; 
Teacher Associates Burns, Roberts and Gill. 

During the freshman year, all students should take Physical 
Education 117 (Basic Health) and 103 or 108 (Swimming). During 

192 



the sophomore year, students may elect any three Physical Educa- 
tion activity courses with the last two numbers being between 01 to 
09. Students unable to participate in the regular program should 
plan an alternate program with the Head of the Department of 
Physical Education. For other department regulations see "Physi- 
cal Education Program" in section VII of this Bulletin. 

Physical Education majors are urged to complete their Core Cur- 
riculum requirements before entering their junior years. 

Program for the Degree 

Bachelor of Science in Education with a Major in 

Health, Physical Education and Recreation 

Quarter Hours 
AREA I (20) 

Eng. Ill or 191 5 

Eng. 112 or 192 5 

Eng. 211 5 

One of the following: Art 200, 272, 273; 

Music 200, Phil. 201 or Eng. 222 5 

20 
AREA II (20) 

Lab Science 5 

Lab Science 5 

Math 101 5 

Math 220 or 290 5 

20 
AREA III (20) 

Hist. 114 or 191 5 

Hist. 115 or 192 5 

Pol. Sci. 113 5 

One of the following: Soc. 201, Econ. 201, 

or Anthro. 201 5 

~20 
AREA IV (30) 

Drama/Speech 228 5 

Education 200 5 

P.E. 117, 207, 211, 228, 229 15 

Psy. 101 5 

~30 
COURSES IN MAJOR FIELD (50) 

P.E. 103 or 108 

P.E. 106 

P.E. 109 

P.E. 205 

WSI or P.E. 207 

P.E. 210 2 

P.E. 212 or 213 or 214 2 

P.E. 310 5 

P.E. 312 5 

P.E. 315 2 

P.E. 317 3 

* Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Ad- 
mission" section of this Bulletin. 

193 



P.E. 318 3 

P.E. 321 3 

P.E. 330 5 

P.E. 413 5 

P.E. 420 5 

P.E. 421 5 

50 
PROFESSIONAL SEQUENCE (40) 

Ed. 310 5 

Psy. 301 5 

Ed. 335 5 

Ed. 443 5 

Ed. 470480490 15 

35 
OTHERS (12) 

Hist. 251 or 252 5 

Seven hous of activity 7 

12 
ELECTIVES 7 

194 

Course Offerings 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 100— BEGINNING 

WEIGHT TRAINING (0-2-1) 

Fall. 

Emphasis on developing physical fitness through a variety of 
fundamental weight training exercises. Introduction of mechani- 
cal principles and techniques necessary for the understanding of 
weight training programs. Only one of P.E. 100 or P.E. 204 may 
count as an activity course toward the six hours of required physi- 
cal education. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 101— CONDITIONING. (0-2-1) 

Fall. 

Consists of calisthenics, stunts, tumbling lifts and carries, road 
work, dual combatives and games. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 102— TEAM SPORTS. (0-2-1-1) 

Winter. 

Consists of two of the following sports: basketball, volleyball and 
softball. 

'PHYSICAL EDUCATION 103— ELEMENTARY 

SWIMMING. (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring (P.E. 202 or the American Red Cross WSI 
course may be substituted for P.E. 103 or 108. 

Beginning swimming strokes, skills, and knowledge pertaining to 
safety in, on, or about water. This course or its equivalent required 
of all students. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 104— BOWLING (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. 

Basic skills in bowling. Minimum of two games required per class 
period at student's expense. Must provide own transportation. 

194 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION 105— BADMINTON. (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring 
Basic skills in badminton. Student must provide own racquet. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 106— TUMBLING AND 
GYMNASTICS. (0-2-1) 

Fall, Summer. 

Fundamentals and practice in beginning tumbling and gymnas- 
tic apparatus. Required of Physical Education majors. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 107— TRAMPOLINE. (0-2-1) 

Winter. 

The teaching of the proper care and use of the trampoline. Under 
strict supervision, the student learns to perform the following 
skills: seat drop, knee drop, front drop, pull over, cradle, turntable, 
swivel hips, spotting, and somersaults. 

^PHYSICAL EDUCATION 10&-INTERMEDIATE 
SWIMMING (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. (P.E. 202 or the American Red Cross WSI 
course may be substituted for P.E. 103 or 108.) 

Four basic strokes, skills endurance and knowledge pertaining to 
safety in, on, or about water. Required, if advised by Physical Edu- 
cation Department. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 109--TUMBLING 

AND GYMNASTICS II. (0-2-1) 

Fall. Prerequisite: P.E. 106 or permission of instructor. 

Continuation of P.E. 106 with additional practice of tumbling and 
gymnastic apparatus. Required of majors. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 115— OFFICIATING 

OF FOOTBALL. (2-2-2) 

Fall 

Consists of a study of rules, rules interpretation, and actural ex- 
perience in officiating in class games, intramural games, approved 
community recreation games, and public school games. Elective 
credit. Students must have permission of the department head or 
course instructor to enroll. 

Students must provide own whistles, hats and transportation to 
any off campus assignment. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 116— OFFICIATING 

OF BASKETBALL. (2-2-2) 

Winter. 

Consists of a study of rules, rules interpretation, and actual ex- 
perience in officiating in class games, intramural games, approved 
community recreation games, and public school games, Elective 

* Either P.E. 103 or P.E. 108 is required for all students. Students may register for 
the course for which they feel qualified without taking a swimming test. The 
instructor of that course will administer the swimming test, and any student 
enrolled in the improper course will be required to change to the proper course. 
Any student who holds a valid senior life-saving certificate and/or a valid water 
safety instructor's certificate and/or passes the Armstrong swimming test may 
be exempted from the required swimming courses. 

195 



credit. Students must have permission of the department head or 
course instructor to enroll. 

Student must provide own whistle, hats and transportation to any 
off campus assignment. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 117— BASIC HEALTH (2-0-2) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. 

A basic course in health education with emphasis on personal 
health. Required of majors. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 200— HANDBALL AND 
PADDLEBALL. (0-2-1) 

Winter. 

Basic instruction in handball and paddleball activities. 

Required practice games and equipment at student's expense. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 201— ELEMENTARY TENNIS (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter Spring. 

Basic skills in tennis. Student must provide own racquet and one 
can of new tennis balls. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 202— SENIOR LIFE SAVING 
COURSE IN SWIMMING. (0-2-1) 

Spring. 

The American Red Cross Senior Life Saving Course. (May be 
substituted for Physical Education 103 or 108.) 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 204— ADVANCED 

WEIGHT TRAINING. (0-2-1) 

Spring. Prerequisite: P.E. 100 or permission of instructor. 

Emphasis on continued development of physical fitness through 
a variety of advanced weight training exercises. Improvement of 
maximal muscular strength and endurance in the main muscle 
groups of the body through progressive resistance exercises. Only 
one of P.E. 100 or P.E. 204 may count as an activity course toward 
the six hours of required physical education. 

PHYSICAL EUDCATION 205— FOLK, SQUARE, 

SOCIAL DANCING. (0-2-1) 

Winter. 

Instruction and practice in all forms of folk, square, and social 
dancing with emphasis on teaching techniques. Required of Physi- 
cal Education majors. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 206— BEGINNING 

MODERN DANCE. (0-2-1) 

Winter. 

Basic interpretative dancing. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 207— SWIMMING METHODS 

AND TECHNIQUES (0-2-1) 

Winter, Spring. Prerequisite: P.E. 108 or equivalent. 

Methods and techniques of teaching beginning swimming skills. 
Required of majors not completing the Water Safety Instructor's 
Course (offered by the American Red Cross.) 

196 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION 208— GOLF. (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. 

Basic techniques and instruction for the beginning golfer. 

Minimum of 36 holes of golf must be played outside of class at 
student's expense. Must provide six shag balls for class and trans- 
portation. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 209— INTERMEDIATE 

MODERN DANCE. (0-2-1) 

Spring. Prerequisite: P.E. 206 or permission of the instructor. 

A continuation of Physical Education 206 with emphasis on 
dynamics, composition, and choregraphy. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 210— PREVENTION AND 
TREATMENT OF ATHLETIC INJURIES. (2-1-2) 

Spring. 

Theory and practice of caring for and preventing injuries relat- 
ing to a variety of sports. Students required to assist in laboratory 
experiences with treating and preventive training through the ath- 
letic, intramural or physical education programs. Required of 
majors. Student must provide own athletic tape. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 211— SAFETY AND 

FIRST AID (3-0-2) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. 

The American Red Cross Standard and Advanced course in First 
Aid. 

Required of majors. Contents of personal first aid kit must be 
provided by the student. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 212— COACHING FOOTBALL. (3-0-2) 

Fall. 

Instruction and practice in fundamental skills and team play, 
emphasizing methods and drills used by leading coaches. One of the 
coaching courses is required of majors. Minimum of two games 
must be scouted at student's expense. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 213— COACHING 

BASKETBALL. (3-0-2) 

Winter. 

Instruction and practice in fundamental skills and team play, 
emphasizing methods and drills used by leading coaches. One of the 
coaching courses is required of majors. Minimum of two games be 
scouted at student's expense. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 214— COACHING BASEBALL 

AND TRACK. (3-0-2). 

Spring. 

Instruction and practice in fundamental skills and team play em- 
phasizing methods and drills used by leading coaches. One of the 
coaching courses is required of majors. Minimum of two games 
must be scouted at student's expense. 

197 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION 228— STRUCTURE AND 
FUNCTION OF THE HUMAN BODY I. (3-4-5) 

Fall. 

A study of the skeletal and muscle systems of the human body. 
Credit may not be applied toward the core natural science require- 
ment. Required of majors. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 229— STRUCTURE AND 
FUNCTION OF THE HUMAN BODY II. (3-4-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: P.E. 228. 

A continuation of P.E. 228 with emphasis on certain human organ 
systems such as circulatory, respiratory, nervous and digestive. 
Credit may not be applied toward the core natural science require- 
ment. Required of majors. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 310— TECHNIQUES OF SPORTS 
SKILLS (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisites: student must have successfully completed 
an activity course in three of the following or have permission of the 
instructor: golf, tennis, badminton, bowling, and team sports. 

Analysis and practice in teaching sport skills, such as: golf, ten- 
nis, bowling, badminton, basketball, volleyball, soccer, and softball. 
This course should be taken during the same quarter as Education 
443. Required of majors. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 312— MEASUREMENT AND 
EVALUATION IN HEALTH, PHYSICAL AND 
RECREATION EDUCATION. (5-0-5) 

Fall. 

Lectures, laboratory and field experience in the development, 
evaluation and application of tests in health and physical educa- 
tion. Required of majors. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 314— SKILL TECHNIQUES. (3-0-3) 
Fall. Prerequisite: the student must have completed courses in at 
least three of the sports listed or must have permission of the instruc- 
tor to enroll. 

Practice in teaching methods and techniques in individual and 
dual sports such as: tennis, golf, bowling and badminton. Required 
of majors. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 315— SKILL TECHNIQUES. (0-2-2) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. Prerequisite: P.E. 3 11+. 

Laboratory experiences in assisting and teaching activity 
courses in the physical education program. Students will assist col- 
lege faculty in planning, instructing, and evaluation procedures in 
a college physical education activity class. Majors only. Required of 
majors. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 317— METHODS AND CURRICULUM 
OF HEALTH EDUCATION IN THE ELEMENTARY AND 
SECONDARY SCHOOLS. (3-0-3) 

Spring. 

Selection of health content in school curriculum, preparation and 
presentation of health topics. Teaching method is emphasized and 
student participation stressed. Required of majors. 

198 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION 318— INTRAMURAL AND 
RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES. (3-0-3) 

Winter. 

Organization and administration of intramural and recreational 
sports activities with emphasis on school and community pro- 
grams. Required of majors. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 320— HEALTH AND PHYSICAL 

EDUCATION FOR THE ELEMENTARY 

SCHOOL TEACHER. (3-0-3) 

Winter, Summer. 

Theory and current practice in the teaching of health and physi- 
cal education at the elementary school level. Designed to meet the 
requirement for elementary certification. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 321— MOVEMENT 

EDUCATION (3-0-3) 

Spring. 

Designed to equip the student to teach elementary physical edu- 
cation via the use of "movement education," i.e., the guided discov- 
ery method of teaching the concepts of Space Awareness, Body 
Awareness. Quality of Body Movement and Realtionships. Re- 
quired of majors. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 330— KINESIOLOGY AND 
PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE. (3-4-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: P.E. 228. 

Mechanical analysis and the functions of the body in muscular 
work. Athletic movements, fatigue, training and fitness are consi- 
dered. Required of majors. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 413— SPECIAL TOPICS 

IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: Education UUS. 

Research methods in health and physical education. Allows stu- 
dents an opportunity for in-depth pursuit into areas of their in- 
terests. Open to majors only. Required of majors. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 420— HISTORY, PRINCIPLES AND 
PHILOSOPHY OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION. (5-0-5) 

Fall. 

Historical and scientific background of the practices in health 
and physical education. Required of majors. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 421— ORGANIZATION AND 

ADMINISTRATION OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION 

AND ATHLETICS. (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: Education UUS. 

Practice and policies in establishing, administering, and evaluat- 
ing physical education and athletic programs. Such experiences as 
curriculum planning and selection, care and maintenance of 
equipment are included in this course. Open to majors only. Re- 
quired of majors. 



199 



XII. School of Human 
Services 

James F. Repella, Dean 

The faculty of the School of Human Services believes that the 
development of the student as an individual is a primary objective 
of a college education. The central role and function of the School of 
Human Services is to provide an appropriate academic, intellec- 
tual, and professional milieu to develop the skills required for a high 
level of professional competence. This includes the development of 
intellectual and physical competencies; personal values and be- 
liefs; leadership abilities; a sense of integrity, self-worth, and self- 
reliance; and a sense of responsibility toward the community and 
society. To achieve these objectives, the goals of the School are: 
To prepare graduates who possess, at the appropriate level, the 
competencies required in their professional endeavors, and 
whose practice is compatible with the ethics of democratic 
humanistic philosophy; 
To prepare an educational environment which will motivate the 
student to develop a life-long commitment to learning and ser- 
vice; stimulate creativity, flexibility, and independence of 
thought and judgement within acceptable professional and 
humanistic constraints; and foster appreciation for scholar- 
ship and critical reasoning; 
To develop the leadership abilities of students so they may func- 
tion effectively as leaders both in their professions and in their 
communities; 
To anticipate and to identify problems and needs and to encour- 
age change and open-mindedness in finding solutions through 
appropriate research; 
To develop the School as a planning and resource center for pro- 
fessional growth and community service; 
To complement other Schools of the College by providing pro- 
grams of a uniquely professional character which enhance the 
educational opportunities of Armstrong State College. 
The School of Human Services includes the Departments of As- 
sociate Degree Nursing, Baccalaureate Degree Nursing, Criminal 
Justice, Dental Hygiene, and the degree programs in Medical Rec- 
ord Technology, Respiratory Therapy, and Social Work. The follow- 
ing degree programs are offered within the School: 

Associate in Science in Criminal Justice (with a concentration in 

Corrections or in Law Enforcement) 
Associate in Science in Dental Hygiene 
Associate in Science in Medical Record Technology 
Associate in Science in Nursing 
Associate in Science in Respiratory Therapy 
Bachelor of Science in Criminal Justice 
Bachelor of Science in Dental Hygiene Education 
Bachelor of Science in Nursing 
Bachelor of Social Work 



200 



The School also cooperates with the Department of Biology in the 
offering of a Bachelor of Science degree program in Medical 
Technology. (See Biology Department for program description.) 

The student may combine with a major field of study one of the 
following minor concentrations offered within the School of Human 
Services: Criminal Justice and Social Work. 



DEPARTMENT OF ASSOCIATE DEGREE 

NURSING 

Assistant Professor Marilyn M. Buck, Acting Head; Assistant 
Professors Keller, Massey, Miller, Silcox, D. Smith, P. Smith; In- 
structors Callaway, Frasier; Part-Time Instructors Dutko, Kluttz, 
Mathews, Stodghill; Degree Program Assistant Pingel. 

Admission Requirements 

For admission requirements for the Associate in Science degree 
program in Nursing, refer to the section on "Admissions" in this 
Bulletin. 

Associate in Science in Nursing 

The Associate in Science degree program in Nursing provides the 
student with the opportunity to obtain a general education and to 
study nursing at the college level. The program is approved by The 
Georgia Board of Nursing and is fully accredited by The National 
League for Nursing (NLN). Graduates are eligible to take the State 
Board Examination for lincensure to practice as Registered 
Nurses. 

Student Nurses participate in nursing laboratory experiences at 
local hospitals and other community agencies and are responsible 
for providing their own transportation. 

For progression through the Nursing Program, the following 
must be maintained: 

1. Natural science courses (Chemistry 201, Zoology 208, 209, 
Biology 210) 

a. A passing grade in each course ("D" or better) that is a 
prerequisite for the subsequent Nursing course. 

b. A "C" or better in at least two of these courses. 

c. A student may repeat only one of these courses. 

2. Nursing courses 

a. A "C" or better in each Nursing course that is a prerequisite 
for the subsequent Nursing course. 

b. A student may repeat a given Nursing course only one time. 

c. A student may repeat only one Nursing course. 

3. The maintenance of an overall grade-point average of 2.0 is 
desirable throughout the Nursing Program. When a student 
first falls below the adjusted GPA* required for the respective 

"Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See 
"Admission" section of this Bulletin. 



201 



accumulation of quarter hours**, the student will be placed on 
academic warning. If the student's GPA is not raised to the 
required adjusted GPA* the next quarter, the student will be 
dismissed from the program. 

Accumulated Required Adjusted 
Quarter Hours * * GPA* 

0-15 1.5 

16-30 1.75 

31-45 2.0 

46 and over 2.0 

TO MEET CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS WITH THE 
COOPERATING CLINICAL AGENCIES, THE DEPARTMENT 
REQUIRES STUDENTS TO SUBMIT A COMPLETED HEALTH 
HISTORY FORM AND EVIDENCE OF NURSING LIABILITY 
INSURANCE PRIOR TO PARTICIPATION IN CLINICAL 
PRACTICUMS. 

Program for the Degree 
Associate in Science in Nursing* 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements 53 

1. English 111, 112 10 

2. Zoology 208, 209 10 

3. Biology 210 and Chemistry 201 10 

4. Psychology 101 5 

5. Political Science 113 5 

6. History 251 or 252 5 

7. Elective 5 

8. Physical Education 117 and one activity course 

or three activities courses 3 

B. Courses in Major Field 51 

Nursing 100, 101, 102, 102, 104, 201, 202, 206 
C. Regents and Exit Examinations 



TOTAL 104 



Course Offerings 



**NURSING 100 AND 100-L— FUNDAMENTALS 

OF NURSING. (2-6-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to the Nursing program. Eligibility for 
Eng. Ill and Math lOl.Pre-or Corequisite Nursing 10U and Zoology 
208. Fall. 

This course is designed to provide the student with learning op- 
portunities for the understanding of basic needs of man. Emphasis 
is placed on understanding of self and the client. Assessment of 
needs, implementation of fundamental skills, and evaluation of ac- 
tion are inherent throughout the course. 



* Certain courses, may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See 
"Admissions" section of this Bulletin. 

**May be exempted by examination with credit awarded. Students must be admit- 
ted to the program before examinations are allowed. 

202 



**NURSING 101 AND 101-L— FUNDAMENTALS 

OF NURSING. (2-6-5) 

Prerequisites: Nursing 10U, Nursing 100, Zoology 208. Pre- or 
corequisite: Chemistry 201 or Zoology 209. Winter, Spring. 

A continuation of Nursing 100. Needs of clients resulting from 
common stressors are emphasized. Skills of technical and interper- 
sonal intervention are applied to assist the client to increase his 
adaptive potential. 

NURSING 102— MATERNAL-INFANT HEALTH (2-6-5) 

Prerequisites: Nursing 100, Nursing 104, Zoology 208. Pre- or 
corequisite: Nursing 101, Chemistry 201 or Zoology 209. Winter, 
Spring. 

This course uses an individualized approach to assist the student 
to utilize the nursing process in helping the expectant family to 
maintain or improve their adaptation to the stress of a new 
member. Laboratory experiences are designed to give the student 
opportunity to develop and practice nursing skills related to ma- 
ternal and infant health. 

NURSING 103— PSYCHIATRIC-MENTAL 

HEALTH NURSING (2-6-5) 

Prerequisites: Nursing 10U> Nursing 100, Zoology 208. Pre- or 
corequisite: Psychology 101, Chemistry 201, or Zoology 209. Winter, 
Spring. 

This course focuses on the development of self-awareness and on 
the therapeutic use of self in assisting man to maintain or regain 
mental health. The client with problems of adaptation is considered 
not only as an individual but also as a member of a family within a 
community. 

**NURSING 104— INTRODUCTION TO NURSING (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: Permission of the Department. Eligibility for En- 
glish 111 and Math 101. Pre- or corequisite, Nursing 100. Fall. 

This course introduces the student to nursing as a profession, 
including history, legal aspects, professional organizations and 
current trends in education and practice. The course also includes 
foundational concepts concerning man and health within the 
stress-adaptation continuum. An integral part of the course is the 
student's development of an approach to learning in a guided inde- 
pendent manner. 

NURSING 201 AND 201-I^-NURSING OF ADULTS 

AND CHILDREN I. (4-8-8) 

Prerequisites: Nursing 100, 101, 102, 103, 101+ and Zoology 208, 
Zoology 209 and Chemistry 201. 

Nursing 201 builds upon the concepts of interaction, oxygenation, 
inflammation and immunity and perception and coordination. 
Background knowledge relating to these concepts is utilized and 
incorporated in the nursing care of the ill adult and child. Learning 
experiences are directed toward the care of patients with uncom- 
plicated, commonly occuring stressors which exemplify these con- 
cepts. The learner uses the nursing process in providing nursing 
care to ill patients. 

**May be exempted by examination with credit awarded. Students must be admit- 
ted to the program before examinations are allowed. 

203 



NURSING 202 AND 202-L— NURSING OF ADULTS 

AND CHILDREN II. (4-8-8) 

Prerequisite: Nursing 201. Pre- or corequisite: Biology 210. 
Winter. 

Nursing 202 is the second of three quarters study of the ill adult 
and child. The concepts of cell growth and metabolism are added to 
the foundation built in Nursing 201 as the student implements the 
nursing process in the care of patients undergoing stress in increas- 
ingly complex situations. 

NURSING 206 AND 206-L— ADVANCED NURSING. (4-16-12) 

Prerequisite: Nursing 202. Spring. 

Nursing 206 is the third of three quarters study of the physically 
ill patient. Students participate in a guided critical care nursing 
experience where emphasis is placed on utilization of the nursing 
process for adults and children having a multiplicity of needs. 
Under supervision, the student develops beginning skills in the 
direction and guidance of other health workers. Assigned and self 
directed learning experiences serve as the major vehicle by which 
the student can bridge the gap between the role of student and that 
of practitioner. 



DEPARTMENT OF BACCALAUREATE 
NURSING 

Associate Professor Matha A. Coleman, Acting Head; Associate 
Professor Hall; Assistant Professor Bell, Levett, Sullivan, William- 
son; Degree Program Assistant Pingel. 

Admission Requirements 

For admission requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree 
program in Nursing, refer to the section on "Admissions" in this 
Bulletin. 

All students are required to provide their own transportation to 
clinical laboratory experiences which are conducted in a variety of 
local community agencies. 

TO MEET CONTRACTURAL OBLIGATIONS WITH THE 
COOPERATING CLINICAL AGENCIES, THE DEPARTMENT 
REQUIRES STUDENTS TO SUBMIT A COMPLETE HEALTH 
HISTORY FORM AND EVIDENCE OF NURSING LIABILITY 
INSURANCE PRIOR TO PARTICIPATION IN CLINICAL 
PRACTICUMS. 

Progression Requirements 

For the generic Bachelor of Science Program: 

1. A "C" or better must be earned in each pre-professional 
course. No more than one repeat grade in each course will be 
acceptable. 

2. A student who earns a "D" in a pre-professional course must 
remove the "D" prior to matriculation into junior level clinical 
nursing courses. 

204 



3. A "C" or better in each nursing course. No more than one 
nursing course may be repeated and a "C" or better must be 
earned at that time to remain in the program. 

4. A nursing course in which the student makes a "D" or "F" 
must be repeated at its next offering. The course may be taken 
concurrently with a non-sequential course. 

5. An overall grade-point average (GPA) of 2.0 is required to re- 
main in the nursing program. 

Attendance Regulation 

A student must matriculate each quarter, excluding Summer 
Quarter, to remain in the program. If, because of illness or other 
extenuating circumstances, the student needs to be away from 
school for a quarter, the student must seek formal approval from 
the Department Head for such an absence. If such approval is not 
sought and granted, the student will be dropped from active status 
and must reapply for admission to the Nursing Major before con- 
tinuing in the program. 

Courses at Another Institution 

The Department Head's approval is required if credit for courses 
taken at another institution is to be accepted for the Nursing de- 
gree. The taking of courses at another institution concurrently 
with the taking of courses at Armstrong must be approved by the 
Vice President of the College if credit for the courses taken at 
another institution is to be accepted for the Nursing degree. 

Program for the Degree 
Bachelor of Science in Nursing 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements (Pre-Nursing)* 49 

1. English 111, 112 10 

2. History 114, 115; Political Science 113 15 

3. Psychology 101 5 

4. Physical Education 103 or 108; 117; and 

one activity course 4 

5. Mathematics 101 5 

6. Chemistry 121, 122 10 

B. Pre-Professional 15 

1. Zoology 208, 209 10 

2. Biology 210 5 

3. Chemistry 121,122 (see above) 

(Some of the above courses may be exempted by examination 
with credit awarded. Students must be admitted to the 
Nursing Major before examinations are administered. Permis- 
sion to take the examinations must be granted, as appropri- 
ate, by either the Head of the Department of Chemistry and 
Physics or the Department of Biology.) 

C. Nursing Major 127 

General Education 32 

1. English 211 and Humanities Elective 10 

* Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Ad- 
mission" section of this Bulletin. 

205 



Quarter Hours 

2. Mathematics 195, 220, 290 or 103 5 

3. Upper Level Elective 5 

4. Physical Education Electives 2 

5. History 251 or 252 5 

6. Sociology 201 5 

Professional Nursing 95 

1. BSN 200 or BSN 300 (R.N. only) 5 

2. BSN 201, 202, 301, 302, 303, 304, 305 33 

(These courses may be exempted by successful performance on 
challenge examination with credit awarded after admission to the 
Nursing Major. See Admission section for eligibility information.) 

3. BSN 306, 400, 401, 402, 403, 404, 405, 

406, 407; BSN/Social Work 330 47 

4. Nursing Electives 10 

D. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191 



Course Offerings 

NURSING: BSN 200— INTRODUCTION TO 

PROFESSIONAL NURSING. (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Permission of the Department of Nursing. Winter. 

This course is designed for beginning students of nursing. Major 
emphasis is placed on an introduction to systems theory as it re- 
lates to the nursing process as a problem solving approach. The 
focus of the course is on the development of self-awareness, value 
clarification, and beginning skills in communication and interview- 
ing. Historical perspectives in nursing as they relate to current 
issues and trends are discussed. 

NURSING: BSN 201— BEGINNING COMPETENCIES IN 
PROFESSIONAL NURSING. (3-9-6) 

Prerequisite: Completion of BSN 200. Pre- or Corequisite: Biology 
210. Spring. 

This course is an introduction to nursing theory and beginning 
competencies in professional nursing. Major emphasis is placed on 
utilizing scientific principles and nursing theory in the perfor- 
mance of basic nursing skill Students practice in a laboratory 
and/or clinical setting. 

NURSING: BSN 202— INTRODUCTION 

TO PHARMACOLOGY. (2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: Permission of the Department of Nursing. Winter. 

This course is designed to introduce students to broad classifica- 
tions of drugs and common routes of administration. Drug actions 
and interactions with other drugs are also discussed. 

NURSING: BSN 300— CURRENT ISSUES IN 
PROFESSIONAL NURSING. (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Permission of the Department of Nursing. 

This course is designed for the Registered Nurse student. The 
course focuses on self-awareness, value clarification and enhance- 
ment of the student's communication and interviewing skills. Em- 
phasis is placed upon the concepts of: systems theory as it relates to 

206 



the nursing progress; adaptation as a response to stress; primary 
care as a method of providing nursing care; the health/illness con- 
tinuum. 

NURSING: BSN 301— MEDICAL-SURGICAL 

NURSING I. (2-9-5) 

Prerequisite: BSN 200 and BSN 201. 

This course introduces the student to beginning competencies in 
medical and surgical nursing care of the adult patient. Nursing 
planning and intervention focus on the stress-adaptive processes of 
man as his state of health and/or illness fluctuate. Clinical learning 
experiences are provided in secondary health care settings. 

NURSING: BSN 302— MEDICAL SURGICAL 

NURSING II. (2-9-5) 

Prerequisite: BSN 301. 

This course is built upon knowledge and skills acquired in 
Medical-Surgical Nursing I. Emphasis is placed on the role of the 
nurse as a member of the multi-disciplinary health care team. The 
student applies the nursing process in providing care for adult pa- 
tients with multiple medical-surgical problems. Clinical learning 
experience are provided in a variety of settings. 

NURSING: BSN 303— NURSING THE 

CHILDBEARING FAMILY. (3-6-5) 

Prerequisite: BSN 200 and BSN 201. Pre- or Corequisite: BSN I 
Social Work 330. 

This course is designed to provide learning experiences for stu- 
dents in the care of women and their families during the maternity 
cycle. The primary focus of the course is the promotion of adapta- 
tion to the stress of pregnancy and delivery of an infant. Emphasis 
is placed on utilizing the nursing process to enhance the growth 
and development of the family. Clinical learning experiences are 
provided in a variety of settings. 

NURSING: BSN 304— NURSING OF CHILDREN. (3-6-5) 

Prerequisite: BSN 200 and BSN 201. Pre- or Corequisite: BSN I 
Social Work 330. 

This course is designed to utilize the nursing process in providing 
health care to children and their families. Emphasis is placed upon 
applying knowledge of children's developmental levels and needs 
as a basis for giving nursing care. A major focus is on stressors and 
adaptative behaviors unique to children. Clinical experiences are 
provided in a variety of settings. 

NURSING: BSN 305— PSYCHIATRIC-MENTAL 

HEALTH NURSING. (3-6-5) 

Prerequisite: BSN 200 and 201. 

This course is designed to assist the student to assess mental 
status, stress levels, adaptive patterns and coping behaviors of 
clients with psychiatric problems, The nursing process is utilized to 
promote the client's ability to maintain and/or regain a higher level 
of mental and emotional functioning. Emphasis is placed on inter- 
personal relations, self-awareness, and therapeutic communica- 
tion skills. Learning experiences are provided in a variety of set- 
tings. 

207 



NURSING: BSN 306— NURSING RESEARCH. (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: BSN 200 and 201 or BSN 300. BSN 300 may also be 
taken as a Corequisite. 

The focus of this course is to expand the student's knowledge of 
the scientific method of inquiry. Emphasis is placed on exploring 
the research process and how it relates to nursing theory and prac- 
tice. 

NURSING: BSN 307— REHABILITATIVE PROCESSES AND 
HUMAN SEXUALITY. (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Permission of the Department of Nursing. Winter 
and Summer. 

This course is designed to examine current atitudes toward 
human sexuality, possible stress factors and individual adaptation 
and/or maladaptation. Emphasis is placed on those rehabilitative 
processes in health care settings which facilitate positive adapta- 
tion of clients to sexual problems. 

NURSING: BSN 330— HUMAN GROWTH AND 

SOCIAL ENVIRONMENTS. (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201 or permission of the Department of 
Nursing. Fall and Spring. 

This course is designed to examine the reciprocal relationship 
between man's physical, psychological, emotional, and social de- 
velopment. Emphasis is placed on facilitating man's adaptation to 
internal and external stress throughout the life cycle. 

NURSING: BSN 410— HUMAN SERVICES 

TO THE ELDERLY. (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Social Work 303 or permission of the Department of 
Nursing. Winter and Summer. 

This course is designed for students going into public or private 
agencies serving the elderly. Emphasis is placed on the social, 
economic, and health needs of the elderly with attention to delivery 
systems that work. New knowledge, research, and actual projects 
are studied when practicable. 

NURSING: BSN 400— INTRODUCTION TO 

NURSING MANAGEMENT. (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: All Junior Level BSN Courses. 

This course is an introduction to the concepts and principles of 
management as they apply to nursing practice. The major forces in 
society which impact upon the management of health care are dis- 
cussed. Students examine the development of leadership roles 
within the framework of an interdisciplinary practice. 

NURSING: BSN 401— NURSING MANAGEMENT. (3-8-5) 

Prerequisite: BSN U00. 

This course is designed to provide students with the opportunity 
to implement previously learned management concepts. Emphasis 
is placed upon developing beginning skills in using systems theory 
for problem solving. Students investigate and implement principles 
of sound nursing leadership in increasingly complex situations. 
Clinical experiences are provided in a variety of settings. 

208 



NURSING: BSN 402— COMMUNITY HEALTH I. (3-8-5) 

Prerequisite: All Junior Level BSN Courses. 

This course is designed to assist the student in identifying the 
concepts of community health nursing, the principles of epidemiol- 
ogy, and the role of the nurse in the delivery of family health care. 
Emphasis is placed on primary care as a method of providing nurs- 
ing care. Students utilize the nursing process to maintain and pro- 
mote wellness and/or prevent illness of individuals, families and 
groups. Through systematic assessment of the functional abilities 
of clients, the student assists clients in the promotion of healthy 
coping behaviors. Learning experiences are provided in a variety of 
community settings. Students must provide own transportation. 

NURSING: BSN 403— COMMUNITY HEALTH II. (3-8-5) 

Prerequisite: BSN U02. 

This course is a continuation and expansion of the concepts and 
principles introduced in Community Health I. Emphasis of clinical 
experiences is on continuity of care of selected families while the 
scope of practice enlarges to include health needs of groups and 
communities. Learning experiences are provided in a variety of 
community settings. Students must provide own transportation. 

NURSING: BSN 404— HEALTH ASSESSMENT. (3-8-5) 

Prerequisite: Completion of Junior Level BSN Nursing Courses. 
This course is designed to increase the depth and breadth of the 
student's competencies in assessing client's health status and 
levels of adaptation. Emphasis is on the promotion and mainte- 
nance of health and the prevention of illness. A major aim is the 
recognition of deviations from normal. Students increase their 
skills in making appropriate referrals to other health care provid- 
ers. Learning experiences are provided in a variety of settings. 

NURSING: BSN 405— ADVANCED NURSING THEORY 1.(3-8-5) 

Prerequisite: All Junior Level Courses. 

This course assists the student to synthesize knowledge acquired 
from biological, social and behavioral sciences. The focus of the 
course is implementation of the nursing process in the care of 
adults and children in acute care settings. Clinical learning experi- 
ences enable students to refine previously lerned skills and develop 
new skills required in the delivery of nursing care to patients with 
complex needs and/or problems. 

NURSING: BSN 406— ADVANCED NURSING THEORY II. (3-8-5) 

Prerequisite: All Junior Level Courses. 

This course assists the student to synthesize knowledge acquired 
from biological, social, and behavioral sciences. The focus is on pro- 
viding comprehensive healthcare to high risk childbearing families 
and families experiencing a high degree of emotional stress. Clini- 
cal learning experiences assist the student to apply the nursing 
process in the promotion of optimal levels of wellness and healthy 
adaptive patterns in selected material-newborn and mental health 
settings. 

209 



NURSING: BSN 407— SENIOR SEMINAR. (2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: All Junior Level Courses. 

This course examines forces and factors which influence change 
in the health care delivery system. Current issues, trends and im- 
plications for the future of nursing are explored. Role transition 
from student to graduate is discussed. 

Program for the Degree Bachelor of Science in Nursing 
(Registered Nurses) 

The nursing courses for this degree program will not be offered 
again. Students must complete all general education degree re- 
quirements, built upon the Associate in Science in Nursing degree, 
are listed in the 1978-79 edition of the Armstrong State College 
Bulletin. 



DEPARTMENT OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE 

Professor William L. Megathlin, Head; Professor Magnus; Assis- 
tant Professors Menzel and Persons. 

Armstrong State College provides professional education to pre- 
pare students for careers in many areas in the administration of 
criminal justice. A strong liberal arts emphasis has been developed 
within the criminal justice program, enabling the student to pre- 
pare for new and demanding requirements in his profession. 
Specific courses in criminal justice are open to all students as elec- 
tives. Students who plan to follow careers in the behavioral sci- 
ences, law, journalism, or education may find courses in the crimi- 
nal justice area both interesting and useful. Non-majors should 
consult with their faculty advisors before electing these courses. 

Two programs of study are available to the student who wishes to 
study in the criminal justice area — a two year program leading to 
the degree of Associate in Science in Criminal Justice with a con- 
centration in corrections or in law enforcement and a four-year 
program leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Criminal 
Justice. Both of these programs have been accredited by the 
Academy of Criminal Justice Sciences. Each student should work 
closely with assigned departmental advisor in planning a program 
for either of the two degrees. 

Departmental Objectives 

As part of the total academic community, the Department of 
Criminal Justice shares the general philosophy and objectives 
which appear elsewhere in this catalog. In addition, some specific 
teaching, research, service and faculty development objectives im- 
pact upon the provision of effective professionals for the criminal 
justice system. 

Teaching. The primary function of this depeartment is to impart 
relevant knowledge for the student's consideration and under- 
standing. In addition, the faculty must assist the student in the 
utilization of his/her resources to acquire and apply knowledge 
beyond the confines of a particular course. The objectives of our 

210 



teaching are: to prepare students for further education and for 
careers in the criminal justice system, and to maximize the poten- 
tial of students to be positive influences in criminal justice and 
society. 

Research. Although of relatively minor importance at an institu- 
tion such as Armstrong, research has the potential to make a sig- 
nificant impact on improvement of local agencies in the criminal 
justice system. Our objective is to foster faculty and student re- 
search which may add to the field of knowledge and which may 
assist criminal justice agencies in their efforts to become mere ef- 
fective. 

Service. For a professional, career-oriented program such as 
ours, contacts with the community and the many criminal justice 
agencies are essential. The objectives of these contacts are: to im- 
prove the teaching component of the program; to foster coordina- 
tion and cooperation among the agencies and with the public; and 
to foster improvements in the criminal justice system. 

Faculty development. To the extent that our faculty is competent, 
other objectives and goals are possible. Our objective in faculty 
development is to seek and utilize all possible opportunities to de- 
velop each faculty member to the fullest extent of his/her 
capabiilities. An effective department is a direct outgrowth of effec- 
tive faculty members. 

Program for the Degree 

Associate in Science in Criminal Justice 

with a Concentration in Law Enforcement 

Quarter Hours. 

A. General Requirements* 53 

1. English 111, 112 10 

2. Art 200, 271, 272, 273, Music 200, or Philosophy 200, 201 ... .5 

3. Mathematics 101 5 

4. Laboratory Science Sequence 10 

5. History 251 or 252 and Political Science 113 10 

6. Psychology 101 and Sociology 201 10 

7. Physical Education 103 or 108 and 217 3 

B. Area of Concentration 40 

Criminal Justice 100, 103, 104, 

201, 210, 301 and two CJ electives 

C. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 93 

Program for the Degree 

Associate in Science in Criminal Jusice 

with a Concentration in Corrections 

Quarters Hours 
A General Requirements* 53 

1. English 111, 112 10 

2. Art 200, 271, 272, 273, Music 200, or Philosophy 200, 201 ... .5 

3. Mathematics 101 5 

* Certain courses, may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See 
"Admissions" section of this Bulletin. 

211 



Quarter Hours 

4. Laboratory Science Sequence 10 

5. History 251 or 252 and Political Science 113 10 

6. Psychology 101 and Sociology 201 10 

7. Physical Education 103 or 108 and 217 3 

B. Area of Concentration 20 

Criminal Justice 100, 102, 103, 201, 
210, 301, and two CJ electives 

C. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 93 

At least 45 hours of each of these two programs must be completed at 
Armstrong. 

Program for the Degree 
Bachelor of Science in Criminal Justice 

Students who intend to major in Criminal Justice should complete 
Criminal Justice 100 before the end of the freshman year and should 
complete all general education requirements as soon as possible. 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements* 66 

1. English 111, 112, 211 15 

2. Art 200, 271, 272, 273, Music 200, 

Philosophy 201, or English 222 5 

3. Mathematics 101 and 103, 195, 220 or 290 10 

4. Laboratory Science Sequence 10 

5. Political Science 113 and History 114 and 115 15 

6. Psychology 101 and Sociology 201, Economics 201, 

or Anthropology 201 5 

7. Physical Education 6 

Physical Education 103 or 108 and 217 and three 
Physical Education activities courses 

B. Courses Appropriate to Area of Concentration* 30 

1. Psychology 101 or Sociology 201 5 

2. History 251 or 252 5 

3. Criminal Justice 100, 103, 201, 210 20 

C. Area of Concentration 30 

Criminal Justice 301, 303, 305, 390, 403, 490 

D. Electives from Related Areas 65 

Sixty-five hours chosen from a list of selected electives. 
No more than fifteen hours may be taken from any one 
department except Criminal Justice. Seven of these 
courses should be 300-400 level courses. 

E. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191 



Minor Concentrations 

The department offers a minor in Criminal Justice, requiring 25 
hours with grades of "C" or better in each course. The minor in- 
cludes: CJ. 100; CJ. 210 or CJ. 301; CJ. 303; CJ. 305; and CJ. 403. 



""Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Ad- 
mission" section of this Bulletin. 

212 



Course Offerings 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 100— INTRODUCTION 

TO CRIMINAL JUSTICE (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. 

This survey course examines the emergence of formal institu- 
tions established within the American experience to deal with crim- 
inal behavior. The philosophical and cultural origins of the criminal 
justice system and current trends in criminal justice are em- 
phasized. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 102— INTRODUCTION 

TO CORRECTIONS (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

This course provides an overview of the American correctional 
system. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 103— DEVELOPING 
INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATIONS SKILLS. (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. 

The emphasis of this course will be placed upon the development 
of interpersonal communication skills, i.e., skills that can be effec- 
tively utilized on the job to improve interaction among employees 
and between employees and the public. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 104— BASIC 

LAW ENFORCEMENT. (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

This course will include a study of the police system in the United 
States, an overview of the basic purposes and objectives of the av- 
erage police department, and an introduction to police ethics and 
professionalization. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 201— CRIMINAL PROCEDURE. (5-0-5) 

Winter. 

A survey of the distinctive features of, and the basis for, Ameri- 
can Criminal Law buttressed by an analysis of leading court deci- 
sions relative to procedural rights emanating from the Bill of 
Rights. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 202— LAW OF EVIDENCE. (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

An intensive analysis of the rules of evidence in criminal cases. 
Particular subjects will include burden of proof, hearsay, evidence, 
and the principles of exclusion and selection. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 203— CRIMINAL LAW. (5-0-5) 

Winter. 

History and development of criminal law with definitions and 
general penalties. Special emphasis will be placed upon the Georgia 
Penal Code. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 204— CRIMINAL INVESTIGATION. (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Introduction to investigative methodology. Special techniques 
employed in criminal investigation, such as crime scene searches, 

213 



the use of informants, and the techniques of surveillance will be 
emphasized, as well as the presentation of police cases in court. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 210— CRIMINOLOGY. (5-0-5) 

Fall. 

The nature and extent of crime in the United States; assessment 
and evaluation of various factors and influences that lead to crimi- 
nal behavior; various measures proposed for the control of criminal 
behavior. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 250— DIRECTED READINGS 

IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE. (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

A course designed to permit each student to pursue an approved 
topic through independent study and research under the guidance 
and direction of the instructor. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 301-JUVENILE DELINQUENCY. (5-0-5) 
Fall. Prerequisite: CriminalJustice 100 or consent of instructor. 
A survey of theories of juvenile delinquency, the sociological, 
biological, and psychological factors involved in juvenile delin- 
quency and the modern trends in prevention and treatment. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 302— CRIMINALISTICS. (5-0-5) 

Summer. Prerequisite: A natural science laboratory sequence or 
consent of instructor. 

An introduction to the problems and techniques of scientific crim- 
inal investigation. Emphasis will be placed on familiarizing the 
student with the role of science and technology in modern law en- 
forcement. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 303— PENOLOGY. (5-0-5) 

Winter: Prerequisite: Criminal Justice 100, 102 or consent of in- 
structor. 

This course deals with the analysis and evaluation of both histor- 
ical and contemporary correctional systems. This course will also 
deal with the development, organization, operation and results of 
the different systems of corrections found in America. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 304— PROBATION AND PAROLE. (5-0-5) 
Offered on demand. Prerequisite: CriminalJustice 303 or consent 
of instructor. 

This course will deal with the development, organization, opera- 
tion and results of systems of probation and parole as substitutes 
for incarceration. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 305— LAW ENFORCEMENT 

SYSTEMS (5-0-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: Criminal Justice 100, 10U or consent of in- 
structor. 

An introduction to the philosophical, cultural and historical 
background of the police idea. This course is conceptually oriented 
and will deal with concepts such as the role of the police in contem- 
porary society, the quasi-military organization of the police, and 
community relations. 

214 



CRIMINAL JUSTICE 307— COMMUNITY 

BASED TREATMENT. (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: CriminalJustice 303 or consent 
of instructor. 

This course will investigate the different community base treat- 
ment programs. An emphasis will be placed on investigating the 
function of halfway houses and the use of volunteers in corrections. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 390— RESEARCH METHODS 

IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE. (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisites: English 111 and 112, Criminal Justice 210 
or 301 , Criminal Justice 303 and 305. 

This course deals with the methods and techniques of research in 
the behavioral sciences. Emphasis will be placed on learning how to 
evaluate research. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 401— CRIMINAL JUSTICE 
PLANNING. (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: CriminalJustice 390 or consent 
of instructor. 

Origins and evolution of modern day planning. Planning as a 
process of criminal justice decision-making. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 402— CIVIL LIBERTIES. (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Criminal Justice 201 or Politi- 
cal Science 31 7. 

Problems will be drawn from the substantive and procedural as- 
pects of constitutional law and explored in the context of the cur- 
rent friction between the values of order and individual liberty. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 403-^JUDICIAL PROCESS. (5-0-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: Criminal Justice 201, Political Science 317, 
or consent of instructor. 

Courts as political subsystems in comparative perspective. Judi- 
cial decision-making and the development of public policy through 
the judicial process. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 406— LAW AND SOCIETY. (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Criminal Justice U03 or the con- 
sent of instructor. 

The study of the theory and philosophy of law and the relation- 
ship between law and society. Current controversies such as civil 
disobedience and law and personal morality will receive special at- 
tention. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 408— HUMAN RELATIONS. (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 
This course will deal in the area of human relations as a means of 
controlling and changing people. Emphasis will be placed on effec- 
tive listening and effective communication. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 440— SEMINAR IN 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE. (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Open to seniors only or by con- 
sent of the instructor. 

An intensive study of selected topics relative to the concept of 
criminal justice. Subject matter will vary annually. 

215 



CRIMINAL JUSTICE 450— FIELD EXPERIENCE I. (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Open to junior and senior 
criminal justice majors only and by invitation of the instructor. 

The purpose of this course is to broaden the educational experi- 
ence of students through appropriate observation and work as- 
signments with criminal justice agencies. The course will be or- 
ganized around specific problem orientations with operational re- 
search connotations. Students will be expected to spend a minimum 
of five hours per week in the participating agency. Open to tran- 
sient students only with permission of the Dean of Human Services 
at Armstrong State College and of the college from which the stu- 
dent comes. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 451— FIELD EXPERIENCE II. (5-0-5) 
Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Open to junior and senior 
criminal justice majors only and by invitation of the instructor. 

This is a sequential course to Criminal Justice 450 which will 
permit the student to further broaden his perspectives. Open to 
transient students only with permission of the Dean of Human 
Services at Armstrong State College and of the college from which 
the student comes. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 452-453-454^INTERNSHIP. 

(5 hours credit for each course) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Open only to upper level crim- 
inal justice majors. 

This course is designed to provide the student with an opportun- 
ity to apply academic training in the practical criminal justice set- 
ting. Settings will include law enforcement agencies (local, state or 
federal), community treatment facilities, and the courts. This 
course will be jointly supervised by college staff and law enforce- 
ment, correctional and court officials. Open to transient students 
only with permission of the Dean of the Human Services at 
Armstrong State College and of the college from which the student 
comes. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 490— DIRECTED RESEARCH 

IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE. (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Criminal Justice 390. 

A course designed to provide qualified students the opportunity 
to perform suitable and meaningful research into some area of 
criminal justice under the direction of the instructor. Open to tran- 
sient students only with permission of the Dean of the Human Ser- 
vices at Armstrong State College and of the college from which the 
student comes. 

DEPARTMENT OF DENTAL HYGIENE 

Assistant Professor James M. Bell, Head; Assistant Professors 
Adams, Simon, and Tanenbaum; Teaching Associates Fleming, 
Giorgio, and Russell. 

Associate in Science in Dental Hygiene 

For the two-year (seven quarters) program leading to the As- 
sociate in Science degree in Dental Hygiene, the student must com- 
216 



plete a curriculum of 55 quarter hours in academic courses and 58 
quarter hours in professional dental hygiene courses. The purpose 
of this program is to provide trained personnel in a rapidly growing 
and important health profession. Dental hygienists provide dental 
health services in private dental offices, civil service positions, in- 
dustry, and in various public health fields. They practice under the 
supervision of a dentist and must pass a state board examination 
for licensure. The curriculum is fully approved by the Commission 
on Accreditation of Dental and Dental Auxiliary Educational Pro- 
grams of The American Dental Association. 

A passing grade in all related natural science courses in a pre- 
requisite to the 200 level Dental Hygiene courses; therefore, 
Chemistry 201, Zoology 208-209, and Biology 210 must be satisfac- 
torily completed before the student will be admitted into second- 
year status in the Dental Hygiene Program. 

The student must earn a "C" or better in each Dental Hygiene 
course before he or she will be allowed to register for subsequent 
dental hygiene courses; therefore, a grade of "C" or better in the 
previous course(s) is a prerequisite for each dental hygiene course 
for which the student registers after the first quarter of the 
freshman year. An overall GPA of 2.0 is required for graduation 
from the program 

Program for the Degree 
Associate in Science in Dental Hygiene 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements* 35 

1. English 111, 112 10 

2. Psychology 101 5 

3. Sociology 201 5 

4. Physical Education 211 2 

5. Physical Education activity course 1 

6. Drama Speech 217 2 

7. History 251 or 252 5 

8. Political Science 113 5 

B. Courses in Major Field 58 

Dental Hygiene 111, 112, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 210, 211, 
212, 213, 214, 215, 216, 

217, 219, 220, 221 

C. Courses in Related Fields 20 

1. Chemistry 201 5 2. Zoology 208, 209 

10 3. Biology 210 5 

D. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 113 

Course Offerings 

DENTAL HYGIENE 111— CLINICAL 

DENTAL HYGIENE I. (2-3-3) 

Fall. 

This course is designed to introduce the student to the dental 
hygiene profession. The subject matter includes fundamental 
knowledge of clinical procedures and techniques of removing stains 
and deposits from the teeth. Clinical procedures are introduced 
first on manikins and then applied in the mouth. 

217 



DENTAL HYGIENE 112-113— CLINICAL DENTAL 
HYGIENE II AND III. (1-6-3) (1-6-3) 

Winter and Spring respectively. Prerequisite: Dental Hygiene 111. 

Students continue with oral prophylactic techniques on patients 
in the clinic under supervision. The subject matter includes ad- 
vanced procedures which the hygienist will use in the performance 
of duties. The student must apply acquired knowledge in all clinical 
situations. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 114— DENTAL ANATOMY. (2-0-2) 

Fall. 

This course is designed to familiarize the dental hygiene student 
with the nomenclature, morphology, and eruption sequence of the 
primary and secondary dentition. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 115— ORAL HISTOLOGY 

AND EMBRYOLOGY. (2-0-2) 

Winter 

This course includes primarily the study of oral histology and 
embryology and is designed to familiarize the dental hygiene stu- 
dent with the histology of the oral cavity and with the growth and 
development of the embryo with emphasis on the oral structures. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 116— HEAD AND NECK 

ANATOMY. (2-0-2) 

Spring. 

This course is designed to familiarize the dental hygiene student 
with gross anatomical relationships in the head and neck. Special 
attention is given to the anatomy of the oral cavity and its clinical 
application. 

DENTAL HYGEIENE 117— APPLIED NUTRITION. (2-0-2) 

Spring 

This course presents the biochemical aspects of nutrition as 
applied to the practice of dentistry. Students are instructed in diet, 
history taking, and dietetic counseling. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 118— PERIODONTICS. (2-0-2) 

Summer. 

This course is designed to give the student a basic understanding 
of periodontics. Emphasis will be placed on the significance of pa- 
tient education and dental prophylaxis in the prevention of 
periodontal disease. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 119— DENTAL MATERIALS. (2-3-3) 

Summer. 

This course is designed to provide a general understanding of the 
chemical, physical and mechanical properties of dental materials. 
The indications and limitations of materials will be stressed as well 
as proper manipulation of those materials used by dental 
hygienists. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 120— DENTAL 

ROENTGENOLOGY. (2-3-3) 

Summer. 

This course will include a series of lectures, demonstrations, and 
directed experience in the fundamentals of dental roentgenology. 

218 



Intraoral techniques for the taking and processing of radiographs 
are taught and laboratory time will be devoted to demonstration 
and directed experience. Clinical time in subsequent quarters will 
afford the application of the principles of clinical situations. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 210— GENERAL AND 

ORAL PATHOLOGY. (3-0-3) 

Fall. 

This course is designed to familiarize dental hygiene students 
with the principles of general pathology in relation to the common 
diseases of oral regions. Emphasis will be placed on clinical man- 
ifestations and the importance of early recognition of abnormal 
conditions. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 211-212-213— CLINICAL 

DENTAL HYGIENE IV, V, VI. (1-12-5) (1-12-5) (1-12-5) 

Fall, Winter and Spring reapectively. Prerequisites: Dental 
Hygiene 111, 112, 113. 

These courses are a continuation of the preceding clinical 
courses. Emphasis centers on improved proficiency in all areas of a 
working clinic. Lecture time is devoted mainly to the discussion of 
experiences encountered in clinical situations. Pertinent material 
related to the dental hygiene profession is included in these 
courses. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 214— ANESTHESIOLOGY 

AND PHARMACOLOGY. (2-0-2) 

Winter. 

This course is a study of drugs and anesthetics with special con- 
sideration given to those used in dentistry. It is designed to ac- 
quaint the student with the principles of drug action in the human 
patient. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 215— PREVENTIVE DENTISTRY. (2-0-2) 

Fall. 

The principles of prevention of oral diseases are presented. Em- 
phasis is placed on training the student in the utilization of oral 
physiotherapy aids and on education and motivation of patients in 
proper oral hygiene. Clinical time in subsequent quarters will af- 
ford the application of these principles to clinical situations. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 216— DENTAL PUBLIC HEALTH. (2-0-2) 

Winter. 

This course introduces the student to the various aspects of pub- 
lic health with reference to the dental needs of the community. 
Special ttention is given to terminology, epidemiology, and in- 
terpretation of data related to community dental health programs. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 217— DENTAL HEALTH 
EDUCATION. (2-0-2) 

Winter. 

This course is designed to familarize the dental hygiene student 
with the practical application of modern methods of dental health 
education. Course content includes developing teaching materials 
for dental health education, demonstrations, and presentation of 
materials. 

219 



DENTAL HYGIENE 219— TOTAL PATIENT CARE. (2-0-2) 

Winter. 

This course is a series of lectures to acquaint the student with the 
subject matter and practice of the various dental specialties in rela- 
tion to the patient's total health. Emphasis is placed on periodon- 
tics, its treatment and the role of the dental hygienist in mainte- 
nance of oral health. This course is also designed to acquaint the 
student with the contributions to the provision of dental services by 
dental auxiliary personnel. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 220— DIRECTED 

FIELD EXPERIENCE. (0-9-3) 

Spring. 

Students will receive directed field experience in public health 
dentistry and for the handicapped. They will also experience plan- 
ned learning experiences in private dental offices. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 221— FUNDAMENTALS 

OF DENTAL HYGIENE. (2-0-2) 

Spring. 

This course is designed as a seminar to acquaint students with 
the ethical responsibilities of the dental hygienist, the jurispru- 
dence governing the practice of dental hygiene, and the structure 
and function of the American Dental Association, the Georgia Den- 
tal Association, and the American Dental Hygienists Association. 

Bachelor of Science in Dental Hygiene Education 

This degree is comprised of preparatory courses which will en- 
able the students to become instructors of Dental Hygiene. The 
students will work with the dental hygiene faculty and be directly 
under their supervision. However, their professional level will be 
above the student dental hygienists (Associate in Science degree 
students.) 

Requirements include attendance at selected freshman and 
sophomore lecture classes and clinics. The number and times of 
attendance will be left to the discretion of the Head of the Depart- 
ment. Lecture subjects; reading assignments; grading procedures; 
and laboratory design; as well as instruction technique; attitude 
and interaction between students, faculty, and patients will be 
graded by all faculty members, with the final grades being deter- 
mined by the Department Head. 

In addition to courses listed for the Associate in Science in Dental 
Hygiene Degree, the following courses must be completed. 

Program for the Degree 
Bachelor of Science in Dental Hygiene Education 

Quarter Hours 
A. General Requirements* 33 

1. English 211 5 

2. Philosophy 200 or 201 5 

""Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Ad- 
mission" section of this Bulletin. 

220 



Quarter Hours 

3. Mathematics 101, 220 10 

4. History 114, 115 10 

5. Physical Education electives 3 

B. Courses in the Major Field 20 

1. Dental Hygiene 401, 402, 403, 404 

C. Courses in Related Fields 20 

1. Education 203, 330 10 

2. Psychology 301, 305 10 

D. Electives 10 

E. Regents** and Exit Examinations — 

TOTAL 93 

Course Offerings 

DENTAL HYGIENE 401— PRACTICUM IN 

DENTAL HYGIENE EDUCATION I. (0-10-5) 

Fall. Prerequisite: Senior Status and work experience 
An introductory field experience in the college dental hygiene 

clinic, with emphasis on observation, individual and small group 

teaching, and teacher aide work. The first professional course for 

majors in Dental Hygiene Education. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 402— PRACTICUM IN 

DENTAL HYGIENE EDUCATION II. (0-10-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: DH U01. 

A continuation of Dental Hygiene 401. Problems common to be- 
ginning dental hygiene teachers, practices and procedures de- 
signed to accomplish program objectives, the esyablishment and 
organization of content, methods of clinical evaluation and super- 
vision in the dental hygiene clinic. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 403— PRACTICUM 

DENTAL HYGIENE EDUCATION III. (0-10-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: DH 1*02. 

An advanced field experience, designed to assist the student in 
the development of learning activities, teaching procedures, and 
the presentation of materials pertinent to dental hygiene educa- 
tion. The student will develop and teach selected units in the basic 
dental hygiene sequence. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 404— DIRECTED 

INDIVIDUAL STUDY. (0-10-5) 

Summer. Prerequisite: DH 403. 

Directed indivdual study in an area of major interest with special 
relevance to Dental Hygiene and future career objectives. 
Laboratory experience will be included to meet the needs of the 
students. 



**The Regents Examination is not required if it was successfully completed as a 
part of an Associate Degree program. 

NOTE: Students in the Bachelor of Science degree program in Dental Hygiene 
Education who did not complete History 251 or 252 and Political Science 
113 or their equivalents in their Associate Degree programs must do so as 
part of their baccalaureate degree programs. 

221 



MEDICAL RECORD TECHNOLOGY 

Assistant Professor Ann E. Marohn, Director; Setona B. Page, 
Faculty Instructor 

The field of medical record science is a rapidly growing profes- 
sion. It is recognized as one of the most prestigious and rewarding 
careers in the health world today. The program curriculum is de- 
signed to train selected individuals in acquiring technical skills and 
knowledge to become competent medical record technicians. The 
student is prepared for clerical and supervisory responsibilities in 
the medical record department of any hospital, clinic, nursing 
home, and any other health related institution. Employment op- 
portunities are also available in industrial organizations, gov- 
ernmental agencies, and medical libraries. Participating in medical 
research and offering consultation services to health facilities are 
other employment avenues. 

Academic Policies 



1. A grade of "C" or better must be earned in all MRT courses. A 
student will not be allowed to register for an MRT course if 
she/he made below a "C" on the prerequisite MRT course. 

2. A student may repeat only one MRT course only one time. 

3. A grade of "C" or better must be earned in all natural science 
courses (Zoology 208, 209 and Chemistry 201). Only one natural 
science course may be repeated only one time. 

4. Maintenance of a quarterly GPA of 2.0 or better is expected. A 
student who falls below the required quarterly GPA of 2.0 during 
any quarter will be placed on "Conditional Status" for one quar- 
ter, relative to the MRT program. 

5. A student may be granted "Conditional Status" for no more than 
two consecutive quarters and not more than three quarters to- 
tal. If a student's quarterly GPA is not raised by the end of the 
second consecutive "Conditional Status" quarter or at the end of 
the third non-consecutive "Conditional Status" quarter she/he 
will be dismissed from the MRT program (dismissal from the 
college is treated in the Academic Regulations section of this 
Bulletin). 

6. An overall GPA of 2.0 is required for graduation. 

Program for the Degree 
Associate in Science in Medical Record Technology 

Quarter Hours 
A. General Requirements* 33 

1. English 111, 112 10 

2. Chemistry 201 5 

3. History 251 or 252 5 

4. Political Science 113 5 

5. Physical Education 117 and one activity course 

or three activity courses 3 

6. Approved Elective 5 

*Certain courses may be exempted with credit awarded. See "Admission" section 

of this Bulletin. 

222 



Quarter Hours 
Courses Appropriate to the Field 20 

1. Zoology 208, 209 10 

2. Mathematics 101,* Computer Science 110 10 

C. Courses in Major Field 54 

1. MRT 100, 101, 202, 203, 204 20 

2. MRT 111, 112, 213, 214 17 

3. MRT 110, 220, 230, 240 10 

4. MRT 215, 225 7 

D. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 107 

Course Offerings 

MRT 100— HEALTH OCCUPATIONS. (1-0-1) 

Spring. Prerequisite: none. 

An introductory study of the present system of health care on 
local, state, national, and international levels. The changing pat- 
tern of health manpower needs and the emerging trends are 
explored. Orientation to health facilities with emphasis placed on 
the organization of a hospital and its functional units. 

MRT 111— MEDICAL TERMINOLOGY I. (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: none. 

Introduction to medical terminology. This course will cover the 
study of the language of medicine including word construction, 
word element, definition, and abbreviation related to all areas of 
medical science, hospital services and health related fields. Open to 
non-MRT students by permission. 

MRT 112— MEDICAL TERMINOLOGY II. (4-1-4) 

Spring. Prerequisites: MRT 111. Prerequisite or corequisite: 
Zoology 208. 

An advanced course in Medical terminology. This course will 
cover diseases, operations, laboratory tests, and various aspects of 
medicine used in each of the human body systems. Open to non- 
MRT students by permission. 

MRT 213— MEDICAL TRANSCRIPTION. (1-4-3) 

Fall. Prerequisites: MRT 112, Typing proficiency. 
Medical transcribing, editing medical reports, and managing 
transcription pools are emphasized. The clinical laboratory time 
will be spent typing from cassette tapes through which medical 
reports (discharge summaries, operative reports, history and phys- 
ical examination, consultation reports) have been dictated by 
physicians. 

MRT 214— MEDICAL SCIENCE (4-2-5) 

Fall. Prerequisites: MRT 112, Zoology 209. 

Medical Science for the medical record technician serves as an 
essential connecting link between the basic sciences of anatomy 
and physiology of the human body and the medical and surgical 
repair of a diseased host. Dysfunctions of normal physiology and 

* Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credits awarded. See 
"Admission" section of this Bulletin. 

223 



the processes that bring about these disruptions will be considered. 
The manner in which these disruptions manifest themselves as 
signs, symptoms, physical findings, and laboratory results will be 
discussed. 

MRT 101— MEDICAL RECORD SCIENCE I. (5-0-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: MRT 100. 

A general orientation to the historical background of medicine, 
development of the health care field, the medical record field as a 
profession with discussion of the organization and history of 
American Medical Record Association. Included are definitions of 
and standards for medical records, their content, format and 
evaluation with reference to accrediting agencies. Emphasis is 
placed on number and filing systems, retention, and storage 
methods. 

MRT 202— MEDICAL RECORD SCIENCE II. (4-1-4) 

Fall. Prerequisites: MRT 101 and 110. Corequisite: MRT 220. 
Principles of record analysis: completion of medical records by all 
medical and other associated professionals. A study of the hospital 
and medical staff organization and committee functions; reviewing 
the purposes and requirements of various national and state reg- 
ulatory agencies; computing various hospital statistics and its re- 
spective reports; describing procedures and discussing the sources 
and use of health information systems. 

MRT 203— MEDICAL RECORD SCIENCE III. (4-2-5) 

Winter. Prerequisites: MRT 202 and 202, Zoology 209. Corequisite: 
MRT 230. 

Concentration of defining the purposes of classification systems 
and nomenclatures; describing the various classification systems 
used ; coding and retrieving diagnoses and procedures by ICD-9-CM 
utilizing the principles of SNDO, and other coding systems and 
nomenclatures; describing and using various indexes and regis- 
ters. 

MRT 204— MEDICAL RECORD SCIENCE IV. (4-2-5) 

Spring. Prerequisites: MRT 203 and 230. Corequisite: MRT 2U0. 
A survey of medical audit methodology; implementing Problem- 
Oriented Medical Record in health institutions; principles in man- 
aging medical libraries and cancer programs; and in providing con- 
sulting services to health care delivery systems. An overview of 
special record keeping systems; long-term care facilities, ambula- 
tory care centers, psychiatric institutions, private physicians' of- 
fices, and health care centers situated in industrial sites. 

MRT 215— LEGAL ASPECTS OF MEDICAL RECORDS. (2-0-2) 

Winter. Prerequisite: MRT 202. 

An introduction to the study of the principles of law (federal, 
state, and local) and their application to the health field with par- 
ticular emphasis in medical record practice; the importance of the 
medical record as a legal document; the effect of confidential com- 
munication laws on the release of information: the proper release of 
information from the medical record; legal authorizations. 

224 



MRT 225— ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION I. (4-2-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: MRT 202, 

A survey of the management principles related to office man- 
agement in a medical record department. Planning the work of an 
office with discussion and application to systems, procedures, 
methods, and organizational charts. Attention is given to planning 
and organizing office space, equipment, and supplies. Also included 
in this course are units in communication skills and techniques: 
form design and control; salary administration; and personnel 
selection, development, and supervision. 

MRT 110— DIRECTED EXPERIENCE I. (0-4-1) 

Spring. Prerequisite: MRT 100. Corequisite: MRT 101. 
Directed experience in various affiliated health care facilities will 
apply the theory of medical practices by performing medical record 
skills. Specific assignments in the medical record department will 
include: record assembly and analysis; record and loose document 
filing; and record controlling. 

MRT 220— DIRECTED EXPERIENCE II. (0-8-2) 

Fall. Prerequisites: MRT 101 and 110. Corequisite: MRT 202. 
Supervised learning experience at various health care centers. 
Specific assignments in medical record departments are: qualita- 
tive analysis of medical records; assisting in medical staff and ad- 
ministrative committee functions. 

MRT 230— DIRECTED EXPERIENCE III. (0-12-3) 

Winter. Prerequisites: MRT 202 and 220. Corequisite: MRT 203. 
This practicum emphasizes practical experience in coding final 
diagnoses and operative procedures, preparation of source docu- 
ments, and practicing indexing methods. 

MRT 240— DIRECTED EXPERIENCE IV. (0-16-4) 

Spring. Prerequisites: MRT 203, 230 and 215. Corequisites: MRT 
20U and 225. 

Emphasis is placed on the managerial and technical concerns of 
the student practitioners. An inservice education program is con- 
ducted by each student for medical record employees. This directed 
clinical experience applies to the syntheses of the program of 
studies and prepares the student for transition to the graduate 
role. 



PROGRAM IN RESPIRATORY THERAPY 

FACULTY: Assistant Professor Ross L. Bowers, Director; Teach- 
ing Associate Steven Covington, Clinical Coordinator. 

For the two-year (seven consecutive quarters) program leading 
to the Associate in Science degree in Respiratory Therapy, the stu- 
dent must complete a curriculum of 56 quarter hours in academic 
courses and 60 quarter hours in professional Respiratory Therapy 
courses. The purpose of this program is to provide highly trained 
personnel for a rapidly growing and important health profession. 
The A.S. degree from an accredited Respiratory Therapy program 

225 



qualifies the graduate for the Registry credentialing process. The 
Registry is the highest professional credential in the field of 
respiratory therapy. The credentialing process is a two-step na- 
tionally administered examination. Step 1 is a comprehensive writ- 
ten examination. To qualify for step 2 the candidate must pass step 
1. Step 2 is a clinical simulation examination which tests the candi- 
date's ability to apply knowledge in clinical situations. The candi- 
date who passes step 2 earns the credential of Registered Respira- 
tory Therapist. It will take at least one year following graduation to 
complete the credentialing process. 



PROGRESSION REQUIREMENTS 

For progression through the A.S. Respiratory Therapy Program 
the following conditions must be maintained: 

1. A grade of "C" or better must be earned in EACH core cur- 
riculum (academic) course. No more than one repeat grade per 
course will be acceptable. 

2. A grade of "C" or better in each Respiratory Therapy course. 
No more than one Respiratory Therapy course may be re- 
peated and a "C" or better must be earned at that time to 
remain in the program. 

3. A Respiratory Therapy course in which the student makes a D 
or F must be repeated at its next offering. Because of cur- 
riculum structure, each Respiratory Therapy course is offered 
only one time per year. The student who must repeat a Re- 
spiratory Therapy course will be out of the program for three 
quarters until the course can be repeated. 

4. If a student fails to make a "C" or better in any course that is 
repeated, this will be grounds for dismissal from the Respira- 
tory Therapy Program. 

5. An overall GPA of 2.0 (C) or better is required to graduate from 
the Respiratory Therapy Program. 

Attendance Regulations 

A student must matriculate each successive quarter to remain in 
the program. If the student needs to be away from school for a 
quarter the student must seek formal approval from the Program 
Director for such an absence. If approval is not sought and granted, 
the student will be dropped from active status and must reapply for 
admission to the Respiratory Therapy major before continuing in 
the program. The student who applies for readmission must meet 
the existing requirements of the program. 



COURSES AT ANOTHER INSTITUTION 

The Program Director's approval is required if credits for pre- 
professional or major area courses taken at another school are to be 
accepted for the Respiratory Therapy degree. 

226 



Program for the Degree 
Associate in Science in Respiratory Therapy 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements 28 

1. English 111, 112 10 

2. Math 101 5 

3. History 251 or 252; Political Science 113 10 

4. Physical Education and one activity course 3 

B. Pre-Professional Courses 28 

1. Zoology 208, 209, 211 13 

2. Biology 210 5 

3. Chemistry 201, 202 10 

C. Courses in Respiratory Therapy 60 

1. R.T. 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107 28 

2. R.T. 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206 32 

D. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 116 

Course Offerings 

RESPIRATORY THERAPY 101— INTRODUCTION TO 
RESPIRATORY THERAPY. 93-6-5) 

Prerequisite: Direct admission into the Respiratory Therapy 
Program. 

An introductory course in the characteristics, handling, storing 
and administration of medical gases. The student will learn how to 
operate and attach respiratory therapy equipment to medical 
gases. The student will also learn how to administer medical gases 
in the clinical area. 

RESPIRATORY THERAPY 102— RESPIRATORY 
PHARMACOLOGY (4-0-4) 

During this course the student will learn the pharmacodynamics 
of drugs which directly affect the cardiopulmonary system. The 
student will learn how to safely administer drugs by the aerosol 
route and how to identify side effects during administration. 

RESPIRATORY THERAPY 103— CLINICAL PRACTICUM: 
GAS ADMINISTRATION (2-6-4) 

Prerequisite: A minimum of a 2.0 GPA in R.T. 101. 

During this course the student will learn: Cardiopulmonary Re- 
suscitation inside and outside of the hospital environment, basic 
monitoring of the ill patient, principles involved in cleaning and 
sterilization of equipment, and how to operate cleaning and sterli- 
zation equipment. 



227 



RESPIRATORY THERAPY 105— PATIENT 

ASSESSMENT (1-3-2) 

Prerequisite: A minimum of 2.0 GPA in R.T. 102 and R.T. 103. 

During this course the student will learn how to: perform a chest 
physical exam on a patient, use a stethoscope in identifying abnor- 
mal breath sounds, an- identify normal and abnormal findings on a 
chest x-ray. 

RESPIRATORY THERAPY 106— PULMONARY FUNCTIONS/ 
DIAGNOSTIC TECHNIQUES (3-6-5) 

Prerequisite: A minimum of a 2.0 GPA in R.T. 104 and 105. 

During this course the student will learn how to use pulmonary 
function and other diagnostic aids in diagnosing pulmonary disor- 
ders. The student will also study the etiology, pathophysiology, and 
management of chronic pulmonary disease patients. 

RESPIRATORY THERAPY 107— ACID BASE 

PHYSILOGY (2-3-3) 

Prerequisite: A minimum of a 2.0 GPA in R.T. 10U and 105. 

During this course the student will learn basic acid/base physiol- 
ogy and how to interpret acid/base abnormalities. The student will 
also study the management of acid/base abnormalities in the clini- 
cal area. The student will learn how to do an arterial puncture. 

RESPIRATORY THERAPY 201— AIRWAY 

MANAGEMENT (2-9-5) 

Prerequisite: A minimum of a 2.0 GPA in R.T 106 and 107. 

During this course the student will learn how to recognize, man- 
age and place an artificial airway; perform basic trach care and 
change tracheostomy tubes; wean patients off of an artificial air- 
way and identify and manage problems encountered in the post- 
extubation patient. 

RESPIRATORY THERAPY 202— PATHOLOGY OF 
CARDIOPULMONARY DISEASE (2-3-3) 

Prerequisite: A minimum of 2.0 GPA in R.T 106 and 107. 

During this course the student will study both normal and ab- 
normal pathology. The student will examine microscopic slides and 
gross anatomy. 

RESPIRATORY THERAPY 203— ADULT 

CRITICAL CARE (3-6-5) 

Prerequisite: A minimum of a 2.0 GPA in R.T 201 and 202. 

During this course the student will learn how to: care for, monitor 
and mechanically ventilate the critical care patient. The student 
will study the mechanics and learn how to operate and maintain 
equipment used in the critical care area. 

RESPIRATORY THERAPY 204— CLINICAL 

SUPERVISION IN RESPIRATORY THERAPY (2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: A minimum of 2.0 GPA in R.T. 201 and 202. 

During this course the student will study basic management 
techniques that will enable him/her to function effectively as a shift 
supervisor. The student will encounter many of the problems faced 
by the supervisor in the hospital environment. 

228 



RESPIRATORY THERAPY 205— CLINICAL PRACTICUM: 
GENERAL RESPIRATORY CARE (0-15-5) 

Prerequisite: A minumum of a 2.0 GPA in R.T. 201 and 202. 

During this course the student will continue to develop clinical 
competence in respiratory therapy skill. 

RESPIRATORY THERAPY 206— NEONATAL CRITICAL 
CARE (3-6-5) 

Prerequisite: A minimum of a 2.0 GPA in R.T. 203, 20U and 205. 

During this course the student will learn about the problems 
encountered by the fetus at birth, identification and management 
of the high risk fetus, diseases related to the newborn and prema- 
ture infant, and the monitoring and care of the sick newborn. 

RESPIRATORY THERAPY 207— CLINICAL PRACTICUM: 

CRITICAL 

RESPIRATORY CARE (0-21-7) 

Prerequisite: A minimum of a 2.0 GPA in R.T 203, 20U and 205. 

The student will continue to develop clinical skills concentrating 
in the critical care areas. The student will learn the responsibilities 
of the critical care worker in each clinical affiliate. 



SOCIAL WORK AND SOCIOLOGY 

Associate Professor Neil B. Satterfield, Director of the Social 
Work Program; Assistant Professors Brown, MacLean and 
Ralston. 

The degree program in Social Work is offered jointly by Savannah 
State College and Armstrong State College with coordination of the 
program shifting on a regular basis from one campus to another. 
Courses in the program are offered on each campus, with the cam- 
pus location noted in the course descriptions printed below. Social 
Work faculty also offer supporting coursework in the area of 
Sociology. 

Program for the Degree 
Bachelor of Social Work 

The Social Work major must check with his/her advisor prior to enroll- 
ment in Social Work 333 for the required guidance and evaluation proce- 
dure. 

Quarter Hours 
A. General Requirements* 96 

1. English 111, 112, 211, and one of the following 20 

Art 200, 271, 272, 273; Music 200; 
Philosophy 200, 201; English 222 

2. Mathematics 101 and Mathematics 220 or 290 10 

3. Political Science 113 and one of the following: 10 

Psychology 101, Anthropology 201, Economics 201 

4. History 114, 115 and History 252 15 

5. Laboratory Science Sequence 10 

6. Foreign Language 101, 102, 103 or 

Social Science elective at the 100-200 level 15 

"Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See 
"Admission" section of this Bulletin 

229 



Quarter Hours 

7. Sociology 201 and Social Work 250 10 

8. Physical Education 103 or 108 and 117 and three 
activities courses 6 

B. Courses in the Major Field 60 

1. Social Work 309, 320**, 330, 333 

334, 335**, and 440** 35 

2. Two of the following: Social Work 406, 410, 430 10 

3. Field Experience - Social Work 451, 452, 475 15 

C. Courses in Related Field 30 

1. Soc. 315 and Soc. 340** 10 

2. Economics 201 5 

3. Any one course from each of the following groupings: 15 

a. His. 374, Anth. 310, or Soc. 350 

b. Pol. Sci 307, C-J 301, Nursing 305 

c. Psych 202, Psych 303 or Psych 406 

D. Electives 5 

E. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191 

Course Offerings 

Social Work 

SOCIAL WORK 250— INTRODUCTION TO 

SOCIAL WORK. (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. Alternating ASC, SSC 

This course is a study of the social welfare systems and the social 
work profession as a discipline within it. The course presents an 
overview of social service delivery systems as a response to human 
need. The course requires 4 or 5 on-site structured observations of 
different social service settings. 

The student will examine the knowledge base, the value system, 
the professional skills employed, and the history of the social work 
profession. The student will begin a systematic look at his/her own 
lifestyle and value system as potential for becoming a social work 
professional. 

SOCIAL WORK 309— GROUP PROCESS. (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: SW250 and completion of General Requirements as 
listed in the degree program outline. Offered each quarter. ASC. 

A course designed primarily to develop basic skill in working with 
groups and to increase one's level of self awareness. The body of 
knowledge is measured by written tests and term papers. Com- 
munication skills, values, and one's affective domain are measured 
by peer ratings, group exercises, and professor's judgement. For 
behavioral science and professional degree majors only. 

SOCIAL WORK SOCIOLOGY 320— ETHNIC MINORITIES.(5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: Sociology 201 or Social Work 250. Fall and Spring. 
SSC. 

This course focuses on the present factual situation in America. 
The course examines the problems faced by minorities in America, 
especially where skin color and language pose social and economic 
barriers. It looks at dominant public institutions and patterns of 

* "Offered at Savannah State College only. 

230 



response by minorities such as Black Americans, Chicanos, Puerto 
Ricans, Native Americans, and other sizeable ethnic groups. 

SOCIAL WORK NURSING 330-HUMAN 

GROWTH AND SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT. (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201 and Psychology 101 or SOS 201. Fall 
and Spring. ASC. 

A course designed to examine the reciprocal relationships be- 
tween man and his environment and the effects of this relationship 
on man's physical, emotional, and social development. Emphasis 
will be placed on facilitating man's adaptation to internal and ex- 
ternal stress throughout the life cycle. 

SOCIAL WORK 333— INTERVENTIVE METHODS I. (4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: Social Work 250 and 330. Offered twice each year. 
SSC. 

A course designed to develop and to sharpen interpersonal com- 
munication skills. The student learns to use conversation, observa- 
tion, analytical, and helping skills in a variety of roles played by the 
generalist social worker. The course presents the student with a 
wide variety of interview situations in which he must demonstrate 
a high degree of competence. 

SOCIAL WORK 334— INTERVENTIVE METHODS II. (4-2-5) 
Prerequisite: Social Work 333. Offered twice each year. ASC. 
This course teaches an approach to human problem solving utiliz- 
ing a systems approach with emphasis on patterns of coping, family 
relationships, behavior study, diagnosis, and treatment or plan of 
action. Competency in crisis intervention and selection of proper 
treatment modality must be demonstrated. 

SOCIAL WORK 335— INTERVENTIVE METHODS III. (4-2-5) 
Prerequisite: Social Work 33 %. Offered twice each year. SSC. 
A sequel to Social Work 334 with the main thrust on neighbor- 
hood and community need. Predicated on the concept that wher- 
ever there is widespread human need or suffering there is a break- 
down of some aspect of the social system. Using multiple roles of the 
generalist, particularly data gatherer, analyst, consultant, 
mobilizer, and advocate, students are taught to analyze system 
dysfunction and its impact on people and they must demonstrate 
competence in these roles. 

SOCIAL WORK 385— SOCIAL POLICY AND 
ADMINISTRATION. (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Social Work 335. Fall, Summer and on demand. 
SSC. 

This course is designed to help students to understand the pro- 
cesses of social change including legislation to the delivery of social 
services. It examines the appropriate bureaucratic structure, fund- 
ing and policy making, and need for public accountability. Students 
will learn systems of priority setting and methods of efficiency 
which can be both effective and humane. 

SOCIAL WORK 406— CHILD WELFARE. (4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: Social Work 250, 333, and Social Work/Nursing 330. 
Fall and Spring. 

231 



This course reviews child development and social bens vior with 
an emphasis on the practical application of understanding and 
psychosocial, mental, and physical development of children. The 
environmental and family situation is studied and relate d to the 
child's development or lack thereof. Actual work with ohildren 
identified as needing tutorial help, behavioral correction, ~™^ 
tional support, or environmental change is expected of each stu- 
dent participating. The emphasis is on the disadvantaged child who 
is most subject to these problems. 

SOCIAL WORK 410— AGING AND SERVICES 

TO THE ELDERLY. (4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: Social Work 330, 333, or permission of the Social 
Work Program Coordinator, Winter, Summer. ASC. 

A course designed for students expecting to go into public or pri- 
vate agencies serving the elderly. Emphasis will be placed on the 
social, economic, and health needs of the elderly with attention to 
social service delivery systems that work. Developing knowledge in 
gerontology is integrated into the classroom and field projects 
wherever practicable. 

SOCIAL WORK/SOCIOLOGY 430— ALCOHOL AND 

DRUG STUDIES. (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: Social Work 335 for Social Work majors; others by 
permission of instructor. Fall, Spring. ASC. 

A course focusing on the various forms of alcohol and drug abuse 
with emphasis on the stages of harmful dependence and addiction. 
There will be an examination of the legal and social implications of 
addiction as well as approaches to treatment and rehabilitation. 

SOCIAL WORK 451— FIELD EXPERIENCE I. (5 credit hours) 
Prerequisites: Open to Social Work majors only. All majors must 
have completed the core curriculum and all required 100-200-300 
level courses. Winter. 

Each student will work in a social service setting a minimum of 20 
clock hours per week. The course is designed for optimal learning 
experiences with clients, agencies, and the community and to in- 
crease the student's knowledge and ability under professional 
supervision. There will be a weekly meeting with the field coor- 
dinator. 

SOCIAL WORK 452— FIELD EXPERIENCE II. (5 credit hours) 

Prerequisite: Social Work 4,51. Spring. 

This is an advanced field experience wherein greater proficiency 
and additional skills are expected from the student. The student 
must demonstrate competency in a variety of roles played by the 
generalist social worker. This course will be taken concurrently 
with Social Work 475. 

SOCIAL WORK 475— SENIOR SEMINAR. (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Social Work 451. Spring. 

This is a course required of all Social Work majors and is taken 
concurrently with Social Work 452. It is designed to integrate class- 
room learning, basic theory, professional journal reports and life 
experience with the student's experience in the field. 

232 



SOCIAL WORK 490— INDEPENDENT STUDY (l-5)-0-(l-5) 

Invitation of professor. 

Experiential based study of a selected social work topic. Open to 
transient students only with permission of the Dean of Human 
Services at Armstrong and the college from which the student 
comes. 

SOCIAL WORK 491— INDEPENDENT STUDY (l-5)-0-(l-5) 

Invitation of professor. 

Research and experiental based study in social work topic of stu- 
dent interest or specialty. Open to transient students only with 
permission of the Dean of Human Services at Armstrong and the 
college from which the student comes. 

Sociology 

SOCIOLOGY 201— INTRODUCTORY SOCIOLOGY. (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. 

An introduction to the concept and methods of the science of 
human group behavior. Includes the study of socialization, the role 
of the individual in society, and the major institutions and proces- 
ses. 

SOCIOLOGY 315— THE FAMILY AND 

ALTERNATIVE LIFE-STYLES. (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201 

A study of the role of the family in the development of the indi- 
vidual, the family unit and societal institutions. Consideration will 
be given to various structures and functions of the family as it 
exists or is emerging in America. 

SOCIOLOGY/SOCIAL WORK 320— ETHNIC MINORITIES(5-0-5) 
(See Social Work 320 for description.) 

SOCIOLOGY 333— EXPLORING POPULAR CULTURE. (4-2-5) 

Summer. Prerequisite: Sociology 201. 

An examination of popular culture using music, radio, television, 
texts, magazines, movies, technology and language to explore a 
given era. Comparisons will be made of lifestyles, sex roles, racial 
attitudes and the national regional mood of times examined. 

SOCIOLOGY 350— SOCIAL PROBLEMS. (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201. Winter and Spring. 

An examination of behavioral deviancy, normative strain, and 
differences between social ideals and social realities in the context 
of sociological theory. 

SOCIOLOGY/SOCIAL WORK 430— ALCOHOL AND 
DRUG STUDIES (5-0-5) 

(See Social Work U30 for description.) 

SOCIOLOGY 450— INDEPENDENT STUDY. (l-5)-0-(l-5) 

By invitation of the professor. Offered on demand. Open to tran- 
sient students only with permission of the Dean of Human Services 
at Armstrong and the college from which the student comes. 



233 




234 



XIII. GOVERNING BOARD, 

ADMINISTRATION, 

FACULTY, and STAFF 

Members of the Board of Regents 

LAMAR R. PLUNKETT, Chairman Bowden 

MARIE WALTER DODD, Vice Chairman Atlanta 

JULIUS BISHOP Athens 

SCOTT CANDLER, JR Decatur 

RUFUS B. COODY Vienna 

WILLIAM T. DIVINE, JR Albany 

ERWIN A. FRIEDMAN Savannah 

THOMAS H. FRIER Douglas 

JESSE HILL, JR Atlanta 

O. TORBITT IVEY, JR Augusta 

MILTON JONES Columbus 

JAMES D. MADDOX Rome 

ELRIDGE W. McMILLAN Atlanta 

CHARLES T. OXFORD Albany 

JOHN H. ROBINSON, III Americus 

P. R. SMITH Winder 

Staff of the Board of Regents 

VERNON D. CRAWFORD Chancellor 

H. DEAN PROPST Acting Vice Chancellor 

HENRY G. NEAL Executive Secretary 

SHEALY E. McCOY Vice Chancellor 

Fiscal Affairs and Treasurer 

FRANK C. DUNHAM Vice Chancellor- Facilities 

MARIO J. GOGLIA Vice Chancellor-Research 

HOWARD JORDAN, JR Vice Chancellor-Health Affairs 

HASKIN R. POUNDS Vice Chancellor-Planning 

H. DEAN PROPST Vice Chancellor- 
Academic Development 

JAMES L. CARMON Assistant Vice Chancellor 

Computing Systems 
MARY ANN HICKMAN Assistant Vice Chancellor- 
Academic Development 

ROBERT M. JOINER Assistant Vice Chancellor 

Communications 

Officers of Administration 

HENRY L. ASHMORE President 

ROBERT A. BURNETT . . . .Vice President and Dean of Faculty 
JULE R. STANFIELD Vice President for Business and Finance 
JOSEPH V. ADAMS Dean, School of Arts and Sciences 

235 



CHARLES R. NASH Dean, School of Education 

JAMES F. REPELLA Dean, School of Human Services 

GARY F. NORSWORTHY Dean, Joint Continuing 

Education Center 
DONALD D. ANDERSON Dean, College and Community Services 

JOSEPH A. BUCK Dean, Student Affairs 

GEORGE S. HUNNICUTT Registrar 

GERALD C. SANDY librarian 

ARTHUR O. PROSSER Comptroller 

JAMES WINTERS Director of Student Financial Aid 

and Veterans Affairs 

THOMAS P. MILLER Director of Admissions 

and Recruitment 

ERICH F. STOCKER Director of Development and 

Assistant to the President 

AL HARRIS Director of Student Activities 

PAULA TOMPKINS Personnel Officer 

LYNN BENSON Counselor and Psychometrist 

KATHRYN McMURTRY Career Development/Placement 

Counselor 

FRANCES LOGAN Counselor 

VICKI G. NORWICH . . .Coordinator, Short Courses-Conferences 
LINDA WITTISH Coordinator, Public Information 

Faculty 

HOWARD M. ABNEY, JR. B.A, M.Ed., University of Georgia; 
Head, Military Science Department and Assistant Professor of 
Military Science. 

JOSEPH V. ADAMS, B.A., Tennessee Temple College; M.A., 
Baylor University; Ph.D., University of Alabama; Dean of 
Arts and Sciences, Professor of Psychology 

TERESA COURSEY ADAMS, B.S., West Liberty State College; 
Assistant Professor of Dental Hygiene 

STEPHEN K. AGYEKUM, A.B., Johnson C. Smith University; 
M.A., Ed. D., University of Georgia; Associate Professor of Educa- 
tion 

**JAMES E. AMBROSE, B.M., Oberlin Conservatory; M.M., 
University of South Florida; Assistant Professor of Music 

M. LORRAINE ANCHORS, A.B., M.A., Baylor University; Pro- 
fessor of Enolish 

DONALD D. ANDERSON, B.S., Georgia Southern College; M.A., 
Peabody College; Ed.D., Auburn University; Dean for College and 
Community Services, Associate Professor of Education 

OLAVI ARENS, A.B., Harvard University; M.A., Certificate 
(Russian Studies), Ph.D., Columbia University ; Associate Professor 
of History 

HENRY L. ASHMORE, B.A.E., M.A.E., D.Ed., University of 
Florida; President 

ARDELLA PATRICIA BALL, A.B., Fisk University; M.S.L.S., 
Atlanta University; Assistant Professor of Library Science 



**On leave. 
236 



DIANNE SNELL BANNER, B.S., Valdosta State College; M. 
Bd., Joint Graduate Program, Savannah State College-Armstrong 
State College; Instruct or of History. 

GEORGE H. BEDWELL, B.S., Samford University; M.S., Uni- 
versity of Alabama; Assistant Professor of Physical Education 

W. ORSON BEECHER, A.B., M.A., Emory University; M.A., 
University of Georgia; Professor of History 

DOROTHY G. BELL, B.S.N.Ed., University of Georgia; M.N., 
Emory University; Assistant Professor of Nursing 

JAMES M. BELL, D.D.S., Marquette University School of Den- 
tistry; Head, Department of Dental Hygiene, Assistant Professor of 
Dental Hygiene 

RONALD J. BEUMER, B.S., University of Dayton; Ph.D., Uni- 
versity of Arkansas; Assistant Professor of Biology 

GEORGE L. BIANCHI, B.S., Wittenburg University; M.A, Ball 
State University; Assistant Professor of Physical Education 

RUBY BLACK, B.S., Savannah State College; M.Ed., Ed.S., Uni- 
versity of Georgia; Assistant Professor of Education 

VIRGINIA R. BLALOCK, B.S., Savannah State College; M.A., 
Columbia University; Associate Professor of Education 

NANCY V. BLAND, B.A., Coker College; M.Ed., Clemson Uni- 
versity; Ph.D., University of Georgia; Associate Professor of Educa- 
tion 

MADALINE P. BONEY, A.B., Winthrop College; M.Ed., Georgia 
Southern College; Ed.S., University of Georgia; Assistant Professor 
of History 

STEPHEN P. BRANDON, B.M.E., University of Kansas, Law- 
rence; M.A., University of Iowa; D.M.A., Catholic University \Head, 
Department of Fine Arts and Associate Professor of Music 

JOHN G. BREWER, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Georgia pro- 
fessor of Chemistry 

S. KENT BROOKS, B.A., M.A., University of Texas; M.Phil., 
Ph.D., George Washington University; Associate Professor of Eng- 
lish 

MOONYEAN S. BROWER, B.S., M.A., University of Mas- 
sachusetts; Assistant Professor of Biology 

GEORGE E. BROWN, B.A., Armstrong State College; M.S.S.W., 
Atlanta University; Assistant Professor of Social Work and Sociol- 
ogy 

HUGH R. BROWN, B.S., Xavier University; M.A.T., St. Michael's 
College ; Ph.D., University of South Carolina ; Associate Professor of 
English 

JOSEPH A. BUCK, B.A., Auburn University; M.S., Florida State 
University; Ed.D., University of Georgia; Dean for Student Affairs 

MARILYN M. BUCK, B.S.N., Boston University; M.S.N., Medi- 
cal College of Georgia; Assistant Professor of Nursing, Acting Head 
of the Department of Associate Degree Nursing 

CLIFFORD V. BURGESS, A.B., Mercer University; M.A., 
George Peabody College; Ed.D., Auburn University; Professor of 
Education 

ROBERT A. BURNETT, B.A., Wofford College; M.A., Ph.D., Uni- 
versity of North Carolina at Chapel Hill \Vice President and Dean of 
Faculty and Professor of History 

237 



MARGARET A. CALLAWAY, B.S., M.S.N, Medical College of 
Georgia; Instructor in Nursing 

HARLESTON E. CABANISS, B.S, M.S. (Physics), M.S. (Applied 
Mathematics), Georgia Institute of Technology; Temporary (con- 
tinuing part-time) Instructor in Mathematics 

JOHN H. COCHRAN, JR., A.B, Paine College; M.A, Atlanta 
University; Ed.D., University of Georgia; Associate Professor of 
Education 

MARTHA A. COLEMAN, B.S.N, Medical College of Georgia; 
M.N, Emory University; Associate Professor of Nursing. Acting 
Head of the Department of Baccalaureate Nursing 

BERNARD J. COMASKEY, B.A, Fordham College; M.A, New 
York University; Assistant Professor of History 

ELLEN A. COTTRELL, B.A, Agnes Scott College; M.Ed, Geor- 
gia Southern College; Assistant Professor of Special Studies (En- 
glish) 

WILLIAM E. COYLE, A.B., Emory University; M.A., 
Georgetown University; Ph.D., Florida State University; Professor 
of Political Science 

EVELYN M. DANDY, B.S, Millersville State College; M. Ed, 
Temple University; Assistant Professor of Special Studies (Read- 
ing) 

LESLIE B. DAVENPORT, JR., B.S, College of Charleston; M.S., 
Virginia Polytechnic Institute; Ph.D., University of Georgia; Head, 
Department of Biology, Professor of Biology 

LAMAR W. DAVIS, B.S, M.S., University of South Carolina; 
Certified Public Accountant; Professor Emeritus of Business Ad- 
ministration 

DIANE DIXON, B.S, Armstrong State College; Teaching As- 
sociate in Biology 

WILLIAM KEITH DOUGLASS, B.A, Franklin and Marshall 
College; M.A, Ph.D., Syracuse University ; Associate Professor of 
Psychology 

JOHN DONALD DUNCAN, B.S, College of Charleston; M.A, 
University of South Carolina; Ph.D., Emory University; Professor 
of History 

* KATHLEEN DUTKO, B.S.N, Niagara University; M.A, New 
York University; Instructor in Nursing 

WILLIAM L. EASTERLING; B.S, Western Carolina College; 
M.A, Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of Georgia; Diploma, 
Sorbonne, France; Professor of French and Spanish 

JAMES D. EVANS, B.S, Armstrong State College; M.S.L.S, 
University of Kentucky; Catalog er (Library) 

JOHN FINDEIS, B.S, M.S., University of Illinois; Assistant Pro- 
fessor of Mathematics a-nd Computer Science 

♦CAROLINE C. FLEMING, A.S, Richland Technical Education 
Center; Clinical Teaching Associate in Dental Hygiene 

BETTY J. FORD, B.S, Winthrop College; M.Ed, Georgia South- 
ern College; Assistant Professor of Physical Education 

SHIRLEY FRASIER, B.S, Albany State College; M.S.N, Medi- 
cal College of Georgia; Instructor in Nursing 



* Part-time. 
238 



IDA J. GADSDEN, B.S., Savannah State College; M.S.P.H., 
North Carolina College; Ph.D., University of North Carolina; Pro- 
fessor of Education 

DENNIS P. GEOFFROY, B.A., Westfield State College; M.A., 
Ph.D., University of South Carolina; Assistant Professor of 
Mathematics and Computer Science 

CYNTHIA D. GEOFFROY, B.A., Westfield State College; M.S., 
University of South Carolina; Temporary (continuing part-time) 
Instructor in Mathematics 

GLORIA ANN GILL, B.S., Middle Tennessee State University; 
M.A., University of Alabama; Teacher Associate in Physical Educa- 
tion 

*PATRICIA M. GIORGIO, A.S., Loyola University; Clinical 
Teaching Associate in Dental Hygiene 

MARY B. GOETTE, A.B., Georgia State College for Women; 
Temporary Instructor in Chemistry 

JIMMIE F. GROSS, B.A., Baylor University; B.D., Southern 
Baptist Seminary; M.A., Auburn University; Ph.D., University of 
Georgia; Professor of History 

LAURENT J. GUILLOU, JR., B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Louisiana State 
University; Associate Professor of Biology 

ETHEL P. HALL, B.S.N., M.S.N., Georgia Medical College; As- 
sociate Professor of Nursing 

JOHN R. HANSEN, B.S., Troy State College; M.Ed., Ed.D., Uni- 
versity of Georgia \Head, Department of Special Studies; Professor 
of M. atheynatics 

CLIFFORD E. HARDWICK, III. B.S., Savannah State College; 
M.Lit., University of Pittsburgh; Director, Neighborhood Continu- 
ing Education Program, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Education 

THELMA M. HARMOND, B.S. Fort Valley State College; M.Ed., 
Atlanta University; Ph.D. Ohio State University;Pro/essor of Edu- 
cation and Head of the Department of Elementary Education 

JO C. HARPER., B.A., M.A., Texas Technological University ;As- 
sistant Professor of English 

HENRY E. HARRIS B.S., Ph.D., Georgia Institute of Technol- 
ogy; Head, Department of Chemistry and Physics, Professor of 
Chemistry 

KARL D. HARRIS, B.A., Carson Newman College; M.A., Univer- 
sity of Tennessee; Assistant Professor of Special Studies (English 
and Reading) 

JOHN S. HINKEL, M.S., University of Florida; Ph.D., University 
of South CsLro\ma.;Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science 

CARTER LEE HUDGINS, B.A., University of Richmond, M.A., 
Wake Forest University; Assistant Professor of Archeology and 
History 

ANNE L. HUDSON, B.A., Hollins College; M.S., Ph.D., Tulane 
University; Professor of Mathematics 

ALPHIA M. HUGHES, B.S.E., University of Central Arkansas; 
M.S., Louisiana State University; Catalog Librarian, Assistant 
Professor of Library Science 



Part-time. 



GEORGE S. HUNNICUTT, B.S, M.S., East Tennessee State 
University; Registrar 

MICHAEL L. JAYNES, B.A., Appalachian State University; 
M.S., University of North Carolina-Greensboro; Instructor in 
Phusxcs 

MARVIN V. JENKINS, B.S., M.A., University of Georgia; Assis- 
tant Professor of English 

JAMES LAND JONES, B.A., University of Tulsa; M.A., Vander- 
bilt University; Ph.D., Tulane University; Professor of English 

OTIS S. JOHNSON, A.B., University of Georgia; M.S.W., Atlanta 
University; Assistant Professor of Sociology, Savannah State Col- 
lege, SSC Director of the Social Work Program 

CAROLA W. KELLER, B.S.N., University of Virginia; M.S.N, 
Medical College of Georgia; Assista nt Professor of Nursing 

DALE Z. KILHEFNER, B.S, Elizabethtown College; M.Ed., 
Washington State University; M.S., Purdue University; Ph.D., the 
Pennsylvannia State University; Associate Professor of Mathema- 
txcs 

JOSEPH I. KILLORIN, A.B., St. John's College; M.A., Ph.D., Col- 
umbia University \Calloway Professor of Literature and Philosophy 

*DOROTHY L. KLUTTZ, B.S.N., University of Virginia ; Instruc- 
tor in Nursing 

VIRGINIA S. KNORR, B.S, University of Tennessee (Chat- 
tanooga); M.S., University of Tennessee (Knoxville); Assistant Pro- 
fessor of Physical Education 

JOSEPH M. LANE, JR., B.S, M.S., Ph.D., University of Georgia; 
Associate Professor of Psychology 

OSMOS LANIER, JR., B.A, LaGrange College; M.A, Auburn 
University; Ph.D., University of Georgia; Professor of History 

MICHAEL L. LARISCY, B.S, Armstrong State College; M.Ed, 
Georgia Southern College; Instructor in Physical Education 

CORNELIA V. LAWSON, B.S, Florida State University; M.Ed, 
University of Southern Mississippi; Ed.D, University of Arkansas; 
Associate Professor of Education 

CHARLES J. LESKA, B.A, LeMoyne College: M.A, University 
of Vermont; Ph.D., Syracuse University; Assistant Professor of 
Mathematics and Computer Science 

NETTIE M. LEVETT, B.S.N, Florida A & M University; M.S.N, 
Medical College of Georgia; Assistant Professor of Nursing 

MARGARET S. LUBS, B.Mus, Converse College; B.A, Univer- 
sity of Georgia; M.A, Columbia University; Professor Emeritus of 
English and French 

C. STUART MACLEAN, B.S, East Tennessee State University; 
M.A, Presbyterian School of Christian Education; M.S.W, Virginia 
Commonwealth University; Assistant Professor in Social Work and 
Sociology, Field Work Coordinator (Joint Appointment -Armstrong 
State College /Savannah State College) 

JOHN C. MCCARTHY, JR., B.B.A, University of Miami; M.B.A, 
Ph.D., University of Georgia; Professor of Political Science 

THOMAS C. McCRACKEN, B.S, Florida State University; 
M.A.L.S, University of Denver; Media Coordinator and Instruc- 

* Part-time. 
240 



tional Development Librarian, Assistant Professor of Library Sci- 
ence 

ROBERT E. MAGNUS, B.G.E., University of Omaha; M.Ed., 
Ed.D., Mississippi State University; Professor of Criminal Justice 

CAROLE M. MASSEY, B.S., M.S.N., Medical College of Georgia; 
Assistant Professor of Nursing 

*MARGARET T. MATHEWS, B.S.N.E, Ohio Dominican College; 
M.S.N., Medical College of Georgia; Instructor in Nursing 

WILLIAM L. MEGATHLIN, B.A., Presbyterian College; M.Ed., 
Ed.D., University of Georgia; Head, Department of Criminal Jus- 
tice, Professor of Criminal Justice 

GEORGE H. MENZEL, A.B., Franklin and Marshall College; 
J.D., Georgetown University; Assistant Professor of Criminal Jus- 
tice 

ETHEL J. MILLER, B.S., North Carolina A & T State Univer- 
sity; B.S.L.S., Hampton Institute; Coordinator of Reader Services, 
Assistant Professor of Library Science 

MARY M. MILLER, B.S.N., Medical College of Virginia; M.S.N, 
Georgia Medical College; Assistant Professor of Nursing 

RICHARD E. MUNSON, B.A., Houghton College; M.A., Ph.D., 
Rutgers University; Associate Professor of Mathematics and Com- 
nuter Scxence 

PEGGY A. NADALICH, B.M.E, University of Southern Missis- 
sippi; M.M.E., Florida State University; Assistant Professor of 
Music 

CHARLES R. NASH, B.S.E, Jackson State University; M.Ed, 
University of Southern Mississippi; D.Ed, Mississippi State Uni- 
versity \P r of essor of Education and Dean of the School of Education 

JAMES S. NETHERTON, B.S, University of Mississippi; Ph.D., 
University of Virginia; Associate Professor of Mathematics and 
Computer Science 

SAMUEL L. NEWBERRY, JR., B.S, M.Ed, Ed.D, University of 
Georgia; Professor of Education 

JON F. NEWMAN, B.A., University of Maryland; M.A, 
Georgetown University; Ph.D., University of Florida; Professor of 
Political Science 

DAVID A. NOBLE, A.B, A.M., Boston University; Ph.D., McGill 
University, Associate Professor of German 

JACK H. PADGETT, A.B, Wofford College; M.A, University of 
North Carolina; Assistant Professor of Special Studies (Mathemat- 
ics) 

ELLIOT H. PALEFSKY, B.S, University of Georgia; Ed.M, 
Temple University; Ed.S, Georgia Southern College; Assistant 
Professor of Psychology 

JANE A. PATCHAK, B.A, Central Michigan University; M.A, 
Western Michigan University; Assist ant Professor of Anthropology 
and Sociology 

ROBERT M. PATTERSON, B.A, Kentucky Wesleyan College; 
M.A, University of Kentucky; Ph.D., Vanderbilt University; As- 
sociate Professor of History 



Part-time. 

241 



HUGH PENDEXTER, III, A.B., Bowdoin College; M.A., North- 
western University; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania; Head, De- 
partment of Languages and Literature, Professor of English 

W. RAY PERSONS, B.S., Armstrong State College; J.D., Ohio 
State University; Assistant Professor of Criminal Justice 

J. HARRY PERSSE, B.F.A., University of Georgia; M.M., 
D.Mus., Florida State University; Professor of Music 

BEVERLY C. PESTEL, B.A., Cedarville College; M.S., Wright 
State University; Assistant Professor of Chemistry 

ALLEN L. PINGEL, B.A., M.A.T., University of North Carolina; 
Ph.D. , University of South Carolina ; Associate Professor of Biology 

*RODERICK LEE POWELL, B.A., Armstrong State College; 
M.A., Georgia Southern College; Instructor in Psychology 

DAN H. RADEBAUGH, B.A., M.M., University of South Florida; 
Assistant Professor of Music 

MARY MARGARET RALSTON, A.B., Florida State University; 
M.S.W., Tulane University; Assistant Professor of Social Work and 
Sociology 

VIRGINIA RAMSEY, A.B. Vanderbilt University; M.A.T., 
Emory University; Assistant Professor of English 

JAMES F. REPELLA, Diploma, Pennsylvania Hospital School of 
Nursing for Men; B.S.Ed., Temple University; M.S.N., University 
of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh; Dean of the 
School of Human Services, Professor of Nursing 

JOE H. RESTIVO, B.S., Central State University; M.S., Stephen 
F. Austin State University; Instructor in Biology 

JOSEPH A. ROBERTS, A.A., Lake Sumpter Community College; 
B.S., St. Andrews College; Teacher Associate in Physical Educa- 
tion. 

STEVE YOUNG RHEE, B.A., M.A., University of Oregon; Ph.D., 
University of Missouri-Columbia; Assistant Professor of Political 
Science 

PAUL E. ROBBINS, B.S., University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., 
Georgia Institute of Technology; Professor of Chemistry 

MARY DEMMOND ROBERTSON, B.A., Hollins College; M.Ed., 
Armstrong State-Savannah State Colleges; Instructor of History 

AURELIA D. ROBINSON, A.B., Spelman College; M.A., Atlanta 
University; Ph.D., University of Ok\ahomeL;Professor of Education 

*CAROL S. RUSSELL, A.S., Armstrong State College; Clinical 
Teaching Associate in Dental Hygiene 

GERALD S. SANDY, B.A., Youngstown State University; 
M.S.L.S., Florida State University; Director of Library Services 
and Assistant Professor of Library Science 

HERMAN W. SARTOR, B.S., South Carolina State College; M.S., 
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin; Professor of Education 

NEIL B. SATTERFIELD, A.B., University of North Carolina; 
M.S.S.W., University of Tennessee; Ed.D., University of Georgia; 
ASC Director of Social Work Program and Associate Professor of 
Social Work and Sociology 

JOHN C. SCHMIDT, B.F.A., Carnegie - Mellon University; 
M.F.A., Ohio University; Assistant Professor of Art. 



* Part-time. 
242 



CHARLES T. SHIPLEY, B.A., University of North Dakota; M.S., 
Georgia Institute of Technology; M.A., Ph.D., University of Neb- 
raska; Associate Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science 

ELAINE SILCOX, B.S., M.Ed., University of Florida; M.S.N., 
Medical College of Georgia; Assistant Professor of Nursing 

EMMA THOMSON SIMON, A.S., B.S. in D.H.Ed., Armstrong 
State College; M.H.Ed., Medical College of Georgia; Assistant Pro- 
fessor of Dental Hygiene 

ROY J. SIMS, B.S., David Lipscomb College; M.S., University of 
Tennessee; Ed.D., Louisiana State University; Head, Department 
of Physical Education and Athletics; Professor of Physical Educa- 
tion 

CAROLYN G. SMITH, B.S., Armstrong State College; M.Ed., 
Armstrong State College — Savannah State College; Temporary In- 
structor in Mathematics 

PATRICIA M. SMITH, B.S.N., Catholic University; M.S.N., Med- 
ical College of Georgia; Assistant Professor of Nursing 

JULIE R. STANFIELD, A.A., Armstrong State College; Vice 
President for Business and Finance 

JACQUELINE W. STEPHENS, B.S., Savannah State College; 
M.S., Illinois State University; Ed.D., University of Oklahoma; As- 
sociate Professor of Education 

*LOIS M. STODGHILL, B.S., Marquette University; Instructor 
in Nursino 

MAURICE S. STOKES. B.S., M.S., Kansas State Teachers Col- 
lege; Associate Professor of Education 

WILLIAM W. STOKES, B.A.Ed., M.Ed., Ed.D., University of 
Florida ; Professor of Education and Head of the Department of Sec- 
ondary and Special Education 

JANET D. STONE, A.B., Randolph-Macon Women's College; 
M.A., Purdue University; Ph.D., Emory University; Assistant Pro- 
fessor of History 

CEDRIC STRATTON, B.Sc, Nottingham University, England; 
Ph.D., University of London; Professor of Chemistry 

ROBERT I. STROZIER, A.B., University of Georgia; M.A., Ph.D., 
Florida State Univeristy; Professor of English 

JOHN SUCHOWER, B.A., Fairfield University; M.A., University 
of Detroit; Assistant Professor of English and Speech; Director of 
the "Masquers" 

JOAN M. SULLIVAN, B.S.N., Armstrong State College; M.S.N., 
Medical College of Georgia; Assistant Professor of Nursing 

JOSEPH W. SUMNER, B.A., Wake Forest University; M.S., 
North Carolina State University; Ph.D., University of North 
Carolina; B.D., Southeastern Baptist Seminary; Professor of Edu- 
cation 

RUTH E. SWINSON, B.S.Ed., Georgia Southern College; 
M.A.L.S., Peabody College; Reference Librarian, Assistant Profes- 
sor of Library Science 

BARBARA G. TANENBAUM, B.S., Medical College of Georgia; 
Assistant Professor of Dental Hygiene 



Part-time. 

243 



LAWRENCE M. TAPP, B.S., M.S., Ed.D., University of Tennes- 
see; Associate Professor of Physical Education 

CLAUDIA A. THOMAS, B.A., Furman University; M.Ed., Ed.D., 
University of Georgia; Assistant Professor of Education 

FRANCIS M. THORNE, III, B.S., Stetson University; Ph.D., 
University of Georgia; Professor of Biology 

PAUL E. WARD, B.S., Georgia Teachers College; M.Ed., Ed.D., 
University of Georgia; Professor of Education 

ROGER K. WARLICK, B.A., Arizona State University; Ph.D., 
Boston University; Head, Department of History and Political Sci- 
ence, Professor of History 

JOHN A. WELSH, III. A.B., Davidson College; M.A., Vanderbilt 
University; Assistant Professor of English 

SUSAN S. WHITE, B.S., Winthrop College; M.Ed., University of 
South Carolina; Assistant Professor of Speech Correction 

CHARLES C. WHITE, B.S., East Carolina College; M.A., South- 
ern Illinois University; Assistant Professor of English 

MORRIS L. WHITEN, B.S., Ph.D., University of Georgia; As- 
sociate Professor of Physics 

JANE B. WILLIAMSON, Diploma, Georgia Baptist School of 
Nursing; B.S.N.E., University of Georgia; M.Ed., Georgia Southern 
College; M.S.N., Medical College of Georgia; Assistant Professor of 
N^ursxno 

WILLIAM S. WINN, B.D., A.B., Emory University; M.A., Uni- 
versity of North Carolina; Professor Emeritus of Mathematics 

CLARKE S. WORTHINGTON, B.A., University of Arizona; M.A., 
Northern Illinois University; Ph.D., Emory University; Head, De- 
partment of Psychology; Professor of Psychology 
ADJUNCT ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Criminal Justice — 
Walter B. Biondi, Elwyn M. Burnett, Clinton C. Covell, Jack G. Dun- 
lap, Charles L. Eggleston, Gerard F. Finnegan, Charles T. 
Franssen, Franklin R. Graves, C.H. Harris, Jr., Thomas W. Hicks, 
Richard C. Krueger, George A. La Cas, Jr., Frank K. Littrell, Jr., 
Paul E. Mathis, Donald L. Newton, David M. Rudman, Timothy H. 
Walker; Dental Hygiene — Earl C. Hewett, Alston J. McCaslin, Har- 
vey E. Matheny, William Weichselbaum, Harold West. 



244 



Armstrong College Commission 

The Commission controls certain endowment and scholarship 
funds. 

DR. IRVING VICTOR, Chairman 

MR. EDWARD BARTLETT 

MR. Y.A. BEALL, JR. 

MRS. KAY KILE 

MR. JOHN RANITZ, JR. 

MR. JOSEPH BELL 

Ex-Officio 

DR. SYLVESTER RAINS 

SHELBY MYRICK, JR., The Honorable 

JOHN P. ROUSAKIS, The Honorable 

MRS. SAXON BARGERON 

MR. DAVID A. YOUNG 



Administrative Staff 



Office of the President: Elizabeth Carter 

Office of the Vice President and Dean of Faculty: Kathleen Orzada 

Office of the Vice President for Business and Finance: Richard R. 
Baker, Suzanne Beall, Zedna Donaldson, Diana Ghassemzadeh, 
Jane Holland, Harry Humphries, Launa Q. Johns, Jean Olsen, 
Cleo Olson, Dorothy Olson, Janice Shaloski, Bonnie Shaw, Au- 
gustus Stalnaker, Edward Urbanz, Peggy Wilkins, Tom William- 
son. 

Office of the Dean for College and Community Services: Sherra 
Edens, Judy LaBurtis, Barbara McPipkin. 

Office of the Dean for Student Affairs: Alva Alliffi, Doris Cole, Be- 
linda Gnann, Naomi Lantz, Jo Weeks 

Department of Military Science: Sgt. Gerald Arsneau. 

Department of Special Studies: Betty Hahn 

School of Arts and Sciences: Mary Chambers, Ethel Brown, Pearl 
Folk, Alethia Gadsden, Joyanne Harden, Alice Sheplar, Dianne 
A. Wagner, Lois Wheeler 

School of Education: Frances McGlohon, Hanna Collins, Lou 
Frazier, Gerry Price, Carolyn Tucker. 

School of Human Services: Rebecca Kaighin, Anna Chidester, 
Betty Hahn, Elizabeth Molpus, Faye Pingel, Jan Plaszczynski, 
Lorraine Warlick, Sandra Wiggins 

Library: Diane Bacon, Gail Brannen, Susie Chibras, Peggy Lam- 
beth, Thomas Johnson, Jean Meyer, Elizabeth Smith, Norman 
Spencer, Beatrice Taylor. 

Office of the Registrar: Mary Cody, Katherine Etersque, Miriam 
Fulton, Beatrice Jones, Marian Malac, Susannah Rockwell, 
Joyce Weldy. 

Office of Admissions: Brenda Wilt, Joanne Mincey 

Office of Assistant to the President: Norma Bennett, Betty Hun- 
nicutt 

Office of Computer Services: Janice Christy 

245 



246 



Appendix 

Policy 
Regents' Policy Testing Program 

(As Amended, November 13-14, 1979) 

An examination to assess the competency level in reading and 
writing of all students enrolled in undergraduate degree programs 
in University System institutions shall be administered. The fol- 
lowing statement shall be the policy of the Board of Regents of the 
University System of Georgia on this examination. 

Each institution of the University System of Georgia shall as- 
sure the other institutions, and the System as a whole, that stu- 
dents obtaining a degree from that institution possess literacy 
competence, that is, certain minimum skills of reading and writ- 
ing. 

The Regent's Testing Program has been developed to help in 
the attainment of this goal. The objectives of the Testing Prog- 
ram are: (1) to provide Systemwide information on the status of 
student competence in the areas of reading and writing; and (2) to 
provide a uniform means of identifying those students who fail to 
attain the minimum levels of competence in the areas of reading 
and writing. 

Passing the Regents' Test is defined as having passed all com- 
ponents of the Test by scoring above the cutoff score specified for 
each component. The test may be administered either in its en- 
tirety or as one or more components depending on the needs of 
the students. If one component of the Test is passed, that compo- 
nent need not be retaken; this provision is retroactive to all stu- 
dents who have taken the Test in any form since the inception of 
the program. 

The intent of this policy is that passing the Regents' Test occur 
before the end of the student's sophomore year, that is, before the 
completion of 105 hours of degree credit. Students who fail the 
test must retake and pass the Test. Each institution shall provide 
an appropriate program of remediation and shall require defi- 
cient students to participate in that program prior to retaking 
the test. 

A student holding a baccaluareate or higher degree from a re- 
gionally accredited institution of higher education will not be re- 
quired to complete the Regents' Test in order to receive a degree 
from a University System institution. 

In order to implement effectively the goals of the Testing Prog- 
ram: 

1. Students enrolled in undergraduate degree programs shall 
pass the Regents' Test as a requirement for graduation. Stu- 
dents, including transfer students and/or readmitted studens, 
may take the Test after they have completed the required 
basic core English courses. They may be required to take the 
Test in the quarter after they have earned 45 hours of degree 
credit if the Test has not been passed previously. Institutions, 
however, may not delay initial testing beyond the student's 
having earned the 60th hour of degree credit. 

247 



2. All students who have taken and have not passed the Regents' 
Test during the quarter in which they will have earned 75 
hours of degree credit shall take the appropriate nondegree 
credit course or courses in remedial reading and or remedial 
writing in each quarter of attendance until they have passed 
all components of the Test. 

3. Having passed the Regents' Test shall not be a condition of 
transfer into an institution. All transferring students from 
within the System shall be subject to all provisions of this 
policy. Students from institutions outside the System who 
transfer into a System institution with 60 or more degree cre- 
dit hours shall take the Test during the initial quarter of en- 
rollment and in subsequent quarters shall be subject to all 
provisions of this policy. 

4. Students whose mother tongue is other than English may be 
exempted from taking the Regents' Test by the institution 
provided appropriate local procedures are employed to certify 
the literacy competence of those students earning a degree. 

5. For extraordinary stituations, each institution shall develop 
special procedures for certifying the literacy competence of 
students. A written description of those procedures shall be 
submitted to the Chancellor for approval. A record of the ac- 
tion shall be reported by the Chancellor to the Education 
Committee of the Board of Regents. Such procedures shall 
include provision for remediation if needed and formal exami- 
nation prior to certifying competency. Such examination shall 
equal or exceed the standards of the Regents' Testing Prog- 
ram. 

6. A student may request a formal review of his/her failure on the 
essay component of the Regents' Test if that student's essay 
received at least one passing score among the three scores 
awarded and if the student has successfully completed the 
courses in English composition required by the local institu- 
tion. This review will be conducted in accordance with Board 
approved procedures. 

7. These revised procedures shall be followed by all students ef- 
fective January 1, 1980. 

8. Remedial work as required under the above policy shall be in 
keeping with regulations in satisfaction of federal and state 
student financial assistance and such other eligibility prog- 
rams. 

9. These regulations shall not prohibit institutions from increas- 
ing requirements affecting the Regents' Testing Program, 
provided such increased requirements are authorized by the 
Chancellor, and provided further that such requirements are 
published in the official catalog of the institution prior to im- 
plementation. Such additional requirements shall in no way 
affect the transfer students from one institution to another or 
the readmission of students to University System institutions. 
(Minutes, April, 1972, pp. 554-55; November, 1972, p. 166; June, 
1973, pp. 481-85; November, 1978, pp. 88-9) 



248 



Index 

Academic Advisement 53 

Academic Regulations 53 

Accelerated Program, High School 40 

Administration, Officers 235 

Admissions 35 

Advanced Placement 40 

Alumni Office 22 

American Civilization Courses 132 

Anthropology Courses 157 

Application Form 35 

Application Requirements 35 

Army ROTC 14, 74 

Art Courses 105 

Associate in Arts 80 

Astronomy Course 94 

Athletics 23 

Attendance Regulations 57 

Auditing 59 

Bachelor of Arts Requirements 70 

Bachelor of Music Education Degree 97 

Bachelor of Science in Education Degree, 

Physical Education 193 

Bachelor of Science Requirements 70 

Biology Courses 84 

Biology Department 81 

Biology Requirements 81 

Botany Courses 86 

Calendar, Academic 7 

Chemistry, Courses 90 

Chemistry Degree Requirements 89 

Chemistry and Physics Department 88 

Clubs 21 

Commission, Armstrong State College 245 

Community Services/Continuing Education 15 

Comparative Literature Courses 134 

Computer Science, Courses in 151 

Computer Science, Program Concentration 147 

Computer Services, Office of 17 

Conditional Admission 37 

Conduct 20 

Core Curriculum, Associate Degrees 70 

Core Curriculum, Baccalaureate Degrees 65 

Core Curriculum, University System 65 

Counseling 19 

Course Load 55 

Credit by Examination 37 

Criminal Justice, A.S. and B.S. Degrees 211 

Criminal Justice Courses 211-216 

Criminal Justice Department 210 



249 



Dean's List 57 

Degree Requirements, Regulations 54, 65 

Degrees Offered 13-14, 79, 161, 200 

Dental Hygiene, A.S. Degree 47, 216 

Dental Hygiene Courses 217 

Dental Hygiene Department 47, 216 

Dental Hygiene Education, B.S. Degree 220 

Dental Hygiene Services 22 

Development, Office of 16 

Drama/Speech Courses 134-135 

Dropping Courses 59 

Dual-Degree Programs, Georgia Tech 12 

Early Admission Program 40 

Education Courses 182 

Education Degree Requirements, Early Elementary 161 

(Middle School) 161 

English Courses 136 

English Degree Requirements 131 

Entomology Course 86 

Evening Classes 14 

Exemption Examinations (See Advanced Placement) 

Exit Examinations 69 

Faculty 236 

Fees 24 

Financial Aid 27 

Fine Arts Department 96 

Foreign Students 41 

French Courses 139-140 

Geography Course 117 

Geology Course 94 

German Courses 141 

Government Benefits 31, 32 

Graduate Program 13 

Health 32 

History of College 11 

History Courses 117 

History Degree Requirements 109 

History and Political Science Department 107 

Honor System 59 

Honors 57 

Housing 22 

Intern Programs 14 

Intramurals 23 

Joint Enrollment Program 40 

Journalism Courses 143 

Languages and Literature Department 130 

Latin Courses 142 

Library 17 

Library Science Courses 186 

Linguistics Courses 143 

250 



Marine Officer Program 17 

Marine Science Center, Skidaway Island 88 

Mathematics Major Requirements 146 

Mathematics Courses 147 

Mathematics and Computer Science Department 145 

Mathematics Education, Degree Concentration 146 

Medical Record Technology, Courses and Degree 223 

Medical Technology 83 

Mental Health Work 157 

Meteorology Courses 95 

Military Science 74 

Minors, Academic 80 

Music Courses 100-105 

Music Degree Requirements 97 

Neighborhood Continuing Education Center 15 

NROTC Program 14 

Nursing, A.S. Department 42, 100 

Nursing, B.S. Department 42, 204 

Nursing Courses 202, 206-209 

Nursing Degree Requirements, A.S 202 

Nursing Degree Requirements, B.S 205 

Oceanography Course 94 

Organizations, Student 21 

Orientation 20 

Dut-of-State Tuition 24 

Philosophy Courses 144 

Physical Education Courses 194 

Physical Education, Degree Requirements 193 

Physical Education Department 192 

Physical Education Requirements, All Students 69 

Physical Science Courses 94 

Physics Courses 95 

Placement, Office of 20 

Placement Tests, English and Mathematics 69 

Political Science Courses 125 

Political Science Degree Requirements 111-114 

Pre-Professional Programs 12 

Probation and Dismissal 53 

Program Exchange, ASC/SSC 162 

Psychology Courses 158 

Psychology Degree Requirements 155 

Publications, Student 22 

Purpose of College 12 

Reading Courses 73 

Readmission of Former Students 39 

Refunds of Fees 26 

Regents, Staff 235 

Regents Test 68 

Regents, University System 235 

Registration 51 

Regular Admission 35 

251 



Repeating Courses 35 

Reports and Grades 56 

Residency Requirements 51 

Respiratory Therapy, Courses and Degree 225 

Russian Courses 142 

Scholarships 27 

School of Arts and Sciences 79 

School of Education 161 

School of Human Services 200 

Senior Citizen, Policy 15 

Short Courses, Fees 26 

Social Work Courses 230 

Social Work Degree 229 

Sociology Courses 233 

Spanish Courses 142 

Special Studies, Department of 72 

Speech Courses (See Drama/Speech Courses) 

Staff, Administrative 235 

State Requirements, History and Government 70 

Student Activity Fee 24 

Student Conduct 20 

Student Exchange Program, Savannah State College 17 

Student Government 22 

Student Services and Activities 21 

Student Teaching 164 

Teacher Education, Requirements 162 

Testing Services 19 

Two-year Degrees 13 

Transfer Applicants, Requirements 38 

Transient Students 39 

Veterans 19, 31, 41 

Vocational Rehabilitation 42 

Withdrawal 59 

Zoology Courses 86 



252 




tf 



8 ° 



<@ 



Z5T 



Graduate Studies At 



ARMSTRONG 
TATE COLLEGE 



Graduate Catalogue 
1980-1981 

Savannah, Georgia 



Catalogue and General Bulletin 

of 

The Graduate Program 

Armstrong State College 

A Unit of the University System of Georgia 

1980-1981 



The statements set forth in this Catalogue are for informational 
purposes only and should not be construed as the basis of a contract 
between a student and this institution. 

While the provisions of this Catalogue will ordinarily be applied 
as stated, Armstrong State College reserves the right to change 
any provision listed in this Catalogue, including but not limited to 
academic requirements for graduation, without actual notice to 
individual students. Every effort will be made to keep students 
advised of any such changes. Information on changes will be avail- 
able in the deans' offices at Armstrong State College. It is especially 
important that each student note that it is his/her responsibility to 
keep himself/herself apprised of current graduation requirements 
for his/her particular degree program. 

Armstrong State College does not discriminate on the basis of 
sex, race, creed, national origin, or disability as required by Titles 
VI and VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, Title IX of the Education 
Amendments of 1972, and the Vocational Rehabilitation Act of 
1973. 



Contents 

Academic Calendar 4 

History and Purpose 6 

Fees, Refunds and Financial Assistance 8 

Admission to Graduate Study 11 

Academic Regulations 16 

Degrees and General Degree Requirements 27 

Departments: Programs and Courses 30 

Biology 31 

M.Ed., Biology 31 

Chemistry 36 

M.Ed., Chemistry 36 

Education 40 

M.Ed., Early Elementary Education 41 

M.Ed., Middle School Education 42 

M.Ed., Special Education — Behavior Disorders 44 

English 52 

M.Ed., English 52 

History and Political Science 55 

M.Ed., History 55 

M.Ed., Political Science 55 

Mathematics 64 

Governing Board and Staff of the 

University System of Georgia 69 

Administrative Officers of the Graduate Program 70 

Heads of the Graduate Departments 70 

The Graduate Council 70 

The Graduate Faculty 71 

Index 73 



JANUARY 

5 M T W T F S 

12 3 4 5 

6 7 8 8 10 11 12 
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 
27 28 29 30 31 



1980 

MAY 

S M T W T F S 

1 2 3 
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 
11 2 13 14 15 16 17 
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 



SEPTEMBER 

S M T W T F S 

12 3 4 5 6 
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 
28 29 30 



FEBRUARY 

1 2 
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 
24 25 26 27 28 29 



JUNE 

12 3 4 5 6 7 
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 
29 30 



OCTOBER 

12 3 4 
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 
26 27 28 29 30 31 



MARCH 

1 

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 
30 31 



JULY 

12 3 4 5 
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 
27 28 29 30 31 



NOVEMBER 

l 
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 
30 



APRIL 

12 3 4 5 
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 
27 28 29 30 



AUGUST 

1 2 
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 
31 

1981 



DECEMBER 

12 3 4 5 6 
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 
28 29 30 31 



JANUARY 


MAY 


SEPTEMBER 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


1 2 3 
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 


1 2 
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 
31 


12 3 4 5 
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 
27 28 29 30 


FEBRUARY 


JUNE 


OCTOBER 


12 3 4 5 6 7 
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 


12 3 4 5 6 
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 
28 29 30 


1 2 3 
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 


MARCH 


JULY 


NOVEMBER 


12 3 4 5 6 7 
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 
29 30 31 


12 3 4 
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 
26 27 28 29 30 31 


12 3 4 5 6 7 
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 
29 30 


APRIL 


AUGUST 


DECEMBER 


12 3 4 
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 
26 27 28 29 30 


l 
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 
30 31 


12 3 4 5 
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 
27 28 29 30 31 



Academic Calendar 

1980-1981 
Fall Quarter, 1980 



SEPTEMBER 


18 
22 


OCTOBER 


24 

24 


NOVEMBER 


10-14 

27-28 


DECEMBER 


2 
3-5 


JANUARY 


\ 

2 
5 


FEBRUARY 


6 

6 

20 




16-20 


MARCH 


13 
16-18 



Registration — Thursday. 
Classes begin — Monday. 

Mid-term — Friday. 

Last day to withdraw from class with grade of W. 

Preregistration for Winter Quarter. 
Thanksgiving Holidays (begins at 12:30 p.m. on 
November 26). 

Last day of classes — Tuesday. 
Examinations — Wednesday-Friday. 



Winter Quarter, 1981 

Registration — Friday. 
Classes begin — Monday. 

Mid-term — Friday. 

Last day to withdraw from class with grade of W. 
Last day to file application for graduation at end 
of Spring Quarter — Friday. 
Preregistration for the Spring Quarter. 

Last day of classes — Friday. 
Examinations — Monday- Wednesday 



MARCH 


24 




25 


APRIL 


28 




28 




28 


MAY 


4-8 


JUNE 


2 



Spring Quarter, 1981 

Registration — Tuesday. 
Classes begin — Wednesday. 

Mid-term — Tuesday. 

Last day to file application for graduation at end 

of Summer Quarter — Tuesday. 

Last day to withdraw from class with grade of W. 

Preregistration for Summer Quarter. 

Last day of classes — Tuesday. 
3-5 Examinations — Wednesday-Friday. 
5 Graduation — Friday. 



JUNE 



Summer Quarter, 1981 

15 Registration — Monday. 

16 Classes begin — Tuesday. 



JULY 15 Mid-term — Wednesday. 

15 Last day to withdraw from class with grade of W. 

13-17 Preregistration for the Fall Quarter. 

AUGUST 14 Last day of classes — Friday. 

17-18-19 Examinations — 

19 Graduation — Wednesday. 



History and Purpose 

History 

The development of graduate education at Armstrong State Col- 
lege is linked to a history of graduate course offerings in Savannah 
which has involved several institutions of the University System of 
Georgia. Prior to 1968, only off-campus extension courses from the 
University of Georgia and other institutions were offered in 
Savannah. In the summer of 1968, Savannah State College began 
offering courses in residence for their new master's degree in 
elementary education. This program was accredited by the South- 
ern Association of Colleges and Schools and was approved by the 
Georgia State Board of Education. 

In the Fall of 1971, Armstrong State College and Savannah State 
College joined efforts to offer a joint program of graduate work. The 
combined faculties, library holdings, and facilities of the Colleges 
made possible the expansion of the graduate program to include a 
Master of Business Administration Degree Program; to add secon- 
dary options in the Master of Education degree program; and to 
supersede most of the off campus courses offered in Savannah by 
other institutions. This Joint Graduate Studies Program of Savan- 
nah State College and Armstrong State College was fully accre- 
dited by the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools, with its 
degree programs in education approved by the Georgia State De- 
partment of Education. In 1975, the Medical College of Georgia 
entered into an agreement with Armstrong State College to offer a 
Master of Science Degree in Nursing in Savannah by locating some 
of the Medical College staff and courses at Armstrong and by utiliz- 
ing Armstrong's resources and the support courses offered by 
Armstrong and Savannah State Colleges. This degree, which is con- 
ferred by the Medical College, is accredited by the National League 
of Nursing as well as the Southern Association of Colleges and 
Schools. 

Effective Fall, 1979, the Joint Graduate Studies Program was 
terminated by action of the Board of Regents, and Armstrong was 
authorized to continue graduate offerings with a significant mod- 
ification. All business administration programs, courses, and fa- 
culty were transferred to Savannah State College, and simultane- 
ously, all teacher education programs, courses, and faculty were 
transferred to Armstrong State College. Within the context of this 
modification, Armstrong offers graduate programs that are dedi- 
cated to teaching, service, and research. 



Purpose 

The Graduate Program of Armstrong State College is dedicated 
to service through educational programs, community involvement, 
and to faculty and student research, scholarship and creativity. By 
offering advanced preparation to those who serve in the schools 
and in other professional activities, the program contributes to the 
development of professional people, and through them, to the well 
being of those whom these professionals serve. The philosophy of 
the Graduate Program affirms the dignity and worth of individuals 
and the realization that professional men and women must be pro- 
ductive, articulate, and pro-active. 




Fees, Refunds, & 
Financial Assistance 

ALL FEES ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE AT THE END OF ANY 
QUARTER. 

Application Fee 

An application fee of $10.00 is paid by each graduate student at 
the time of initial application for admission. This fee is not required 
of graduates from either Armstrong State College or Savannah 
State College. The acceptance of the application fee does not consti- 
tute acceptance of the student into the graduate program. This fee, 
which is paid at Armstrong State College, is not refundable. 

Matriculation Fee 

The matriculation fee for part-time students is $15.00 per quarter 
hour; thus, the matriculation fee for one five (5) hour course is 
$75.00. Students carrying 12 credit hours or more will pay $178.00. 

Out-of-State Tuition 

Non-residents of Georgia carrying 12 credit hours or more must 
pay a fee of $318.00 per quarter in addition to all regular fees. Stu- 
dents carrying less than 12 credit hours in a quarter who are not 
legal residents of the State of Georgia will pay at the rate of $27.00 
per quarter hour for out-of-state tuition, in addition to matricula- 
tion fees. For residency requirements as established by the Board 
of Regents, see the Bulletin and General Catalogue of Armstrong 
State College. 

Student Activity Fee 

All students enrolled for six quarter hours or more must pay an 
Activity Fee of $15.00 per quarter. 

Athletic Fee 

All students must pay an Athletic Fee of $10.00 per quarter. 

Health/Services Fee 

All students must pay this fee of $2.50 per quarter. 



Late Registration Fee 

A late registration fee of $4.00 will be charged to students regis- 
tering on the date listed in the catalogue as the date on which 
classes begin. A fee of $5.00 will be charged for registration com- 
pleted on the date listed in the catalogue as the "last day to register 
for credit." 



Graduation Fee 

Each candidate for graduation must pay a graduation fee of 
$20.00 four months prior to his or her graduation. For further in- 
formation, inquire at the Registrar's Office. 



Refunds 

Refund of the matriculation fee and of non-resident tuition will 
be made only upon written application for withdrawal from school. 
No refunds are made for simply dropping a course. Privilege fees 
are not refundable. The College follows the refund policy of the 
Board of Regents as stated below: 



Students who formally withdraw on the date of scheduled 
registration or during one week following the scheduled reg- 
istration date are entitled to a refund of 80% of the fees paid 
for that quarter. Students who formally withdraw during the 
period between one and two weeks after the scheduled regis- 
tration date are entitled to a refund of 60% of the fees paid for 
that quarter. Students who formally withdraw between two 
and three weeks after the scheduled registration dates are 
entitled to a refund of 40% of the fees paid for that quarter. 
Students who formally withdraw during the period between 
three and four weeks after the scheduled registration date are 
entitled to a refund of 20% of the fees paid for that quarter. 
Students who withdraw after a period of four weeks has 
elapsed from the scheduled registration date will be entitled to 
no refund of any part of the fees paid for that quarter. 



Financial Assistance 

Students are invited to contact the Office of Financial Aids at the 
College for information on federal and state programs of financial 
assistance to college students. 

Veterans Benefits 

Information of interest to veterans can be obtained by writing or 
calling the Office of Veterans Affairs at Armstrong State College. 



Once accepted into the graduate program, a veteran should con- 
tact the Veterans' Office for processing instructions. Since proces- 
sing time varies, a first quarter student should expect a four to six 
week delay in receiving the first benefit check. First quarter stu- 
dent veterans should consider this delay when making financial 
arrangements to attend school. 

For purposes of G.I. Bill benefits, ten (10) quarter hours is consi- 
dered to be a full load; a load of five (5) graduate quarter hours 
entitles the graduate student to half-time benefits. 




10 



L^. 



Admission to Graduate 
Study 

Graduate course work provides an opportunity for continuing 
professional growth and competency, for expanding professional 
and cultural backgrounds, and for extending knowledge and un- 
derstanding in an area of specialty. Qualified students may take 
advantage of these educational opportunities without necessarily 
seeking a degree, but admission to one of the graduate degree pro- 
grams is a serious academic venture. Therefore, prospective stu- 
dents are expected to show evidence of high academic achievement 
and potential. Students who enroll as degree-seeking students 
must meet more rigorous admission standards than those students 
who do not seek a master's degree. 

Requirements 

Applicants desiring admission on a degree-seeking status must 
present satisfactory undergraduate academic records and satisfac- 
tory scores on appropriate admissions examinations. Some of the 
graduate degree programs have specialized test requirements, 
specified undergraduate course requirements, or other require- 
ments for degree-seeking students. Refer to the departmental sec- 
tions for specific information on these requirements. 

General requirements for degree-seeking students include the fol- 
lowing: applicants for all M.Ed, programs must provide satisfac- 
tory scores on either the Aptitude Test of the Graduate Record 
Examination (GRE) or the Common Examination of the National 
Teacher Examination (NTE). Satisfactory undergraduate grades 
must be presented by all degree-seeking students. 

Admission to some programs may require satisfactory scores on 
either the appropriate area examination of the NTE or the appro- 
priate advanced test of the GRE. For details of such requirements, 
consult the appropriate departmental entry in the catalogue or the 
Department Head. 

Applications for the above examinations are usually available at 
the College and will be given to students who come to the College to 
obtain them. Students who wish to write for an application form or 
to submit an application for these examinations should contact: 
Educational Testing Service, Princeton, New Jersey, 08540. Stu- 
dents should request that their test scores be sent to the Dean of 
Education, Armstrong State College, Savannah, Georgia, 31406. 



11 



Categories of Admission 

Regular Admission 
(a degree status classification) 



Definition 



Regular Admission means that a student has met all admission 
requirements and is admitted to a degree program with full 
graduate status. 

Requirements 

A student who has earned a baccalaureate degree from an 
accredited college, who has completed all of the prerequisites for his 
planned graduate field of study, and who meets the other require- 
ments of the Graduate Program may be admitted on Regular Ad- 
mission status. These requirements include minimum under- 
graduate grade-point averages in combination with certain 
minimum test scores. For M.Ed, programs, a minimum G.P.A. of 2.5 
is required and a minimum test score of 550 on the NTE Commons 
examination or 800 on the GRE Aptitude examination. 

For area test scores required by any department, see the appro- 
priate departmental entry. Degree programs providing teacher cer- 
tification have other admission requirements, including: (1) a rec- 
ommendation from the school in which a student has been 
employed as a teacher or has completed a student internship, and 
(2) eligibility for fourth level certification in the field of study. (For 
further information on admission to certification programs, consult 
the Office of the Dean of Education.) 

Provisional Admission 
(a degree status classification) 

Definition 

Provisional Admission means that a student has applied for ad- 
mission to a degree program and has some condition affecting his 
status such as low grades or test scores. The student is admitted to 
a degree program but must meet certain conditions before achiev- 
ing full graduate status (i.e., Regular Admission). 

Requirements 

For Provisional Admission, a student must hold a baccalaureate 
degree and meet the other admission requirements of the Graduate 
Program. These requirements include minimum undergraduate 
grade point averages in combination with certain minimum test 
scores. 

For the M.Ed, programs, students who fail to meet Regular Ad- 
mission score requirements may be granted Provisional Admission 
if the combinations of their G.P.A. and test scores conform to the 
following formulas: 



12 



GPA x 100 x NTE Common = 750 or more. 

GPA x 100 x GRE Aptitude = 1000 or more. 
In no case, however, may the G.P.A. be less than 2.2, the NTE less 
than 450, or the GRE less than 700. 

For area test scores required by any department, see the appro- 
priate departmental entry. 

Additional Stipulations for Provisional Admission 

As with Regular Admission, recommendation forms and other 
aspects of the Admissions Procedures must be adhered to. 

Provisionally admitted students may be required to remove any 
specific deficiencies that are ascertained by taking undergraduate 
supporting courses before these students are allowed to attempt 
graduate courses within the program to which they have been ad- 
mitted. M.Ed, students may remain admitted on a provisional basis 
until they have attempted 15 hours of approved graduate work. If 
they satisfactorily complete the initial, approved 15 hours of 
graduate work with no grade less than a "B" — of which 10 hours 
must be in the professional sequence — and submit the appropriate 
Area test score, if required, these students may submit a written 
request, with advisor's endorsement, to move into Regular status. 

Upon satisfying the Area test score, if required, and upon com- 
pleting 25 hours of approved course work with a "B" average or 
better, of which 15 hours must be in the major field of study, any 
provisionally admitted student will be eligible for Regular status. If 
the student does not have a "B" average or better upon completing 
these 25 hours of course work, he or she will be dropped as a degree- 
seeking student and prohibited from enrolling in further graduate 
courses. 

Post Baccalaureate and Post Graduate Admission 
(Nondegree status) 

Post Baccalaureate or Post Graduate admission is provided for 
those students who may not wish to pursue a graduate degree, 
including teachers whose main purpose is to obtain credits neces- 
sary for teacher certification and/or for students who may desire to 
enter a degree program but who have missing data. Requirements 
for Post Baccalaureate Admission include documentary evidence 
of a baccalaureate degree and submission of necessary application 
papers. The student may also have to meet specific prerequisites to 
enroll in courses in certain departments. Post Graduate Admission 
requirements are the same except that a graduate degree is re- 
quired. 

No more than fifteen (15) hours earned while enrolled as a Post 
Graduate or Post Baccalaureate student may be applied toward a 
M.Ed, degree. 

A student admitted on non-degree status who wishes to be ad- 
vanced to a degree status category of admission bears the responsi- 
bility for: 



13 



1. Meeting all requirements for degree status which are in effect 
at the time the student submits the required data and docu- 
ments for degree status. 

2. Notifying the Dean in writing of the intent and desire to ad- 
vance to degree status. 

Action by the Dean to advance a non-degree student to a degree 
status category is contingent on the student meeting the above 
responsibilities, and the student is cautioned to maintain a careful 
check on his or her status. 



Transient Student 

Transient students must arrange to have written authorization 
sent to the Dean from their dean, department head, or registrar at 
the graduate school in which they are enrolled in order to be ac- 
cepted as a transient student and to register in the Graduate Prog- 
ram. They must also submit the application for admission form and 
the $10 fee as described in the Admission Procedures. If they wish 
to become degree-seeking students, they must request appropriate 
admission in writing and must submit the necessary documents. 

Readmissions 

Any student in the Graduate Program who did not matriculate 
(i.e., register) during the quarter immediately preceding the quar- 
ter in which he next intends to matriculate must process a readmis- 
sion form with the Registrar's Office. The only students exempted 
from this requirement are those students who are initially admit- 
ted for graduate study in the quarter immediately preceding the 
quarter of their first matriculation. For further information, in- 
quire at the Registrar's office. 



Admission Procedures 

All admissions documents should be sent to The Office of the 
Dean of Education for processing; the application for admission, 
$10 fee, and transcripts must reach the office 20 days prior to regis- 
tration. 

The following materials and procedures are part of the require- 
ments for admission to the Graduate Program. 

1. The application-for-admission form, available in the Office of 
the Dean of Education, must be completed and submitted. Re- 
quired of all applicants 20 days prior to registration. 

2. Two (2) official transcripts showing all college credits earned 
for the undergraduate degree should be sent directly from the 
college which awarded the degree to the Dean's Office. Re- 
quired of all applicats except transient students who may sub- 
mit letter of authorization from their graduate school (20 days 
prior to registration). 



14 



3. Test scores, as appropriate and as required for the major, must 
be submitted. Required of degree-seeking students only. 

4. Completed recommendation forms (2) must be submitted; 
these forms are available in the Education Office. For appli- 
cants entering teacher certification programs, at least one (1) 
recommendation must be from supervisory personnel who ob- 
served the student in a teaching internship or as an employed 
teacher. These recommendations are required of degree- 
seeking students only. 

5. A ten dollar ($10) application fee is required of all students, 
except graduates of Savannah State College and Armstrong 
State College. 

All materials and documents should be submitted as soon as pos- 
sible, but items as noted above must arrive at least twenty (20) days 
prior to the registration date of the quarter a student enrolls. Ac- 
tion can be taken on applications for admission only after essential 
materials have been received. 

ADMISSION TO GRADUATE STUDY DOES NOT IMPLY 
AUTOMATIC ACCEPTANCE OF THE STUDENT AS A CANDI- 
DATE FOR ANY MASTER'S DEGREE. SEE SECTION ON 
CANDIDACY FOR DEGREE. 



15 



Academic Regulations 

Student Responsibility 

The student is charged with the responsibility for taking the in- 
itiative in meeting all academic requirements and in maintaining a 
careful check on his or her progress toward earning a degree. The 
student is responsible for discharging his or her obligations to the 
business office and the library and for adhering to the rules and 
regulations appertaining to graduate students in particular and to 
all students enrolled in a unit of the University System of Georgia. 
Graduate student academic regulations are set forth in this bulle- 
tin; for information regarding general regulations of students 
using the property and facilities of Armstrong State College, refer 
to the general bulletin and student publication of the College. It is 
the student's responsibility to abide by catalogue requirements. A 
student's claim that he or she has been granted an exception to 
these requirements must be documented before the merits of the 
claim can be evaluated. Students should note carefully the regila- 
tions in this chapter of the catalogue as well as in the admissions 
chapter. 



Academic Advisement 

Upon admission to graduate study, each student will be referred 
to a departmental office for adviser assignment. Consultation with 
the assigned adviser is required prior to registration. Each student 
must process appropriate advisement papers which are available 
from his or her assigned adviser and which provide the adviser 
clearance required for registration. 

Transient students report to the Office of the Dean of Education 
for advisement and adviser clearance. 

Post Baccalaureate and Post Graduate students obtain adviser 
clearance by processing the non-degree advisement form with their 
assigned advisers. During the quarter in which a Post Bac- 
calaureate student achieves degree-seeking status, he or she must 
process the Program of Study form. 

Degree-seeking students, both Regular and Provisional Admis- 
sions students, must process the Program of Study form with their 
assigned adviser no later than the end of their first quarter of en- 
rollment. A temporary adviser clearance statement may be pro- 
vided by the adviser which will be valid only for the student's initial 
registration. This temporary clearance should be processed on 
non-degree advisement form, with appropriate notations made to 
indicate that it is temporary. 

The Program of Study shows the essential courses the student 
will take in his or her degree program, transfer courses that might 
apply to the degree, and prerequisite courses or other prerequi- 
sites. The Program of Study must be followed by the student in 
fulfilling degree requirements. However, the student can take 

16 



courses additional to those on his Program of Study and may enroll 
in the courses on the Program of Study during quarters other than 
those which might be shown on his Program of Study form. 
Moreover, the student may officially modify his Program of Study 
with the concurrence of his adviser and department head. 

Students should note that any departure from the catalogue re- 
quirements for a degree must be approved by the appropriate dean. 

Foreign Student Advisement 

Specialized advisement is available for foreign students from the 
Graduate Foreign Student Adviser, Mr. Erich Stocker, located in 
Room 3, Administration Building at Armstrong State College. The 
mailing adress is Armstrong State College, Savannah, Georgia 
31406. 



Registration 

Before a student may register for graduate courses he must be 
formally admitted as a graduate student (although 500 and 600 
level courses may be taken by undergraduate students upon com- 
plying with requirements and procedures stipulated by and availa- 
ble in the Dean's Office). If his circumstances require it, he must be 
readmitted (see section on Admissions, paragraph on Readmis- 
sions). In order to register, a student will be required to show at 
registration his admission confirmation and his advisor clearance 
forms. 



Transfer of Graduate Credits 

A maximum of thirty (30) hours of credit may be transferred from 
another institution, provided: 

1. that each course equates with a course in the curriculum of the 
Graduate Program or is an acceptable elective. 

2. that the credit was earned in an accredited graduate program. 

3. that a grade of B or better was earned in each course. 

4. that the credit was earned no more than six years prior to 
completion of all degree requirements. 

5. that no more than fifty percent of the required credits shall be 
transferred for use towards a master's degree (i.e., no more 
than 50% of either the required professional education credits 
or other required credits in M.Ed, programs). 

For additional information on the amount of credit transferable 
for a particular degree program, refer to the appropriate de- 
partmental entry. 

Procedures for Processing Transfer Credits 

Requests by students to receive transfer graduate credit must be 
supported by two (2) copies of the graduate transcript showing the 

17 



credits requested. The formal and final request for receiving trans- 
fer credit is part of the Application for Candidacy which the student 
must process upon the completion of 25 hours of graduate work. 
This application is obtained in the Education Office. The two (2) 
graduate transcripts should be sent to the Education Office. 

Advisement on transfer of credit is routinely provided on the 
Program of Study form which every degree-seeking student must 
complete with his adviser in his first quarter of enrollment. Formal 
approval of transfer credits is granted via the student's Application 
for Candidacy which requires approval by the student's adviser and 
Department Head and by the appropriate dean. 

Prospective students may write to the Department Coordinator 
in their area of study to obtain advisement on transfer of credit. 



Graduate Courses 

Courses numbered 500 to 699 are open to both undergraduate and 
graduate students. In such courses, the quantity and quality of 
work required of the graduate students will be on the same level as 
that required in those courses offered exclusively for graduates. 
Courses numbered 700 and above will be open only to graduate 
students. Candidates for master's degrees must take at least fifty 
percent of their courses at the 700 level. 



Graduate Class Regulations and Schedules 

Graduate classes are conducted in conformity with the general 
academic policies of the Board of Regents and of the Graduate 
Program and the regulations of the College. Specific class require- 
ments, including attendance requirements and requirements for 
grades are set by the instructor for each class. Also, see Honor Code 
in this chapter of the catalogue. 

The College reserves the right to cancel classes and to adjust class 
schedules. 



Grades and Grade Point Averages 

In accordance with the policies of the Board of Regents, a 4.0 
grade point system is used. The only grades approved by the Board 
of Regents for computing the grade point averages of students are: 
A — 4,B — 3, C — 2, D — 1,F — 0, and WF (withdrew failing) — 0. The 
Board of Regents has also approved for uses other than for comput- 
ing grade point averages, the following symbols: I — incomplete; W 
— withdrew without penalty; V — audit; K — credit for a course by 
examination; and S — satisfactory and U — unsatisfactory which 
are applicable only to theses, practicums, internships, and profi- 
ciency requirements. 



18 



In the Graduate Program, grades assigned are A, B, C, D, F, 
(failure), I (incomplete), W (withdrew with no penalty), and WF 
(withdrew failing). The grade of W does not enter into computing a 
student's grade point average. 

Stipulations applicable to symbols used in the Graduate Program 
include: 

I — incomplete. May be awarded by an instructor, who will also 
stipulate the conditions for its removal. A grade of I must be re- 
moved by completing the course by mid-term of the following quar- 
ter or it becomes an automatic F. 

W — withdrawal without penalty. May be awarded by an instruc- 
tor up to the mid-quarter period in a course. Regents' policy stipu- 
lates that "Withdrawals without penalty will not be permitted after 
the mid-point of the total grading period (including final examina- 
tions) except in cases of hardship as determined by the appropriate 
official of the respective institution." Withdrawals after mid term 
require approval of the Dean. 

WF — withdrew failing. May be awarded by an instructor any- 
time that a student withdraws from a course after the drop/add 
period; mandatory after midquarter except for hardship cases as 
stipulated above for grades of W. 

V — audit. Use of this symbol is subject to the discretion of the 
individual graduate departments, and the departments may re- 
quire that a student receive the permission of the instructor to 
audit a course prior to registering for the course. Moreover, an 
auditing student must pay the usual fees, must register for the 
course, and may not transfer from audit to credit status (or vice 
versa). 

S and U — satisfactory and unsatisfactory; see above. Specific 
courses receiving these grades are identified in departmental 
course listings. Comprehensive examinations are given these 
grades also. 

K — credit by examination. Use of this symbol is subject to the 
discretion of the individual graduate departments. 

Students expecting to receive grades of V or K must insure that 
they are enrolled in an appropriate course or activity for which V or 
K grades are awarded by the appropriate department. If this 
catalogue does not show in the departmental entries that the given 
departments have authorized the use of V or K, then a student 
expecting to receive V in a course should obtain written verification 
from the appropriate instructor prior to registrating for the course 
that V will be awarded. 

Grade point averages are calculated on all graduate work attempt- 
ed, and no credits with a grade below C may apply toward a degree. 



Academic Probation and Standing 

Any student who falls below a 3.0 (B) average shall be on 
academic probation. 



19 



Any student who is admitted to Provisional Admission status and 
who does not achieve a 3.0 average or better upon completing 25 
hours shall be dropped as a degree student, be placed on non-degree 
status, and be prohibited from enrolling in further graduate 
courses. Any Regular Admission student who has less than a 3.0 
average after completing 25 or more hours shall be placed on "regu- 
lar admission — probation status" and shall be required to achieve 
grades of B or better in all courses in order to maintain this status 
and must achieve a 3.0 average in order to return to Regular Ad- 
mission status. Any student on "regular admission — probation 
status" who earns less than a B in any course or who accumulates 
75 hours and remains on this status shall be dropped as a degree 
student shall be placed on non-degree status, and be prohibited 
from enrolling in further graduate courses. 



Course Load Limitation 

A full-time graduate student is expected to carry no more than 
fifteen (15) hours per quarter. The course load for employed stu- 
dents should be appropriately reduced in consultation with their 
advisers. Students on academic probation or on Provisional Admis- 
sions status should carefully plan their course loads in consultation 
with their advisers. 



Withdrawal, Dropping Courses, and Adding 

Courses 

Withdrawal is, in the technical sense, dropping all courses and 
processing a formal withdrawal from the College. A student may 
withdraw from school (or drop a single course) at any time during 
the quarter. Only by formally withdrawing, however can a student 
become eligible for the refund of fees as explained in the section on 
fees. The student bears the responsibility of contacting the Regis- 
trar's Office to effect a withdrawal and of contacting his profes- 
sors) to determine what grade(s) he will receive (W or WF). 

Dropping a course should be formalized through the Registrar's 
Office which will process a drop/add slip. If a student is taking only 
one course, the drop is, technically, a withdrawal and should be 
treated as such. The student is responsible for contacting his in- 
structor concerning the grade he will receive (W, glf). 

Adding a course may be accomplished through the Registrar's 
Office which will process a drop/add slip. Courses may be added only 
during the late registration days at the beginning of the quarter 
and not at any other time during the quarter. The student must pay 
the appropriate fee for the additional course, unless a course equiv- 
alent in credit hours is being dropped simultaneously. 



20 



Administrative Withdrawals 

The College reserves the right to effect the withdrawal of any 
student at any time during his course of studies if he does not meet 
his financial obligation or the required standards of scholarship, or 
if he fails in any way to meet the standards of the Graduate Pro- 
gram. 

CATES Courses 

Armstrong State College participates in the Coastal Area 
Teacher Education Service, a consortium of area public school sys- 
tems and institutions of the University System of Georgia offering 
graduate and undergraduate courses in teacher education. 

A student who wishes to apply CATES course credit to his degree 
program must obtain approval from his adviser to take a course for 
degree credit prior to taking the course. Without this prior ap- 
proval, the course is subject to being treated as a transfer course, in 
which case, the Transfer of Graduate Credit policies and proce- 
dures described in this Bulletin will be followed. 



Honor Code 

The Honor Code at Armstrong State College is dedicated to the 
proposition that the protection of the grading system is in the in- 
terest of the student community. The Student Code is an institu- 
tional means to assure that the student community shall have 
primary disposition of infractions of the Honor Code and that stu- 
dents accused of such infractions shall enjoy these procedural 
guarantees traditionally considered essential to a fair and impar- 
tial hearing, the foremost of which is the presumption of innocence 
until guilt be established beyond a reasonable doubt. 

I. Responsibilities of Students: 

All students must agree to abide by the rules of the Honor 
Code. A student shall not be accepted at Armstrong State 
College unless he signs the following statement at the time of 
his first registration: "I have read the Honor Code at 
Armstrong State College. I understand the Code and agree 
that, as a student at Armstrong, I must comply with these 
requirements." This statement shall be printed on the appli- 
cation for admission to the college and must be signed by the 
student. The Honor Code shall be printed in the official bulle- 
tin and the Student Handbook. 

It will be the responsibility of the Student Court or its de- 
signated representative to conduct an orientation program 
at the beginning of each quarter for all newly entering stu- 
dents to explain fully the Honor Code and to allow full discus- 
sion of its requirements. 



21 



Any student desiring assistance with any matter related to 
the Honor Code is invited to seek assistance in the Office of 
Student Affairs. 
II. Violations of the Honor Code: 

Violations of the Honor Code may be of two kinds: (a) gen- 
eral and (b) those related to the peculiarities of specific 
course-related problems and to the understanding of indi- 
vidual instructors. Any instructor whose conception of cheat- 
ing would tend to enlarge or contract the general regulations 
of cheating must explicitly notify the affected students of the 
qualifications to the general regulations which he wishes to 
stipulate. The following will be considered general violations 
of the Honor Code. 

1. Giving or receiving any unauthorized help on any assign- 
ment, test or paper. The meaning of "unauthorized help" 
shall be made clear by the instructor of each class. 

2. Stealing when related to cheating. 

3. Plagiarizing. 

4. Giving perjured testimony before the Student Court. 

5. Suborning, attempting to suborn, or intimidating witnes- 
ses. 

6. Failing to report a suspected violation of the Honor Code. 
III. Reporting Violations of the Honor Code: 

Anyone wishing to report a violation may come to the Of- 
fice of Student Affairs for assistance in contacting members 
of the Student Court. 

A. Self-reporting: A student who has broken the Honor Code 
should report himself to a member of the Student Court. 

B. Anyone (faculty member or student) who is aware of a 
violation of the Honor Code must report the matter. This 
may be done in one of two ways: 

1. He may tell the person thought to be guilty to report 
himself to a member of the Student Court no later than 
the end of the next school day. After this designated 
time, the person who is aware of the violation must 
inform a member of the Student Court so that the Stu- 
dent Court may contact the accused person if he has 
not already reportd himself. 

2. He may report the suspected violation directly to a 
member of the Student Court without informing the 
accused. 

IV. The procedural rights of the student accused of violations of 
the Honor Code: 

The essence of the procedural rights of an accused is the 
right to a fair and impartial hearing and the right to be pre- 
sumed innocent until proven giilty. Specific rights are as fol- 
lows: 

1. The accused will be notified in writing by the Student 
Court or its designated representative of the nature and 
details of the offense with which he is charged along with 
the names of the accusers and the principal witnesses to 



22 



be brought against him. This notification shall occur no 
less than three days prior to the date of the hearing. 

2. The accused has the right to counsel of his own choosing. 
Such counsel will not participate directly in the proceed- 
ings except to advise his client. It is expected that such 
counsel will be drawn from the college community. 

3. The accused and the person bringing the charges shall be 
afforded an opportunity to present witnesses and 
documentary or other evidence. The accused and any in- 
dividual bringing the charges shall have the right to cross 
examine all witnesses and may, where the witnesses can- 
not appear because of illness or other cause acceptable to 
the Court, present the sworn statement of the witnesses. 
The Court shall not be bound by formal rules governing 
the presentation of evidence, and it may consider any evi- 
dence presented which is of probative value in the case. 

4. The accused may not be made to bear witness against 
himself. The Court may not take the refusal of the accused 
to testify as evidence of guilt, but this proviso does not give 
the accused immunity from a hearing or from recommen- 
dations reached in a hearing simply because the accused 
does not testify. 

5. The accused shall have access to a complete audiotape of 
the hearing and to the record prepared by the secretary. 

6. The substantive facts of a case may be re-opened for con- 
sideration upon initiation of the accused acting through 
normal appeal channels. The accused shall not be put in 
double jeopardy. 

7. All witnesses will be sequestered from the hearing room 
during the course of a hearing. Witnesses may not discuss 
a pending case. 

8. By prior agreement, the accused will be allowed such ob- 
servers of the hearing as may be commensurate with the 
space available. Otherwise, in the interests of the right of 
privacy of the accused, hearings will be private, except 
that the College may also have observers additional to the 
advisors to the Student Court. 

V. The Honor Code Commission, The Student Court Selection 
Committee, The Student Court, and Advisers to the Court 

A. Honor Code Commission 

It shall be the purpose of the Honor Code Commission 
to administer the student academic honor code. The 
Commission will have the responsibility for revising and 
updating the student academic honor code as needs arise. 
The Honor Code Commission shall consist of the Presi- 
dent, Vice-President, and Secretary of the Student Gov- 
ernment Association and the current President and Sec- 
retary of Student Court together with three faculty 
members appointed by the President of the College. 

B. Student Court Selection Committee 

The Student Court Selection committee will select 
members for the Student Court. The Student Court 

23 



Selection Committee will consist of two faculty members 
from the Honor Code Commission, one of whom is the 
chairperson of that commission, two students from the 
Honor Code Commission, one of whom is a member of the 
Student Court, two faculty members from the Conduct 
Committee, one of whom is the chairperson of that com- 
mittee, two students from the Conduct Committee, one of 
whom is a member of the Student Court, and the Dean of 
Students. 
C. Student Court 

1. The Student Court will be selected by the Student 
Court Selection Committee and will be composed of 
twelve students. Due consideration will be given to 
equitable apportionment of court members on the 
basis of academic class, race, and sex. Students on 
academic probation may not serve. All appointments 
will be issued and accepted in writing. Appointments 
will be made during Spring Quarter in time for newly 
elected members of the Court to assume their duties 
by May 1. Appointments will be made as needed to 
keep the Student Court staffed to do business on a 
reasonably prompt basis. These appointments may 
constitute permanent or temporary replacements as 
the Student Court Selection Committee deems neces- 
sary. 

2. The Student Court will elect a President, Vice- 
President, and a Secretary from its membership. The 
President will preside at all meetings. The Vice- 
President will assume the duties of the President if the 
President is absent. The Secretary will maintain writ- 
ten notes of all proceedings and audiotape records of 
all testimony, and will maintain exhibit of evidence 
which by their nature may reasonably be maintained 
in the Court files. A quorum of the Court shall consist 
of eight members. A two-thirds majority secret ballot 
vote is required to reach a finding of guilty. All other 
questions may be decided by a simple majority vote. 

3. Constituency of the Student Court during the Summer 
Quarter shall include all appointed members in atten- 
dance, and others as shall be appointed to membership 
by the Student Court Selection Committee. 

4. Student Court Members shall examine their con- 
sciences carefully to determine whether they can in 
good conscience serve on a panel hearing a particular 
case, and in the event that there is any doubt, what- 
soever, such members shall excuse themselves from 
duty on the specific panel in question. 

B. Advisers to the Court 

1. An adviser and an associate adviser to the Student 
Court shall be appointed by the President of the Col- 
lege. 



24 



2. Ordinarily the adviser will serve in that office for one 
year only and usually will be succeeded in that position 
by the associate adviser. Therefore, after the initial 
appointments, only an associate adviser will ordinar- 
ily be appointed each year. The succession of an as- 
sociate to the adviser position is deemed to occur on 
the last day of Spring Quarter. If, for any reason, the 
adviser is unable to complete his term, the associate 
adviser shall succeed to the office of adviser and 
another associate adviser shall be appointed by the 
above procedures. If, during the Summer Quarter, 
neither adviser is on campus, a temporary adviser will 
be appointed. 

3. Duties of the adviser and the associate adviser: It shall 
be the duty of the adviser to consult with the Court and 
to offer advice to the President and members of the 
Court on substantive and procedural questions. The 
adviser, or the associate adviser in the event the ad- 
viser is unable to attend, shall be present at all meet- 
ings and hearings of the Court. The Adviser may not 
vote nor may he participate directly in the conduct of 
hearings before the Court except through the chair- 
man, or acting chairman, of the Court. The adviser 
should be governed at all times by the principle that a 
hearing before the student court is primarily a matter 
of student responsibility. 

VI. Procedures and Penalties adopted by the Student Court: 

The Student Court shall formulate its own bylaws govern- 
ing internal organization and procedure. Such bylaws must 
be consistent with the Honor Code. 

A. Hearings shall be called by the Court President to be held 
on a date not less than three (3) nor more than ten (10) 
class days after notice to the accused as provided in Sec- 
tion IV-2. Exceptions to these time requirements may be 
granted. 

B. Upon reaching a finding of guilty, the Court shall make a 
recommendation to the Vice President of the College as to 
the administrative action it deems appropriate within 
the following limitations: 

1. A minimum penalty shall be loss of assignment or test 
credit for the assignment or test for violations involv- 
ing cheating as specified in Section II, subsections 1, 2, 
and 3. Additional penalties such as reprimands, sus- 
pension, or others may be recommended for any as- 
pects of Section II. 

2. Maximum penalty for a first offense of any type shall 
be suspension for a full calendar year. 

3. Maximum penalty for a second offense may be suspen- 
sion for three years. 

C. Immediately following a hearing, the accused will be in- 
formed of the Court's finding, and its recommendation to 

25 



the Vice President of the college. If the finding is guilty, 
the accused will be informed that the Court may re-open 
the case with the consent of the accused for good cause 
within a three week period. 
D. The Vice President of the College will inform all involved 
persons in writing of the action he has taken in view of 
Court recommendations. The Court Secretary will post 
public notice of the Vice President's action by case 
number without identifying the accused. 
VII. Appeals of Findings and Penalties: 

Should a student have cause to question the findings of the 
Court or the action of the Vice President of the College or 
both, he has the right to appeal. The channels of appeal are as 
follows: 

A. Court findings and/or the administrative action of the 
Vice President of the College may be appealed within five 
days by writing the President of the College. Further ap- 
peal procedures will conform to the appeal procedures of 
the College and of the Policies of the Board of Regents, 
University System of Georgia (a copy of these policies is 
available in the Library; see chapter on Students, section 
on appeals, page 165, 1969 edition.) 
VIII. Supervision of the Student Court: 

As an institutional means of responding to the reported 
infractions of the Honor Code, the Student Court is ulti- 
mately responsible to the President of the College. 

Supervision of the Student Court will be accomplished or- 
dinarily through the Dean of Student Affairs and the Ad- 
visors. 
A. Dean of Student Affairs 

In accordance with Article VI, Section F, of the College 
Statutes, the Dean of Student Affairs will provide gen- 
eral supervision of the Student Court and will provide 
other guidance or services as directed by the President of 
the College. 
IX. Revision of the Honor code will require confirmation by 
majority vote of those faculty and student body members 
voting. 



26 



Degrees and General 
Degree Requirements 

Degrees Offered 

The following degrees are offered in the Graduate Program: 

Master of Education in Biology 

Master of Education in Chemistry 

Master of Education in Elementary Education 

Master of Education in Early Elementary Education 

Master of Education in Special Education— Behavior Disorders 

Master of Education in English 

Master of Education in General Science Education 

Master of Education in Mathematics (Not active at present time) 

Master of Education in History 

Master of Education in Political Science 

(Biology, Chemistry, English, History and Political Science are 

available as options without teacher-certification requirements) 

Time Limitation 

Students working toward a master's degree must complete all 
requirements for the degree within a period of not more than six 
years from the date of first enrollment. Extension of time may be 
granted upon recommendation of the student's major department, 
but only in cases of unusual circumstances. 

Course and Residence Requirements 

Satisfactory completion of at least sixty (60) quarter hours of 
graduate credit is necessary for the Master of Education degree, 
and a minimum of thirty (30) quarter hours must be earned in resi- 
dence. Courses to be counted for a degree may be accumulated on a 
full-time or part-time basis. No credits with grades below C may 
count toward a degree. At least fifty percent (50% ) of the courses for 
a degree must be at the 700 level or above. 

Students should note that the sixty-hour requirement is a 
minimum requirement. Degree students with academic weaknes- 
ses should recognize that they may have to complete more than 
sixty hours to fulfill all curriculum requirements and comply with 
all academic regulations. 

Degree Candidacy 

Upon successful completion of twenty-five quarter hours of 
graduate work taken in residence and at least one quarter prior to 
making application for the degree, the student is required to file an 
application for admission to candidacy. The student will submit the 

27 



completed application to his adviser. These application forms are 
available in the Graduate Office. 

Approval of the application will be based upon verification that 
the student: 

1. has been admitted to full graduate status (i.e., Regular Admis- 
sion). 

2. has maintained a minimum of a "B" average in all work at- 
tempted. 

3. has met any other requirements stipulated for his degree pro- 
gram. 

Application for the Degree 

At the time specified on the academic calendar, the student must 
file an application for the appropriate master's degree with his 
major department. Note that the application for the degree must be 
preceded by the application for candidacy by at least one quarter. 
Application forms are available in the Graduate Office. 



Thirty Hour Plan for a Second Master's Degree 

Students who have already earned a master's degree can, under 
certain circumstances, earn a second master's degree in the 
Graduate Program by completing as little as 30 quarter hours of 
graduate work in residence. Essential elements of the second mas- 
ter's degree plan are: 

1. All general requirements (e.g., Regular Admission status, 
adherence to general academic regulations, "B" average, 
comprehensive examinations, etc.) and all specific curricular 
requirements (i.e., departmental prerequisites for courses, 
specific courses, etc.) currently applicable to a master's degree 
will apply to the second degree sought, except as explicitly 
noted below 

2. For the Second master's degree: 

A. The student must take at least 30 quarter hours in resi- 
dence additional to course work that was used in fulfilling 
requirements for a previous master's degree. Additional 
hours may be necessary in order to fulfill curricular re- 
quirements or for such purposes as teacher certification in 
programs designed as Approved Programs for Georgia 
State Certification. 

B. The 30 (or more) hours in residence must meet existing 
requirements on recency of credit. For the other hours, 
(hours applied to both the first degree and to the second 
degree), fifteen hours will have no age limit, but the re- 
maining hours must be no more than twelve years old when 
requirements for the second master's degree are com- 
pleted. 

C. A curriculum plan for a second degree that is consistent 
with existing catalogue plans must be prepared by a de- 
partment head or by a graduate adviser with his or her 

28 



department head's endorsement. A copy of this plan will be 
sent to the Dean's Office and will be given to the student. 
For this purpose, current advisement forms, with approp- 
riate modifications may be used. The plan must show the 30 
(or more) hours to be taken in residence and the previous 
graduate hours that are to apply to the second degree. 

Summary of General Requirements for the 
Master's Degree 

General regulations for obtaining a master's degree are sum- 
marized as follows: 

1. Admission to full graduate status (i.e., Regular Admission). 

2. Admission to candidacy for the degree. 

3. Satisfactory completion of at least sixty (60) quarter hours of 
approved graduate level course work. 

4. Meeting certification requirements for M.Ed, programs (how- 
ever, some M.Ed, programs may have an option for no certifi- 
cation). 

5. Maintenance of "B" average. 

6. Satisfactory completion of a comprehensive examination. 

7. Filing an application for the degree at the time specified. 



Teacher Certification 

Although some M.Ed, degree programs have an option for no 
certification, generally these degrees are designed to comply with 
the requirements for teacher certification at the fifth level in the 
various areas of specialization. The degree ordinarily is granted 
only to students who qualify for T-5 certification (or equivalent 
certification for other states), which in turn entails meeting T-4 
certification requirements (Georgia). Students who use graduate 
credits to meet T-4 certification requirements may be required to 
take graduate courses beyond the 60 hours required for the M.Ed, 
degree in order to meet T-5 certification requirements. Since the 
M.Ed, programs require 60 hours, which is 15 more than the 45 
minimum required for the T-5 by the State Education Department, 
15 of the 60 graduate hours may be used to fulfill T-4 certification 
requirements. However, none of the 15 hours so used can then be 
applied toward meeting the 45 hours specified for the T-5. 

Detailed information concerning programs and procedures relat- 
ing to graduate teacher certification may be obtained from Educa- 
tion Offices. 



Non Certification M.Ed. Programs 

Building on the basic, academic structure of the typical M.Ed, 
degree programs, departments may offer M.Ed, programs without 
applying all of the stipulations for certification programs. The cur- 
riculum essentials of a non-certification degree program are: 

29 



At least fifteen hours of education course work. 
At least twenty-five hours of major area course work. 
At least five hours of free electives. 

Such programs do not meet certification requirements by the 
State of Georgia. 



SUPERVISION OF 
DEGREE PROGRAMS AND REQUIREMENTS 

Graduate students are held responsible for meeting the require- 
ments stipulated for their particular programs and for abiding by 
the Academic Regulations of the Graduate Program. Members of 
the graduate faculty, through their advisement and instructional 
activities, help supervise students in meeting these academic re- 
sponsibilities. Graduate department heads fulfill key roles in the 
supervision of students, faculty, and programs related to their de- 
partments. The Dean of Education gives general supervision to all 
Master of Education degree programs and provides a variety of 
administrative services, which support and monitor these pro- 
grams. 

Departments, 
Programs, and Courses 

Departmental requirements covering admissions, prerequisite 
courses, and other aspects of the programs of study are described in 
this section of the Bulletin. 



Departmental Coordinators 

For each program of study, a department head (or other faculty 
member) serves as Coordinator. The Departmental Coordinators 
for 1980-1981 are: 

Biology: Dr. Leslie Davenport. 

Chemistry: Dr. Henry Harris. 

Elementary and Early Elementary Education: Dr. Thelma Har- 

mond. 

Secondary and Special Education Programs: Dr. William Stokes. 

English: Dr. Hugh Pendexter. 

History and Political Science: Dr. Roger Warlick. 

Mathematics: Dr. Charles Leska. 



Courses 

Graduate courses are listed and described in each departmental 
section. The following course numbering system is used: courses 
numbered 500-699 may be taken by undergraduate or graduate 
students and, in some cases, are courses that are cross-listed as 300 

30 



and 400 courses. Courses numbered 700-799 or higher are for 
graduate students only. 

Each course listed shows the departmental identification, the 
course number, the course name and a code number. The code 
number indicates: with the first number, the hours of lecture per 
week; with the second number the hours of lab per week; and with 
the third number the quarter hours of credit for the course. Exam- 
ple: Chemistry 522. Inorganic Chemistry (3-0-3). 

Statements on prerequisites, campus location and descriptions 
follow the course numbers. 

Biology 

Faculty 

Dr. Leslie Davenport, Department Head, Dr. Beumer, Dr. Guil- 
lou, Dr. Pingel, Dr. Thorne. 

Program of Study Leading to the Degree 
Master of Education in Biology 

Admission Requirements 

Students entering the M.Ed, program in biology (with certifica- 
tion) must satisfy all general admission requirements of the 
Graduate Program, including the requirement that the GRE Ap- 
titude or NTE Common and an appropriate advanced or area test 
be completed prior to full admission. Students must also have com- 
pleted a minimum of 30 qtr. hrs. credit in undergraduate courses in 
biology and a minimum of 10 qtr. hrs. credit in organic chemistry. 

In addition to the general admission requirements of the 
Graduate Program and the specific requirements in biology and 
chemistry, students who wish to obtain an M.Ed, degree in biology 
without certification are required to take the GRE Advanced test in 
biology and obtain a minimum score of 540 to gain full admission to 
the program. A student who does not meet the minimum score on 
the Advanced Test will be required to take two recommended un- 
dergraduate courses on the 300 or 400 level and pass them with at 
least B's before being granted regular admission status. 

Advisement 

Each student will be assigned an academic adviser from the 
Graduate Biology Faculty and a professional adviser from the 
Graduate Education Faculty. The student must meet with each of 
his advisers and plan his program under their guidance, and should 
have at least one conference per quarter with his academic adviser. 



31 



Course Requirements for Certification Program 

Quarter Hours 

I. Professional Education Courses 20 

EDN 721 — Advanced Studies in Human Growth and Develop- 
ment 

or 
EDN 722 — Nature and Conditions of Human Learning 

plus 
EDN 731 — Social Foundations of Education 

plus 
EDN 741 — Curriculum Planning 

plus 
EDN 771 — Educational Research 

II. Biology, minimum 25 

In order to receive the M.Ed, degree with a concentration in 
Biology, the student will be expected to have acquired at least the 
following credits in either his upper division undergraduate work or 
in graduate work: 

15 quarter hours in botany 
15 quarter hours in zoology 
5 quarter hours in cell biology 
The student will also be expected to have acquired at least 5 qtr. 
hrs. credit each in physiology (plant, animal, or cell), genetics, and 
ecology. 

If the entering student lacks credits in any of these areas, his 
graduate program in biology must include courses to assure this 
diversification. 

In addition to meeting the minimum requirement for diversifica- 
tion, he will elect courses with the advice of his graduate advisers to 
meet the total requirements of 25 hours of biology plus electives to 
comply with item three (III) below. 

III. Electives - Biology and Education 15 

No more than 10 quarter hours of graduate elective credit may be 
taken in either field (Biology or Education), but this should not be 
interpreted to restrict any course work which exceeds the minimum 
requirements for the degree. An appropriate -course in exceptional 
children (e.g., EXC 522) must be taken if not taken previously. 

Course Requirements for M.Ed, in Biology Without Certification 

Quarter Hours 

I. Professional Education Courses 15 

These will be chosen with the advice of the student's major area 
adviser from a list designated by the Graduate Education Faculty. 

II. Biology Courses 40 

The courses in biology will be selected to meet the diversification 
requirements specified in Section II under the requirements for the 
certification program. 

III. Free Electives 5 

An appropriate course chosen with the advice of the major area 
adviser. 

TOTAL 60 

Comprehensive Examination 

To receive the M.Ed, degree with a concentration in biology, 
each student is required to pass a comprehensive examination 

32 



covering the areas in which he has had course work applicable 
to his degree. The examination may be oral or written. This 
examination will be completed no later than mid-term of the 
quarter in which graduation is anticipated. If the student 
should fail the examination, he may be re-examined orally or in 
writing, at the discretion of the department, in areas of specific 
weakness only. 

The examination shall be conducted by a committee of no less 
than five members of whom two should be members of the 
Graduate Department of Education. The Department Head 
shall notify the student ten days prior to the examination of the 
proposed place, date, and time of examination and the composi- 
tion of the examining committee. The result of the examination 
will be reported to the Graduate Dean of Education within 
three days after its completion. 

Graduate Courses in Biology 

ZOOLOGY 525 — INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY. (3-4-5) 

Prerequisite: Zoology 20U. 

A study of the structure, body functions, interrelations, and 
natural history of the major invertebrate groups. 

ZOOLOGY 556 — COMPARATIVE ANATOMY 

OF THE VERTEBRATES. (3-6-6) 

Prerequisite: Zoology 204.. 

A study of the anatomy and evolution of the organ systems of the 
vertebrates. 

BOTANY 610 — PLANT PHYSIOLOGY. (3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: Botany 203 and Organic Chemistry. 
A survey of physiological processes occurring in plants and the 

conditions which affect these processes. 

BOTANY 625 — PLANT MORPHOLOGY. (3-4-5) 

Prerequisite: Botany 203. 

Comparative studies of vascular plants with emphasis on form, 
structure, reproduction, and evolutionary relationships. 

BIOLOGY 610 — CELLULAR PHYSIOLOGY. (3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: Complete sequence in Organic Chemistry and 5 
hours of Physiology. 

A consideration of the functional relationships between micro- 
scopic anatomy and cell chemistry, emphasizing permeability, 
metabolism, and growth. 

BIOLOGY 640 — CYTOLOGY. (2-6-5) 

Prerequisite: Two senior division courses in biology. 
The study of cells, their cytoplasm and nuclei, growth, differenti- 
ation, and reproduction. 

BIOLOGY 650 — EVOLUTION. (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: major in biology (at least 15 quarter hours credit in 

upper division courses). 

Modern concepts in organic evolution. 

33 



BIOLOGY 680 — GENERAL ECOLOGY. (3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: Two upper division courses in biology (botany or 
zoology). 

A survey of the principles of ecology and their application to the 
welfare of man, coordinated with a study of populations and com- 
munities in the field. 

ZOOLOGY 610 — GENERAL VERTEBRATE 

PHYSIOLOGY. (3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: Zoology 20U and Organic Chemistry. 

An introduction to the general physiologic processes of the ver- 
tebrates. 

ZOOLOGY 625 — MARINE INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY. (2-6-5) 
Prerequisite: Zoology 325, or permission of instructor and de- 
partment head. 

Studies in the identification and ecologic distribution of marine 
invertebrates as exemplified by collection from the southeastern 
coastal region. 

ZOOLOGY 629 — ENDOCRINOLOGY. (4-4-5) 

Prerequisites: Zoology 410 (Vertebrate Physiology ), and one other 

senior division course in biology. 

Physiology of the endocrine glands, their control of metabolism 

and reproductive cycles. 

ZOOLOGY 635 — COMPARATIVE PHYSIOLOGY. (3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: Zoology 20U and Organic Chemistry. 
Studies in various groups of animals of the functions or organ 
systems involved in the maintenance of homeostasis under varying 
conditions within normal habitats and of in vitro reactions of tis- 
sues and systems under laboratory conditions. 

BOT/EDN 693* — BOTANY FOR ELEMENTARY 
TEACHERS. (5-0-5) 

Lecture-laboratory course dealing with principles involved in 
classifying and identifying plant life. 

ZOO/EDN 692* — ZOOLOGY FOR ELEMENTARY 
TEACHERS. (5-0-5) 

Modern approaches to teaching the biological sciences. Emphasis 
on understanding of life processes in the animal kingdom. 

The following courses are open to graduate students only: 

BOTANY 701 — PLANT DIVERSITY I: 

Non-vascular Plants. (3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: at least 15 quarter hours credit in botany. 
Morphology, taxonomy, and ecology of the algae, fungi, mosses, 
and liverworts, including identification of common species, field 
and laboratory methods, local habitats and sources. 



*Special courses not suitable for the biology major. 

34 



BOTANY 702 — PLANT DIVERSITY II: Vascular Plants. (3-4-5) 
Prerequisites: at least 15 quarter hours credit in botany. 
Morphology, taxonomy, and ecology of the primitive vascular 
plants, ferns, gymnosperms, and angiosperms, including field and 
laboratory methods, and local habitats and sources. 

ZOOLOGY 710 — APPLIED HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY. (3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: graduate standing plus a course in human, general, 
or vertebrate physiology, and organic or biological chemistry. 

A consideration of human physiological responses to normal and 
abnormal stressors of the external and internal environment, in- 
cluding local and systemic adaptations to stressors. Specific mal- 
functions and adjustments will be treated where feasible and ap- 
propriate. 

Laboratory sessions will feature the empirical demonstration of 
physiologic concepts and their applications to human function, 
largely through controlled experimentation. 

The lecture may be taken in conjunction with Nursing 605 lab for 
credit in Nursing 605. That lab will share some common sessions 
with Zoology 710. 

ZOOLOGY 721 — ANIMAL DIVERSITY I: Invertebrates. (3-4-5) 
Prerequisites: at least 15 quarter hours credit in zoology. 
Structure, function, and ecologic relationships of the major 
invertebrate phyla. (Not open to students with credits in inverte- 
brate zoology.) 

ZOOLOGY 722 — ANIMAL DIVERSITY II: Vertebrates. (3-4-5) 
Prerequisites: at least 15 quarter hours credit in zoology. 
Structure, function, and ecologic relationships of the vertebrates, 

with emphasis on amphibious and terrestrial forms. 

ZOOLOGY 731 — ECOLOGICAL ASSOCIATIONS. (3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: at least 25 quarter hours credit in junior-senior 
level courses in biology. 

Environmental relationships among and between groups of or- 
ganisms and their environments. 

Courses at Marine Science Center 

The following courses are offered at the Marine Science Center on 
Skidaway Island and are open to both graduate and undergraduate 
students. These courses are co-operatively sponsored by 
Armstrong State College, Georgia Institute of Technology, Georgia 
State University, Georgia Southern College, and the University of 
Georgia. 

BIOLOGY 630 — ESTUARINE ECOLOGY. (6-6-5) 

Summer (five weeks). Prerequisites: Chemistry 128, 129; Zoology 
20U; two courses in biology numbered 300 or above; or perm ission of 
instructor. Math 101+ recommended. 

The evolution and development of estuaries, substrates, physical 
processes, communities, ecosystem functions, ecosystem dynamics 
and analysis. The study area will include the estuarine complex of 
the Carolinian province as exemplified along the coast of Georgia. 

35 



ZOOLOGY 605 - ICHTHYOLOGY. (6-6-5) 

Summer (five weeks). Prerequisites: Zoology 20 % and one course 

in zoology numbered 300 or above, or permission of instructor. 
The taxonomy, distribution, ecology, and evolution of fishes with 

special reference to the fishes of eastern North America. 



Chemistry and Physics 
Faculty 

Dr. Henry Harris, Department Head, Dr. Brewer, Dr. Robbins, 
Dr. Stratton, and Dr. Whiten. 

Program of Study Leading to the Degree 
Master of Education in Chemistry 

Admission Requirements 

Students entering the M.Ed, program in Chemistry must meet 
the general admission requirements of the Graduate Program and 
must take the chemistry area examination of the National Teacher 
Examinations (NTE) in order to qualify for degree-seeking status. 

Advisement 

Each student will be assigned an academic adviser from the 
Graduate Chemistry Faculty and a professional adviser from the 
Graduate Education Faculty. The student must meet with each of 
his advisers and plan his program under their guidance. 

Course Requirements 

Quarter Hours 

I. Professional Education Courses 20 

EDN 731 — Social Foundations of Education 
EDN 721 — Advanced Studies in Human Growth and Develop- 
ment 

or EDN 622 — The Nature and Conditions of Human Learning 
EDN 741 — Curriculum Planning 
EDN 771 — Educational Research 

II. Chemistry Courses 25 

These courses are selected, in consultation with the student's 
chemistry adviser from the graduate courses in chemistry. 

III. Electives 15 

Electives are to be chosen through advisement and according to 
individual needs and may include courses in chemistry, education, or 
a suitable third field with the prior approval of the student's advis- 
ers. An appropriate course in exceptional children (e.g., EXC 622) 
must be taken if not taken previously. 

IV. Transfer of Credits 

Students who have earned graduate credits at an accredited in- 
stitution may transfer a limited number of credits to be applied to- 
ward the M.Ed, degree in chemistry. Transfer of credit is handled on 
an individual basis. 

36 



Non-Certification Program Requirements 
Specific information on admissions and course requirements 
for this program is available in the Department of Chemistry 
and Phyics. 

Comprehensive Examination 

To receive the M.Ed, degree with a concentration in chemis- 
try, each student is required to pass a comprehensive examina- 
tion covering the areas in which he has had course work. The 
examination may be oral or written. Oral examinations will 
last no more than one and one-half hours; written examina- 
tions will last no more than three hours. This examination will 
be completed no later than mid-term of the quarter preceding 
that in which graduation is anticipated. If the student should 
fail the examination, he may be reexamined orally or in writ- 
ing, at the discretion of the departments in areas of specific 
weakness only. The Coordinator shall notify the student and 
the Graduate Office concerning the proposed place, date, and 
time of the examination, the composition of the committee, and 
the result of the examination. 



Graduate Courses in Chemistry 

CHEMISTRY 501. CHEMISTRY OF LIFE. (5-0-5) 

CHEMISTRY 600. INTRODUCTION TO 

CHEMICAL RESEARCH. (2-0-2) 

This course outlines systematic methods of literature research 
and preparation research outlines from reference to original arti- 
cles. 

CHEMISTRY 622. INORGANIC CHEMISTRY. (3-0-3) 

Modern theory of structures and bonding, acid-base theories, and 
properties of some rare elements and unusual compounds will be 
detailed. The later includes nonstoichiometric compounds, rare gas 
compounds, and coordination complexes. 

CHEMISTRY 641. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. (3-0-3) 

Basic organic chemistry to include structures, reactions, and 
reaction mechanisms. 

CHEMISTRY 651. HISTORY OF CHEMISTRY. (5-0-5) 

The development of science surveyed from antiquity to the pres- 
ent. Emphasis is placed on the development of ideas, men who made 
significant contributions, evolution of chemical theories and the 
modern social implications of science. 

CHEMISTRY 661. BIOCHEMISTRY. (4-3-5) 

A study of the chemical nature of cellular constituents and cellu- 
lar metabolism. Subject topics include carbohydrates, proteins, 
lipids, enzymes, vitamins and coenzymes, anaerobic carbohydrate 
metabolism, lipid metabolism, the tricarboxylic acid cycle, oxida- 
tive phosphorylation, and photosynthesis. 

37 



CHEMISTRY 662. BIOCHEMISTRY. (4-3-5) 

A study of the metabolism of ammonia and nitrogen-containing 
compounds, the biosynthesis of nucleic acids and proteins, 
metabolic regulation, and selected topics. 

CHEMISTRY 663. CLINICAL CHEMISTRY. (4-3-5) 

A study of the principles of chemistry applied in the clinical 
laboratory. Topic subjects to include instrumentation and mi- 
crotechniques. 

CHEMISTRY 680. INSTRUMENTAL ANALYSIS. (2-9-5) 

Includes study of principles involved in the operation and the 
laboratory use of special instruments for analysis. 

CHEMISTRY 691-692-693 — PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY (4-3-5 each) 
Fundamental principles of physical chemistry including the 
study of solids, liquids, gases, thermochemistry, thermodynamics 
and solutions. These courses will also cover a study of chemical 
equilibria, chemical kinetics, electrochemistry, colloids, quantum 
mechanics and nuclear chemistry. 

CHEMISTRY 700. CHEMICAL RESEARCH. (0-15-5) 

Research under the supervision of a member of the Graduate 
Chemistry Faculty. 

CHEMISTRY 710. RADIOCHEMISTRY. (2-3-3) 

A general course dealing with nuclear structure, radioactive 
properties and decay characteristics of radioisotopes, their produc- 
tion and purification. Different types of detection of radiation, iden- 
tification of radioisotopes and their practical applications will also 
be discussed. 

CHEMISTRY 721. CHEMISTRY FOR 

HIGH SCHOOL TEACHERS. (4-3-5) 

This course covers CHEM Study material and also Chemical 
Bonding Approach material for high school teachers. 

CHEMISTRY 731. DEVELOPMENT OF 

CHEMICAL THEORIES. (3-0-3) 

A study of the basic principles upon which well known chemical 
theories are founded. Topics such as the kinetic molecular theory, 
chemical equilibria, and spectroscopy will be discussed. 

CHEMISTRY 741. ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. (3-0-3) 
Prerequisite: Chemistry 64.1. 
Discussion of significant principles of organic chemistry. 

CHEMISTRY 762. BIOCHEMISTRY. (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 661. 

A consideration of the chemical and physical principles employed 
in the study of macromolecules of biological importance. 

CHEMISTRY 781. ADVANCED ANALYTICAL 

CHEMISTRY. (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 681. 

Advanced theories and methods of analytical chemistry. 

38 



CHEMISTRY 782. ADVANCED ANALYTICAL 
CHEMISTRY. (2-0-2) 

The current problems facing analytical chemistry are used to 
coordinate and to examine contemporary thought in this field. 
Problems such as trace environmental analysis, analysis of unique 
materials and non-destructive analysis will be treated. 

CHEMISTRY 783. INSTRUMENTAL ANALYSIS. (2-3-5) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 581. 

A study of the fundamental principles, construction and opera- 
tional characteristics of modern instrumentation as related to 
physiochemical analytical techniques. Optical, electrometric and 
chromatographic separation procedures are discussed and prac- 
ticed. 

CHEMISTRY 791. ADVANCED PHYSICAL 

CHEMISTRY. (3-0-3) 

An advanced study of molecular structure, the physical proper- 
ties of matter and the nature of chemical bonding. 

CHEMISTRY 798. SEMINAR. (2-0-2) 

Discussion of selected topics. 

CHEM/EDN 794. CHEMISTRY FOR ELEMENTARY 
TEACHERS. (5-0-5) 

A study of the more important metallic and non-metallic ele- 
ments with emphasis on practical application at the elementary 
school level. 

Graduate Courses in Physical Science 

ASTRONOMY 601. Astronomy for Teachers. (5-0-5) 

Topic subjects will include the solar system, stellar evolution, 
stars and star systems, and methods in astronomy. 

GEOLOGY 601. Geology for Teachers. (5-0-5) 

A survey of physical and historical geology. Topic subjects will 
include geologic history, plate tectonics, and identification of min- 
erals and rocks. 

METEOROLOGY 601. Meteorology for Teachers. (5-0-5) 

A study of the atmosphere, weather, and climate. 

OCEANOGRAPHY 601. Oceanography for Teachers. (5-0-5) 

Topics subjects will include origin and structure of ocean floors, 
tides and currents, chemical and physical properties of sea water, 
and applications of oceanographic research. 

PHYSICAL SCIENCE 701. PRINCIPLES OF ASTRONOMY, 
GEOLOGY AND METEOROLOGY. (5-0-5) 

A study of unifying principles associated with the disciplines of 
astronomy, geology and meteorology. Emphasis will be placed on 
materials, demonstrations and testing associated with the physical 
science. 

PSci/EDN 795. EARTH SCIENCE FOR 

ELEMENTARY TEACHERS. (5-0-5) 

Composition of earth, classification and identification of rocks 
and minerals. 

39 



Graduate Courses in Physics 

PHYSICS 602. Physics for Secondary School Teachers. (5-0-5) 

A study of the principles of physics appropriate for teachers of 
physics and physical science. National curricula such as the Har- 
vard Project Physics and PSSC will be studied. 

PHYSICS 603. Physics Laboratory for Science Teachers (3-4-5) 
A study of the theory and practice of selected laboratory exer- 
cises and demonstrations. 

PHYSICS 612. Electronic Measurements (3-6-5) 

Introduction to circuit theory and digital/analog electronics deal- 
ing with measurements, control concepts, and instruments. 

Education 

Faculty 

Dr. Thelma Harmond, Department Head for Elementary and 
Early Elementary Education; Dr. William Stokes, Department 
Head for Secondary and Special Education; Dr. Adams, Dr. 
Agyekum, Dr. Bland, Dr. Burgess, Dr. Cochran, Dr. Gadsden, Dr. 
Lane, Dr. Lawson, Dr. Newberry, Dr. Robinson, Dr. Sartor, Dr. 
Stephens, Dr. Sumner, and Dr. Ward. 

Program Coordinators — 1980-1981 — 
Dr. Harmond and Dr. Stokes 

Programs of Study Leading to the Degree 
Master of Education 

In: Early Elementary Education, 

Elementary Education (Middle School), and 
Special Education-Behavior Disorders. 

With Programs or Courses Leading to Masters Level Certifica- 
tion for: 

Early Elementary 

Education (K-4) Supervising Teacher 

Middle School Education (4-8) Reading Specialist 
Special Education Secondary Education (9-12, 

Specific Areas) 

Objectives 

The M.Ed, degrees are designed to provide T-5 certification ac- 
cording to levels and specific areas as stipulated by the Georgia 
State Department of Education. Degree programs for specific, sec- 
ondary areas of certification such as history, English, biology, etc. 
are described in the chapters of this catalogue devoted to these 
content areas. The education departments participate in each such 
program but also offers several complete programs leading to cer- 
tification, such as Special Education-Behavior Disorders, Reading 
Specialist, etc. The education department heads can provide gui- 
dance for meeting the certification requirements. 

40 



By offering advanced preparation to those who professionally 
serve in schools, the departments hope to aid in the development of 
teachers who possess the highest qualities of character, commit- 
ment, and professional competence. This aim will be facilitated by 
(1) encouraging the student to do scholarly study in advanced pro- 
fessional, specialized and general education subject matter; (2) 
helping the student become acquainted with the most recent re- 
search developments in child growth and development and the 
latest trends in curriculum; (3) deepening his appreciation for per- 
formance in scientific investigation and research; and (4) promot- 
ing personal and professional maturity of the student that will be 
reflected in his relationships as he goes about his work in the com- 
munity and the field of education. 

Admission Requirements 

Students entering the elementary education, the early elemen- 
tary, and the special education programs must satisfy all general 
admission requirements of the Graduate Program. Elementary 
and early elementary education students must submit scores on 
both the "Commons" and the area examinations of the National 
Teacher Examinations (NTE). 

Advisement 

Shortly after admission each student will be assigned an educa- 
tion adviser. As soon as he is notified of this assignment, the stu- 
dent should schedule an appointment with his adviser to determine 
any conditions and specific requirements the student must meet in 
order to complete both his degree and certification objectives. 

Transfer Courses 

Students should note carefully the general sections on Transfer 
of Graduate Credits and Academic Advisement on pages 17 and 16 
and must adhere to these requirements; students should also note 
requirements for CATES courses on page 21. 

Course Requirements 
Early Elementary Education 

Quarter Hours 

I. Professional Sequence Courses 20 

Same as Elementary Education Professional Sequence 
EDN 721 or EDN 722 EDN 741 

EDN 731 EDN 771 

II. Courses appropriate to the early elementary education major . .40 

A. Content courses to cover diversified areas 25 

1. Two courses from: 10 

EDN 640 — Teaching Language Arts in Elementary School 

and ECE 
EDN 641 — Methods of Teaching Reading — required if a 

reading course not taken previously. 
EDN 642 — Reading and Literature for Children 

41 



2. Three courses from: 15 

EDN 691 — Science for Elementary and ECE Teachers 
MATH/EDN 692 — Modern Mathematics for Elementary 

and ECE Teachers 
EDN 728 — Movement and Exploration and Motor 

Learning in Children 
EDN 758 — Creative Activities in Art, Music, Dance, 

and Drama 
EDN 791 — Environmental Science 
EDN 797 — Social Studies for Elementary and ECE 
Teachers 

B. Required Courses 15 

EDN 727 — Child Growth and Development 
EDN 747 — Curriculum for ECE or 

EDN 757 — Methods for ECE 
EDN 802 — Practicum in ECE 

If the requirement for exceptional children (EXC 622) has not 
been met, then the student must meet it even if it means taking 
courses beyond the basic 60 hours for the degree. 



Course Requirements 

Elementary Education Programs 

(Middle School) 

Several specialization programs are offered under the aegis of 
the M.Ed, degree in elementary education. These specialized pro- 
grams of study provide, in addition to the graduate major in 
elementary education which leads to T-5 certification in this area, 
opportunity for students to qualify for certain other kinds of certifi- 
cation. Students should inquire at the education offices for certifi- 
cation opportunities provided by these specialized programs. 

Graduate students majoring in elementary education must com- 
plete a minimum of sixty quarter hours of approved courses. These 
hours are divided as follows: Professional Sequence — 20 hours; 
Specialization Courses — 25 hours; and Approved Electives — 15 
hours. One course in reading must be taken if not taken previously 
as well as an appropriate course in exceptional children if not taken 
previously. 

The specialized content courses may be chosen from the following 
areas: art and music; foreign languages; health and physical edu- 
cation; language arts, including reading, literature, speech, 
linguistics; mathematics and science; and the social studies. Edu- 
cational background, types of teaching experience, specific needs, 
interests and the goals of students will be the determinants for 
staff advisement in student selection of content areas. Upon the 
basis of the foregoing factors, students may choose specialized 
courses from two or from several of the content areas. 

Quarter Hours 

I. Professional sequence courses 20 

Required of students in all education programs. 
EDN 721 — Advanced Studies in Human Growth and 
Development or 

42 



EDN 722 — Nature and Conditions of Human Learning 

plus 
EDN 731 — Social Foundations of Education 

plus 
EDN 741 — Curriculum Planning 

plus 
EDN 771 — Educational Research 
II. Courses appropriate to major field and specialization 40 

A. Courses for the conventional major. 

1. Major field (content) courses in middle or 

elementary education 25 

Selected, with advisement, from the following courses: 
EDN 640 — Teaching Language Arts in Elementary School 
EDN 641 — Methods of Teaching Reading 

EDN 642 — Reading and Literature for Children 
EDN 691 — Science for Elementary and ECE Teachers 
EDN 701 — The Language Arts in the Educative Process 
EDN 742 — Seminar in Elementary Education 
EDN 743 — Problems in Reading 
EDN 791 — Environmental Science t 
EDN 796 — Geography for Elementary Teachers 
EDN 797 — Social Studies for Elementary and 

ECE Teachers 
MATH/EDN 692 — Modern Mathematics for Elementary 

and ECE Teachers 
ZOO/EDN 792 — Zoology for Elementary Teachers 
BOT/EDN 793 — Botany for Elementary Teachers 
CHEM/EDN 794 — Chemistry for Elementary Teachers 
PSci/EDN 795 — Earth Science for Elementary Teachers 

2. Electives 15 

Elective courses selected with advisement. 

B. Courses for a major in elementary education with specialization 
in supervising teacher services.* 

1. Major field courses in elementary education 25 

Same as in A above. 

2. Specific electives include: 15* 

EDN 681 — Directing and Evaluating Student Teaching* 
EDN 682 — Internship for Supervising Teachers* 

EDN 683 — Seminar in Supervision* 

C. Courses for a major in elementary education with a specializa- 
tion in reading. 

1. Specialization courses in reading 25 

Selected, with advisement, from the following courses; other 
courses not listed here may be identified by advisement. 
EDN 641 — Methods of Teaching Reading 

EDN 743 — Problems in Teaching Reading 
EDN 744 — Issues in Diagnosing and Prescribing 

in the Reading Process 
EDN 753 — Remedial Reading (Practicum) 
EDN 754 — Organization and Supervision of the 

Reading Program 
EDN 645 — Reading in the Secondary School 

2. Approved electives 15 

These courses specified by the Education Department to in- 

sure meeting major requirements. 

"Courses undergoing revision. 

43 



Course Requirements 
Special Education — Behavior Disorders 

Quarter Hours 

I. Professional Sequence 20 

Same as Elementary Education Professional Sequence 
EDN 721 or EDN 722 EDN 741 

EDN 731 EDN 771 

II. Specialization Courses 30 

EXC 622 EXC 785 EXC 800 may be taken in lieu 

EXC 780 EXC 786 of 785, 786, and 787, but five 

EXC 781 EXC 787 additional elective hours are 

needed to compensate for lost 
hours (EXC 800 is only a 10- 
hour credit course). 

III. Electives 10 

A course in the teaching of reading must be taken if not taken previ- 
ously. 

EXC 625 EXC 723 EXC 773 

EXC 626 EXC 754 EDN 753 



Course Requirements 
General Science Education Program 

Contact the Head of the Department of Secondary Education for 
information on this program. 

Courses for Interrelated Special Education 

Several courses in exceptional children contribute to the needs of 
specialists in Interrelated Special Education. Specific courses in 
this area include EXC 622, EXC 741, EXC 782, EXC 783, and EXC 
784. For additional information regarding the contribution that 
these courses may make toward certification and professional 
needs, contact the Director of Special Education. 

Comprehensive Examination 

A committee of the faculty of the Graduate Education Depart- 
ment will administer an oral examination to all candidates for the 
Master's degree. The chairman of the examining committee will be 
the student's adviser. The student and his adviser will select the 
other two members of the examining committee. This committee 
will have at least one representative from one of the content areas 
on the student's degree plan. 

The chairman will select, in consultation with the student, the 
date, time, and place for the examination and will report this infor- 
mation and the results of the examination to the Coordinator. 

The Coordinator shall notify the Graduate Office concerning the 
proposed place, data and time of the examination, the composition 
of the Committee, and the result of the examination. 



44 



Graduate Courses in Education 
General and Elementary (Middle School) 

EDUCATION 621. TESTS AND MEASUREMENTS. (5-0-5) 

Principles and procedures in evaluating pupil growth. 

EDUCATION 640. TEACHING LANGUAGE ARTS 
IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOL. (5-0-5) 

Exploration in the four broad areas of the language arts. Investi- 
gation of pertinent research of the past decade; opportunities for 
enriching experiences with media through demonstration. 

EDUCATION 641. METHOD OF TEACHING READING. (5-0-5) 
Basic principles and methods of underlying the elementary 
school reading program. 

EDUCATION 642. READING AND LITERATURE 
FOR CHILDREN. (5-0-5) 

This course is designed to acquaint elementary teachers with the 
stimulating language environment of the wide world of literature 
for children. The literature approach of language learning seeks to 
assist the teacher in guiding children to become active, sensitive 
learners who seek to explore, inquire, and discover. 

EDUCATION 645. READING IN THE 

SECONDARY SCHOOL. (5-0-5) 

This course is designed to acquaint teachers with teaching read- 
ing in content areas. 

EDUCATION 651. NEWER TEACHING MEDIA I. (5-0-5) 

The first course in a two-course sequence. Multisensory learning 
and the utilization of audiovisual materials, newer teaching 
hardware, and programmed materials. 

EDUCATION 681. DIRECTED AND EVALUATING 
STUDENT TEACHING. (5 quarter hours) 

Information, skills and understanding required for effective 
supervision of student teachers. Selected teachers. 

EDUCATION 682. INTERNSHIP FOR 

SUPERVISING TEACHERS. (5 quarter hours) 

(Grade awarded, S or U only.) 

Cooperative field experience involving public school teachers, 
student teachers, college personnel. 

EDUCATION 683. SEMINAR IN SUPERVISION. (5 quarter 
hours) 

An opportunity for experienced supervising teachers to evaluate 
criteria and to develop plans for increasing skills in guiding student 
teachers. 

EDUCATION 691. SCIENCE FOR ELEMENTARY 
TEACHERS. (5-0-5) 

Opportunities for acquiring basic knowledge in science appro- 
priate for the elementary grades. 



45 



EDUCATION 701. THE LANGUAGE ARTS 

IN THE EDUCATIVE PROCESS. (5-0-5) 

Provisions for an examination of language developments. Cur- 
rent issues and recent research in the language arts curriculum. 
Theoretically and practically, students will be aided in finding 
adequate solutions to language problems which confront them in 
the daily teaching experience. 

EDUCATION 711. PHILOSOPHY AND 

HISTORY OF EDUCATION. (5-0-5) 

Modern and philosophical systems and their impact on educa- 
tional theory and practice. 

EDUCATION 721. ADVANCED STUDIES IN HUMAN 
GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT. (5-0-5) 

A comprehensive view of human growth and development with 
emphasis upon the recent literature in these fields. 

EDUCATION 722. THE NATURE AND CONDITIONS 
OF HUMAN LEARNING. (5-0-5) 

An advanced study of the various theories of learning with em- 
phasis upon the latest ideas in this field. 

EDUCATION 725. CONTEMPORARY PROBLEMS IN 
EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY. (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: Two or more courses in psychology or sociology or a 
combination of the two. 

A seminar to explore contemporary problems of a psycho-social 
nature affecting education. 

EDUCATION 731. SOCIAL FOUNDATIONS 
OF EDUCATION. (5-0-5) 

Basic graduate course in the contribution of the social sciences to 
education, focused on the significant issues and problems of educa- 
tion. 

EDUCATION 732. EDUCATION AND MINORITY 
GROUP PROBLEMS. (5-0-5) 

A study of intergroup education related to the problems of 
American ethnic, racial, and religious minorities. 

EDUCATION 741. CURRICULUM PLANNING. (5-0-5) 

Trends, issues, and understandings needed for curriculum de- 
velopment and teaching. 

EDUCATION 742. SEMINAR IN ELEMENTARY 
EDUCATION. (5-0-5) 

Opportunities to analyze issues, theories and practices in 
elementary education. 

EDUCATION 743. PROBLEMS IN READING. (5-0-5) 

Investigation of problems met in the teaching of reading. 

EDUCATION 744. ISSUES IN DIAGNOSING AND 
PRESCRIBING IN THE READING PROCESS. (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: EDN 5U1> EDN 6J>3, or approval of instructor. 

46 



Designed to evaluate primary issues in differentiated instruc- 
tion. Examination of techniques employed in diagnosing and pre- 
scribing for reading difficulties. 

EDUCATION 751. NEWER TEACHING MEDIA II. (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EDN 551. 

An advanced course continuing in-depth study of newer teaching 
media. 

EDUCATION 753. REMEDIAL READING (PRACTICUM). (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EDN 61+U or approval of instructor. 

A study of the various methods and materials utilized to test and 
teach remedial readers. The student will be required to tutor one 
poor reader. 

EDUCATION 761. PRINCIPLES AND 

PRACTICES OF GUIDANCE. (5-0-5) 

An introduction to the philosophy and procedures of guidance in 
both the elementary and secondary school. 

EDUCATION 762. GUIDANCE IN 

ELEMENTARY SCHOOL. (5-0-5) 

Application of the guidance point of view and guidance 
techniques to the elementary school classroom. Emphasis is upon 
the teacher's role in cooperating with professional guidance work- 
ers. 

EDUCATION 771. EDUCATION RESEARCH. (5-0-5) 

Methodology of educational research and its application to in- 
struction and guidance. 

EDUCATION 772. FIELD PROJECT. (5 hours credit) 

An "on-the-job" research project dealing with improvement in 
the student's specific situation. 

EDUCATION 773. INDIVIDUAL RESEARCH. (5 hours credit) 

EDUCATION 775. INDIVIDUAL STUDY 

IN EDUCATION. (1 to 5 hours) 

Opportunities provided for supervised research and independent 
study in selected areas. Research and reading in education to meet 
the needs of students involved. Designed for students with a know- 
ledge of research. All work offered on an individual basis with the 
approval of department chairman, advisor, and instructor con- 
cerned. Prerequisite: EDN 671. 

EDUCATION 791. ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE. (5-0-5) 

Exploration of science principles through problem-solving. De- 
signed to make environmental science situations meaningful. 

ZOO/EDN 792. ZOOLOGY FOR 

ELEMENTARY TEACHERS. (5-0-5) 

Modern approaches to teachingthe biological sciences. Emphasis 
on understanding of life processes in the animal kingdom. 



47 



BOT/EDN 793. BOTANY FOR 

ELEMENTARY TEACHERS. (5-0-5) 

Lecture-laboratory course dealing with principles involved in 
classifying and identifying plant life. 

CHEM/EDN 794. CHEMISTRY FOR 

ELEMENTARY TEACHERS. (5-0-5) 

A study of the more important metallic and non-metallic ele- 
ments with emphasis on practical application at the elementary 
school level. 

PSci/EDN 795. EARTH SCIENCE FOR 

ELEMENTARY TEACHERS. (5-0-5) 

Composition of earth, classification and identification of rocks 
and minerals. 

EDUCATION 796. GEOGRAPHY FOR 

ELEMENTARY TEACHERS. (5-0-5) 

A critical examination of instructional procedures and 
techniques in teaching geography in elementary grades. Selection, 
organization and presentation of structured facts of human envi- 
ronment, both cultural and physical. Emphasis given to the concep- 
tual approach in the analysis of space and regional interation. 

EDUCATION 797. SOCIAL STUDIES FOR 

ELEMENTARY TEACHERS. (5-0-5) 

Investigation of newer approaches to social studies teaching. 
Emphasis on related skills as map and graph reading. Analysis of 
behavioral objectives for social studies teaching. 

EDUCATION 800. INTERNSHIP. (10 hours credit) 

(Grade awarded, S or U only.) 

Students who hold teaching positions in school and/or clinic set- 
tings will be supervised by college staff members for one academic 
year. Supervisors will observe and hold conferences with each can- 
didate. Students must complete one academic year to receive 
credit. 

EDUCATION 802. SEMINAR IN EDUCATION 

FOR STAFF DEVELOPMENT. (Variable credit) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: Students must be enrolled in 
an approved staff development activity sponsored by a local school 
system. Admission to the course must be approved by the student's 
adviser and by the department head. 

This course is designed to provide a framework through which 

teachers and local school systems, in conjunction with the college, 
may offer graduate credit for approved staff development ac- 
tivities. Credit for this course may be approved for either content or 
elective work. 

With a change in content, this course may be repeated for addi- 
tional credit. 

EDUCATION 805. SCHOOL EVALUATION. (5 to 10) 

Study of school assessment procedures, self study and followup. 



48 



Graduate Courses in Education 
Early Elementary Education 

EDN 727. CHILD GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT. (5-0-5) 

Lecture and laboratory. Basic concepts and problems of child 
development; observation, behavior patterns, child study. 

EDN 728. MOVEMENT EXPLORATION AND 
MOTOR LEARNING IN CHILDREN. (5-0-5) 

Develop understandings, skills, and teaching techniques and 
methods in the basic activities appropriate to the teacher of move- 
ment education. 

EDN 737. FOUNDATIONS OF EARLY 

CHILDHOOD EDUCATION. (5-0-5) 

Historical developments, philosphy and objectives of nursery 
schools, kindergartens, and day care centers; exploration of 
teacher-child and teacher-family interactions, diagnosis and 
evaluation of children. 

EDN 738. THE YOUNG CHILD AND HIS FAMILY, 
SCHOOL, COMMUNITY. (5-0-5) 

Interaction with community for services and resources. Family 
study from many different angles, utilizing data from various 
fields, developing skills in procedures and techniques for working 
with parents. 

EDN 747. EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION 
CURRICULUM. (5-0-5) 

Content, approaches, methods and materials appropriate for 
young child as presented in interdisciplinary or experience ap- 
proach emphasizing how language arts, science, mathematics, so- 
cial studies, and the creative arts are adopted to skills and needs of 
children. 

EDN 757. EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION METHODS. (5-0-5) 
A study of research and programs for children under eight and 
implications for program development. Developing skills in trans- 
lating concepts into classroom practice for young children. 

EDN 758. CREATIVE ACTIVITIES IN ART, 
MUSIC, DANCE AND DRAMA. (5-0-5) 

Course focuses on activities in each of four areas and presented in 
an interdisciplinary approach. 

EDN 802. PRACTICUM IN EARLY 

CHILDHOOD EDUCATION. (5 hours credit) 

(Grade awarded, S or U only.) 

Supervised experience in classroom with children under six. 
Seminars and projects planned according to students' needs. 



49 



Graduate Courses in Education 
Exceptional Children 

EXC 622. INTRODUCTION TO EXCEPTIONAL. (5-0-5) 

An introductory study of the identification, diagnosis, and educa- 
tion of the atypical child. 

EXC 625. MENTAL HYGIENE IN TEACHING. (5-0-5) 

A consideration of the forces and influences on what constitutes 
normal behavior in personal and social relationships within the 
school setting. Student behavior, teacher behavior, and student- 
teacher interaction dynamics will receive major attention. Open to 
qualified undergraduate students, graduate students, and 
teachers seeking renewal of certificates. 

EXC 626. PSYCHOLOGY OF ABNORMAL BEHAVIOR. (5-0-5) 

EXC 723. ASSESSMENT AND MEASUREMENT 
OF THE EXCEPTIONAL CHILD. (5-0-5) 

This course will emphasize the means and interpretations of 
psychological, psychiatric, educational, and other evaluations. It 
will attempt to help the teacher understand and make relevant the 
test specialists' report. 

EXC 741. TEACHING OF READING TO 

EXCEPTIONAL CHILDREN. (3-4-5) 

First half of course consists of classroom instruction in proce- 
dures for teaching reading. Second half of course consists of tutor- 
ing an exceptional child in reading under the instructor's supervi- 
sion. 

EXC 754. BEHAVIORAL INTERVENTION 

PROCEDURES FOR CHILDREN. (5-0-5) 

To acquaint students with historical background, developments, 
concepts, definitions, terminology and techniques of behavioral in- 
tervention as well as application of such procedures. 

EXC 773. INDEPENDENT RESEARCH. (5-0-5) 

EXC 780. BEHAVIOR PATHOLOGY IN CHILDREN. (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EXC 622. 

A study of the epidemiology, etiology, prognosis, and treatment of 
behavior disorders in children. An extensive examination of the 
social milieu will characterize the course. 

EXC 781. EDUCATION OF THE 

EMOTIONALLY DISTURBED. (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EXC 780. 

The student will survey the various types of programs and ap- 
proaches historically and currently in operation for the emotionally 
disturbed child. Emphasis will be placed on those programs within 
the public school setting. 



50 



EXC 782. NATURE OF LEARNING DISABILITIES 
AND MENTAL RETARDATION. (5-0-) 

Definitions, orientation, characteristics, assessment, contribu- 
tions of major authorities, and terminology for the learning dis- 
abled child. Indepth study of the psychological and sociological as- 
pects of educationally handicapping conditions and of the children 
who display those conditions for the mentally retarded child. 

EXC 783. METHODS AND MATERIALS FOR TEACHING 
LEARNING DISABLED AND MENTALLY RETARDED 
CHILDREN. (3-4-5) 

Procedures for identifying strengths and weaknesses of stu- 
dents, using multisensory approaches, analyzing tasks into com- 
ponent parts, designing and using instructional materials, writing 
instructional objectives, and individualizing classroom instruction. 

EXC 784. PRACTICUM IN LEARNING DISABILITIES, BE- 
HAVIOR DISORDERS, AND MENTAL RETARDATION. (0-10-5) 
The student will be required to interact with students from all 
three areas for a minimum of 10 clock hours per week. In those cases 
where students cannot be placed in a program serving all three 
categories of children, the student will be required to spend one 
third of the quarter with children from each area. The student will 
be expected to have direct involvement in teaching exceptional 
children. 

EXC 785-786-787. PRACTICUM IN 

SPECIAL EDUCATION. (5 hours credit each course) 

(Grades awarded, S or U only.) 

EXC 785. Five hours to be taken among the first twenty-five 
hours of the student's program. During this time the student will be 
required to interact with behavior disordered and/or multiple 
handicapped children a minimum of eight clock hours per week in 
programs designed to ameliorate the disability. It is recommended 
that the student participate in two or more programs. 

EXC 786. Prerequisite: EXC 785. Five quarter hours of individual 
studies under the direction of the student's adviser, or the adviser's 
designate, to be taken prior to the five final hours of practicum. The 
individual studies program will be designed so that the student 
develops proficiency in a minimum of one mode of treatment for 
behavior disordered children. The student will be required not only 
to develop expertise in a theoretical approach but be afforded the 
opportunity to interact with a student, or students, in tutorial situ- 
ations for practical applications of the theoretical model selected 
for study. 

EXC 787. Prerequisite: EXC 786. Five hours taken during the 
terminal stages of the student's program. The student will be re- 
quired to serve a minimum of ten clock hours per week in facilities 
designed for behavior disordered and/or multiple handicapped 
children. The student will be expected to have direct involvement in 
teaching exceptional children. A portion of this five quarter hours 
must be served in a residential facility. 



51 



EXC 800. INTERNSHIP IN SPECIAL EDUCATION.(10 hours 
credit) 

(Grade awarded, S or U only.) 

See EDN 700 for general requirements; course runs one academic 
year. 

English 
Faculty 

Dr. Hugh Pendexter III, Department Head, Dr. Brooks, Dr. 
Brown, Dr. Easterling, Dr. Jones, Dr. Killorin, and Dr. Strozier. 

Program of Study Leading to the Degree 
Master of Education in English 

Objectives 

The Department of English, in cooperation with the Department 
of Education, offers two programs of study leading to the Master of 
Education degree with concentrations in English, one a certifiable 
option and one a non-certifiable option. The objectives of the certi- 
fiable program of study are: 

1. To upgrade the teaching of secondary school English by in- 
creasing the competencies of English teachers in the areas of 
linguistics, composition, and literature; 

2. To enable teachers of English in Secondary schools to pursue 
study that will enrich their skills, knowledge, and understand- 
ing in the teaching of language, composition, and literature; 

3. To provide opportunities for professional growth and cultural 
enrichment for individuals holding the bachelor's degree but 
having no further degree or certification objectives; 

4. To enable teachers of English in secondary schools to qualify 
for the T-5 certificate. 

The English Department also offers a non-certifiable M.Ed, de- 
gree with some adjusted objectives and requirements. 

Admission Requirements 

All students entering the M.Ed, program in English must pre- 
sent, in addition to the general requirements, the Graduate Record 
Examination Advanced Test in Literature and English, although 
no minimum score is prescribed. 

Advisement 

Each student admitted to the program in English will be assigned 
an academic adviser from the English Department and a profes- 
sional adviser from the Education Department. As soon as the stu- 
dent is notified of this assignment, he should arrange for a confer- 
ence with his advisers. 



52 



Course Requirements 

Summary of Requirements for Certification Program 

(Requirements for the non-certification program are available in 
the English Department.) 

Quarter Hours 

I. Professional Education Courses 20 

II. English Courses (required, plus electives) 35 

III. Elective Courses 5 

I. Professional Education Courses 20 

EDN 721 — Advanced Studies in Human Growth and Develop- 
ment 

or 
EDN 722 — The Nature and Conditions of Human Learning 

plus 
EDN 731 — Social Foundations of Education 

plus 
EDN 741 — Curriculum Planning plus 
EDN 771 — Education Research 

II. English Courses 40 

A. A student may count no more than 15 hours of 500 level work 
toward the degree. 

B. English 620, 621, and 622 are required of all students. 

C. English 500, and 690 may be taken twice if the course is 
offered a second time with a different topic. 

Because the courses in the teaching of reading and in excep- 
tional children are required for certification, a student must 
present at least one of these as part of his undergraduate re- 
cord before he will be admitted to candidacy for the M.Ed, de- 
gree in English or must present the equivalent graduate course 
in addition to the sixty (60) hours normally required in the 
M.Ed, program. 



Comprehensive Examination 

Each candidate for the Master of Education degree with a con- 
centration in English must pass a written comprehensive examina- 
tion. The comprehensive examination will be based on the reading 
list in language and literature which must be secured by the stu- 
dent at the time of his matriculation. The student may choose to be 
examined under any reading list in force during the time of his 
enrollment. Copies of the reading list are available in the de- 
partmental office. For more specific information concerning the 
comprehensive examination, contact the department head. 

The comprehensive examination covers two areas: 1) literature 
before 1800, and 2) literature after 1800. The separate examinations 
are to be taken in the course of the student's program, preferably 
before the last quarter. At least one of the tests in literature will 
include a question concerning bibliographical and research proce- 
dures. The student must pass both examinations in order to receive 
his degree. After two unsuccessful attempts at any one part of the 
examination, a student may not apply to repeat that section for at 

53 



least two quarters during which he may do guided study or take 
recommended courses in order to make up his deficiencies. Except 
for the stipulation that he must wait at least two quarters if he fails 
any examination twice, there is no limit on the number of times that 
a student may take an examination. 

The department head shall notify the student concerning the 
proposed place, date and time of the examination and the result of 
the examination. 



Graduate Courses in English 

ENGLISH 620. PRACTICAL CRITICISM I. (5-0-5) 

Composition and literary theory will constitute the basis for 
practical criticism of literary works. The relationship between 
literary theory and problems of teaching composition and literary 
interpretation will be explored, and various contexts (i.e., formalis- 
tic, socio-historical, archetypal) for interpreting the work of litera- 
ture will be examined. Course requirements will include oral and 
written analysis of literary works written before 1800, selected 
primarily from the Graduate English reading list. 

ENGLISH 621. PRACTICAL CRITICISM II. (5-0-5) 

Course description is the same as ENG 620 above, but utilizes 
literary works written after 1800, selected primarily from the 
graduate English reading list. 

ENGLISH 622. APPROACHES TO LANGUAGE. (5-0-5) 

A survey of the components of language study as well as the 
various approaches to language, meaning, and syntax. Relation- 
ships between the teacher's language study and classroom im- 
plementation of various facets of it will be explored. 

500 LEVEL COURSES 

(These may be double-numbered with 300 level courses). 

ENGLISH 530: AMERICAN LIT. TO 1830 (5-0-5) 

ENGLISH 531: AM. LIT. 1830 TO 1900 (5-0-5) 

ENGLISH 532: AM. LIT. 1900 TO PRESENT (5-0-5) 

ENGLISH 540: BRIT. LIT. 17TH CENTURY (5-0-5) 

ENGLISH 541: BRIT. LIT. 1660 TO 1800 (5-0-5) 

ENGLISH 542: 19TH CENT. I: BRIT. ROMANTIC 
POETRY AND PROSE (5-0-5) 

ENGLISH 543: 19TH CENTURY II: BRIT. VICTORIAN 
POETRY AND PROSE (5-0-5) 

ENGLISH 544: 20TH CEN. BRIT. POETRY AND 
PROSE (5-0-5) 



54 



600 LEVEL COURSES 

(These may be double-numbered with 400 level courses). 

ENGLISH 600: SPECIAL TOPICS (5-0-5) 

ENGLISH 605: CHAUCER (5-0-5) 

ENGLISH 606: SHAKESPEARE (5-0-5) 

ENGLISH 706: MILTON (5-0-5) 
ENGLISH 662: LITERATURE: ITS 

INTELLECTUAL BACKGROUNDS (5-0-5) 

ENGLISH 666: HISTORICAL LINGUISTICS (5-0-5) 

ENGLISH 685: AMERICAN DIALECTS (5-0-5) 

700 LEVEL COURSES 

(Only graduate students may take these courses). 
ENGLISH 701: STUDIES IN BRITISH 

LITERATURE BEFORE 1600 (5-0-5) 

ENGLISH 702: STUDIES IN BRIT. 

LIT.; 17TH AND 18TH CENTURY (5-0-5) 

ENGLISH 703: STUDIES IN BRIT. 
LIT.; 19TH and 20TH CENTURY 

ENGLISH 704: STUDIES IN AMERICAN LIT. (5-0-5) 

ENGLISH 705: STUDIES IN COMPARATIVE 
LITERATURE (5-0-5) 

ENGLISH 760: STUDIES IN ETHNIC 

LITERATURE (5-0-5) 

ENGLISH 790: INDEPENDENT STUDIES 
OR SEMINAR (5-0-5) 

COURSES IN DrS and DrS/Film 

FILM/DrS 551: FILM AND LITERATURE. (5-0-5) 

Studies in the translation of literature to film with emphasis on 
the differences of the media in form, content, and perception. 

DrS 650: SUMMER THEATER (5-15-5) 

History and Political Science 
Faculty 

Dr. Roger Warlick, Department Head. History: Dr. Arens, Dr. 
Duncan, Dr. Gross, Dr. Lanier, Dr. Patterson, and Dr. Stone. Politi- 
cal Science: Dr. Coyle, Dr. McCarthy, Dr. Newman, and Dr. Rhee. 

Programs of Study Leading to the Degree 

Master of Education in History 

and in Political Science 

I. M.Ed. Programs Leading Toward Certification (T-5 in 
History and in Political Science 

Objectives 

The objectives of the graduate programs in history and in politi- 
cal science are: 

55 



1. To increase the academic and professional skills, the compe- 
tence and the enthusiasm of secondary teachers in history and 
political science and in social studies generally. 

2. To increase the teacher's knowledge and understanding of the 
nature and conditions of learning and the learner, at the same 
time making the teacher aware of the major features and 
problems of secondary education in the American social order. 

3. To accomplish these objectives by working in a situation re- 
flective of the racial and social make-up of American society 
and, in so doing, to provide a context in which teachers them- 
selves may develop personally as well as academically. 

Admission Requirements 

Students entering the M.Ed, program in history or in political 
science must satisfy all general admission requirements of the 
Graduate Program, including the requirement that the GRE Ap- 
titude or NTE Common, and an appropriate advanced or area test, 
be completed prior to full admission. The results of these examina- 
tions will then serve as a basis for academic advisement. 

Students must also satisfy a prerequisite of 15 quarter hours of 
undergraduate work in the major discipline before any course in 
that discipline can be taken for graduate credit. 

Course Requirements for Certification Programs 

A. Major in History 

The typical history program for those students already holding a 
T-4 certificate in an appropriate field is outlined below: 

Quarter Hours 
Minimum 

1. History Courses 30 

2. Professional Education Courses 20 

EDN 722 — Nature and Conditions of Human Learning, or 
EDN 721 — Advanced Studies in Human Growth and Develop- 
ment 

plus 
EDN 731 — Social Foundations of Education 

plus 
EDN 741 — Curriculum Planning 

plus 
EDN 771 — Educational Research 

3. Approved Electives 10 

An appropriate course in exceptional children (e.g., EXC 622) 
must be taken if not taken previously. 



TOTAL 60 

B. Major in Political Science. 

The typical political science program for those students already 
holding a T-4 certificate in an appropriate field is outlined below: 

1. Political Science Courses 30 

These courses must include 5 hours in each of the following areas: 

a. American government and public policy. 

b. Comparative politics. 

c. International relations and foreign policy. 

d. Political theory. 



56 



2. Professional Education Courses 20 

Same as Professional Education courses for History. 
EDN 721 or EDN 722 plus EDN 731 plus EDN 741, plus EDN 771 

3. Approved Electives 10 

Appropriate courses in exceptional children (e.g., EXC 622) 
must be taken if not taken previously. 



TOTAL 60 

C. Special program (for students without T-4 certification). Students 
without prior certification may need 70-80 hours to complete the 
M.Ed, program in either History or Political Science. An illustrative 
program is shown below, but the student will need individual gui- 
dance. 

1. Professional Education 40 

a. Foundations Courses 10 

EDN 711, EDN 722, EDN 731 

b. Methods and Curriculum 10 

EDN 741 and others 

c. Educational Research — EDN 771 5 

d. Student teaching or equivalent on-the-job experience — work- 
shops, etc 10 

e. Electives 5 

2. History or Political Science Courses 30 

See section below on "Use of Electives" for further information 
on hours in the major field. 

D. General Requirements. 
Use of Electives: 

The flexibility provided by the 10 hours of "Approved Electives" 
normally makes it possible to meet the other program guidelines 
within a 60-hour total. But, students should be aware, for example, 
that counting both graduate and undergraduate classwork, they are 
required to have a total of at least 30 hours in their major teaching 
area (i.e., American or European History, or American Government 
in the case of Political Science majors.) There may also be areas 
where undergraduate preparation was weak or unavailable, such as 
professional education, non-western traditions, etc. Such problems 
can best be solved on an individual basis with the help of the faculty 
adviser. 

Students should be aware that regardless of their major, state cer- 
tification criteria recommend that social studies teachers include in 
their program preparation in the following: American history and 
government, conflicting ideologies, the modern world, Western 
heritage, and non-Western traditions. 

II. M.Ed. Programs in History and Political Science 
(Without Certification) 

Admission Requirements 

Besides the general admission requirements of the Graduate 
Program, students who desire to obtain an M.Ed, in history or 
political science without certification are required to take the 
GRE area test in history or political science and obtain a 
minimum score of 450 in history or 410 in political science to 
gain full admission to the program (Regular Admission status). 
A student who does not meet the minimum score on the area 
examination will be required to take two recommended under- 

57 



graduate courses on the 300 or 400 level and pass them with at 
least B's before being granted regular status. 

Course Requirements for 
Non-Certification Programs 

Quarter Hours 
A. Major in History 

1. History courses 40 

a. History 500 will be required of all students unless an equiva- 
lent undergraduate course has already been taken (History 
300 would satisfy this requirement). 

b. At least one five (5) hour course must be taken in each of the 
following fields: 

1. U.S. History 

2. European History 

3. Other (e.g., Russian, Far Eastern, and Latin American). 

c. With the approval of the adviser 10 of these hours may be 
taken in appropriate political science courses. 

NOTE: Combined graduate plus undergraduate work in the 
area(s) of concentration (either European or U.S. His- 
tory) must total at least 30 hours. 

2. Education courses 15 

These courses are to be chosen as follows: 

a. EDN 721 or 722 

b. EDN 621 or 771, 

c. one of the following: EDN 645, 651, 711, 732, 797 

3. Free Electives 5 

Appropriate course chosen with the advice of the adviser. 



TOTAL 60 

B. Major in Political Science. 

1. Political Science courses 40 

a. Ten hours each must be taken in the following areas: 

1. American Government 

2. Comparative politics 

3. International relations and foreign policy 

4. Political theory 

2. Education courses 15 

These courses are to be chosen as follows: 

a. EDN 721 or 722 

b. EDN 621 or 771 

c. or of the following: EDN 645, 651, 711, 732, 797 

3. Free Elective 5 

An appropriate course chosen with the advice of the adviser. 
(Unless an approved undergraduate political science methodol- 
ogy course has been taken, students must take Political Science 
500.) 



TOTAL 60 

III. General Information — All Programs in 
History and Political Science 

Transfer of Credit 

Students who have earned graduate credits at one or more accre- 
dited institutions may, under certain circumstances, transfer a li- 
mited number of quarter hours of such credits to be ayplied toward 

58 



the M.Ed, degree programs in history and political science. Such 
transfer of credits is handled on an individual basis and requires 
the written approval of the student's adviser and the Department 
Head. 

Advisement 

Shortly after his admission to the program in either history or 
political science, each student should contact the department head 
to secure an adviser. As soon as he is notified of his assigned ad- 
viser, the student should arrange for a conference with his adviser 
and begin planning his degree program. Failure by the student to 
consult regularly with his adviser may greatly lengthen the time 
necessary to complete the program. Each student should feel free 
to consult his adviser as often as is necessary. 



Comprehensive Examination 

An integral part of the graduate experience is the achievement of 
a comprehensive understanding of the analytical skills and of the 
current state of knowledge and scholarship basic to one's field. It is 
the purpose of the Comprehensive Examination both to de- 
monstrate this understanding and to aid in further synthesizing its 
many aspects. Thus, the examination itself should be in part a new 
experience, producing new insights and not merely a rehearsal of 
previous ones. 

Satisfactory performance on comprehensive examinations, both 
the required written and the optional oral, will be required of all 
degree candidates. Candidates should notify their major professor 
and the department head of their readiness to be examined at the 
time they apply for the degree — i.e., no later than mid-term of theri 
next-to-final quarter. At this time the specific fields and reading list 
to be covered will be defined, the make-up of the examining commit- 
tee determined, and the date of the exam set. The examination 
normally occurs before mid-term of the student's final quarter. 

The department head shall notify the student concerning the 
proposed place, date, and time of the examination, the composition 
of the Committee and the result of the examination. 

The department head will notify the student regarding the result 
of the examinations. The examination papers and/or comments of 
the examining committee will become part of the student's perma- 
nent file in the Department, and the student may request a confer- 
ence with his major professor and advisers for the purpose of re- 
viewing the examination papers. 

A student may repeat the Comprehensive Examinations as many 
times as necessary to demonstrate the required level of compe- 
tence. 



59 



Graduate Courses in History 

In addition to to any specifically noted course prerequisites, there 
is the general prerequisite that a student must have completed the 
equivalent of 15 hours of undergraduate work in history to become 
eligible to take graduate work for credit toward the Master of Edu- 
cation degree in History. 

HISTORY 500 — HISTORICAL METHOD. (3-4-5) 

Summer and Winter. Required of all History majors unless an 

equivalent course has been taken previously. 

An introduction to the nature and method of historical research, 

treating problems of investigation, organization, and writing 

through discussion and actual research experience in local history. 

HISTORY 790-791 — INDEPENDENT STUDY. (Credit varies) 

United States History 

HISTORY 554 — STUDIES IN AMERICAN DIPLOMACY. (5-0-5) 

Fall, 1980. Prerequisite: History 251 or equivalent. 
Considers American objectives and policies in foreign affairs 
from colonial times to World War I. 

HISTORY 555 —STUDIES IN AMERICAN DIPLOMACY. (5-0-5) 
Winter, 1981. 
A continuation of History 554 to the present. 

HISTORY 616 — UNITED STATES 

CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY. (5-0-5) 

Summer, 1981. 

A study of the origins, content, and expansion of the Constitution 
of the United States. (Identical to Political Science 616.) 

HIS. 621 — AMERICAN ARCHITECTURAL HISTORY. (4-2-5) 

Summer. 

A study of various styles of American architecture, Georgian, 
Federal, Neoclassical, Eclecticism and modern; slides from Historic 
American Building Survey; landscape architecture. Visiting 
speakers and field trips will be used. 

HISTORY 651 — REFORM MOVEMENTS IN AMERICAN 
HISTORY. (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1981. 

A study of reform movements in America since the Revolution. 

HISTORY 671 — SEMINAR IN GEORGIA & LOCAL 
HISTORY. (5-0-5) 

Summer, 1982. 

An exposition of the principles and techniques of local history 
followed by an intensive investigation of selected aspects of the 
history of Savannah and Georgia using primary sources and cul- 
minating in a research paper. Prerequisites History 370 or 670 or 
permission of the instructor. 

60 



HISTORY 696 — AMERICAN HISTORIOGRAPHY. (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1982. 

A study of the writing of American history from colonial times to 
the present with emphasis on the historical philosophies and in- 
terpretations of the major schools of thought as well as individual 
historians. Recommended especially to students contemplating 
graduate work in History. 

HISTORY 752 — STUDIES IN AMERICAN THOUGHT. (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1982. 

A reading and research course devoted to the examination of 
topics in the history of American thought. May be repeated for 
credit as topics vary. 

HISTORY 770 — TOPICS IN SAVANNAH HISTORY. (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1981. 

A research seminar involving intensive exploration of local his- 
tory resources. 

HISTORY 777 — TOPICS IN 20TH CENTURY 

U.S. HISTORY. (5-0-5) 

Summer, 1981. 

Covering the most recent period in U.S. History, the course em- 
phasizes political, economic, and social issues. 

European History 

HISTORY 540 — ENGLISH HISTORY, 1485-1660. (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1981. 

An analysis of political, constitutional, economic, and religious 
issues under the Tudors and early Stuarts, including the English 
Civil War. 

HISTORY 541 — ENGLISH HISTORY, 1660-1815. (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1981. 

An investigation of the Restoration monarchies, the constitu- 
tional revolution of 1688, the rise of ministerial responsibility in the 
early 18th century, the American colonial revolt, and England's 
relationship to the French Revolution. 

HISTORY 548 — THE HISTORY OF EUROPE 

FROM 1815 TO 1900. (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1982. 

A study of the most important social, political, and intellectual 
directions of European history from the Congress of Vienna to the 
end of the nineteenth century. 

HISTORY 549 — ABSOLUTISM AND 

THE ENLIGHTENMENT. (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1981. 

The primary focus of this course is the social and intellectual 
history of western Europe during the seventeenth and eighteenth 
centuries. 



61 



HISTORY 550 — EUROPE IN THE 

TWENTIETH CENTURY. (5-0-5) 

Spring. 

A study of the major developments in Europe since 1900, with 
emphasis upon the origins and impact of the First and Second 
World Wars. 

HISTORY 636 — EUROPEAN DIPLOMATIC HISTORY. (5-0-5) 

Summer, 1981. 

The history of European diplomatic relations during the 19th and 
20th centuries. 

HISTORY 695 — EUROPEAN HISTORIOGRAPHY. (5-0-5) 

Summer, 1982. 

A study of the writers of history in the Western cultural tradition, 
with an emphasis on the historical philosophies, interpretations, 
and problems raised by the major modern European historians. 
Recommended especially to students contemplating graduate work 
in History. 

HISTORY 745 — THE ANCIENT REGIME. (5-0-5) 

Fall, 1981. 

Readings in the history of 17th century France. Research pro- 
jects may be assigned. 

HISTORY 747 — THE FRENCH REVOLUTION. (5-0-5) 

Fall, 1980. 

Readings on the French Revolution, with special emphasis on 
conflicting interpretations. Research projects may be assigned. 

HISTORY 750 — TOPICS IN MODERN EUROPE. (5-0-5) 

Summer, 1980. 

Readings and research on a particular topic of modern European 
history. Topics will vary. The course may be repeated for credit. 

Russian, Asian, African, Latin-American History 

HISTORY 510 — LATIN AMERICA. (5-0-5) 

Fall, 1980. 

An introductory course in Latin-American history with consid- 
eration given to institutions of the areas as well as events and 
personalities. 

HISTORY 512 — TOPICS IN AFRICAN HISTORY. (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1981. 

A treatment of selected topics in African civilizations from an- 
cient times, with major emphasis on development of the continent 
since 1800. 

HISTORY 628 — RUSSIA AND THE WEST. (5-0-5) 

Summer, 1982. 

A detailed study of the impact of Western influence on the Mus- 
covite state in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries. 



62 



HISTORY 635 — HISTORY OF RUSSIAN 

FOREIGN POLICY. (5-0-5) 

Fall, 1981. 

This course reviews historically the development of Soviet 
foreign policy toward Western European states, notably Germany, 
and also with the non-European world through 1917-1940, World 
War II, and Cold War phases. Special attention will be given in this 
last phase to U.S.-Soviet rivalry, Soviet relations with other com- 
munist states in Eastern Europe, China, and the Third World, and 
to the recent moves toward detente. 

HISTORY 721 — TOPICS IN MODERN EAST ASIA. (5-0-5) 

Summer, 1981 

Prerequisites: Political Science 320, 329; or History 320, 321, or by 
permission of the instructor. 

An analysis of international relations in the Far East since 1945. 
Focuses on changes in East Asian balance of power alignment, and 
interactions among the U.S., U.S.S.R., People's Republic of China, 
and Japan. Special attention is given to the U.S.-Japan alliance, 
Sino- Vietnam competition, U.S.-PRC trade/security relationship, 
PRC-Taiwan relationship, and the Korean unification issues. 
(Identical with P.S. 721.) 

HISTORY 731 — TOPICS IN THE RUSSIAN 

REVOLUTION. (5-0-5) 

Summer, 1983. 

An examination of the Russian revolutionary tradition, the 
causes for the collapse of Tsarism, the Bolshevik Revolution, and 
the Bolshevik victory in the Russian Civil War. 

HISTORY 733 — TOPICS IN MODERN RUSSIAN 

HISTORY. (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1982. 

Selected topics in 19th and 20th Century Russian intellectual, 
political, economic, and social history. 



Graduate Courses in Political Science 

In addition to any specifically noted course prerequisites, there is 
the general requirement that a student must have completed the 
equivalent of 15 hours of undergraduate work in Political Science to 
become eligible to take graduate work for credit toward the Master 
of Education degree in Political Science. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 500 — RESEARCH METHODS. (5-0-5) 
Winter. Required for POS majors unless met by equivalent course. 
This course deals with the methods and techniques of research in 

the behavioral sciences. Emphasis will be placed on learning how to 

evaluate research. 



63 



POLITICAL SCIENCE 546 — FAR EASTERN 
GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS. (5-0-5) 

Fall, 1981. 

Description and comparative analysis of the political systems of 
Communist China and Japan. Special attention is given to histori- 
cal development, political institutions and processes, political cul- 
ture, political socialization, and contemporary problems. 
POLITICAL SCIENCE 601 — THE POLITICS OF 
THE BUDGETARY PROCESS (5-0-5) 

Fall, 1980. 

This course examines the procedures, strategies, and rationales 
involved in making public budgets at the local, state, and national 
levels. It is also concerned with critiques of the several types of 
budgets now in use together with an explanation of fiscal and 
monetary policies as they affect budgeting. Finally, it is concerned 
with the revenue systems in effect together with auditing and 
other controls exercised in the budgeting process. 
POL. SCIENCE 603 — PUBLIC POLICY 
DEVELOPMENT. (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1982. 

Primarily concerned with a study of the theoretical aspects of 
decision-making (i.e., rational/comprehensive model, "mixed- 
scanning" model, incremental model, group theory, elite theory, 
and game theory), political aspects of policy-making process, and 
mobilization of political support. Some attempt will be made to 
apply the general theory of public policy-making to specific settings 
of civil rights issues, welfare policy, urban problems, and national 
defense/foreign policy. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 611 — AMERICAN 

PRESIDENCY. (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1982. 

Offers an in-depth survey of the office of the Presidency, with the 
principal emphasis on the relations of the executive branch with 
the Congress and the Court system. Some attention will be given to 
the evolution of the Presidency to its present dominant position in 
the American political process. (Completion of a survey course in 
American History is desirable.) 

POL. SCIENCE 612 — POLITICAL PARTIES. (5-0-5) 

Operation of political parties in the political system. Relationship 
between party organization, electoral system, and the recruitment 
and advancement of political leaders. 

POL. SCIENCE 615 — AMERICAN SUPREME COURT. (5-0-5) 

Summer, 1982. 

Analysis of the structure and functions of the court, including 
examination of the role of the Court as policy maker. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 616 — UNITED STATES 
CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY. (5-0-5) 

Summer, 1981. 

A study of the origins, content, and expansion of the Constitution 
of the United States. (Identical with HISTORY 616). 

64 



POLITICAL SCIENCE 618 — ADMINISTRATIVE LAW. (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1981. 

This course explores the framework of law governing administra- 
tive agencies including: administrative power and its control by the 
courts, the determination and enforcement of administrative pro- 
grams, discretion of administrative officials and their powers of 
summary actions, hearings before administrative boards, and the 
respective spheres of administrative and judicial responsibility. 

Some attention will be given to the problem of the maintenance of 
traditional procedural safeguards in administrative law and the 
problem of civil rights and relation to administrative boards. Lead- 
ing cases will be examined. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 629 — AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY 

Fall, 1982. (5-0-5) 

An analysis of U.S. foreign policy, and factors, both domestic and 
foreign, contributing to its formulation. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 704 — PRINCIPLES OF PUBLIC 
ADMINISTRATION. (5-0-5) 

Fall, 1981. 

Designed to acquaint the student with the chief concepts, 
theories, ideas, and models in Public Administration. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 706 — URBAN GOVERNMENT 

Winter, 1981. (5-0-5) 

A study of the structure, function, and political processes of city 
and other local governments in the United States. Special attention 
will be given to the workings of city government in the state of 
Georgia in general and to the cities in the Savannah area in particu- 
lar. Field studies will be utilized to gain first-hand knowledge 
whenever possible. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 707 — STATE GOVERNMENT 
Winter, 1982. (5-0-5) 

A comparative study of the structure, function and political pro- 
cess of state, county and other special government units in the 
United States. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 720 — TOPICS IN 

INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS. (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1981. 

Prerequisite: undergraduate work in the field or permission of 
the instructor. A seminar course with specific titles announced as 
offered. May be repeated for credit as topics vary. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 721 — 

MODERN EAST ASIA (5-0-5) 

Summer, 1981. 

(Prerequisites: POS 320, 329; or Hist. 320, 321, 322 or by instruc- 
tor's permit) 

An analysis of International Relations in the Far East since 1945. 
Focuses on changes in East Asian balance of power alignment and 
interactions among the U.S., U.S.S.R., People's Republic of China, 
and Japan. 

65 



Special attention is given to the U.S.-Japan alliance, Sino- 
Vietnam competition, U.S.-PRC trade/security relationship, PRC- 
Taiwan relationship, and the Korean reunification issues. 

POL. SCIENCE 724 — SEMINAR, THE SINO-SOVIET 
POWER RIVALRIES 

Winter, 1982. 

Critical assessment of the early Sino-Soviet relations before and 
after the 1917 Bolshevik Revolution, followed by analysis of the 
roots of the Sino-Soviet conflicts in territorial, economic, strategic, 
political, and ideological perspectives. The implication of this 
schism for the contemporary global security relations will be criti- 
cally examined. Heavy emphasis on research and oral presentation 
by the student. Prerequisites: Political Science 320, 629, or 721 or by 
permission of the instructor. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 726 — SEMINAR IN 
INTERNATIONAL LAW. (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1981. 

A detailed study of selected topics within the field of Interna- 
tional Law; emphasis will be on wide reading, written reports and 
classroom discussion and analysis. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 730 — READINGS IN 
POLITICAL THEORY. 

Summer, 1982. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 740 — COMPARATIVE 

POLITICAL ANALYSIS. (5-0-5) 

Summer, 1983. 

This course is mainly theoretical. It deals with the various ap- 
proaches, concepts, and methodologies that are being used in the 
analysis of comparative politics, viz: the traditional approach 
(formal-legal), group theory of politics, systems analysis, 
structural-functional analysis, communications theory, decision- 
making theory, game theory, etc. At the same time, each approach 
is examined as it is used in comparing the politics of various coun- 
tries. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 790-791 — INDEDENDENT STUDY 

(credit varies). 



Mathematics 
Faculty 

Dr. Charles J. Leska, Acting Department Head, Dr. Hansen, Dr. 
Hinkel, Dr. Hudson, Dr. Kilhefner, Dr. Munson, Dr. Netherton, and 
Dr. Shipley. 

This program is temporarily deactivated, but the program may 
reopen in 1980 or 1981. For information, inquire at the Department 
of Mathematics. 

66 



Some graduate courses in mathematics are still being offered 
even though the degree program is temporarily inactive. Some, but 
not all of these courses, are listed below: 

MATHEMATICS/EDUCATION 692. MODERN 
MATHEMATICS FOR ELEMENTARY TEACHERS. (5-0-5) 

Content concentration emphasizing the rigor, mathematical 
language, and subject matter to be taught in the elementary 
school. 

MATHEMATICS 694. STATISTICS FOR EDUCATION 
AND THE SOCIAL SCIENCES. (5-0-5) 

Graphic representation and data reduction; measures of central 
tendency and variability; distributions; correlation; regression; 
hypothesis testing. Primary emphasis is upon the development of 
statistical skills necessary for the conduct and interpretation of 
statistical research. 




67 



68 



Governing Board, 

Administration & 

Faculty 

Members of the Board of Regents 

LAMAR R. PLUNKETT, Chairman Bowden 

MARIE WALTER DODD, Vice Chairman Atlanta 

JULIUS BISHOP Athens 

SCOTT CANDLER, JR Decatur 

RUFUS B. COODY Vienna 

WILLIAM T. DIVINE, JR Albany 

ERWIN A. FRIEDMAN Savannah 

JESSE HILL, JR Atlanta 

O. TORBITT IVEY, JR Augusta 

MILTON JONES Columbus 

JAMES D. MADDOX Rome 

ELRIDGE W. McMILLAN Atlanta 

CHARLES T. OXFORD Albany 

JOHN H. ROBINSON, III Americus 

P. R. SMITH Winder 



Staff of the Board of Regents 

VERNON CRAWFORD Chancellor 

H. DEAN PROPST Acting Vice Chancellor 

HENRY G. NEAL Executive Secretary 

SHEALY E. McCOY Vice Chancellor - Fiscal Affairs 

and Treasurer 

FRANK C. DUNHAM Vice Chancellor - Construction 

and Physical Plant 

MARIO J. GOGLIA Vice Chancellor - Research 

HOWARD JORDAN, JR Vice Chancellor - Services 

HARRY B. O'RE AR Vice Chancellor - Health Affairs 

HASKIN R. POUNDS Vice Chancellor -Planning 

H. DEAN PROPST Vice Chancellor - Academic 

Development 

JAMES L. CARMON Assistant Vice Chancellor - 

Computing Systems 
MARY ANN HICKMAN . . . Assistant Vice Chancellor - Academic 

Development 

ROBERT M. JOINER Assistant Vice Chancellor - 

Communications 



69 



Administrative Officers of the Graduate Program 

HENRY L. ASHMORE President 

ROBERT A. BURNETT Vice President and Dean of 

the Faculty 

JULE R. STANFIELD Vice President, Fiscal Affairs 

CHARLES R. NASH Dean of Education 

JOSEPH A. BUCK Dean of Student Affairs 

GEORGE HUNNICUTT Registrar 

GERALD C. SANDY Librarian 



Heads of the Graduate Departments 

LESLIE B. DAVENPORT, JR Biology 

HENRY E. HARRIS Chemistry 

THELMA M. HARMOND Early Childhood and 

Elementary Education 

WILLIAM W. STOKES Secondary and Special Education 

HUGH PENDEXTER, III English 

ROGER K. WARLICK History and Political Science 

CHARLES J. LESKA Mathematics 



The Graduate Council 

The Graduate Council has general responsibility for policy mak- 
ing functions related to graduate programs, with its specific func- 
tions outlined in the College By-laws. Its representatives are as 
follows: 

Chairperson — 

Departmental Representatives: 

Biology — 

Chemistry — 

Education — 

English — 

History and Political Science — 

Mathematics — 
Deans — 



70 



Graduate Faculty 

JOSEPH V. ADAMS, Psychology. Ph.D., University of Alabama. 

STEPHEN AGYEKUM, Education. Ed.D., University of Geor- 
gia. 

OLAVI ARENS, History. Ph.D., Columbia University. 

RONALD J. BEUMER, Biology. Ph.D., University of Arkansas. 

NANCY V. BLAND, Education. Ph.D., University of Georgia. 

JOHN BREWER, Chemistry. Ph.D., University of Georgia. 

KENT BROOKS, English. Ph.D., George Washington University. 

HUGH BROWN, English. Ph.D., University of South Carolina 

CLIFFORD BURGESS, Education. Ph.D., Auburn University. 

ROBERT A. BURNETT, History. Ph.D., University of North 
Carolina 

JOHN H. COCHRAN, JR., Education. Ed.D., University of Geor- 
gia. 

WILLIAM E. COYLE, Political Science. Ph.D., Florida State 
University. 

LESLIE B. DAVENPORT, Biology. Ph.D., University of Georgia. 

JOHN DUNCAN, History. Ph.D., Emory University. 

WILLIAM L. EASTERLING, English. Ph.D., University of 
Georgia. 

IDA J. GADSDEN, Education. Ph.D., University of North 
Carolina. 

JIMMIE F. GROSS, History. Ph.D., University of Georgia. 

LAURENT J. GUILLOU, JR., Biology. Ph.D., Louisiana State 
University. 

THELMA M. HARMOND, Education. Ph.D., Ohio State Univer- 
sity. 

JOHN R. HANSEN, Mathematics. Ed.D., University of Georgia. 

HENRY E. HARRIS, Chemistry. Ph.D., Georgia Institute of 
Technology. 

JOHN S. HINKEL, Mathematics. Ph.D., University of South 
Carolina. 

ANNE L. HUDSON, Mathematics. Ph.D., Tulane University. 

JAMES LAND JONES, English. Ph.D., Tulane University. 

DALE Z. KILKEFNER,Mathematics. Ph.D., Pennsylvania State 
University. 

JOSEPH I. KILLORIN, English. Ph.D., Columbia University. 

OSMOS LANIER, History. Ph.D., University of Georgia. 

JOSEPH LANE, Psychology. Ph.D., University of Georgia. 

CORNELIA V. LAWSON, Education. Ed.D., University of Ar- 
kansas. 

CHARLES LASKA, Mathematics. Ph.D., Syracuse University. 

JOHN C. MCCARTHY, Political Science. Ph.D., University of 
Georgia. 

RICHARD E. MUNSON, Mathematics. Ph.D., Rutgers Univer- 
sity. 

CHARLES R. NASH, Education. Ed.D., Mississippi State Uni- 
versity. 

JAMES S. NETHERTON, Mathematics. Ph.D., University of Vir- 
ginia. 

71 



S. LLOYD NEWBERRY, Education. Ed.D., University of Geor- 
gia. 

JOHN F. NEWMAN, Political Science. Ph.D., University of 
Florida. 

ROBERT M. PATTERSON, History. Ph.D., Vanderbilt Univer- 
sity. 

HUGH PENDEXTER, III, English. Ph.D., University of 
Pennsylvania. 

ALLEN L. PINGEL, Biology. Ph.D., University of South 
Carolina. 

STEVE YOUNG RHEE, Political Science. Ph.D., University of 
Missouri. 

PAUL E. ROBBINS, Chemistry. Ph.D., Georgia Institute of 
Technology. 

A. DORIS ROBINSON, Education. Ph.D., University of Ok- 
lahoma. 

HERMAN SARTOR, Education. Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 

CHARLES T. SHIPLEY, Mathematics. Ph.D., University of 

JACQUELYN STEPHENS, Education. Ed.D., Oklahoma Uni- 
versity. 

WILLIAM W. STOKES, Education. EdD., University of Florida. 

JANET D. STONE, History. PhD., Emory University. 

CEDRIC STRATTON, Chemistry. Ph.D., Birbeck College, Lon- 
don, England. 

ROBERT I. STROZIER, English. Ph.D., Florida State Univer- 
sity. 

JOSEPH W. SUMMER, Education. Ph.D., University of North 
Carolina. 

CLAUDIA THOMAS, Education. Ed.D., University of Georgia. 

FRANCIS M. THORNE, Biology. Ph.D., University of Georgia. 

PAUL E. WARD, Education. Ed.D., University of Georgia. 

ROGER K. WARLICK, History. Ph.D., Boston University. 

MORRIS L. WHITEN, Physics. Ph.D., University of Georgia. 



72 



Index 

Academic Calendar 4 

Academic Standing 19 

Adding Courses 20 

Administrative Officers 70 

Admissions, General Requirements 11 

Procedures 14 

Types of 12 

Advisement 16 

Biology, Graduate Courses in 33 

M.Ed. Degree in 31 

Board of Regents, Members of 69 

Staff of 69 

Candidacy for Degree 27 

CATES Courses 21 

Chemistry, Graduate Courses in 37 

M.Ed. Degree in 36 

Class Regulations 18 

Comprehensive Examination, Requirement for Degree 20 

Course Load 20 

Degree Requirements, Summary 29 

Degrees Offered 27 

Dropping Courses 20 

Education, Graduate Courses in 45 

Programs in 40 

Elementary Education, M.Ed. Degree in 42 

English, Graduate Courses in 54 

M.Ed. Degree in 52 

Exceptional Children, Degree Program in 44 

Graduate Courses in 50 

Faculty 71 

Fees 8 

Financial Assistance 9 

Grades 18 

Graduate Council 70 

Graduate Courses, Identification of 18 

Graduate Departments, Heads of 70 

Graduate Program Coordinators 30 

Graduation, Application for 28 

History, Graduate Courses in 60 

M.Ed. Degree in 55 

History of Graduate Program 6 

Graduate Program, 

Administration of 6 

History of 6 

Purpose of 7 

73 



Mathematics, Graduate Courses in 67 

Political Science, Graduate Courses in 63 

M.Ed. Degree in 55 

Probation 19 

Program of Study Advisement Form 16 

Readmission 14 

Refunds of Fees 9 

Registration 17 

Requirements for Master's Degree, General 29 

Residence Requirements for Degree 27 

Residency Requirements Georgia 8 

Second Master's Degree 28 

Special Admission Advisement Form 16 

Special Education, Graduate Courses in 50 

M.Ed. Degree in 44 

Student Responsibilities 16 

Teacher Certification 29 

Time Limitation, Degree Programs 27 

Transfer of Credit 17 

Veterans Benefits 9 

Withdrawal from Classes 

Administrative withdrawals 21 

Student initiated withdrawals 20 



74 



75 



SCIENCE EDUCATION 
Faculty 

Coordinator — Dr. William Stokes 
Biology: Dr. Davenport, Department Head, Dr. Beumer, Dr. Guillou, 

Dr. Pingel, Dr. Thorne 
Chemistry: Dr. Harris, Department Head, Dr. Brewer, Dr. Robbins, 

Dr. Stratton, Dr. Whiten 
Education: Dr. Harmond, Department Head — Elem. Ed., Dr. Stokes, 
Department Head - Secondary Ed., Dr. Burgess, 
Dr. Gadsden, Dr. Newberry, Dr. Robinson 
Mathematics: Dr. Hansen, Dr. Hudson, Dr. Kilhefner, Dr. Netherton 

PROGRAM OF STUDY LEADING TO THE DEGREE 
MASTER OF EDUCATION IN SCIENCE EDUCATION 

Admission Requirements 

Students entering the M.Ed, program in Science Education must meet the general ad- 
mission requirements of the Graduate Program and must take the Science Education area 
examination of the National Teacher Examinations (NTE) in order to qualify for degree- 
seeking status. 

Advisement 

Each student will be assigned an academic adviser from the Graduate Faculty. The stu- 
dent should meet with his adviser and plan his program under his guidance. 

Course Requirements 

Quarter Hours 

I. Professional Education Courses 20 

EDN 731 — Social Foundations of Education 

EDN 721 — Advanced Studies in Human Growth and 

Development or EDN 722 — The Nature and Conditions of 

Human Learning 

EDN 741 - Curriculum Planning 

EDN 771 - Educational Research 

II. Science Courses 35 

EDN 798 — Problems in Science Education 
Other courses are selected, in consultation with the student's 
adviser from the graduate courses in Biology, Chemistry, Earth 
Science, Mathematics and Physics. Each student will be re- 
quired to take at least 30 hours of science content courses to in- 
clude at least ten hours from each of two separate disciplines. 

III. Electives 5 

Electives are to be chosen through advisement and according to 
individual needs and may include courses in science, education, 
or a suitable third field with the prior approval of the student's 
adviser. An appropriate course in exceptional children (e.g., 
EXC 522) must be taken if not taken previously. 

IV. Transfer of Credits 

Students who have earned graduate credits at an accredited institution may 
transfer a limited number of credits to be applied toward the M.Ed, degree in 
Science Education. Transfer of credit is handled on an individual basis. 

Comprehensive Examination 

To receive the M.Ed, degree with a concentration in science education, each student is re- 
quired to pass a comprehensive examination covering the areas in which he has had course 
work. The examination may be oral or written. Oral examinations will last approximately 
one and one-half hours; written examinations will last approximnately three hours. This ex- 
amination will be completed no later than mid-term of the quarter preceding that in which 
graduation is anticipated. If the student should fail the examination, he may be reexamined 
orally or in writing, at the discretion of the departments in areas of specific weakness only. 
The Coordinator shall notify the student and the Dean of the School of Education ten days 
prior to the examination concerning the proposed place, date, and time of the examination 
and the composition of the committee. The result of the examination will be reported to the 
Dean of the School of Education within three days after the examination. 

Note: Course descriptions for courses appropriate to this program are found in the 
Graduate Catalogue. 






BUSINESS EDUCATION 
Faculty 

Coordinator — Dr. William Stokes 
Graduate Education Faculty of Armstrong State College and Graduate Business Faculty 
of Savannah State College. 

PROGRAM OF STUDY LEADING TO THE DEGREE 
MASTER OF EDUCATION IN BUSINESS EDUCATION 

Admission Requirements 

Students entering the M.Ed, program in Business Education must meet the general ad- 
mission requirements of the Graduate Program and must take and make a minimum score 
of 560 on the Business Education Area Examination of the National Teacher Examinations 
(NTE). Students may be provisionally admitted to the program if their Business Education 
Area Examination of the NTE is not less than 540. 

Advisement 

Each student admitted to the Business Education program will be assigned an adviser. 
As soon as the student is notified of this assignment he should arrange for a conference 
with his adviser. A program of study must be approved by the student's adviser. 

Course Requirements 

Quarter Hours 

I. Professional Education Courses 20 hours 

EDN 731 — Social Foundations of Education 
EDN 721 — Advanced Studies in Human 
Growth and Development or EDN 722 - The 
Nature and Conditions of Human Learning 
EDN 741 — Curriculum Planning 
EDN 771 — Educational Research 

II. Business Education Courses 35 

Option 1 — Administration and Supervision 
Required courses BED 601, 603, 611 and 612 
Option 2 — Stenographic-Clerical 

Required courses BED 601, 611, 621, 622 
Option 3 — General Business and Accounting 

Required courses BED 601, 611, 631, 632 
Option 4 — Data Processing 
Required courses BED 601, 611, 623, 624 
A Thesis Option is available through registration in BED 690 

III. Electives 5 

The 5 hours or Electives may be selected from Business Ad- 
ministration courses and should support the selected option or 
concentration. An appropriate course in Exceptional Children 
(EXC 522) must be taken if not taken previously. 

IV. Transfer of Credits 

Students who have earned graduate credits at an accredited in- 
stitution may transfer a limited number of credits to be applied 
toward the M.Ed, degree in Business Education. Transfer of 
credit is handled on an individual basis. 

Comprehensive Examination 

During the final quarter of residence a candidate must pass a final comprehensive ex- 
amination in the field. The Business Education Coordinator shall notify the student, the 
Dean of the School of Education and the appropriate official at Savannah State College ten 
(10) days prior to examination concerning the proposed place, date and time of examination 
and the composition of the committee. The Examining Committee's decision on the can- 
didate's performance on the Comprehensive Examination will be reported as "pass" or 
"fail" to the Dean of the School of Education within three (3) days after the examination. 

Note: Students interested in enrolling in the M.Ed, in Business Education should contact 
Dr. William Stokes, Head of the Secondary Education Department at Armstrong State 
College or Dr. Mary Torian of the School of Business at Savannah State College. The 
Business Education Program is a cooperative program between Savannah State College 
and Armstrong State College. Course descriptions for courses appropriate to this program 
are found in the Graduate Catalogue of Armstrong State College and the Graduate 
Catalogue of Savannah State College ander the areas of Education and Business, respec- 
tively. 

Because of the cooperative nature of the Business Education program, students are en- 
couraged to stay in close contact with their advisers. 




Q) Mh 

< iog 

0) 



£,2 






o « Si 

O <t> 












ZL 


7 




c 


o 

i 


| 






T3 






-n 


O 


I 

D 


ofitO 
?OST 


00 




> 


CO 
DJ 


o 




m 


2. 





Savannah Georgia 
Undergraduate Bulletin, 1981 






The statements set forth in this Catalogue are for informational purposes 
only and should not be construed as the basis of a contract between a 
student and this institution. 

While the provisions of this Catalogue will ordinarily be applied as stated, 
Armstrong State College reserves the right to change any provision listed 
in this Catalogue, including but not limited to academic requirements for 
graduation, without actual notice to individual students. Every effort will 
be made to keep students advised of any such changes. Information on 
changes will be available in the Offices of the Registrar, the Dean for 
Student Affairs, and the Vice President. It is especially important that each 
student note that it is his/her responsibility to keep himself/herself 
apprised of current graduation requirements for his/her particular degree 
program. 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE IS AN AFFIRMATIVE ACTION/ 
EQUAL OPPORTUNITY EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTION AND 
DOES NOT DISCRIMINATE ON THE BASIS OF SEX, RACE, AGE, 
CREED, OR NATIONAL ORIGIN IN EMPLOYMENT, 
ADMISSIONS, OR ACTIVITIES. THE COLLEGE DOES NOT 
DISCRIMINATE ON THE BASIS OF PHYSICAL HANDICAP. 



A Senior College in the 
University System of Georgia 



ARMSTRONG STATE ( 

COLLEGE 



SUMMER FALL WINTER SPRING 

1981-82 



Accredited by 
Southern Association of Colleges and Schools 



Contents 



Page 



CALENDAR 7 

I. HISTORY, PURPOSE AND PROGRAMS 11 

History of the College 

Purpose 

Pre-Professional Programs 

Two- Year Degrees 

Four- Year Degrees 

Graduate Programs 

Military Science (ROTC) Programs 

Government Internship Programs 

Evening Classes 

Senior Citizens 

Joint Continuing Education Center 

Office of Development 

Office of Computer Services 

Student Exchange Program with 

Savannah State College 
Library 

II. STUDENT SERVICES, ACTIVITIES 19 

Counseling 

Veterans Services 

Testing Services 

Orientation 

Placement 

Conduct 

Student Activities and Organizations 

Student Government 

Student Publications 

Health 

Dental Hygiene Services 

Alumni Office 

Housing 

Athletics 

Intramurals 

Cultural Opportunities 

III. FEES 24 

Application Fee 
Matriculation Fee 
Out-of-State Tuition 
Student Activity Fee 
Health/Service Fee 
Athletic Fee 
Applied Music Fee 
I.D. Fee 

Late Registration Fee 
Graduation Fee 
Transcript Fee 



Summary of Fees 

Privilege Fees 

Refunds 

Short Courses 

Fees for Off-Campus Courses 

IV. STUDENT FINANCIAL AID 28 

Application Information 
Transfer Students 
Categories of Aid 
Federal Assistance 
State Assistance 
Local Assistance 
Government Benefits 
General Information 
Satisfactory Progress 

V. ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE 35 

General Information 

Freshman Applicants 

Requirements and Categories of Admission 

Advanced Placement and Credit by Examination 

Requirements for Transfer Applicants 

Readmission of Former Students 

Transient Students 

Armstrong State College/High School 
Accelerated Program 

Early Admission and Joint Enrollment Programs 

Foreign Students 

Admission of Veterans 

Applicants Sponsored by Vocational Rehabilitation 

Admission to: 
Associate in Science Degree Program in Nursing 
Bachelor of Science Degree Program in Nursing 
Associate in Science Degree Program in Dental Hygiene 
Associate in Science Degree Program in Medical Record 

Technology 
Associate in Science Degree Program in Respiratory 
Therapy 

Registration 

Residency Requirements of the Board of Regents 

VI. ACADEMIC REGULATIONS 54 

Academic Advisement 
English Composition Requirements 
Relating to Degree Requirements 
Course and Study Load 
Classification of Students 
Permission for Overload or Courses 

at Another College 
Reports and Grades 
Honors 
Attendance 
Satisfactory Progress 



Academic Probation and Dismissal 

Repeating Courses 

Dropping Courses 

Withdrawing from College 

Auditing 

Honor Code 

VII. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR 

DEGREE PROGRAMS 66 

University System Core Curriculum 

Armstrong Core Curriculum 

Regents' Testing Program 

Exit Examination 

Physical Education Program 

Placement Tests in English and Mathematics 

State Requirements in History and Government 

Requirements for the Bachelor of Arts and 

the Bachelor of Science Degrees 
Requirements for Associate Degrees 
Additional Requirements 
Course Offerings 

VIII. DEPARTMENT OF SPECIAL STUDIES 75 

IX. ARMY MILITARY SCIENCE DEPARTMENT 77 

X. SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 83 

Associate in Arts Degree Program 

Department of Biology 

Department of Chemistry and Physics 

Department of Fine Arts 

Department of History and Political Science 

Department of Languages and Literature 

Department of Mathematics and Computer Science 

Department of Psychology 

XL SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 171 

General Information 

Degree Programs Offered 

Transfer Students — Savannah State College 

Program Transfer — Transition Period 

General Requirements — Teacher Education Programs 

Early Elementary, Middle School Education 

Secondary Education 

Department of Physical Education and Athletics 

XII. SCHOOL OF HUMAN SERVICES 213 

Department of Nursing — Associate Degree 

Department of Nursing — Baccalaureate Degree 

Department of Criminal Justice 

Department of Dental Hygiene 

Health Science 

Medical Record Technology 

Respiratory Therapy 

Social Work and Sociology 



XIII. GOVERNING BOARD. ADMINISTRATION. 

FACULTY AND STAFF 

Board of Regents 

S t af f of t h e B o a r 1 o : R e g e n : 5 

Officers of Administration 

Armstrong College Commission 

Faculty 

Administrative Staff 

APPENDIX: REGENTS' TESTING PROGRAM POLICY . . 261 

INDEX 26* 




Academic Calendar 



1981 



JANUARY 


MAY 


SEPTEMBER 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


1 2 3 

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 


1 2 

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 
31 


12 3 4 5 
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 
2C 21 22 23 24 25 26 
27 28 29 30 


FEBRUARY 


JUNE 


OCTOBER 


12 3 4 5 6 7 
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 


12 3 4 5 6 
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 
28 29 30 


1 2 3 
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 


MARCH 


JULY 


NOVEMBER 


12 3 4 5 6 7 
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 
29 30 31 


12 3 4 
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 
26 27 28 29 30 31 


12 3 4 5 6 7 
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 
29 30 


APRIL 


AUGUST 


DECEMBER 


12 3 4 
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 
26 27 28 29 30 


1 
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 
30 31 


12 3 4 5 
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 
27 28 29 30 31 



1982 



JANUARY 

S M T W T F 5 

1 2 

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 

17 18 19 20 21 22 23 

24 25 26 27 28 29 30 

31 

FEBRUARY 

12 3 4 5 6 

7 8 9 10 11 12 13 

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 

21 22 23 24 25 26 27 
28 

MARCH 

12 3 4 5 6 

7 8 9 10 11 12 13 

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 
28 29 30 31 



APRIL 

1 2 3 

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 

18 19 20 21 22 23 24 
25 26 27 28 29 30 



S M 



MAY 

T W T 



1 

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 

16 17 18 19 20 21 22 

23 24 25 26 27 28 29 
30 31 

JUNE 

12 3 4 5 

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 

20 21 22 23 24 25 26 
27 28 29 30 



JULY 

1 2 3 
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 



AUGUST 



12 3 4 5 6 7 
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 
29 30 31 



SEPTEMBER 

S M T W T F S 

12 3 4 
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 
26 27 28 29 30 



OCTOBER 

1 2 

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 

17 18 19 20 21 22 23 

24 25 26 27 28 29 30 
31 

NOVEMBER 

12 3 4 5 6 

7 8 9 10 11 12 13 

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 

21 22 23 24 25 26 27 
28 29 30 



DECEMBER 

12 3 4 
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 
26 27 28 29 30 31 



Armstrong State College 
1981 - 1982 

PRIMARY QUARTERLY DATES TESTING AND OTHER IMPORTANT DATES 

Fall Quarter, 1981 



SEPTEMBER: 

14, Monday First Faculty Meeting 
17-18 Registration 

22, Monday First Day of Classes 

OCTOBER: 

23, Friday Mid-term; last day to 

withdraw without 
academic penalty. 

NOVEMBER: 

2-13 Pre-registration 

26-27 Thanksgiving Holidays 

(Begin 4:30 p.m., Nov. 

25) 

DECEMBER: 

1, Tuesday Last Day of Classes 

2, Wednesday Reading Day 

3, 4, 7 Final Examinations 

7, Monday Graduation 

8, Tuesday Christmas vacation 

begins 



AUGUST: 

29 Institutional Scholastic 

Aptitude Test (Fall 
quarter Armstrong 
applicants only) 

SEPTEMBER: 

8, 10 Diagnostic tests for 

English and 

Mathematics 
10, 15 Basic Skills 

Examination 



OCTOBER: 



17 



21 



27 



College Level 
Examination Program 
(Apply by September 24) 
Diagnostic tests for 
English and 
Mathematics 
Regents' Test (Apply by 
October 6) 



NOVEMBER: 

14 National Teacher 

Examination 

17 Undergraduate 

Assessment Program 
(Apply by October 14) 

DECEMBER: 

5 Institutional Scholastic 

Aptitude Test (Winter 
quarter Armstrong 
applicants only) 

31 Basic Skills 

Examination and 
Mathematics 
Diagnostic Test. 



Winter Quarter, 1982 



JANUARY: 

5, Tuesday Registration 

6, Wednesday First Day of Classes 

FEBRUARY: 

9, Tuesday Mid-term; last day to 
withdraw without 
academic penalty. 

8-19 Pre-registration 

MARCH: 

16, Tuesday Last Day of Classes 

17, Wed. Reading Day 

18, 19, 22 Final Examinations 
23-26 Spring Break 



JANUARY: 

16 Dental Hygiene 

Aptitude Test 
16 College Level 

Examination Program 

(Apply by December 17, 

1981) 

FEBRUARY: 

9 Regents' Test (Apply by 
January 19) 

10 Diagnostic tests for 
English and 
Mathematics 

20 National Teacher 

Examination 

23 Undergraduate 

Assessment Program 
(Apply by January 20) 







MARCH: 








6 


Institutional Scholastic 
Aptitude Test (Spring) 






24 


Basic Skills 
Examination and 
Mathematics 
Diagnostic Test 




Spring Quarter, 1982 


MARCH: 




MARCH: 




29, Monday 


Registration 


6 


Institutional Scholastic 


30, Tuesday 


First Day of Classes 




Aptitude Test (Spring 


APRIL: 






quarter Armstrong 
applicants only) 


26-May 7 


Pre-registration 


29 


National Boards, 


MAY- 






Dental Hygiene 


iiin x • 






Examination 


3, Monday 


Mid-term; last day to 








withdraw without 


APRIL: 






academic penalty 


17 


College Level 


29, Friday 


Grades due on degree 




Examination Program 




candidates 




(Apply by March 25) 


JUNE: 




17 


National Teachers 








Examinations 


7, Monday 

8, Tuesday 


Last Day of Classes 
Reading Day 


27 


Regents' Test (Apply by 
April 6) 


9-11 


Final Examinations 




11, Friday 


Graduation 


MAY: 








5 


Diagnostic Tests for 
English and 
Mathematics 






18 


Undergraduate 
Assessment Program 
(Apply by April 14) 






29 


Institutional Scholastic 
Aptitude Test (Summer) 



Summer Quarter, 1982 



JUNE: 




MAY: 




18, Friday 


Registration 


29 


Institutional Scholastic 


21, Monday 


First day of classes 




Aptitude Test (Summer 


JULY: 






quarter Armstrong 






applicants only) 


13, Tuesday 


Mid-term for seven 








week term, last day to 


JUNE: 






withdraw without 


10 


Diagnostic Tests for 




academic penalty 




English and 




Pre-registration 




Mathematics 


19, Monday 


Mid-term for nine week 


16 


Basic Skills 




term, last day to 




Examination and 




withdraw without 




Diagnostic Test for 




academic penalty 




Mathematics 


AUGUST 


. 


18, 19 


College Level 
Examination Program 


5, Thursday 


Last day of classes for 
seven week term 




(Apply by May 27) 


6, Friday 


Reading day for seven 


JULY: 






week term 


9 


CHAOS Session 


9-10 


Final examinations for 




Institutional Scholastic 




seven week term 


10 


Aptitude Test (Fall 


10, Tuesday 


Graduation 




quarter Armstrong 


17, Tuesday 


Last day of classes for 




applicants only) 




nine week term 


13 


Regents' Test (Apply by 


18, Wed. 


Reading Day for nine 




June 29) 




week term 


23 


CHAOS Session 



19-20 



Final examinations for 
nine week term 



AUGUST: 

6 



CHAOS Session 




10 



I. History, Purpose and 
Programs 

History of the College 

Armstrong State College was founded on May 27, 1935, as 
Armstrong Junior College, by the Mayor and Aldermen of the City 
of Savannah to meet a pressing need for a college in the community. 
The college was housed in the Armstrong Building, a gift to the city 
from the family of George F. Armstrong, and over the years built or 
acquired five additional buildings in the Forsyth Park and Mon- 
terey Square areas. The college, as Armstrong College of Savan- 
nah, became a two-year unit in the University System of Georgia on 
January 1, 1959, under the control of the Regents of the University 
System. In 1962, the Mills B. Lane Foundation purchased a new 
campus site of over 200 acres located on Abercorn Extension. The 
new campus, with eight new buildings, was occupied in December, 
1965. 

In 1964, the regents conferred upon Armstrong the status of a 
four-year college, with the right to offer the degrees of Bachelor of 
Arts, Bachelor of Science, and Bachelor of Business Administra- 
tion. President Henry L. Ashmore, who succeeded President Fore- 
man M. Hawes on July 1, 1964, was charged with the responsibility 
of developing the institution from junior to senior status. A junior 
year was added to the college curriculum in 1966-67, with the senior 
year added in 1967-68 and the first four-year degrees awarded at 
the spring, 1968 commencement. The college now offers more than 
twenty major programs leading to baccalaureate degrees, and, in 
addition, the two-year associate degree in a number of academic 
areas. Effective in the 1971-72 academic year, the Board of Regents 
of the University System of Georgia authorized Armstrong State 
College and Savannah State College to offer joint programs leading 
to the M.B.A. and M.S. in Elementary Education degrees. Addi- 
tional programs in Teacher Education were transferred from 
Savannah State to Armstrong State on that date. With this ex- 
change of programs, Armstrong offers the only degree programs in 
Teacher Education at the baccalaureate and graduate levels in the 
immediate geographical area. 

Armstrong State College is designated a Health Professions 
Education Center. Programs in Dental Hygiene (associate and bac- 
calaureate), Medical Record Technology, Medical Technology, 
Nursing (associate and baccalaureate) and Respiratory Therapy 
have clinical learning experiences in the large variety of excellent 
medical resources of Savannah and its environs. New programs will 
be implemented over a ten-year period giving students a full range 
of educational opportunity to prepare for careers in the health pro- 
fessions. 

The academic community includes approximately 3,000 students 
and 140 full-time faculty members. Armstrong State College was 

11 



fully accredited as a senior institution by the Southern Association 
of Colleges and Schools in December, 1968, with accreditation ret- 
roactive to January 1, 1968, and was re-accredited in December, 
1972. 

Purpose 

Armstrong State College is a multi-purpose institution offering 
degree programs in the liberal arts, sciences, and a number of 
specialized fields. As a service to the community, it also provides a 
continuing education program for those who have non-degree ob- 
jectives. The College strives to maintain the flexibility and adapta- 
bility which activated its growth and change of status in less than 
thirty-five years from a small city-supported junior college to a 
senior college in the University System of Georgia. Therefore, the 
College defines its present purpose in the following terms: 

to provide modern facilities and a professional staff in an envi- 
ronment that promotes the free exchange of ideas; 

to bring each student to a better realization of his own intellec- 
tual, emotional, and spiritual potential by providing academic pro- 
grams in the humanities, natural sciences, and social sciences; 

to develop the student's technical and analytical skills through 
programs leading to professional degrees in a number of areas, 
including Health Professions, Criminal Justice, Social Work, and 
Teacher Education; 

to offer opportunities for continuing education through sym- 
posia, conferences, institutes, and courses unrelated to degree 
programs; 

to make available the full resources of the College through in- 
volvement in research projects, public service activities, and other 
programs sponsored by the community. 

Pre-Professional Programs 

Armstrong State College offers courses appropriate for the first 
two years of baccalaureate programs such as engineering, forestry, 
industrial management, pharmacy, physical therapy, physics, etc., 
not offered among its degree programs; and the pre-professional 
study appropriate for dentistry, law, medicine, veterinary 
medicine, and the other professional fields. 

Armstrong State College-Georgia Institute of 
Technology Dual-Degree Program 

Upon completion of the first three years of academic work at 
Armstrong, the student may enroll for two subsequent years at 
Georgia Institute of Technology. After completing the require- 
ments of the two cooperating institutions, the student will be 
awarded a baccalaureate degree from Armstrong State College and 
a baccalaureate degree in one of a number of academic areas from 
the Georgia Institute of Technology. For further information on 
this dual-degree program, the student should contact the Head of 
the Department of Mathematics and Computer Science, who is the 
local coordinator of the Dual-Degree program. 

12 









Two- Year Degrees 

The following two-year degrees are offered as preparation for 
higher degrees in the liberal arts and professions or as terminal 
professional degrees. 

Associate in Arts. 

Associate in Science in Nursing. 

Associate in Science in Dental Hygiene. 

Associate in Science in Criminal Justice. 

Associate in Science in Medical Record Technology. 

Associate in Science in Respiratory Therapy. 

Four- Year Degrees 

Bachelor of Arts in the fields of Drama-Speech, English, history, 
music, political science, and psychology. 

Bachelor of Health Science. 

Bachelor of Science in the fields of biology, chemistry, mathemat- 
ical sciences, and criminal justice. 

Bachelor of Science in Education with majors in Early Elemen- 
tary Education; Middle School Education; Health, Physical Educa- 
tion and Recreation; and Secondary Education in the teaching 
fields of Art Education, Biology Education, Business Education 
(with concentrations in bookkeeping and business management, 
comprehensive, or data processing: cooperative arrangement with 
Savannah State College), Chemistry Education, English Educa- 
tion, General Science Education, Industrial Arts Education 
(cooperative arrangement with Savannah State College), Social 
Science Education (with concentrations in history, political science, 
and behavioral science), and Trade and Industrial Education 
(cooperative arrangement with Savannah State College). 

Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology. 

Bachelor of Science in Dental Hygiene Education. 

Bachelor of Science in Nursing. 

Bachelor of Social Work. 

Bachelor of Music Education. 

The College is authorized to offer Teacher Education programs, 
preparing students for certification by the Georgia State Depart- 
ment of Education, in the following areas: Art, Behavioral Science, 
Biology, Business Education, Chemistry, Early Elementary Edu- 
cation, English, General Science, History, Industrial Arts, Library 
Media, Mathematics, Middle School Education, Music, Physics, 
Political Science, Social Studies, Trade and Industrial Education. 
Information concerning the status of these programs is available in 
the Office of the Dean for the School of Education or the Office of the 
Director of Admissions. 



Graduate Programs 

Master of Health Science and Master of Education degree prog- 
rams are offered in Early Elementary Education, Middle School 
Education, Special Education (Behavior Disorders and Learning 

13 



Disabilities) as well as in the secondary teaching fields of Biology, 
Chemistry, English, History and Political Science (Biology, 
Chemistry, English, History, and Political Science are available as 
options without teacher certification requirements.) The graduate 
programs are designed to provide opportunities for further profes- 
sional growth, for expanding professional and cultural 
backgrounds, and for extending knowledge and understanding in 
an area of specialty. 

For complete information about these programs, contact the Of- 
fice of Graduate Studies. 

MILITARY SCIENCE (ROTC) PROGRAMS 

Armstrong State College has available to its students Army and 
Navy Reserve Officer Training Corps programs. The Army Military 
Science Department operates on the Armstrong campus, and its 
program is described fully in section IX of this catalogue. The Navy 
ROTC program operates on the Savannah State College campus, 
but is available to students enrolled at Armstrong. 

In order to participate in the Army ROTC program, see section IX 
of this catalogue. For the Navy ROTC program, qualified male or 
female students at Armstrong State College may enroll in the pro- 
gram at Savannah State. Full tuition scholarships for students 
desiring to be either Army, Navy, or Marine Corps officers are av- 
ailable. Most majors are acceptable with entry level at either the 
incoming freshman or prospective junior level. For further infor- 
mation on these programs, consult the Registrar at Armstrong 
State College; the Commanding Officer of the ROTC Units at 
Savannah State College or Armstrong; or the appropriate sections 
of the catalogues of the two colleges. 

Government Internship Programs 

Students at Armstrong State College may participate in two 
state-wide internship programs; the Georgia Intern Program and 
the State Legislative Intern Program. These programs provide the 
student with opportunities to observe first-hand and to participate 
in agency and legislative processes as he works under the direction 
of, and is responsible to, an agency or legislative supervisor. In 
addition to state-wide internship programs, students may partici- 
pate in local internship experiences. They may receive academic 
credit for these experiences. They must be enrolled full-time at the 
College and must be in good academic standing. For further details 
concerning the requirements for internship programs at the Col- 
lege, please consult the Head of the Department of History and 
Political Science. 

Evening Classes 

In addition to the full daytime schedule, Armstrong offers a 
schedule of classes in the evening. Students employed during the 
day should limit their enrollment to one or two courses each quar- 
ter. 

14 



Senior Citizens 

Residents of Georgia, sixty-two years of age or older at the time of 
registration, may enroll in courses for credit or as auditors on a 
space available basis, with waiver of matriculation fees. They will 
be required, however, to pay for supplies, etc., that might be neces- 
sary for a given course. The individual must present a birth certifi- 
cate or other comparable documentation of age to qualify for the 
waiver of fees and must meet all requirements for admission to the 
College. Further information on this program is available from the 
Office of Admissions. 



Joint Continuing Education Center 

The Joint Continuing Education Center was established in 1979 
to combine the resources of both Armstrong State College's Com- 
munity Service Division and Savannah State College's Extended 
Services Division. Utilizing a Downtown Center located at 428 Bull 
Street, the Joint Center operates a unified Continuing Education 
program dedicated to serving the people of Savannah, Chatham 
County, the State of Georgia and, for some programs, beyond those 
boundaries. 

A wide variety of programs are offered at Armstrong State Col- 
lege, Savannah State College, the Downtown Center and, when it is 
appropriate, at job sites, schools, community centers, and other 
locations in Savannah. Instructors are drawn from the faculties of 
both institutions, from qualified experts in the Savannah commun- 
ity and from consultants throughout the region. 

On the Armstrong campus, the Community Services Division, 
under the direction of the Dean for Community Services, is respon- 
sible for the coordination of all community services/continuing edu- 
cation activities. Since these activities are viewed as a college- wide 
function, responsibility for program development is shared with 
the various academic departments on campus. The major commun- 
ity services/continuing education components of the college are the 
short-course/conference program and the off-campus credit class 
program. 

Short Course /Conference Program. This unit administers non- 
degree courses, conferences, and seminars designed to provide for 
the educational needs of area residents who do not wish to partici- 
pate in the regular credit classes offered by the college. These ac- 
tivities vary widely — some are related to professional development, 
others reflect personal interests, while others are recreational in 
nature. The Office of the Registrar maintains permanent records of 
persons participating in those activities that meet certain criteria. 
The Coordinator of Short Courses/Conferences is pleased to ar- 
range an activity of special interest and value to community groups 
and organizations. The Coordinator of Continuing Education in 
Human Services organizes continuing education activities in the 
health professions, criminal justice, and social work. 

Off-Campus Credit Class Program. In order to provide education 
opportunities for specific groups of area residents, the college 
makes available credit classes at off-campus locations convenient 

15 



to the students involved. These classes are conducted in strict con- 
formity with college standards and with policies of the Board of 
Regents of the University System of Georgia. The Dean for College 
and Community Services and the Deans of the Schools will work 
with interested parties in organization of these classes. 

Proctoring Examinations. The Community Services division 
cooperates with the Georgia Center for Continuing Education 
(University of Georgia) through service as a center at which exami- 
nations are proctored for students enrolled in independent study 
(correspondence) courses. A booklet describing these courses is av- 
ailable upon request. Examinations from other colleges and 
examinations by professional societies can also be proctored. 
Examination proctoring is by prior arrangement only. Students 
using this service are encouraged to check with the division office 
prior to the date for the examination to make certain that the 
examination materials are on hand. 



Office of Development 

The purpose of the Office of Development is to promote funding 
for college programs from sources supplemental to state appropria- 
tions and student fees. To accomplish this purpose, the college 
participates in federal and other grant supported activities, and 
seeks assistance from alumni and friends. From private sources, 
the College accepts memorial and other gifts for the athletic pro- 
gram, instructional equipment, library books, matching funds for 
grants, scholarships, and other restricted purposes. Unrestricted 
contributions are accepted to be used at the discretion of the Presi- 
dent to meet special and unforeseen needs. Gifts of any size can be 
used to add to the library collection in the name of an individual or 
an agency; all gifts are acknowledged and published, where ap- 
propriate and when requested. Gifts for scholarships are generally 
received by the College in one of two ways: the donor specifies sup- 
port or choice of specific students, with the College serving only as a 
distribution agent; or the donor specifies support of student scho- 
larships generally or scholarships within a broad academic field, 
with the College identifying the gift by name, if appropriate, and 
distributing the funds according to standard policies and proce- 
dures. Gifts of this latter type are tax deductible. The Director of 
Development is pleased to provide further information to any pros- 
pective donor. 



Office of Computer Services 

This office coordinates the campus-wide system of computer ser- 
vices. The Director also provides technical assistance to the faculty 
and staff of the College in the development of computer programs 
and systems. Through participation in the University System 
Computer Network, information processing devices located on 
campus are connected via a direct telephone line to the large com- 
puters located at Georgia State University and the University of 
Georgia. 

16 



Student Exchange Program with 
Savannah State College 

A student enrolled at Savannah State College or at Armstrong 
State College as a full-time student has the privilege of taking one 
course with his Dean's approval at the other college without paying 
an additional fee. No restrictions are placed on the number of 
courses taken at the other college if the student is enrolled in the 
joint program in Social Work. In this program, however, the stu- 
dent must enroll in major area courses only to receive unrestricted 
enrollment privileges. The colleges operate a shuttlebus service 
between the two campuses to facilitate movement of students who 
are taking courses on both campuses. A student may obtain in the 
Office of the Registrar the proper form for permission to register for 
courses at Savannah State College. 



Library 

The Lane Library, centrally located on campus, is a multi- 
resource and multi-service facility. The first floor houses a refer- 
ence collection, all periodicals and micromaterials, government 
documents, maps, folios, archives, and a reading room. The refer- 
ence department utilizes the Lockheed on-line data base informa- 
tion retrieval service for partial bibliographic searching. The tech- 
nical services department, in which all orders are placed, cataloged, 
and processed, is also located on this floor. The department catalogs 
all monographs and performs interlibrary loans as a member of the 
Southeastern Library Network. All audio-visuals, the circulating 
collections, individualized study carrells and typing facilities are 
located on the second floor. A television production studio and 
graphic laboratory are also located on this floor. This sophisticated 
complex allows faculty to augment their classroom lectures with 
in-house production of video programming. 

The library collections combine traditional media such as mono- 
graphs, periodicals and micromaterials with more recent types 
such as audio and video tapes, recordings, filmstrips and motion 
pictures. An array of micromaterial readers and printers, vid- 
eobeam projectors, and audio hardware is available for constant 
use. Housed in the library are approximately 450,000 total re- 
sources, including 125,000 books and bound periodicals; 10,000 
documents and maps; 290,000 microforms; 10,000 records, motion 
pictures, slides, and videotapes, and 900 newspapers and periodical 
subscriptions. 

The Lane Library faculty and staff welcome suggestions for the 
improvement of the Library collections and services. 



17 




18 



II. Student Services, 
Activities 

The Office of Student Affairs, administered by the Dean for Stu- 
dent Affairs, is responsible for all student services and activities. In 
addition to formal classroom instruction, the College recognizes the 
need for providing programs and services which contribute to a 
well-rounded college experience. Such programs are administered 
by the Office of Student Affairs through the following individuals: 
Counselors, Director of Student Activities, Director of Student Fi- 
nancial Aid/Veterans Affairs, and campus Nurse. 

Counseling 

Counselors are available in the Counseling and Placement Office 
to assist students in making successful and realistic decisions and 
in choosing appropriate routes for attaining selected goals. The 
counseling process focuses on increasing the student's self- 
understanding and respect for his own ability to make decisions 
that will affect his life. All discussions are confidential. 

Counselors can assist students in clarifying educational and vo- 
cational objectives, in developing effective study skills and habits, 
and in dealing with problems of social and emotional significance. 

The computerized systems of career guidance (SIGI) and study 
skills instruction (CASSI) are available through Counseling. 

Veterans Services 

Armstrong State College maintains an Office of Veterans Affairs 
located in the Administration Building. The Veterans' Director is 
available to advise veterans concerning admissions procedures and 
services available to them as students. The office also employs a 
number of student veterans to assist in meeting the needs of vet- 
eran student body at Armstrong. 

Testing Services 

A variety of individual tests and inventories are available 
through, and often included in, counseling services. Such tests pro- 
vide information to help students evaluate personal, educational, 
or vocational needs. Test results are confidential. 

The following testing programs are administered regularly by 
members of the counseling staff: ACT Proficiency Examination 
Program (PEP), College Level Examination Program (CLEP), Den- 
tal Admission Test (DAT), Dental Hygiene Aptitude Test, Graduate 
Record Examination (GRE), Medical College Admission Test 
(MCAT), National Teacher Examinations (NTE), Regents' Testing 
Program, and the Undergraduate Assessment Program (Exit 
Examinations). Information about the Allied Health Professions 

19 



Admission Test, the Graduate Management Admission Test, the 
Graduate School Foreign Language Test, the Miller Analogies 
Test, the Optometry College Admission Test, the Professional and 
Administrative Career Examination, the State Merit Examina- 
tion, and the Veterinary Aptitude Test may be obtained from the 
Counseling and Placement Office. 

Orientation 

The decision to enter college for further education and knowledge 
is an important point in an individual's process of self-development. 
The Summer Orientation Program (CHAOS) at Armstrong State 
College is planned to aid the student in his transition to college by 
exposing him to the dynamics of successful decision-making. Using 
techniques that encourage the realization of possible outcomes and 
consequences, the student will learn to explore his possibilities with 
more understanding and confidence. 

Freshmen participating in this program will be given informa- 
tion concerning student activities programs, visit campus facilities, 
and plan their class schedules with academic advisors. 

An abbreviated orientation program is scheduled for students 
new to the college prior to registration Winter, Spring, and Summer 
Quarters. 

Placement 

The Placement Counselor, located in the Counseling and Place- 
ment Office in the Administration Building, offers general assis- 
tance in the planning of career directions. The office operates a 
personal resume service for all regularly enrolled students of the 
college, receives listings of full-time career opportunities, and ar- 
ranges on-campus recruiting with business, governmental and 
educational agencies. Students who wish to make use of the Place- 
ment Service are advised to contact the Placement Counselor three 
quarters prior to completion of studies. 

The Placement Office also provides a job listing and referral sys- 
tem for currently enrolled students who are seeking part-time tem- 
porary, or vacation employment. 



Conduct 

Every student who enrolls in a course at Armstrong State College 
commits himself, by the act of enrolling, to full compliance with the 
rules and regulations of the Honor System and Code of Conduct. 
The Honor System is outlined under "Academic Regulations" in 
this Catalogue and the Code of Conduct is published in the 
Armstrong Student Handbook, Students Illustrated. 

Compliance with the regulations and policies of the faculty of 
Armstrong State College and the Regents of the University System 
of Georgia is assumed. To enroll is to agree to assume responsibility 
for adhering to policies and using established channels to promote 
change. Not to do so is sufficient basis for the college to terminate a 
student's enrollment. 



20 



Student Activities and Organizations 

In addition to an outstanding academic program, Armstrong 
State College offers a complete program of co-curricular student 
activities designed to contribute to the development of the student 
and to assist him in becoming an active and productive member of 
the community in which he lives. 

Student organizations at Armstrong State College reflect the 
natural variety of interests found in a diversified student body. 
These include the following: 
Religious: 

Baptist Student Union 
Greeks: 

Panhellenic Council 

Interfraternity Council 

Alpha Gamma Delta Sorority 

Phi Mu Sorority 

Sigma Kappa Sorority 

Phi Kappa Theta Fraternity 

Pi Kappa Phi Fraternity 

Pi Kappa Alpha Fraternity 

Sigma Nu Fraternity 
Professional: 

Georgia Association of Student Nurses 

Student Association of Educators 

American Dental Hygienists Association 

American Chemical Society 

Alpha Sigma Chi (Physical Education) 

Association for Computing Machinery 

Data Processing Management Association 

Social Work Club 

Medical Record Association 
Interest: 

Chess Club 

Chorus 

Band 

Cheerleaders 

Karate Club 

Masquers 
Honorary: 

Phi Eta Sigma (Scholastic honorary for freshmen) 

Phi Alpha Theta (History) 

Pi Mu Epsilon (Mathematics) 

Kappa Delta Pi (Education) 

Student Government 

The Student Government Association is the official governing 
body of the students at Armstrong State College. It assists in for- 
mulating a program of student services and activities, and it strives 
to express the will of the majority of students and to provide experi- 
ence in democratic living. 



21 



All students are automatically members of the Student Govern- 
ment Association and are entitled to vote in SGA elections. Qual- 
ified students may seek positions of leadership in the Student Gov- 
ernment Association by running for office during the Spring Quar- 
ter. 



Student Publications 

The official student publications on campus are the Inkwell (the 
College newspaper) and the Geechee (the College yearbook). Both 
publications are produced by students under the supervision of 
approved college advisors. Financed in part by the Student Activity 
Fund, each provides opportunities for students in creative writing, 
reporting, photography, and design. 



Health 

Armstrong State College maintains a campus infirmary where a 
registered nurse is on duty from 8:15 a.m. until 5 p.m. Students who 
become ill or who are involved in accidents while on campus should 
not hesitate to avail themselves of this service. 



Dental Hygiene Services 

The Dental Hygiene Clinic is available to Armstrong State Col- 
lege and Savannah State College students who wish to receive an 
oral prophylaxis and a fluoride treatment. School identification 
cards will be requested by the Clinic receptionist. 



Alumni Office 

The primary purposes of the Alumni Office are to keep former 
students informed about the College and to help them keep in touch 
with each other. Any person who at any time was matriculated as a 
regular student is eligible for membership in the Alumni Associa- 
tion and, upon payment of his dues, will receive association periodi- 
cals, and may vote and hold office in the Association. The Alumni 
Office assists in arranging class reunions, board meetings, and 
other functions. For further information contact the Alumni Sec- 
retary. 



Housing 

There is no student housing on campus. Private apartments for 
male, female, and married students are located within walking dis- 
tance of Armstrong State College. For further information regard- 
ing housing, please contact the Office of Student Affairs. 



22 



Athletics 

Armstrong State College is affiliated with the National Associa- 
tion of Intercollegiate Athletics, Association of Intercollegiate Ath- 
letics for Women, and Georgia Association of Intercollegiate Athle- 
tics for Women. The college teams participate in intercollegiate 
competition in baseball, basketball, cross country track events, 
golf, softball, tennis, and soccer. 



Intramurals 

The Student Intramural Council and Physical Education De- 
partment provide a diversified program available to all students 
and faculty, including organized competitive sports, recreational 
activities, and clubs. Any student, faculty, or staff person in- 
terested in participating in these activities should contact the Di- 
rector of Intramurals. 



Cultural Opportunities 

Nationally known speakers, contemporary concerts, dances, 
popular films, exhibits and performances by outstanding classical 
and modern artists from around the world complement the stu- 
dents general education. These programs are selected and coordi- 
nated by the College Union Board. Student dramatic, choral, and 
instrumental groups under professional direction have established 
distinguished traditions. 




23 



III. Fees 

Application Fee 

The Application Fee of $10.00 is paid by each student at the time 
of initial application for admission to Armstrong State College. The 
acceptance of the Application Fee does not constitute acceptance of 
the student. This fee is not refundable. 

In addition to the application fee mentioned above, a deposit of 
$50.00 is required of all dental hygiene applicants who are accepted 
for admission. This deposit is applied against registration fees dur- 
ing the first quarter of attendance. If the student does not enroll, 
the deposit is not refundable. 



Matriculation Fee 

The Matriculation Fee for students registering on campus for the 
normal course load of fifteen hours is $187.00. Students carrying 
less than 12 credit hours on campus in a quarter will pay at the rate 
of $16.00 per quarter hour in Matriculation Fees. Students who 
register for off-campus credit hours will pay at the rate of $19.00 per 
credit hour. Matriculation fees are waived for residents of Georgia 
upon presentation of written documentation that they are 62 years 
of age or older. 



Out-of-State Tuition 

Non-residents of Georgia must pay a fee of $350.00 per quarter in 
addition to all regular fees. Students carrying less than 12 credit 
hours in a quarter who are not legal residents of the State of 
Georgia will pay at the rate of $30.00 per quarter hour, an Out-of- 
State Fee in addition to regular fees. Students who register for 
off-campus credit courses will pay at the rate of $30.00 per quarter 
hour, Out-of-State Fee in addition to all regular fees. Out-of-State 
tuition fees are waived for active duty military personnel and their 
dependents stationed in Georgia, except military personnel as- 
signed to this institution for educational purposes. 

Student Activity and Health/Service Fees 

There will be a Student Activity Fee ($15.00) and a Health/Service 
Fee ($2.50) for all students enrolled for six or more hours. Students 
who are enrolled for five hours or less may choose whether or not to 
pay the Student Activity Fee. Students who choose not to do so will 
be accorded limited student activity privileges. 

Athletic Fee 

There will be an Athletic Fee of $15.00 per quarter for all stu- 
dents. 



24 



Applied Music Fees 

Applied music courses consist of one or two twenty-five minute 
private lessons per week. A special fee of $31.00 for one twenty-five 
minute lesson or $62.00 for two lessons is charged quarterly to stu- 
dents not admitted to a music degree program and to music majors 
not enrolled for ten or more quarter hours of credit. This fee is 
refundable only when the student has not met his first lesson. 

I.D. Fee 

Students registering for their first quarter of the academic year 
are required to pay a fee of $1.00 for their student I.D. card. This I.D. 
is valid for the remainder of the academic year. 

Late Registration Fee 

A late registration fee of $5.00 will be charged to students regis- 
tering after the registration period. This fee is not refundable. 

Graduation Fee 

A Graduation Fee of $20.00 will be collected from each candidate 
for graduation. If the candidate is receiving a second degree at the 
same graduation ceremonies, an additional fee of $5.00 will be col- 
lected. The fee will be $20.00 for a second degree awarded at a sub- 
sequent graduation ceremony. 

Transcript Fee 

Each student is entitled to one official transcript of his college 
work. The charge for additional copies is $1.00 each. 

Summary of Fees 

Matriculation, per quarter $187.00 

Student Activity, per quarter $ 15.00 

Health/Service, per quarter $ 2.50 

Athletic, per quarter $ 15.00 

TOTAL FOR GEORGIA RESIDENTS $219.50 

Out-of-State Tuition, per quarter $350.00 

TOTAL FOR NON-RESIDENTS $569.50 

Matriculation Part-Time Students, per quarter hour $16.00 

Non-Resident Tuition, Part-Time Students, per 

quarter hour (in addition to Matriculation Fee) $30.00 



25 



Privilege Fees 

Application Fee $10.00 

Late Registration-Maximum $ 5.00 

Graduation Fee $20.00 

Transcript, first one free, each additional $ 1.00 

Applied Music Fee $31.00/$62.00 

Dental Hygiene Deposit $50.00 



Refunds 

Refunds of fees will be made only upon written application for 
withdrawal from school. No refunds will be made to students drop- 
ping a course. Privilege fees are not refundable. Students who for- 
mally withdraw on the date of scheduled registration or during one 
week following the scheduled registration date are entitled to a 
refund of 80% of the fees paid for that quarter. Students who for- 
mally withdraw during the period between one and two weeks after 
the scheduled registration date are entitled to a refund of 60% of 
the fees paid for that quarter. Students who formally withdraw 
between two and three weeks after the scheduled registration date 
are entitled to a refund of 40% of the fees paid for that quarter. 
Students who formally withdraw during the period between three 
and four weeks after the scheduled registration date are entitled to 
a refund of 20% of the fees paid for that quarter. Students who 
withdraw after a period of four weeks has elapsed from the 
scheduled registration date will be entitled to no refund of any part 
of the fees paid that quarter. 

Any student delinquent in the payment of any financial obliga- 
tion to the College will have grade reports and transcripts of re- 
cords encumbered. Grade reports and transcripts will not be re- 
leased, nor will the student be allowed to re-register at the college 
until all financial obligations are met. 

Fees for each quarter are to be paid in full at the time of registra- 
tion. 

If a check is not paid on presentation to the bank on which it is 
drawn, the student's registration will be cancelled and the student 
may re-register only on payment of a $5.00 service charge. 

Short Courses 

Fees are announced for each quarter when the course is 
scheduled by the College. 

Students who formally withdraw from a short course or confer- 
ence before its first meeting will receive a full refund of fees paid 
provided the withdrawal is in writing and is received by the Joint 
Continuing Education Center prior to the first class meeting of the 
course or conference. Withdrawals made in writing after the first 
class meeting will be given a refund minus a ten dollar handling fee. 
No refunds will be made for withdrawals received after the second 
class meeting. Fees paid for courses or conferences cancelled by the 
Joint Continuing Education Center will be refunded 100%. 

26 



Fees For Off-Campus Courses 

An additional fee of $4.00 per quarter hour is charged for off- 
campus courses. Students taking only off-campus courses are not 
required to pay Student Activity, Health Service, I. D., or Athletic 
fees. The total fees for each five hour course is $95.00. 



FEES AND CHARGES ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE AT THE 
END OF ANY QUARTER. 










27 



IV. Student Financial 
Aid 

Armstrong State College subscribes to the principle that the 
primary purpose of a student financial aid program is to provide 
financial assistance to students who, without such assistance, 
would be unable to attend college. The primary responsibility for 
financing a college education is the inherent obligation of the stu- 
dent and/or family. Financial assistance from Armstrong State Col- 
lege should be viewed as supplementary to the efforts of the stu- 
dent and/or family. An assessment of parental ability to contribute 
toward the student's educational expenses is made by the College 
Scholarship Service so that neither the parent, the student, nor 
Armstrong State College be required to bear an undue share of the 
financial responsibility. 

Application Information 

An applicant for student financial aid at Armstrong must: 

1. be enrolled or accepted for enrollment at the College; 

2. obtain, complete, and submit a Financial Aid Form (FAF) to 
the College Scholarship Service prior to June 30 for the coming 
academic year. 

3. submit a PELL Basic Educational Opportunity Grant Eligibil- 
ity Report (SER) to the Office of Student Financial Aid by June 
30 preceding the next academic year. 

4. complete and submit the Request for Student Financial Aid 
Form. 

It may be necessary to complete additional forms depending on a 
student's year in school, major course of study, and/or eligibility for 
a particular program. Applications for financial assistance must be 
repeated annually. Most student financial aid awards are for the 
entire academic year, with payments made to the student in equal 
quarterly installments. A student may, however, apply and be con- 
sidered for financial assistance during the academic year, if funds 
are available. 

All student financial aid awards are contingent upon the availa- 
bility of funds and the recipient's maintaining satisfactory prog- 
ress toward a degree as defined in this Catalogue. 

The minimum number of quarter hours for which a student fi- 
nancial aid recipient may enroll per quarter varies from program to 
program. Most require at least 12 hours per quarter (full-time 
status); some require only 10 hours per quarter. All programs re- 
quire that the student be enrolled at least half-time, taking 6 or 
more quarter hours. 

Students applying for financial aid, whether eligible or not, who 
do not meet or adhere to the above requirements will not be consid- 
ered for financial aid. It is the responsibility of the parents and/or 
student to determine that all pertinent information and data have 

28 



been obtained and are located in the Office of Student Financial Aid 
to assure a complete and accurate awarding of financial assistance. 

When the student has received acknowledgement from the Col- 
lege Scholarship Service that the Financial Aid Form (FAF) has 
been sent to the College and the student has delivered the Basic 
Grant Eligibility Report (SER) and the Request for Student Finan- 
cial Aid, the Office of Student Financial Aid will send the student a 
tentative award notice. The student should schedule an appoint- 
ment with a financial aid advisor. The advisor will discuss the stu- 
dent's financial aid package and a final award letter indicating the 
type of award(s) and amount(s) will be processed. 

Students who submit the PELL (Basic) Grant Student Eligibility 
Report only, will not be considered for any other type of financial 
assistance awarded by the College. 



Transfer Students 

In addition to the above requirements for all financial aid stu- 
dents, transfer students are required to submit a complete finan- 
cial aid transcript from the financial aid office of each institution of 
higher education previously attended whether or not aid was re- 
ceived. No awards will be made until these documents have been 
received by the student Financial Aid Office. 

Categories of Aid 

The College provides necessary financial assistance through 
grants, scholarships, work, and/or loans. Grants and scholarships 
are awards that require neither service nor cash repayments. Op- 
portunities for part-time employment are provided for eligible stu- 
dents, usually on-campus, who are paid federal minimum wages on 
an hourly basis. Loans require cash repayment, service repayment, 
or a combination of both. These funds are made available through 
the federal government, state government, and local sources. Stu- 
dents in the classifications, Continuing Education, Exchange, and 
Transient, are not eligible for financial aid. 

Federal Assistance 

The Basic Educational Opportunity Grant Program (Pell Grant) 
is designed to provide financial assistance to those who need it to 
attend post-high school educational institutions. The BEOG is a 
grant and, unlike a loan, does not have to be repaid. Award amounts 
vary, depending upon the student's eligibility. 

The Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant Program is 
available to eligible students who establish exceptional financial 
need as determined by the College Scholarship Service. The 
minimum award is $200.00 per academic year. 

Currently, the College Work-Study Program allows an eligible 
student to work each class day during the quarter. Satisfactory 
work performance is mandatory. The student must also maintain 
satisfactory academic progress. A student on academic suspension, 

29 



even though readmitted on appeal, will not be allowed to partici- 
pate in the Work-Study Program. 

A National Direct Student Loan is no longer available to stu- 
dents at the College. Students needing to secure academic loans 
should (1) if a resident of Georgia, inquire about the State Student 
Loan Program, or (2) if a non-resident of Georgia, contact the 
higher education corporation in their state of residency. 

Federal Nursing Student Loans and/or Scholarships are availa- 
ble to students who have: (1) established a financial need through 
the College Scholarship Service, (2) been accepted for enrollment by 
Armstrong State College, and (3) been admitted to a nursing prog- 
ram. 

Law Enforcement Educational Program Grants are no longer av- 
ailable to new students. 



State Assistance 

Georgia Higher Education Assistance Corporation. Under this 
program, guaranteed loans are provided by private lending institu- 
tions to residents of Georgia. The loans accrue interest at the rate of 
7 percent simple interest. Loans are made by lending institutions 
that have signed a contract with, and have the guarantee of, 
GHEAC. The process involves application for the loan by the stu- 
dent and parents, certification by the educational institution, and 
final approval by GHEAC. Students who are unable to secure funds 
locally may apply for a State Direct Loan. In this instance, the 
State of Georgia provides the funds, and GHEAC guarantees the 
loan. Students enrolled in certain health career fields may elect to 
cancel all or a portion of their State Direct Loans by practicing in 
their fields. Applications and additional information may be ob- 
tained from the Office of Student Financial Aid. Students who re- 
ceive GHEAC loans are usually required to be enrolled as full-time 
students (12 hours). Exceptions are made only to health career 
loans, in which case the student must notify the Office of Student 
Financial Aid in advance for approval of hours to be taken. 

Georgia Incentive Scholarships are awarded to residents who 
began post-high school education after April 1, 1974, and whose 
eligibility has been determined by the College Scholarship Service 
financial analysis. All veterans who were residents of Georgia at 
the time of their entry into military service may apply. Students 
must also request submission of a copy of the FAF to the State 
Scholarship Commission. All students applying for Georgia Incen- 
tive Scholarships are required to apply for Basic Grant (BEOG). 

The Board of Regents' Fund sponsors a program under which 
Georgia residents may qualify for financial assistance at units of 
the University System. Applicants must be in the upper 25% of 
their class and have established a financial need through the Col- 
lege Scholarship Service. Recipients must agree to work in the 
state, at an occupation for which they are qualified educationally, 
one year for each $1,000 received. If unable to meet this obligation, 
the student is expected to repay the full amount with interest at the 
rate of 3 percent simple interest. 



30 



Students may be recommended for employment on the Institu- 
tional Work Study Program. Some departments and offices of the 
college have funds available to hire student workers. Initial con- 
tacts should be made by the student with the Director of Student 
Financial Aid. 



Local Assistance 

Institutional Short-Term Loans are available to students for a 
maximum of sixty days. Interest shall accrue at the rate of 3% per 
annum. There are four short-term loans accounts: General, Nurs- 
ing, Exchangette, and Kiwanis. Because of limited availability, 
short-term loans are usually made available to students for pay- 
ment of tuition and fees at the College. Other requirements con- 
cerning short-term loans are available in the Office of Student Fi- 
nancial Aid. Funds for the General Short-Term Loan Fund have 
been provided by: 
John Bravo Memorial Sigma Kappa Sorority 

Rensing Loan Special Loans 

Rho Beta Chapter of Stephen Davis Memorial 

Alpha Phi Omega Union Camp Corporation 

Dental Hygiene students may apply for scholarship and/or loan 
funds from the Paderewski Memorial Fund. Interested students 
should contact either the Head of the Department of Dental 
Hygiene or the Office of Student Financial Aid. 

Armstrong State College accepts Scholarship applications 
throughout the year. Most awards are made annually during the 
summer. Scholarships are awarded when: 

1. an agency notifies the College of its intention to award a schol- 
arship to a specified student, or 

2. an agency informs the College that it will award scholarships to 
a specific number of students selected by the Student Scholarship 
Committee. 

Applicants for scholarships awarded by the college must: 

1. complete the initial application process for financial aid; 

2. complete a separate scholarship application which may be ob- 
tained from the Office of Student Financial Aid; 

3. have, as an entering freshman, a minimum combined verbal 
and mathematical SAT score of 1,000; 

4. have, as a returning or transfer student, a minimum overall 
grade-point average of 3.0. 

5. unless otherwise specified, be a full-time student. 
Individuals who are applicants for scholarships to be awarded by 

the Student Scholarship Committee will be interviewed by that 
Committee at a designated time. Award notification will be given to 
those students selected at the end of the selection process. 

Government Benefits 

Social Security Administration. Social Security provides 
monthly benefits to children when a parent (a) dies, (b) starts re- 
ceiving Social Security retirement, or (c) starts receiving disability 

31 



benefits. Payments can be made until age 22, provided the child is a 
full-time student in an educational institution. Benefits can con- 
tinue until the end of the quarter of attainment of age 22, if re- 
quirements for a bachelor's degree are not complete. Once Social 
Security benefits begin, it is the individual's responsibility to notify 
the Social Security office if he transfers to another school, if he 
withdraws from school, or if he reduces his hours below full-time 
attendance. The individual must also notify the Social Security 
Administration if he marries, if he is adopted, or if he earns more 
than $2,520 a year. Students who want to file applications, report 
changes, or receive more information should contact their Social 
Security Office. 

Vocational Rehabilitation. The Georgia Vocational Rehabilita- 
tion Program provides financial assistance for the applicant who 
possesses an impairment which would prove to be a vocational 
handicap. The Office of Vocational Rehabilitation may pay the cost 
of tuition, books, and fees. Students who think that they may qual- 
ify under this program should contact one of the area Vocational 
Rehabilitation Centers located throughout the state. The Savan- 
nah Center is located at 420 Mall Boulevard. Applicants sponsored 
by Vocational Rehabilitation or other community agencies must 
apply at least six (6) weeks before the beginning of any quarter to 
insure proper processing of applications. 

Veterans, Disability, and War Orphans Assistance. Veterans who 
served on active duty for other than training purposes for more 
than 180 days, any part of which occurred after June 1, 1966, are 
eligible for financial assistance to attend college through the G.I. 
Bill. Generally, sons and daughters of veterans whose death or 
total disablement was a result of service in the armed forces are 
eligible for financial benefits under the veterans program for edu- 
cational assistance. 

How to Apply. A prospective student must first make application 
to the College and gain approval for admission from the Office of the 
Registrar/Director of Admissions. A veteran cannot receive ben- 
efits while matriculating under a Continuing Education admission 
status. 

Once accepted, the veteran should go to the Office of Veteran 
Affairs, located in the Administration Building, and obtain an ap- 
plication for VA educational benefits. The veteran must submit to 
the Office of Veterans Affairs, an original DD 214 (or copy number 
four) and supporting documentation of dependency status (mar- 
riage certificate; divorce decree, if previously married; and birth 
certificates of all dependent children.) 

Students transferring from other educational institutions, OJT 
programs, or correspondence schools must complete a "Request for 
Change of Place of Training/Change of Program" VA Form 1995 
with the Armstrong Office of Veterans Affairs. At the time of initial 
matriculation each student/veteran must declare a specific pro- 
gram of study (major) and must follow the curriculum for this major 
without exception or benefits may be interrupted. Any student re- 
ceiving government benefits from the Veterans Administration 
must check with the Armstrong State College Office of Veterans 
Affairs at the beginning of each quarter and file a form declaring 

32 



the specific courses and number of credit hours which he is attempt- 
ing. Each student/veteran is reminded that he must report any 
changes in his attendance, i.e., dropping, adding or withdrawal 
from school, to the Armstrong Office of Veterans Affairs im- 
mediately following such action. Veterans entering school under 
the G.I. Bill should have sufficient funds to finance themselves 
until payments from the VA begin (approximately six weeks after 
application). 

General Information Relating to Student 
Financial Aid 

Distribution of Financial Aid. Financial assistance is distributed 
both directly and indirectly to eligible students from the federal, 
state, and local governments and from private donors through the 
Office of Student Financial Aid. Assistance is provided directly 
when the name of the recipient and the amount of assistance to be 
given are determined prior to the receipt of the funds by the Col- 
lege. Assistance is provided indirectly when funds are given to the 
College for general distribution to students who are determined to 
be eligible for receipt of these funds. In both cases, it is the respon- 
sibility of the Office of Student Financial Aid to assure that the 
recipient has met all requirements and regulations concerning the 
receipt of such funds. Students who are found to be in violation of 
requirements and regulations concerning the receipt of financial 
assistance may jeopardize their continued eligibility for participa- 
tion in the financial aid program. It is the student's responsibility to 
be knowledgeable about all requirements governing the receipt of 
funds from each program from which the student receives financial 
assistance. 

Student Cost. Student financial aid is awarded to eligible stu- 
dents on the basis of need in nearly all cases except scholarships 
which have been provided by donors for the purpose of recognizing 
academic promise or achievement. The determination of need is 
provided for Armstrong State College students through the use of 
the Financial Aid Form (FAF) and the College Scholarship Service 
which processes this form. The process involves an analysis of the 
data provided by the student's family or, if independent, by the 
student. This analysis is sent to the Office of Student Financial Aid 
where it is compared with the cost of education for the appropriate 
classification of student. If the analysis shows that the family con- 
tribution or self contribution is less than the cost of education, fi- 
nancial need has been established. The Office of Student Financial 
Aid has the legal right to challenge information provided on the 
Financial Aid Form if, in the opinion of the financial aid officer, that 
information appears to be inaccurate, incorrect, or misleading. In- 
formation relating to a student's eligibility is available to that stu- 
dent when he/she has completed all the necessary requirements for 
processing his/her financial aid application at the College. 

Student Classification. There are two basic student classifica- 
tions: (1) dependent student who is a commuter (living with parents 
or guardian) or resident (not living with parents or guardian, but 
either receiving financial support from them or claimed by them as 

33 



a tax deduction); (2) independent student who is single (and totally 
self-supporting) or married (or who is a single parent with one or 
more children). Each classification constitutes a cost of education 
group from which eligibility for financial aid is derived. An example 
of the cost of education for a dependent commuter student for one 
year would be: 

Tuition and fees $635 

Books and supplies 235 

Room and board 1100 

Transportation 400 

Personal expenses 670 

TOTAL $3,040 

The cost of tuition and all pertinent fees, and the refund policy of 
the College, are outlined in the "Fees" section of this Catalogue. 

Availability of Funds. In general, students who enter the College 
at the beginning of the Fall Quarter have a greater opportunity to 
receive financial assistance than those who enter later in the 
academic year. The awards processing time usually runs from June 
1 to August 31. It is during this period that the Office of Student 
Financial Aid distributes its yearly allocation of funds to students 
who have completed the process cycle. In the event that there is a 
shortage of funds, students who are eligible for financial aid but 
whose applications were late will be placed on a waiting list until 
such time as funds become available. 

Rights and Responsibilities. Every eligible student has a right to 
receive financial assistance provided that (1) funds are available at 
the College for award to the student; (2) the student meets the 
requirements pertinent to the program(s) from which assistance is 
sought; (3) the student has been admitted to the College, or in the 
case of an enrolled student, meets the standards of satisfactory 
academic progress as outlined in the "Academic Regulations" sec- 
tion of this Catalogue. In addition, it is the student's responsibility 
to adhere to all regulations and requirements heretofore men- 
tioned and to notify the Office of Student Financial Aid of any 
change in status which would have any effect on the legitimacy of 
financial assistance being received. 

Student Retention. Information regarding student retention (i.e., 
enrollment patterns at the College) may be obtained upon request 
from the Office of the Registrar. Copies of this information are 
available to the student at a cost of $1.00 per copy. Information 
regarding specific degree programs is available in this Catalogue 
and from the Head of the Department in which a specific academic 
program is offered. 

Satisfactory Progress 

For purpose of financial aid, a student is deemed to be making 
satisfactory progress toward a degree until such time as he/she is 
placed on academic suspension from the College. The student, upon 
his/her readmission to the College, must, in the first quarter after 
readmission, earn a 2.0 grade-point-average as a full time student, 
before he/she is again considered to be making satisfactory pro- 
gress toward a degree. The award of financial aid will be suspended 
during this quarter. 

34 



V. Admission to the 
College 

General Information 

Application forms for admission to Armstrong State College are 
attached to this Catalogue and provided by the Office of Admissions 
upon request. An application cannot be considered until all re- 
quired forms are properly executed and returned to the Office of 
Admissions. 

The applicant must be at least sixteen years old on or before 
registration date and must give evidence of good moral character, 
promise of growth and development, seriousness of purpose, and a 
sense of social responsibility. Armstrong State College reserves the 
right to examine and appraise the character, the personality, and 
the physical fitness of the applicant by the use of tests and to re- 
quire additional biographical data and an interview before the 
applicant is accepted or rejected. If an interview is required, the 
applicant will be notified. 

Armstrong State College reserves the right to refuse to accept 
any or all of the credits from any high school or other institution, 
notwithstanding its accredited status, when the College deter- 
mines through investigation or otherwise that the quality of in- 
struction at such high school or other institution is, for any reason, 
deficient or unsatisfactory. The judgment of the College on this 
question shall be final. 

On the basis of achievement as reflected by high school or college 
grades and academic potential as shown by scores on the Scholastic 
Aptitude Test, an evaluation of each applicant's readiness to un- 
dertake college work will be made. The Admissions Officer may 
refer any application to the Admissions Committee of the College 
for study and advice. 

The decision as to whether an applicant shall be accepted or re- 
jected shall be made by the Admissions Officer in accordance with 
admission policies and subject to the applicant's right of appeal as 
provided in the policies of the Board of Regents of the University 
System. The Admissions Officer shall, as promptly as practicable, 
inform the applicant of the action taken upon his application. 

The College reserves the right to terminate acceptance of appli- 
cations when enrollment capacity is reached. The College further 
reserves the right to reject an applicant who is not a resident of the 
State of Georgia. 

All students enrolled at Armstrong State College are required to 
affirm that they will abide by the provisions of the Honor Code. For 
a detailed explanation of the Honor Code see the "Regulations" 
section of this Catalogue. 

Information Required for Freshman Applicants 

All freshman applicants must submit the following: 

1. a. Certificate of graduation from an accredited high school. A 

35 



transcript of the applicant's high school record must be sub- 
mitted by the high school directly to the College. 

OR 
b. Evidence of successful completion of the General Education 
Development Test (GED), with no scores less than 45. A score 
report form must be submitted directly to the college from the 
GED testing center where the student took the test or by 
DANTES, 2318 South Park Street, Madison, Wisconsin 53713 
(if the student took the test through the United States Armed 
Forces Institute while in military service). 
2. Satisfactory scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the Col- 
lege Entrance Examination Board. Specific scores required 
are listed under the categories of admission below. Official 
results of the SAT must be filed with the Office of Admissions 
by the final date for the submission of an application for the 
quarter in which a student wishes to enroll. The Scholastic 
Aptitude Test is given in all states and many foreign countries 
at least six times annually. Students wishing to make applica- 
tion to take the test may secure application forms from their 
secondary school principal or counselor or from the College 
Entrance Examination Board, Box 592, Princeton, New Jer- 
sey 08540, or Box 1025, Berkeley, California 94701. 

Admission Requirements and Categories of 

Admission 

The applicant who has fulfilled the general admission require- 
ments listed above will be granted admission to the College if he/she 
meets at least one of the following specific requirements: 

a high school grade-point-average of 1.8 

or 

a score of not less than 250 on the verbal section of the Scholastic 
Aptitude Test 

or 

a score of not less than 280 on the mathematics section of the 
Scholastic Aptitude Test. 

Regular Admission 

The applicant who meets all three of the following requirements 
will be granted regular admission to the College: 

a total score on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of at least 750 (com- 
bined verbal and mathematics sections) 

and 

a score of not less than 330 on the verbal section of the Scholastic 
Aptitude Test 

and 

a score of not less than 330 on the mathematics section of the 
Scholastic Aptitude Test. 



36 



Conditional Admission 

The applicant who qualifies for admission to the College but who 
does not qualify for regular admission will be granted conditional 
admission. All conditionally admitted students must take the Basic 
Skills Examination. This examination should be taken before the 
students first registration at the College. Test dates for the Basic 
Skills Examination appear in the Academic Calendar in this 
Catalogue. If a conditionally admitted student registers before tak- 
ing the Basic Skills Examination, his/her choice of courses will be 
limited to English 98 and Reading 98 (if the student's SAT verbal 
score is below 330), Mathematics 98 (if the student's SAT mathema- 
tics score is below 330), Study Techniques 99, and core physical 
education courses. 

The student who presents an SAT verbal score of 330 or higher 
and an SAT mathematics score of 330 or higher, whose combined 
SAT score is less than 750, must take the Basic Skills Examination 
for advisement purposes. When the examination has been taken, 
the student will be granted regular admission. 

The student who presents an SAT verbal score of less than 330 
and/or an SAT mathematics score of less than 330 will be granted 
regular admission if he/she passes all parts of the Basic Skills 
Examination. If he/she does not pass all parts of the examination, 
the student will remain conditionally admitted, will be placed in the 
Special Studies Program, and will be required to enroll in appro- 
priate courses in the Department of Special Studies until such time 
as his/her identified academic deficiencies are removed. Upon suc- 
cessful completion of the Special Studies courses required, the stu- 
dent will be granted regular admission. 

A student in the Special Studies Program must have his/her 
schedule of classes approved by the Head of the Department of 
Special Studies each time the student registers or preregisters. The 
Head of the Department may refuse to allow a student in the Spe- 
cial Studies Program to enroll in any course for which the student 
lacks a prerequisite or for which the student's academic prepara- 
tion appears inadequate. 

A student in the Special Studies Program will not be allowed to 
continue as a student at the College if the student receives three 
grades other than P for a course required of him in the Special 
Studies Program. Grades other than P include U, I, W, WU, and WF. 

A student will exit the Special Studies Program and be granted 
regular admission status upon satisfying the requirements stated 
in the policies of the Special Studies Program. Copies of these 
policies may be obtained from the Special Studies departmental 
office. 

Advanced Placement and Credit by Examination 

Armstrong State College gives advanced placement, or in some 
cases college credit, for college-level high school courses, on the 
basis of the student's grade on the College Board Advanced Place- 
ment Examination or the Admissions Testing Program achieve- 



37 



ment tests and approval by the appropriate department head at 
Armstrong State College. 

College credit may be granted for satisfactory scores on selected 
tests of the College-Level Examination Program (CLEP), for satis- 
factory completion of appropriate courses and tests offered 
through the United States Armed Forces Institute (USAFI), and 
for military service schools and experience as recommended by the 
Commission on Accreditation of Service Experiences of the Ameri- 
can Council on Education. Such credits may not exceed more than 
one-fourth of the work counted toward a degree. 

Specifically, the student with a strong academic background 
may, through certain examinations, demonstrate competence in: 
Art 200; Biology 101, 102; English 111; Criminal Justice 100, 204; 
Foreign Language 101, 102, 103; History 114, 115, 251, 252; 
Mathematics 101, 103, 206, 207, 220; Music 200; Natural Science 
without Laboratory; Political Science 113; Sociology 201. For in- 
formation concerning the examinations which apply to the specific 
areas, please make inquiry to the Office of Admissions, the Office of 
the Registrar, the Office of Counseling and Placement, or the Head 
of the appropriate academic department. 

It is possible for a student, through a combination of the ad- 
vanced placement and credit by examination programs, to begin his 
formal instructional program at Armstrong State College as a 
sophomore. 

Requirements for Transfer Applicants 

1. Transfer applicants will follow the same procedures as 
freshman applicants, except that transfer applicants who will 
have achieved sophomore standing at the time of their en- 
trance will not be required to submit their high school records. 
Such records may be required by the Office of Admissions, but 
normally the transcripts of previous college records will suf- 
fice in place of the high school record. A transfer applicant 
must ask the Registrar of each college he has previously at- 
tended to mail an official transcript of his record to the Office 
of Admissions at Armstrong State College, regardless of the 
transferability of the credits. 

2. Transfer applicants who will enter with less than 36 quarter 
hours completed must meet entrance requirements of both 
freshman and transfer applicants and will be required to sub- 
mit their high school records as well as transcripts of college 
records. 

3. A transfer applicant will not be eligible for admission to 
Armstrong State College unless he is eligible to return to the 
last college attended on the date he expects to enter 
Armstrong. A student who is on suspension from another col- 
lege because of poor scholarship or for disciplinary reasons will 
not be eligible for admission. 

4. A transfer applicant will be considered for admission to 
Armstrong State College, if, on all work attempted at other 
institutions, his academic performance as shown by his 
grade-point-average is equivalent to the minimum standard 

38 



required by Armstrong State College students by comparable 
standing. (See chart under Academic Probation and Dismissal 
Policy in the "Academic Regulations" section of this 
Catalogue.) 

5. Credit will be given for transfer work in which the student 
received a grade of "C" or above. Credit will also be given for 
transfer work in which the student received grades of "D", 
with the limitation that such credit will not exceed twenty-five 
(25) percent of the total amount of credit accepted with grades 
of "C" or above. College credit will not be allowed for such 
courses as remedial English or remedial mathematics or 
courses basically of secondary school level. 

6. Credits earned at an institution which is not a member of the 
appropriate regional accrediting agency can be accepted on a 
provisional basis only. A student transferring from an institu- 
tion which is not a member of a regional accrediting agency 
must achieve a "C" average on his first fifteen quarter hours of 
work at Armstrong in order to be eligible to continue. In cer- 
tain areas he may be required to validate credits by examina- 
tion. In computing cumulative grade averages, only the work 
attempted at Armstrong will be considered. 

7. The amount of credit that Armstrong will allow for work done 
in another institution within a given period of time may not 
exceed the normal amount of credit that could have been 
earned at Armstrong during that time. A maximum of 100 
quarter hours may be transferred from a junior college. At 
least half of the courses in the major field must be taken at 
Armstrong. 

8. Not more than one-fourth of the work counted toward a degree 
may be taken through correspondence or extension courses. 
No correspondence courses may be used to meet requirements 
in the major field or the related field for the bachelors degree. 
No correspondence course may be taken while a student is 
enrolled at Armstrong State College without prior approval of 
the Vice President and the Head of the department in which 
the student is majoring. Correspondence credit will not be ac- 
cepted for courses in English composition or foreign language. 

9. If the Core Curriculum requirements in Area I (Humanities), 
Area II (Sciences), and/or Area III (Social Sciences) have been 
completed in a University System of Georgia institution, each 
completed area will be accepted as having met the respective 
area requirement at Armstrong State College. 

Readmission of Former Students 

A student who has not been enrolled at Armstrong for one or 
more quarters must apply for readmission on a form provided by 
the Office of Admissions. This requirement does not apply to stu- 
dents who do not register for courses during the summer quarter. A 
former student who has not attended another college since leaving 
Armstrong may be readmitted provided he is not on suspension at 
the time he wishes to reenter. A former student who has attended 
another college since leaving Armstrong must meet requirements 
as listed in the bulletin in effect at the time of his return. 

39 



Transient Students Entering Armstrong 

Transient student status means that a student is admitted to 
Armstrong State College only for a specified period of time, nor- 
mally for one quarter. An applicant for transient status must file a 
regular application form and submit a statement from his Dean or 
registrar that he is in good standing and has permission to take 
specific courses at Armstrong to be transferred to his own institu- 
tion when satisfactorily completed. Since transient students are 
not admitted as regular Armstrong students, transcripts of college 
work completed elsewhere are not usually required of such applic- 
ants. A transient student who wishes to remain at Armstrong 
longer than one quarter must submit an additional statement from 
his Dean or Registrar, or he must meet all requirements for regular 
admission as a transfer student. 

Armstrong Students Transient To Another 

College 

Armstrong students who wish to take course work at another 
college with the intent of applying the courses to their academic 
record at Armstrong may do so in accordance with regulations for 
transient status to another college. The student must meet the 
requirements stipulated by the other college, and in order to apply 
the credits toward his or her academic record at Armstrong, must 
meet the academic regulations of Armstrong. Check with the Re- 
gistrar's Office for details 

Armstrong State College Accelerated Program 
for High School Students 

High school students who have completed the eleventh grade, 
who have met the criteria for admission to the program and who 
maintain its standards will be permitted to enroll for college credit 
in at least one course but not more than two courses each quarter at 
Armstrong State College while they complete the senior year of 
high school. Upon graduation from high school, these students will 
be admitted as regular students of the College. 

Through this program, a student may complete over two-thirds of 
the freshman year of college before he begins his regular college 
career. Students accepted in the program may choose any 
freshman course for which they meet all prerequisites, with per- 
mission of their high school principal or counselor and college ad- 
visor. 

A student forfeits the privilege of this program if in any quarter 
his grade in a college course is below C or his high school average in 
academic courses is below B. 

The College will consider a student for this program only upon 
written recommendation of his high school principal or counselor. 
In the view of the College, it is only these individuals who can judge 
the circumstances that may make the program valuable and prac- 
ticable for any student. 



40 



To be admitted to the program a student must satisfy all of these 
criteria: 

1. written recommendation by the principal or counselor of the 
high school; 

2. completion of the eleventh grade in an accredited high school; 

3. a combined verbal and mathematics SAT score of 1,000; 

4. a minimum grade-point-average of 3.0 in high school work 
completed. 

Early Admission and Joint Enrollment Programs 

Armstrong State College offers an early admission program for 
those students who have completed the eleventh grade in high 
school and who have demonstrated outstanding academic poten- 
tial. The criteria for admission to this program are the same as 
those listed for the Accelerated Program. 

Additionally, the college cooperates with the Chatham County 
School System in the offering of a joint enrollment program which 
is an early admission program allowing the student to enroll full- 
time at the College while remaining on the rolls of his local high 
school. After successfully meeting all established criteria for the 
early admission program, the student will be awarded a high school 
diploma at the end of his freshman year in college. For further 
information on this program the prospective applicant should con- 
sult his high school counselor and/or request information from the 
Office of Admissions at Armstrong State College. 

Foreign Students 

It is recommended that, whenever possible, foreign students 
begin their attendance at the college in the Fall Quarter. The col- 
lege also recommends that a foreign student attend an ELS lan- 
guage center prior to enrollment. (Applications for ELS are avail- 
able from the Admissions Coordinator, ELS Language Center, 3331 
Ocean Park Blvd. Suite 201, Santa Monica, California 90405. 

A student from a country other than the United States who is 
interested in attending Armstrong must meet the following re- 
quirements before application is made: 

1. He must have met the requirements of freshman applicants. 

2. He must have an official transcript of his academic record 
mailed to the Office of Admissions at Armstrong with an offi- 
cial translation. 

3. He must take the SAT of the College Entrance Examination 
Board in the testing center nearest his home and ask that the 
results be sent to Armstrong. 

4. He must take the Test of English as a Foreign Language 
(TOEFL) and score a minimum of 500 for consideration for 
admission to the college. 

5. He must submit a statement of financial resources prior to 
attendance. 

6. He must show proof of adequate health and life insurance. 
If the applicant meets the academic requirements for admission, 

he will be sent an application form. After it has been returned and 

41 



approved, the applicant will be sent an 1-20 Form (I-20A and I-20B), 
which he can take to the American consul to ask for a student visa. 
When he arrives on campus, he will be tested in English composi- 
tion for class placement. 

No scholarships are available for students who are not legal resi- 
dents of Georgia. All foreign students must pay non-resident fees. 

Admission of Veterans 

After having been accepted at Armstrong State College and upon 
receipt of Certification of Eligibility and Entitlement from the Vet- 
erans Administration, veterans may attend under Public Law 358 
(Veterans Readjustment Benefit Act of 1966), Public Law 815 (dis- 
abled), Public Law 894 (disabled), Public Law 634 (war orphans), or 
Public Law 361 (children of permanently disabled veterans). Stu- 
dents under Public Laws 358, 361, or 634 should be prepared to pay 
tuition and fees at the time of registration. 

Applicants Sponsored by Vocational 
Rehabilitation 

Those applicants sponsored by Vocational Rehabilitation or 
other community agencies must apply at least six (6) weeks before 
the beginning of any quarter to insure proper processing of applica- 
tions. 

Admission to the Associate in Science Degree 
Program in Nursing 

Nursing requires a variety of skills and aptitudes and offers op- 
portunities for service at differing levels of expertise. The associate 
degree nurse utilizes theories and principles from bio-psycho-social 
sciences and nursing as a basis for the nursing process. He/she uses 
the nursing process to support, promote or alter the client's adap- 
tive state in response to identified, commonly occurring, health 
stressors. The associate degree nurse is prepared to work co- 
operatively with colleagues on the nursing team in those health 
agencies where the setting is structured and supervision is avail- 
able. The candidate for the associate degree nursing program 
should have good physical and mental health as well as those per- 
sonal qualifications appropriate for nursing. 

The Associate in Science degree program in Nursing is approved 
by the Georgia Board of Nursing and is fully accredited by the Na- 
tional League for Nursing (NLN). 

General Information 

Admission to Armstrong State College does not in any way 
guarantee formal admission to the Associate Degree Nursing 
Program. It is important that the applicant for admission to this 
program file all papers required for admission consideration as 
early as possible in the academic year preceding the Fall Quarter in 



42 



which the applicant wishes to enroll. It is recommended that in- 
terested people who have been away from school for a considerable 
period of time enroll in at least one academic course in an accredited 
college of their choice during the year prior to application to the 
Associate Degree Nursing Program. 

The Admissions Committee in the Department of Associate De- 
gree Nursing will act only on completed applications. Admission 
decisions will normally be made in April each year. When the class 
has been filled, admissions will be closed. Students who qualify for 
admission but who are not admitted because of lack of space may 
re-apply for the following year's class, repeating all application pro- 
cedures. Students admitted for a given academic year must enter 
the program during that academic year or re-apply for admission 
for any subsequent year. Determination of admission to the pro- 
gram is a function of the faculty. 

Transfer students must meet the minimum criteria for admission 
to the Department of Associate Degree Nursing as stated. Credit 
for nursing courses and science courses taken prior to application 
to the program must be approved by the Department of Associate 
Degree Nursing. Because of the rapid turnover of knowledge in 
health fields and the factor of retention of vital background infor- 
mation, students wishing to be given transfer credits for nursing 
and science courses which are five years old or older may be re- 
quired to validate the credits by taking departmental examinations 
or be required to repeat these courses for credit. 

The major part of the applicant's high school work should be in 
the college preparatory area. Because of the heavy emphasis on 
science in the nursing curriculum, it is important that the applicant 
have a strong foundation in biology, chemistry, and mathematics. 
The quality of the applicant's high school work in English and social 
studies is important in the total evaluation of the qualifications for 
admission to the program. 

In addition to the usual college tuition and fees, the student in the 
Associate Degree Nursing Program must purchase uniforms and 
some supplies and equipment. Each student is required to wear the 
official insignia of the Nursing Program on an approved uniform. 
Approximately two weeks before the opening of school, each stu- 
dent admitted to the program will receive information, along with 
approximate charges, concerning supplies, equipment, and un- 
iforms needed for the Fall Quarter. Students in the program are 
responsible for providing their own transportation to and from the 
community hospitals and other health agencies which furnish their 
facilities for use in clinical instruction within the program. 

Before registering for the first nursing courses, each student 
must have (1) proof of nursing liability insurance; (2) a satisfactory 
health record; (3) successfully completed all English and mathema- 
tics diagnostic requirements, if applicable. 

How to Apply 

1. Complete all papers required in the application for admission 
to Armstrong State College. The procedures for admission to 
the College are outlined in this sectionof the Catalogue. Mark 
the application A.D. Nursing Only. 

43 



2. An applicant for admission to the Associate Degree Nursing 
Program will not be considered until the student has received 
regular admission to the College. 

3. The applicant must send SAT scores and the appropriate 
transcripts to the Department of Associate Degree Nursing 
(in addition to those submitted as part of the procedures 
required for admission to the College). 

4. When the applicant has been admitted to the College as a 
regular student, and when the Department of Associate De- 
gree Nursing has received the applicant's transcripts and 
SAT scores, he/she will be given an application form for ad- 
mission to the Associate Degree Nursing Program. 

5. Applicants who are on academic probation or suspension 
from another college will not be considered for admission to 
the program. 

Criteria for Admission 

Applicants who meet the following minimum criteria will be con- 
sidered for admission to the program at the time of application. The 
actual determination of admission of applicants to the program is a 
function of the Nursing faculty. 

1. a combined score of 750 on the verbal and mathematics sec- 
tions of the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance 
Examination Board, with a score of not less than 350 on the verbal 
section and a score of not less than 350 on the mathematics section; 

2. a minimum grade-point-average of 2.5 (based on a 4.0 scale) in 
a high school curriculum which includes natural and social sci- 
ences; 

3. a minimum overall adjusted college grade-point-average of 2.0 
(based on a 4.0 scale), if applicable. Within this overall 2.0 grade- 
point-average, a 2.0 grade-point-average for any courses taken 
from within the General Requirements listed in the Associate de- 
gree curriculum in this Catalogue, with no more than one repeat 
grade among these courses. 

Applicants who do not meet the criteria for admission outlined 
above may apply for admission after having met the following 
criteria. 

1. completion of the following specific General Requirements as 
listed in the Associate degree curriculum in this Catalogue: 

two courses selected from Chemistry 201, Zoology 208, Zoology 209 

with grades of "C" or better; 

three courses selected from English 111, 112; History 251 or 252; 

Political Science 113; Psychology 101 with a 2.0 average or better. 

These five courses must be completed no later than the end of the 

Winter Quarter prior to the Fall Quarter for which admission is 

sought. 

2. maintenance of an overall adjusted college grade-point- 
average of 2.0 (based on a 4.0 scale), with a grade-point-average of 
2.0 for any courses taken within the General Requirements of the 
Associate Degree curriculum in addition to those listed above. 

3. No more than one repeat grade in any of the General Re- 
quirements of the Associate Degree curriculum. 

44 



Time Limit for Program Completion 

Students must complete the Associate Degree Nursing Program 
within three (3) consecutive academic years from the date of their 
initial admission to the program. Students who do not complete the 
program within this time limit must reapply for admission, meet 
current criteria for admission, and have their previous credits 
evaluated at the time of their subsequent admission. Students who 
are readmitted must meet course requirements in effect at the time 
of their readmission. 

Readmission to the Program 

Students who have been admitted to and enrolled in the As- 
sociate Degree Nursing Program, but have been involuntarily sus- 
pended from the program for academic reasons or have withdrawn 
from the program, may apply for readmission only if they have 
maintained an overall adjusted college grade-point-average of 2.0, 
have earned a 2.0 average in all courses taken from within the 
General Requirements of the Associate Degree curriculum with 
not more than one repeat from among these courses and have pass- 
ed each science course attempted with a "C" or better in at least two 
of these courses. Students must reenter no later than one year from 
the time of suspension or withdrawal. If they do not reenter within 
one year, they will be required to apply as a new student, meeting 
the admission criteria and progression criteria in effect at that 
time. Students who do not meet all appropriate progression re- 
quirements will not be readmitted. Students who have been dismis- 
sed, are ineligible for readmission. 

Admission to the Bachelor of Science Degree 
Program in Nursing 

The Department of Baccalaureate Nursing offers a curriculum 
which provides entering freshmen, transfer students, and Regis- 
tered Nurses the opportunity to earn the degree of Bachelor of 
Science in Nursing. The major portion of the applicant's high school 
work should be in the college preparatory area since nursing builds 
upon the sciences, languages, mathematics and social studies. 

Applicants to the program must be regularly admitted to 
Armstrong State College prior to making application to the nursing 
major. Students admitted to Armstrong State College must meet 
the admission requirements of the Department of Baccalaureate 
Nursing to be eligible for admission to the nursing major. Admis- 
sion to the nursing major is the function of the Departmental Ad- 
missions Committee. The Departmental Admissions Committee 
acts only on completed applications. 

Students will be admitted to the nursing major during Winter 
Quarter, Sophomore year. When the class is filled, the Departmen- 
tal Admissions Committee will close admissions. Students who 
qualify but who are not admitted because of lack of space may reap- 
ply for the next quarter that students are admitted. 

Because clinical learning experiences are provided in a variety of 
settings, students will be responsible for providing their own trans- 

45 



portation to and from clinical areas. Armstrong State College does 
not provide student housing. Students should contact the Office of 
Student Affairs for information regarding housing available in the 
area. 

Students will be required to purchase an official uniform, health 
and liability insurance, and supplies and equipment as determined 
by the Baccalaureate Nursing Faculty. Information regarding 
medical history, liability insurance, uniforms, supplies and equip- 
ment will be provided after admission to the nursing major. 

Criteria for Admission to the Nursing Major 

Admission to the nursing major is on a space-available basis and 
is limited to the best qualified students as determined by the De- 
partmental Baccalaureate Nursing Admissions Committee. Ad- 
mission criteria include: 

1. Regular admission to Armstrong State College 

2. a minimum SAT verbal score of 350 

3. a minimum SAT mathematics score of 350 

4. a verbal/mathematics combined SAT of not less than 750. (SAT 
scores will not be required for those applicants with Bachelor's 
or Master's Degrees in another field) 

5. a grade of "C" or better in each science course. If credits 
earned in science courses are more than 5 years old, the stu- 
dent may be required to either challenge or repeat the courses. 

6. an adjusted GPA of 2.5 in all prerequisite course work 
attempted. 

In order to be eligible to register for BSN 331, students must 
successfully complete the 97 hours of pre-nursing course work 
listed in the pre-nursing curriculum. 

Freshman students may declare a pre-nursing classification upon 
admission to Armstrong State College. Such declaration does not 
guarantee admission to the nursing major. 

Transfer applicants and those with degrees in other fields must 
meet the criteria established for admission to the nursing major. 
Level of entry will be determined by the Department of Bac- 
calaureate Nursing. Transfer credit will be awarded depending 
upon equivalency of courses. These decisions will be determined by 
the Departmental Admissions Committee using actual course out- 
lines, descriptions, etc., supplied by the student. 

Registered Nurse applicants must meet the criteria established 
for admission to the nursing major and must also submit proof of 
licensure. After admission to the nursing major, Registered Nurses 
may challenge a maximum of 39 credit hours through written 
examinations and/or practical examinations. In order to challenge 
nursing courses, the Registered Nurse student must complete all 
general education courses included in the Baccalaureate Nursing 
Curriculum Guide for the Freshman and Sophomore years and 
BSN 331 prior to beginning challenge exams for the nursing 
courses BSN 332, 333, 334, 335, 336, 337, 338 (see curriculum design 
on p. 218). These nursing courses are sequenced and students are 
advised to follow the sequence in the prescribed order. Challenge 
examinations are administered on a pass/fail basis. The student 



46 



who fails a challenge examination will be required to take the 
course. Credit obtained by challenge examinations or course work 
must be completed before enrolling in Senior level courses. 

Time Limit for Program Completion 

Students must complete the Baccalaureate Nursing Program 
within four (4) consecutive years from the date of their initial ad- 
mission to the nursing major. Students who do not complete the 
program within this time limit must apply for readmission, meet 
current criteria for admission, and have their previous credits 
evaluated. Students who are granted readmission must meet 
course requirements in effect at the time of readmission. 

Readmission Procedures 

1. The student must complete the readmission application for 
Armstrong State College and the nursing major. 

2. The student will be required to meet admission and cur- 
riculum requirements in effect at the time of readmission. 

3. The student's readmission will be based upon space available 
and recommendation by the Departmental Admissions Com- 
mittee of the Department of Baccalaureate Nursing. 

4. Students who have been dismissed are ineligible for readmis- 
sion. 



Admission to the Associate in Science Degree 
Program in Dental Hygiene 

The profession of dental hygiene is an ideal career for individuals 
interested in science and health services. The growing and con- 
stant demand for graduate dental hygienists assures regular hours 
and good compensation. 

A dental hygienist works under the general supervision of a den- 
tist and performs a number of dental functions. The hygienist's 
duties usually include performing oral prophylaxis (cleaning of 
teeth), instructing patients in dental health, taking, developing and 
mounting dental x-rays, applying fluorides, and sometimes assist- 
ing the dentist in chairside and laboratory duties. 

There are certain personal qualifications which are essential for 
a successful dental hygienist. These are good health, neat appear- 
ance, high moral character, a desire to be of service to others, and 
the ability to get along well with people. 

There are no definite age requirements or restrictions for the 
basic dental hygiene program. However, all applicants must be 
graduates of an accredited high school or its equivalent. 

Admission to Armstrong State College does not in any way 
guarantee admission to the Associate Degree Program in Dental 
Hygiene. Applicants must first be accepted for admission to the 
College with regular admission status; they then must meet the 
requirements for admission to the Associate Degree Program in 
Dental Hygiene before being accepted as students in that program. 

The purpose of the program is to meet the need for individuals 
educated in this rapidly growing and important health profession. 
Dental hygienists are in demand to provide dental health services 

47 



in private dental offices, civil service positions, school programs, 
and various public health fields. They practice under the supervi- 
sion of a dentist and must pass a written national board examina- 
tion and a state board examination for licensure. To qualify for 
many state board examinations, the hygienist must be a United 
States citizen. 

Admission to the program is limited in each class. Students enroll 
in the Fall Quarter of each year. Applications for admission should 
be completed as soon as possible for the Fall Quarter. These appli- 
cations must include a transcript of all academic work. A complete 
transcript must be submitted as soon as possible thereafter. 

The major part of the applicant's high school work should be in 
the college preparatory area. Because of the heavy emphasis on 
science in the dental hygiene curriculum, it is important that the 
applicant have a strong foundation in biology, chemistry, and 
mathematics. The quality of the applicant's high school work in 
English and social studies is important in the total evaluation of 
the qualifications for admission to the program. 

Applicants who are on academic probation or suspension from 
another college will not be considered for admission to the program. 
Unless specifically approved by the Head of the department, credit 
will not be accepted for courses taken in another school of dental 
hygiene. 

In addition to the normal college tuition and fees, the student in 
the dental hygiene program must purchase supplies and equip- 
ment. Only new, complete, and approved instrument kits are ac- 
ceptable. Each student is required to wear the official uniform of 
the program. These uniforms are ordered during the Fall Quarter. 
Prior to entering, each student admitted to the program will re- 
ceive information, with approximate costs, concerning supplies and 
equipment needed for the Fall Quarter. 

For information regarding housing available in the area, contact 
the Office of Student Affairs. Students are responsible for provid- 
ing their own transportation for field experiences. 



Desired Admission Criteria 

Factors influencing the decisions of the Dental Hygiene Admis- 
sions Committee are: 

1. A 2.5 or better high school grade-point-average. 

2. An SAT score (composite verbal and mathematics) of 750 or 
above. 

3. An average score on the Dental Hygiene Aptitude test of 4.0. 
This test is recommended but is not required. 

4. A grade-point-average of 2.0 on all previous college work, if 
applicable. Students transferring from another college must 
have this average to be considered for admission. The 2.0 aver- 
age must be maintained to date of actual matriculation in the 
program. 

The Dental Hygiene Admissions Committee will give special con- 
sideration to applicants who have completed one year of college 
work and who have completed Chemistry 201 or Zoology 208 (or 
their equivalents) with a grade of "C" or better. 

48 



After all credentials have been received, the applicant may re- 
quest a personal interview with the Dental Hygiene Admissions 
Committee to discuss the application. 

How to Apply 

1. Complete all papers required for admission to Armstrong 
State College. The procedures for admission to the college are 
outlined in this section of the Catalogue. Mark the application 
For Dental Hygiene Only. These forms are to be returned to 
the Office of Admissions. 

2. Complete and return to the Department of Dental Hygiene, 
the Dental Hygiene Application Form and a recent photo- 
graph. 

3. It is recommended, but not required, that all applicants take 
the Dental Hygiene Aptitude test. The test should be taken 
during the Fall or Winter testing period prior to entering the 
program. For information regarding test dates contact the 
Counseling and Placement Office. 

Applicants may address the Head of the Department of Dental 
Hygiene at Armstrong State College if they require additional in- 
formation concerning admission to the Associate in Science Degree 
Program in Dental Hygiene. 

Readmission to the Program 

Students who have been admitted to and have enrolled in the 
Associate Degree Program in Dental Hygiene, but who have either 
withdrawn or have been dropped from the program, may apply for 
readmission to the program only if they have a cumulative college 
grade-point-average of 2.0 (C) at the time they wish to reenter. The 
student's readmission will be based upon space available and re- 
commendation by the Dental Hygiene Admissions Committee. 

Admission to the Bachelor of Science in Dental 
Hygiene Education Program 

A Bachelor of Science Degree in Dental Hygiene Education can 
be earned by an additional two years of study. This curriculum of 93 
quarter hours is designed to prepare dental hygienists for careers 
in teaching in schools of dental hygiene, public school systems, and 
public health. 

Candidates for the program must be graduates of accredited as- 
sociate degree dental hygiene programs and licensed as registered 
dental hygienists. 

Students begin their course of sequenced dental hygiene courses 
in the Fall Quarter. Application for admission should be completed 
as soon as possible for Fall Quarter. 

A minimum of 185 quarter hours credit is required for a Bachelor 
of Science Degree from Armstrong State College. Transfer credits 
are accepted for courses other than the professional sequence. A 
minimum of 45 quarter hours must be earned at Armstrong State 



49 



College for the Bachelor of Science Degree in Dental Hygiene Edu- 
cation to be awarded from this institution. The Office of the Regis- 
trar will evaluate all transfer credits. 

Desired Admission Critera 

Admission requirements include: 

1. Admission to Armstrong State College. 

2. One year of professional experience. 

3. A 2.0 grade-point-average on all previous college work. Stu- 
dents transferring from another college must have this aver- 
age to be considered for admission. The 2.0 average must be 
maintained to date of actual matriculation in the program. 

How to Apply 

1. Complete all papers required for admission to Armstrong 
State College. The procedures for admission to the college are 
outlined in this section of the Catalogue. Mark the application 
For Dental Hygiene Only. These forms are to be returned to 
the Office of Admissions. 

2. Complete and return to the Department of Dental Hygiene, 
the Dental Hygiene Bachelor of Science Application Form and 
a recent photograph. 

3. Statement from employer verifying the one-year experience 
sent to Department of Dental Hygiene. 

4. National Board scores submitted to Department of Dental 
Hygiene. 

Applicants may address the Head of the Department of Dental 
Hygiene at Armstrong State College if they require additional in- 
formation concerning admission to the Bachelor of Science in Den- 
tal Hygiene Education degree program. 



Admission to the Associate in Science Degree 
Program in Medical Record Technology 

Program Objectives 

The Medical Record Technology (MRT) program goals are to as- 
sist the student in gaining an understanding of the significance of 
the work of the medical record profession and to provide the 
health-care field with competent and knowledgeable medical re- 
cord technicians. 

Credentialing 

Graduates are eligible to take the national accreditation exami- 
nation to become "Accredited Record Technicians," (ART) through 
the American Medical Record Association. 

Admission Requirements 

New classes in the MRT program begin each Fall Quarter. Since a 

50 



limited number of students are accepted, applicants should at- 
tempt to submit completed applications by June 1 of each year. 

In addition to the admission requirements established by the 
College (transcripts, SAT, GED, application fee, etc.), eligibility for 
the MRT program requires: 

1. A total SAT score of 750, with minimum scores of 350 on the 
verbal section and 350 on the mathematics section. 

2. A minimum grade-point-average of 2.0 (based on a 4.0 system) 
on any previous high school or college work. 

3. A demonstration of typing proficiency of 40 wpm. 

4. A satisfactory medical examination by a physician (Physical 
Exam forms can be obtained in the MRT office.) 

5. A letter of recommendation be mailed to the Program Direc- 
tor. 

6. An interview with a member of the MRT faculty. 

Time Limit for Program Completion 

The MRT program is a seven quarter (two-year) program. Stu- 
dents must complete the associate degree in MRT within four (4) 
consecutive academic years from the date of their initial admission 
to the program. Students who do not complete the program within 
this time limit must reapply for admission, meet current criteria for 
admission, and have their previous credits evaluated at the time of 
their subsequent admission. Students who are readmitted must 
meet course requirements in effect at the time of their readmission. 

Clinical Requirements 

The purchase of any required uniforms and name tags for "Di- 
rected Experience" in health care facilities will be the financial 
responsibility of the student. The student will be expected to pro- 
vide her/his own transportation to the hospitals and to any 
scheduled field trips. Three clinical placements will be in the 
Savannah area while the student is attending classes at 
Armstrong. Additionally, in May of the second year, each student 
goes on a full-time, four-week affiliation. The sites utilized are lo- 
cated, preferably, outside Savannah and are selected by the Pro- 
gram Director in consultations with each student. 

Recommended Preparatory Courses 

It is suggested that students planning to apply to this program 
have a minimum of one (1) course in each of the following: typing, 
secretarial or business courses, English, biological science, 
mathematics, and speech on the high school level. 

Admission to the Associate in Science Degree 
Program in Respiratory Therapy 

Requirements for admission into the Respiratory Therapy Prog- 
ram include: 

1. Student must be accepted for regular admission by Armstrong 
State College or have successfully completed the Special 

51 



Studies Program. Students must also be in good standing with 
the college at the time of student selection. 

2. Student must have an SAT score of at least 750 with a 
minimum score of 350 in each section (mathematics and ver- 
bal) of the test. The results of the Armstrong I SAT will be 
accepted in lieu of the national examination. 

3. The student must have at least a 2.0 (C) GPA. High school, 
technical school or collete transcripts must be available for 
review by the selection committee. 

Meeting the requirements for admission to the Respiratory 
Therapy Program does not guarantee acceptance. Final student 
selection will be made by the faculty selection committee. 

Clinical Requirements 

All students are required to purchase uniforms, name tags and 
equipment required in the clinical area. 

All students are required to provide their own transportation to 
clinical facilities which are located throughout the community. 

To meet contractual obligations with the clinical affiliates, the 
program requires students to submit a complete health history 
form and evidence of liability (malpractice) insurance prior to par- 
ticipation in clinical practicums. 

Registration 

Complete instructions concerning registration are made availa- 
ble to all students at the beginning of the registration period. Re- 
gistration includes academic advisement, selection of courses, en- 
rollment in classes, and payment of fees. Students who are 
employed may complete and renew annually a request for priority 
in registration before or early in the preregistration week in the 
Registrar's Office. Full details regarding registration are provided 
to all incoming students after they have been approved for admis- 
sion to the College. 

Residency Requirements of the Board of Regents 

To be considered a legal resident of Georgia, the applicant must 
estbalish the following facts to the satisfaction of the Registrar. 

1. (a) If a person is 18 years of age or older, he or she may register 
as a resident student only upon a showing that he or she has 
been a legal resident of Georgia for a period of at least twelve 
months immediately preceding the date of registration. 

(b) No emancipated minor or person 18 years of age or older 
shall be deemed to have gained or acquired in-state residence 
status for fee purposes while attending any educational in- 
stitution in this State, in the absence of a clear demonstration 
that he or she has in fact established legal residence in this 
State. 

2. If a person is under 18 years of age, he or she may register as a 
resident student only upon a showing that his or her support- 
ing parent or guardian has been a legal resident of Georgia for 

52 



a period of at least twelve months immediately preceding the 
date of registration. 

3. A person stationed in Georgia who is on full-time, active mili- 
tary duty with the armed forces and his or her spouse and 
dependent children may register upon payment of resident 
fees even though they have not been legal residents of Georgia 
for the preceding twelve months. 

4. A full-time employee of the University System and his or her 
spouse and dependent children may register on the payment 
of resident fees even though he or she has not been a legal 
resident of Georgia for the twelve months. 

5. Non-resident graduate students who hold teaching or re- 
search assistanships requiring at least one-third time service 
may register as students in the institution in which they are 
employed on payment of resident fees. 

6. Full-time teachers in the public schools of Georgia and their 
dependent children may enroll as students in the University 
System institutions on the payment of resident fees. 

7. All aliens shall be classified as non-resident students; pro- 
vided, however, that an alien who is living in this country 
under a visa permitting permanent residence shall have the 
same privilege of qualifying for resident status for fee pur- 
poses as a citizen of the United States. 

8. Foreign students who attend institutions of the University 
System under financial sponsorship of civic or religious 
groups located in this State, may be enrolled upon the pay- 
ment of resident fees, provided the number of such foreign 
students in any one institution does not exceed the quota 
approved by the Board of Regents for that institution. 

9. If the parents or legal guardian of a minor change his or her 
legal residence to another state following a period of legal re- 
sidence in Georgia, the minor may continue to take courses for 
a period of twelve months on the payment of resident fees. 
After the expiration of the twelve month period the student 
may continue his registration only upon the payment of fees at 
the non-resident rate. 

10. In the event that a legal resident of Georgia is appointed as 
guardian of a non-resident minor, such minor will not be 
permitted to register as a resident student until the expira- 
tion of one year from the date of court appointment, and then 
only upon proper showing that such appointment was not 
made to avoid payment of the non-resident fees. 



53 



VI. Academic 
Regulations 

Academic Advisement 



All students are required to participate in the advisement system 
at Armstrong State College. The Vice President gives overall direc- 
tion to the advisement program, with the appropriate department 
heads coordinating advisement activities within the various de- 
partments. Students who have selected a major or general field of 
study are advised by the appropriate department. Special Studies 
students are advised by the Special Studies Counselor. All other 
students are advised by Core Curriculum Advisors. Freshmen and 
transfers who have selected a major will be advised in the academic 
department of their major. Freshmen and transfers who have not 
selected a major and have not completed the core requirements will 
be advised by Core Curriculum Advisors. Faculty advisors are av- 
ailable for academic counseling throughout the quarter. 

The student's course selection must be approved by an advisor as 
an integral part of the registration process. The time for meeting 
with faculty advisors each quarter is during the advisement period 
designated in the Academic Calendar. The student is responsible 
for fulfilling the requirements of his or her degree program and 
must observe all regulations for admission to courses, including 
meeting prerequisite requirements. 

English Composition Requirements 

During a student's initial quarters of enrollment at Armstrong 
State College, he or she must enroll in the appropriate sequence of 
English composition courses until the sequence has been completed 
and/or the Regents' Test has been passed. For assistance with iden- 
tifying the appropriate English composition courses, a student may 
consult with advisers in the department of his declared major, in 
the Office of Admissions, or in the Department of Languages and 
Literature. 

Relating to Degree Requirements 

1. Each student is responsible for fulfilling the requirements of 
the degree program which he has chosen, in accordance with 
the regulations of the college catalogue. 

2. Exceptions to course requirements for a degree are permit- 
ted only with the written approval of the appropriate Dean, 
upon the recommendation of the department head. 

3. A student will normally graduate under the catalogue in ef- 
fect at the time of his admission to the College. Armstrong 
State College, however, reserves the right to change any pro- 
vision listed in this catalogue, including but not limited to 
academic requirements for graduation, without actual notice 
to individual students. If a student has been absent from the 



54 



College for two or more consecutive years, he should expect to 
meet all requirements in effect at the time of his return. 

4. Not more than one-fourth of the work counted toward a de- 
gree may consist of courses taken by correspondence, exten- 
sion, or examination. No correspondence courses may be used 
to meet the requirements in the major field or related fields 
for the Bachelor's degree or in English composition or foreign 
language. No correspondence courses may be taken while a 
student is enrolled, without prior approval of the appropriate 
Dean and the head of the department in which the student is 
majoring. 

5. By State law, one of the requirements for a diploma or certifi- 
cate from schools supported by the state of Georgia is a dem- 
onstration of proficiency in United States history and gov- 
ernment and in Georgia history and government. A student 
at Armstrong State College may demonstrate such profi- 
ciency by: 

a. Examinations — Students may take either the relevant 
CLEP, College Board Admissions Testing Program 
Achievement Test, or Advanced Placement Test (making 
their own arrangements). 

b. Credit in the following — for U.S. and Georgia Constitu- 
tion: Political Science 113; for U.S. and Georgia History 251 or 
252 or any upper division course in U.S. History. 

6. To qualify for the baccalaureate degree, a student must earn 
at Armstrong at least 45 quarter hours of credit applicable 
toward the degree. Additionally, the student must complete 
successfully at Armstrong a majority of the upper division 
credits required in his major field of study. For students in 
teacher education programs, the major field of study is the 
teaching field. For the Associate Degree, the student must 
complete at least 45 quarter hours of course work at 
Armstrong State College. Armstrong students enrolled in 
the cooperative degree programs with Savannah State Col- 
lege in Business Education, Industrial Arts Education, and 
Trade and Industrial Education may be exempted from these 
requirements by a recommendation of the Dean of the School 
of Education, concurrence by the Teacher Education Commit- 
tee, and approval of the Committee on Academic Standings. 

7. For graduation the student must earn an overall average of 
2.0 or better considering work taken at all colleges, computed 
in such manner that a course will be counted only once, re- 
gardless of the number of times that it has been repeated. 
The grade earned in the last attempt will determine the 
number of honor points assigned for graduation. Addition- 
ally, the student must earn a grade-point average of 2.0 or 
better on each of the following: 

a. all work at Armstrong 

b. all courses in the major field. 

8. To qualify for a second baccalaureate degree, a candidate 
must earn at Armstrong at least 45 additional hours of credit 
and, of course, meet all qualitative requirements for the de- 
gree. 

55 



9. Before a degree will be conferred upon a student by 
Armstrong State College he must pay all fees and must sub- 
mit to the Registrar his completed Application for Gradua- 
tion two quarters before graduation. A candidate for a de- 
gree, unless excused in writing by the President, Vice Presi- 
dent, or Dean of Student Affairs, must attend the graduation 
exercises at which a degree is to be conferred upon him. 
10. Each student must successfully complete the Regents' Test 
and must take an Exit Examination in his major field as 
requirements for graduation. Candidates for a second bac- 
calaureate degree are exempted from the Regents' Test re- 
quirement. 



Course and Study Load 

The normal course load for a full-time student is 15-18 quarter 
hours (and a course in physical education during the freshman and 
sophomore years). An average student should devote at least thirty 
hours each week, in addition, to course preparation. 

A full-time student is defined as one who is registered for 12 or 
more quarter hours. A part-time student is one registered for less 
than 12 quarter hours. A student should plan about ten hours prep- 
aration per week for each 5 quarter hour course. 



Classification of Students 

A student who has earned 45 quarter hours of credit will be clas- 
sified as a sophomore; 90 quarter hours of credit, as a junior; 135 
quarter hours of credit, as a senior. 



Permission for Overload or Courses at Another 

College 

Permission to enroll for more than 18 quarter hours will be 
granted by the Registrar to a student: 

1. with an average grade of "B" for full-time enrollment in the 
preceding quarter, or 

2. with an overall grade-point average of 3.0, or 

3. requiring an extra course in one of the two quarters prior to 
graduation. 

No student will be allowed to register for more than 21 quarter 
hours in any one quarter. 

A student who is on academic probation will not be permitted to 
register for more than 18 quarter hours in any one quarter. 

Exceptions to these limitations may be made only by the appro- 
priate Dean. 

A student enrolled at Armstrong who at the same time takes 
courses for credit at another college may not transfer such credit to 
Armstrong, unless he has obtained in advance the written permis- 
sion of the appropriate Dean at Armstrong State College to register 
for those courses. 

56 



Reports and Grades 

The faculty feels that students in college should be held account- 
able for their scholarship. Accordingly, grade reports, warnings of 
deficient scholarship and all such notices are not sent to parents or 
guardians by the Registrar. Instead, the students themselves re- 
ceive these reports and are expected to contact their advisors 
whenever their work is unsatisfactory. Grade reports are issued at 
the end of each quarter. Each student has access to an advisor; in 
addition, the Registrar and all instructors are available to help any 
student seeking assistance. 

Armstrong State College awards the following grades which are 
used in the determination of a student's grade-point-average: 

Grade Honor Points 

A (excellent) 4.0 

B (good) 3.0 

C (satisfactory) 2.0 

D (passing) 1.0 

F (failure) 0.0 

WF (withdrew, failing) 0.0 

The student's cumulative grade-point-average recorded on his 
permanent record card is determined by dividing the total honor 
points earned by the total hours attempted. The student's adjusted 
grade-point-average is determined by dividing the total honor 
points earned by the total hours attempted, with hours and honor 
points for repeated courses not duplicated in the calculation. 

Armstrong State College also uses the following symbols for 
grade reports. These symbols carry no honor points and are not 
included in the determination of either the cumulative grade- 
point-average or the adjusted grade-point-average. 



Symbol 


Explanation 


W 


withdrew, no penalty 


I 


incomplete 


s 


satisfactory 


u 


unsatisfactory 


V 


audit 


K 


credit by examination 


P 


passing, special studies 



A student who receives a report of "I" for a course should consult 
his instructor at once and arrange to complete the requirements of 
the course. An "I" which has not been removed by the middle of the 
succeeding quarter is automatically changed to an "F" unless the 
instructor recommends an extension in writing addressed to the 
appropriate Dean. The "S" and "U" symbols may be utilized for 
completion of degree requirements other than academic course 
work (such as student teaching, clinical practica, etc.). Withdrawal 
without penalty (W) is not permitted after the quarterly dates 
listed in the "Academic Calendar" in this Catalogue as the dates for 
mid-term. Exceptions to this policy must be approved by the Vice 
President and will be approved only on the basis of hardship. Ap- 
peals for a change of grade may be initiated through the head of the 

57 



appropriate academic department in accordance with the Regula- 
tions of Armstrong State College. 

Honors 

Dean's List: Students enrolled for at least ten quarter hours of 
course work who earn an honor point average of at least 3.5 will be 
placed on the Dean's List, published quarterly. Only course work 
taken at Armstrong will be used in the computation of Dean's List 
honors. 

Cum Laude: Those students graduating with an honor point av- 
erage of 3.2 through 3.499 will be graduated cum laude. 

Magna Cum Laude: Those students graduating with an honor 
point average of 3.5 through 3.799 will be graduated magna cum 
laude. 

Summa Cum Laude: Those students graduated with an honor 
point average of 3.8 through 4.0 will be graduated summa cum 
laude. 

All work attempted at Armstrong and other accredited institu- 
tions will be considered in computing honors for graduation. 

Attendance 

The control of student attendance at class meetings and the ef- 
fect of a student's attendance on his grades in a course are left 
entirely to the discretion of the instructor. 

A student is responsible for knowing everything that is an- 
nounced, discussed, or lectured upon in class as well as for master- 
ing all assigned reading; he is also responsible for turning in on 
time all assignments and tests, including recitation and unan- 
nounced quizzes. 

The instructor will be responsible for informing each class at its 
first meeting what constitutes excessive absence in that particular 
class. Each student is responsible for knowing the attendance regu- 
lation in his/her class and for complying with it. An instructor may 
drop a student from any class with a grade of "W" or "WF," as 
appropriate, if in the instructor's judgment the student's absences 
have been excessive. 



Satisfactory Progress 

For purpose of financial aid, a student is deemed to be making 
satisfactory progress toward a degree until such time as he/she is 
placed on academic suspension from the College. The student, upon 
his readmission to the College, must, in the first quarter after 
readmission, earn a 2.0 grade-point-average before he/she is again 
considered to be making satisfactory progress toward a degree. The 
award of financial aid will be suspended during this quarter. 



58 






Academic Probation and Dismissal 

A student who maintains or exceeds the grade-point-average in- 
dicated below for quarter hours attempted will be considered in 
good standing. 

When a student first falls below the GPA required for the appro- 
priate accumulation of hours, he will be placed on academic warn- 
ing. If he does not raise his GPA to a satisfactory level the next 
quarter, he will be placed on academic probation. 

Quarter Hours Attempted at Required Adjusted 

Armstrong and Elsewhere GPA 

0-15 1.3 

16-30 1.4 

31-45 1.5 

46-60 1.6 

61-75 1.7 

76-90 1.8 

91-120 1.9 

121-135 and over 2.0 

A student on academic probation who raises his adjusted grade- 
point-average during the probationary quarter to equal or to ex- 
ceed the appropriate figure in the foregoing table will be removed 
from academic probation. One who fails to achieve the required 
adjusted average, but who does earn an average of at least 2.0 
during the probationary quarter, will be continued on probation for 
the next quarter of attendance. The College places no restrictions 
on the extracurricular activities of students who are placed on 
academic probation. Any student on academic probation should 
plan both his curricular and extracurricular activites with care, 
consulting with his advisor in so doing. 

The student on academic probation who does not achieve the 
required adjusted average or who does not earn an average of at 
least 2.0 for the quarter in which he is on probation will be sus- 
pended from the college for one quarter. A student who is on 
academic suspension for the first time, however, has the option of 
attending summer school without having to appeal the suspension. 
A third academic suspension is final. 

A student reentering the college after academic suspension is 
placed on probation and must meet the requirements listed above. 

A student suspended for academic reasons may appeal by letter 
to the Committee on Academic Standing to be delivered to the Of- 
fice of Student Affairs. Such a letter of appeal should state the 
nature of any extenuating circumstances relating to the academic 
deficiency; the letter should be received no later than 9 a.m. on 
registration day. No action will be taken on appeals received later 
than 12:00 noon on the day following registration day. The action of 
the Committee on Academic Standing is final. 

Repeating Courses 

Any course for which a grade of "D" or "F" has been recorded may 
be repeated with the last grade to be counted in the adjusted 

59 



grade-point average. A student who repeats any such courses 
should complete a "Notice of Course Repetition" form available in 
the Office of the Registrar. 

Dropping Courses 

A student desiring to drop a course after the quarter has begun 
must obtain a Drop- Add Notice in the Office of the Registrar. The 
notice must be signed by the instructor of the course being dropped 
and returned by the student to the Office of the Registrar. 

A student who drops a course not more than seven class days 
after the course begins will receive no grade for the course. A stu- 
dent who drops a course after the first seven class days and on or 
before the quarterly dates listed in the "Academic Calendar" in this 
Catalogue for mid-term will receive a "W" or a "WF" depending on 
his status in the course. A student may not drop a course without 
penalty following the quarterly dates listed in the "Academic Calen- 
dar" for mid-term. A student is not allowed to drop English 111,112, 
or 211 at anytime unless extenuating circumstances prevail. In 
order to drop one of these courses, the student's drop form must be 
authorized by the Vice President and Dean of Faculty or his desig- 
nated representative. 

Withdrawing from College 

Any student who finds it neccessary to withdraw from college 
must begin the process in the Office of Student Affairs. A formal 
withdrawal is required to insure that the student is eligible to re- 
turn to Armstrong State College at a future date. Any refund to 
which a student is entitled will be considered on the basis of the 
date which appears on the withdrawal form. 

Auditing 

A regular student wishing to "audit" a course without receiving 
credit must obtain permission of the instructor before he registers 
for the course. During the registration process the student should 
request to "audit" a course. (Policy for some courses forbids "audit- 
ing.") A student may not change from audit to credit status or from 
credit to audit status after he has completed the process of registra- 
tion for a course. A student who audits a course will have a "V" 
recorded for that course on his transcript. The regular schedule of 
fees applies to auditors, unauthorized auditing is prohibited. 

Honor Code 

The Honor Code at Armstrong State College is dedicated to the 
proposition that the protection of the grading system is in the in- 
terest of the student community. The Student Court is an institu- 
tional means to assure that the student community shall have 
primary disposition of infractions of the Honor Code and that stu- 
dents accused of such infractions shall enjoy those procedural 
guarantees traditionally considered essential to fair and impartial 
hearing, the foremost of which is the presumption of innocence 
until guilt be established beyond a reasonable doubt. 

60 






I. Responsibilities of Students: 

All students must agree to abide by the rules of the Honor 
Code. A student shall not be accepted at Armstrong State 
College unless he or she signs a statement affirming his un- 
derstanding of this agreement. The Honor Code shall be 
printed in the official bulletin and the Student Handbook. 

It will be the responsibility of the Student Court or its des- 
ignated representative to conduct an orientation program at 
the beginning of each quarter for all newly entering students 
to explain fully the Honor Code and to allow full discussion of 
its requirements. 

Any student desiring assistance with any matter related to 
the Honor Code is invited to seek assistance in the Office of 
Student Affairs. 
II. Violations of the Honor Code: 

Violations of the Honor Code may be of two kinds: (a) gen- 
eral and (b) those related to the peculiarities of specific 
course-related problems and to the understanding of indi- 
vidual instructors. Any instructor whose conception of cheat- 
ing would tend to enlarge or contract the general regulations 
defining cheating must explicitly notify the affected students 
of the qualifications to the general regulations which he 
wishes to stipulate. The following will be considered general 
violations of the Honor Code. 

1. Giving or receiving any unauthorized help on any assign- 
ment, test or paper. The meaning of "unauthorized help" 
shall be made clear by the instructor of each class. 

2. Stealing when related to cheating. 

3. Plagiarizing. 

4. Giving perjured testimony before the Student Court. 

5. Suborning, attempting to suborn, or intimidating witnes- 
ses. 

6. Failing to report a suspected violation of the Honor Code. 
III. Reporting Violations of the Honor Code: 

Anyone wishing to report a violation may come to the Of- 
fice of Student Affairs for assistance in contacting members 
of the Student Court. 

A. Self-reporting: A student who has broken the Honor Code 
should report himself to a member of the Student Court. 

B. Anyone (faculty member or student) who is aware of a 
violation of the Honor Code must report the matter. This 
may be done in one of two ways: 

1. He may tell the person thought to be guilty to report 
himself to a member of the Student Court no later than 
the end of the next school day. After this designated 
time the person who is aware of the violation must 
inform a member of the Student Court so that the Stu- 
dent Court may contact the accused person if he has 
not already reported himself. 

2. He may report the suspected violation directly to a 
member of the Student Court without informing the 
accused. 



61 



IV. The procedural rights of the students accused of violations of 
the Honor Code: 

The essence of the procedural rights of an accused is the 
right to a fair and impartial hearing and the right to be pre- 
sumed innocent until proven guilty. Specific rights are as 
follows: 

1. The accused will be notified in writing by the Student 
Court or its designated representative of the nature and 
details of the offense with which he is charged along with 
the names of his accusers and the principal witnesses to be 
brought against him. This notification shall occur no less 
than three days prior to the date of the hearing. 

2. The accused has the right to counsel of his own choosing. 
Such counsel will not participate directly in the proceed- 
ings except to advise his client. It is expected that such 
counsel will be drawn from the college community. 

3. The accused and the person bringing the charges shall be 
afforded an opportunity to present witnesses and 
documentary or other evidence. The accused and any in- 
dividual bringing the charges shall have the right to cross 
examine all witnesses and may, where the witnesses can- 
not appear because of illness or other cause acceptable to 
the Court, present the sworn statement of the witnesses. 
The Court shall not be bound by formal rules governing 
the presentation of evidence, and it may consider any evi- 
dence presented which is of probative value in the case. 

4. The accused may not be made to bear witness against 
himself. The Court may not take the refusal of the accused 
to testify as evidence of guilt, but this proviso does not 
give the accused immunity from a hearing or from recom- 
mendations reached in a hearing simply because the ac- 
cused does not testify. 

5. The accused shall have access to a complete audiotape of 
the hearing and to the record prepared by the secretary. 

6. The substantive facts of a case may be re-opened for con- 
sideration upon initiation of the accused acting through 
normal appeal channels. The accused shall not be put in 
double jeopardy. 

7. All witnesses will be sequestered from the hearing room 
during the course of a hearing. Witnesses may not discuss 
a pending case. 

8. By prior agreement, the accused will be allowed such ob- 
servers of the hearing as may be commensurate with the 
space available. Otherwise, in the interests of the right of 
privacy of the accused, hearings will be private, except 
that the College may also have observers additional to the 
advisors to the Student Court. 

V. The Honor Code Commission, The Student Court Selection 
Committee, The Student Court, and Advisers to the Court: 
A. Honor Code Commission 

It shall be the purpose of the Honor Code Commission to 
administer the student academic honor code. The Commis- 
sion will have the responsibility for revising and updating 



62 



the student academic honor code as needs arise. The Honor 
Code Commission shall consist of the President, Vice- 
President, and Secretary of the Student Government Associ- 
ation and the current President and Secretary of Student 
Court together with three faculty members appointed by the 
President of the College. 

B. Student Court Selection Committee 

The Student Court Selection Committee will select mem- 
bers for the Student Court. The Student Court Selection 
Committee will consist of two faculty members from the 
Honor Code Commission, one of whom is the chairperson 
of that commission, two students from the Honor Code 
Commission, one of whom is a member of the Student 
Court, two faculty members from the Conduct Commit- 
tee, one of whom is the chairperson of that committee, 
two students from the Conduct Committee, one of whom 
is a member of the Student Court, and the Dean of Stu- 
dents. 

C. Student Court 

1. The Student Court will be selected by the Student 
Court Selection Committee and will be composed of 
twelve students. Due consideration will be given to 
equitable apportionment of court members on the 
basis of academic class, race, and sex. Students on 
academic probation may not serve. All appointments 
will be issued and accepted in writing. Appointments 
will be made during Spring Quarter in time for newly 
elected members of the Court to assume their duties 
by May 1. Appointments will be made as needed to 
keep the Student Court staffed to do business on a 
reasonably prompt basis. These appointments may 
constitute permanent or temporary replacements as 
the Student Court Selection Committee deems neces- 
sary. 

2. The Student Court will elect a President, Vice- 
President, and a Secretary from its membership. The 
President will preside at all meetings. The Vice- 
President will assume the duties of the President if the 
President is absent. The Secretary will maintain writ- 
ten notes of all proceedings and audiotape records of 
all testimony, and will maintain exhibits of evidence 
which by their nature may reasonably be maintained 
in the Court files. A quorum of the Court shall consist 
of eight members. A two-thirds majority secret ballot 
vote is required to reach a finding of guilty. All other 
questions may be decided by a simple majority vote. 

3. Constituency of the Student Court during the Summer 
Quarter shall include all appointed members in atten- 
dance, and others shall be appointed to membership by 
the Student Court Selection Committee. 

4. Student Court members shall examine their con- 
sciences carefully to determine whether they can in 
good conscience serve on a panel hearing a particular 

63 



case, and in the event that there is any doubt, what- 
soever, such members shall excuse themselves from 
duty on the specific panel in question. 
B. Advisers to the Court 

1. An adviser and an associate adviser to the Student 
Court shall be appointed by the President of the Col- 
lege. 

2. Ordinarily the adviser will serve in that office for one 
year only and usually will be succeeded in that position 
by the associate adviser. Therefore, after the initial 
appointments, only an associate adviser will ordinar- 
ily be appointed each year. The succession of an as- 
sociate to the adviser position is deemed to occur on 
the last day of Spring Quarter. If, for any reason, the 
adviser is unable to complete his term, the associate 
adviser shall succeed to the office of adviser and 
another associate adviser shall be appointed by the 
above procedures. If, during the Summer Quarter, 
neither adviser is on campus, a temporary adviser will 
be appointed. 

3. Duties of the adviser and the associate adviser: It shall 
be the duty of the adviser to consult with the Court and 
to offer advice to the President and members of the 
Court on substantive and procedural questions. The 
adviser, or the associate adviser in the event the ad- 
viser is unable to attend, shall be present at all meet- 
ings and hearings of the Court. The adviser may not 
vote nor may he participate directly in the conduct of 
hearings before the Court except through the chair- 
man, or acting chairman, of the Court. The adviser 
should be governed at all times by the principle that a 
hearing before the Student Court is primarily a matter 
of student responsibility. 

VI. Procedures and Penalties adopted by the Student Court: 

The Student Court shall formulate its own bylaws govern- 
ing internal organization and procedure. Such bylaws must 
be consistent with the Honor Code. 

A. Hearings shall be called by the Court President to be held 
on a date not less than three (3) nor more than ten (10) 
class days after notice to the accused as provided in Sec- 
tion IV-2. Exceptions to these time requirements may be 
granted. 

B. Upon reaching a finding of guilty, the Court shall make a 
recommendation to the Vice President of the College as to 
the administrative action it deems appropriate within 
the following limitations: 

1. A minimum penalty shall be loss of assignment or test 
credit for the assignment or test for violations involv- 
ing cheating as specified in Section II, subsections 1, 2, 
and 3. Additional penalties such as reprimands, sus- 
pension, or others may be recommended for any as- 
pects of Section II. 



64 



2. Maximum penalty for a first offense of any type shall 
be suspension for a full calendar year. 

3. Maximum penalty for a second offense may be suspen- 
sion for three years. 

C. Immediately following a hearing, the accused will be in- 
formed of the Court's finding, and its recommendation to 
the Vice President of the College. If the finding is guilty, 
the accused will be informed that the Court may re-open 
the case with the consent of the accused for good cause, 
within a three week period. 

D. The Vice President of the College will inform all involved 
persons in writing of the action he has taken in view of 
Court recommendations. The Court Secretary will post 
public notice of the Vice President's action by case 
number without identifying the accused. 

VII. Appeals of Findings and Penalties: 

Should a student have cause to question the findings of the 
Court or the action of the Vice President of the College or 
both, he has the right to appeal. The channels of appeal are as 
follows: 

A. Court findings and/or the administrative action of the 
Vice President of the College may be appealed within five 
days by writing the President of the College. Further ap- 
peal procedures will conform to the appeal procedures of 
the College and of the Policies of the Board of Regents, 
University System of Georgia (a copy of these policies is 
available in the Library; see chapter on Students, section 
on appeals, page 165, 1969 edition). 
VIII. Supervision of the Student Court: 

As an institutional means of responding to reported infrac- 
tions of the Honor Code, the Student Court is ultimately re- 
sponsible to the President of the College. 

Supervision of the Student Court will be accomplished or- 
dinarily through the Dean of Student Affairs and the Ad- 
visors. 

In accordance with Article VI, Section F, of the College 
Statutes, the Dean of Student Affairs will provide general 
supervision of the Student Court and will provide other gui- 
dance or services as directed by the President of the College. 
IX. Revision of the Honor Code will require confirmation by the 
majority vote of those faculty and student body members 
voting. 



65 



VII. General Requirements 
for Degree Programs 

University System Core Curriculum 

Each unit in the University System of Georgia requires as a Core 
Curriculum for all baccalaureate degree programs the following 
minimum number of quarter hours in the major areas of study: 

Minimum Quarter 
Areas of Study Hours Required 

I. Humanities, including, but not limited to grammar 

and composition and literature 20 

II. Mathematics and the natural sciences, including, but 
not limited to, mathematics and a 10-hour sequence 
of laboratory courses in the biological or 
physical sciences 20 

III. Social Sciences, including, but not limited to, 

history and American government 20 

IV. Courses appropriate to the major field of the 

individual student 30 

TOTAL 90 

In addition to the University System Core Curriculum require- 
ments as outlined above, Armstrong State College requires six 
quarter hours in physical education as part of all baccalaureate 
degree programs. 

Armstrong State College Core Curriculum 

The student in any baccalaureate degree program at Armstrong 
State College must complete the following specific Core Curriculum 
requirements. Consult the relevant departmental section for a 
complete statement of degree requirements for a specific program. 
Certain courses in the Core Curriculum may be exempted with cre- 
dit awarded. See "Admission" section of this Bulletin. 

Quarter Hours 

Area I. Humanities 20 

English 111, 112, 211 
One of the following courses: 
Art 200, Art 271, Art 272, Art 273, Music 200, 
Philosophy 200, Philosophy 201, English 222 

Area II. Mathematics and the Natural Sciences 20 

One of the following course sequences: 
Mathematics 101, 103 
Mathematics 101, 195 
Mathematics 101, 220 
Mathematics 101, 290 
One of the following course sequences: 
Biology 101, 102 

66 



Chemistry 121, 122 
Chemistry 128, 129 
Physics 211, 212 
Physics 217, 218 
Physical Science 121, 122 
Area III. Social Sciences 20 

History 114, 115 

Political Science 113 

One Course selected from: 
Psychology 101, Sociology 201 
Anthropology 201, Economics 201 or 202 
Area IV. Courses Appropriate to the Major Field 30 

Art Education: 

Art 111 5 

Art 112 5 

Art 201 5 

Art 213 5 

Education 200 5 

Psychology 101 5 

Biology 

Science and/or Mathematics electives (100-200 level) or 

Foreign Language 101, 102 10 

Chemistry 128, 129 10 

Botany 203 5 

Zoology 204 5 

Biology Education: 

Botany 203 5 

Chemistry 128 5 

Education 200 5 

Psychology 101 5 

Zoology 204 5 

Five quarter hours to be selected from: 
Art 200, 271, 272, 273; Music 200; 
Drama/Speech 228 5 

Business Education: 

Accounting 211 and 212 10 

Education 200 5 

Mathematics 220 5 

Psychology 101 5 

Five quarter hours to be selected from: 
Art 200, 271, 272, 273; Music 200; 
Drama/Speech 228 5 

*Chemistry: 

Physics 211, 212, 213 or 217, 218, 219 5 

Chemistry 281 15 

Science or Mathematics elective (100-200 level) 5 

Mathematics 206 5 

Chemistry Education: 

Biology 101 and 102 10 

Chemistry 281 5 

Education 200 5 

Psychology 101 5 

* In addition, a foreign language sequence is recommended. 

67 



Quarter Hours 
Five quarter hours to be selected from: 

Art 200, 271, 272, 273; Music 200; 

Drama/Speech 228 5 

Criminal Justice: 

Criminal Justice 100, 103, 201, 210 20 

Electives to be chosen from: 

Anthropology 201, Economics 201 

Economics 202, Drama/Speech 228 

Psychology 101, Sociology 201 10 

Dental Hygiene Education: 

Associate degree required for admission to upper 
two-year curriculum. 
Drama/Speech: 

Foreign Language 101, 102, 103, 201 20 

Drama/Speech 227, 228 10 

Early Elementary Education: 

Education 200 5 

Education 202 5 

Geography 111 5 

Drama/Speech 228 5 

History 251 or 252 5 

Psychology 101 5 

English: 

Foreign Language 101, 102, 103, 201 20 

Electives from Art 200, 271, 272, 273; 

Music 200; Philosophy 200, 201; English 222 10 

English Education: 

Drama/Speech 228 5 

Education 200 5 

Foreign Language 15 

Psychology 101 5 

General Science Education: 

Chemistry 128 and 129 10 

Education 200 5 

Physics 211 5 

Psychology 101 5 

Five quarter hours to be selected from: 

Art 200, 271, 272, 273; Music 200; 

Drama/Speech 228 5 

Health Science: 

Health Science 100 5 

History 150 5 

History 251 or 252 5 

Psychology 101 5 

Zoology 208 & 209 10 

History: 

Foreign Language 102, 103 10 

History 251, 252 10 

Electives to be chosen from: 

Anthropology 201, Economics 201, 

Geography 111, Mathematics 220, 

Psychology 101, Sociology 201 10 

* In addition, a foreign language sequence is recommended. 
68 



Quarter Hoars 

Industrial Arts Education: 

Drama/Speech 228 5 

Education 200 5 

Industrial Arts Educ. 201, 202, 203 15 

Psychology 101 5 

Mathematical Sciences: 

Mathematics 207, and Math/C.S. 260 15 

Mathematics 208 or Computer Science 241 5 

Computer Science 110 5 

History 251 or 252 5 

Mathematics Education: 

Education 200 5 

Mathematics 206, 207, 208 15 

Psychology 101 5 

Five quarter hours to be selected from: 
Art 200, 271, 272, 273; Music 200; 
Drama/Speech 228 5 

Medical Technology: 

Physics 211, 212, 213 15 

Chemistry 128, 129, 281 15 

Middle School Education: 

Education 200 5 

Geography 111 5 

Drama/Speech 228 5 

History 251 or 252 5 

Psychology 101 5 

Choice of: Art 200, 271, 272, 273; Music 200; 
Phil. 201, or Eng. 222 5 

* Music- 
Music Theory 111, 112, 113, 211, 212, 213 18 

Applied Music 140, 240 12 

Music Education: 

Education 200 5 

Music 111, 112, 113, 140, 230, 232, 281 20 

Psychology 101 5 

Nursing: 

Biology 210 5 

Sociology 201 5 

BSN/SW 330 5 

Zoology 208, 209, 310 15 

Physical Education: 

Drama/Speech 228 5 

Education 200 5 

P.E. 117, 207, 211, 228, 229 15 

Psychology 101 5 

Physics Education: 

Biology 101 and 102 10 

Education 200 5 

Physics 213 or 219 5 

Psychology 101 5 

' In addition, a foreign language sequence is recommended. 

69 



Quarter Hours 
Five quarter hours to be selected from: 

Art 200, 271, 272, 273; Music 200; 

Drama/Speech 228 5 

Political Science: 

Foreign Language 101, 102, 103 or 

Computer Science 110, 225, and 136 or 146 or 231 15 

History 251 or 252 5 

Electives to be chosen from: 

Anthropology 201, Criminal Justice 100, 

Economics 201, Geography 111, 

History 251 or 252, Psychology 101, 

Sociology 201 10 

"Psychology: 

Mathematics 220 5 

Biology 101-102 10 

Anthropology 201 or 

Sociology 201 5 

Psychology 102 5 

History 251 or 252 5 

Social Science Education-Behavioral Science: 

Education 200 5 

Psychology 101 5 

***Related Courses 15 

Five quarter hours to be selected from: 

Art 200, 271, 272, 273; Music 200; 

Drama/Speech 228 5 

Social Science Education-History: 

Education 200 5 

Psychology 101 5 

Related courses in a language sequence 15 

Five quarter hours to be selected from: 

Art 200, 271, 272, 273; Music 200; 

Drama/Speech 228 5 

Social Science Education-Political Science: 

Education 200 5 

Psychology 101 5 

Related courses 15 

Five quarter hours to be selected from: 
Art 200, 271, 272, 273; Music 200; 
Drama/Speech 228 5 

Social Work: 

Foreign Language 101, 102, 103 or 

Philosophy 201, Anthropology 201 and 

Social Science elective (100-200 level) 15 

Sociology 201 5 

History 252 5 

Social Work 250 .5 

* In addition, a foreign language sequence is recommended. 

***Students completing a teaching concentration in psychology must take 15 Q.H. 

of a language sequence or of computer science. 

70 






Trade and Industrial Education: 

Drama/Speech 228 5 

Education 200 5 

Psychology 101 5 

Trade & Industrial Educ. 100, 200, 210 15 

Area V. Physical Education Requirements (All Programs) 6 

P.E. 103 or 108 and P.E. 117 
Three of the following courses: 

P.E. 100, 101, 102, 104, 105, 106, 107, 109, 

200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209 

TOTAL 96 

The student should complete all Core Curriculum requirements 
during his/her freshman and sophomore years. 

Regents' Testing Program 

The University System of Georgia requires that all students suc- 
cessfully complete tests of writing skills and reading comprehen- 
sion as a requirement for graduation. An individual holding a bac- 
calaureate or higher degree from a regionally accredited institu- 
tion of higher education will not be required to complete the Re- 
gents' Test for a second degree. An individual who successfully 
completed the Regents' Test as part of an associate degree program 
will not be required to repeat the Test as part of a subsequent 
baccalaureate degree program. 

Students may take the Test upon completion of the required 
composition sequence in their degree programs (usually English 
111, 112 for associate degrees; English 111, 112, 211 for bac- 
calaureate degrees). Students must take the Test in the quarter after 
their completion of ' U5 hours. They will be notified to do so on their 
grade reports for the quarter in which the 45th hour has been com- 
pleted. Students who neglect to take the Test when first notified to 
do so will be prohibited from pre-registering at the College for a 
subsequent quarter. They may, however, register at the regularly 
scheduled registration. 

"Students who neglect to take the Test by the quarter following their 
60th credit hour earned will be prohibited from registering at 
Armstrong State College for subsequent quarters" 

Transfer Students will be subject to the above requirements. 
Transfer students who have earned 60 or more quarter hours must 
take the Regents' Test during their first quarter of attendance. 

Students who do not pass the Test will be notified of eligibility for 
review and of requirements for remedial courses. Students who do 
not pass the writing skills portion of the Test may request a formal 
review upon meeting conditions of eligibility stated in Regents' 
Testing Program Policy. 

Students who have not passed the Test upon their completion of 75 
quarter hours of credit will be required to enroll in the remedial 
course or courses of reading and/or writing in each quarter of atten- 
dance until such time as they pass the Test. 

71 



The complete text of the policy for the Regents' Testing Program 
is printed as an appendix to this Catalogue. 



Exit Examinations 

Each student who receives a degree from Armstrong State Col- 
lege at the Associate or Baccalaureate degree level is required to 
take an Exit Examination in his/her major area. Each Exit Exami- 
nation is designed to assess the mastery of concepts, principles, and 
knowledge expected of the student at the conclusion of major study. 
Please see the appropriate department head for further informa- 
tion concerning these examinations. 



Physical Education Program 

All students who are enrolled in baccalaureate degree programs 
for ten quarter hours or more on the day schedule are required to 
complete six hours of physical education which must include P.E. 
117 (Basic Health) and P.E. 103 (Elementary Swimming) or P.E. 108 
(Intermediate Swimming). Three additional courses are to be 
elected from any physical education activity courses with the last 
two numbers being 01 to 09. Any student who holds a valid senior 
life saving certificate and/or a valid water safety instructor certifi- 
cate and/or passes the Armstrong swimming test may be exempted 
from P.E. 103 or P.E. 108. Physical education is not required of 
anyone who is beyond the age of 25 at the time of initial matricula- 
tion or of anyone enrolled primarily in evening classes. A student 
who has completed at least six months of military service is re- 
quired to take only four hours of physical education, which may be 
chosen from all scheduled offerings. 

A student graduating with an Associate degree must complete 
three credit hours of Physical Education. 

The Department requires all students to make up excused ab- 
sences; unexcused absences lower the final grade. 

Placement Tests in English and Mathematics 

The College reserves the right to place students in appropriate 
English and Mathematics courses numbered less than 115. Diag- 
nostic tests are administered for this purpose. Each student who 
has not otherwise met the prerequisite requirement for Mathema- 
tics 101 (see departmental course listing) must achieve at least a 
score of 20 on the Mathematics Diagnostic Test before he may reg- 
ister for Mathematics 101. Each student who has not otherwise met 
the prerequisites for English 107, 111, 110 or 191 must take the 
Placement Test before he may register for these English courses or 
must pass English 099 in the cases of English 107 and 111. 
Scheduled dates for the administration of these tests are listed in 
the "Academic Calendar" section of this Catalogue. 



72 



State Requirements in History and Government 

By state law, each student who receives a diploma or certificate 
from a school supported by the State of Georgia must demonstrate 
proficiency in United States History and Government and in Geor- 
gia History and Government. A student at Armstrong State College 
may demonstrate such proficiency by successfully completing 
examinations for which credit will be awarded. See "Academic 
Regulations" section of the Catalogue, or request further informa- 
tion from the Head of the Department of History and Political Sci- 
ence. 



Requirements for the Bachelor of Arts and the 
Bachelor of Science Degrees 

Requirements for each major program leading to the degree of 
Bachelor of Arts with a major in English, History, Music, Political 
Science, Psychology, or to the degree of Bachelor of Science with a 
major in Biology, Chemistry, or Mathematical Sciences are de- 
scribed in the appropriate departmental listing. For the B.A. and 
B.S. degrees, a minimum of 185 quarter hours, exclusive of the 
required physical education courses, is required for graduation. 

Each student in one of these major programs must complete the 
96-hour core curriculum requirement as listed above. 

The student will not be allowed to take senior division courses in 
his major field unless he has a minimum grade of "C" in all pre- 
requisite courses in that field. No major program in a department 
will require more than 60 quarter hours at all levels in the major 
field; however, the department may recommend up to 70 quarter 
hours. 

For its major program, a department will require from 15 to 30 
quarter hours of specific courses or approved elective courses in 
related fields and may require language courses reaching the de- 
gree of proficiency specified by the department. Total requirements 
in the major and related fields, may not exceed 85 quarter hours. 

Each B.A. or B.S. degree program, except those designed for Den- 
tal Hygiene, Medical Technology, Nursing, and teacher certifica- 
tion, will include a minimum of 15 quarter hours of electives ap- 
proved for credit within the Armstrong State College curriculum. 

Requirements for Associate Degrees 

Each associate degree program at Armstrong State College will 
include as part of its curriculum the following requirements: (1) 
English 111, 112; (2) History 251 or 252; (3) Political Science 113; (4) 
one course to be chosen from Areas I, II, or III of the Baccalaureate 
Core; (5) three credit hours of Physical Education. The student in 
an associate degree program is required to complete successfully 
the Regents' Examination and to take an Exit Examination in his/ 
her area of concentration. 



73 



Additional Requirements for Degree Programs 

For specific course requirements and for curriculum outlines of 
specific degree programs, see departmental listings of course offer- 
ings and degree programs. 

Course Offerings 

In the course listings to follow, there appear three numbers in 
parenthesis after each course title. The first number listed indi- 
cates the number of hours of lecture; the second number listed 
indicates the number of hours of laboratory; the third number 
listed indicates the number of quarter hours of credit carried by the 
course. 

Courses numbered 0-99 carry institutional credit only and may 
not be applied to a degree program. Courses numbered 100-199 are 
generally planned for the freshman year; courses numbered 200- 
299 for the sophomore year; courses numbered 300-399 for the 
junior year; and courses numbered 400-499 for the senior year. 

Courses taken to fulfill core curriculum requirements may not be 
used to meet other requirements of a degree program. 




74 



VIII. Department of Special 

Studies 

Professor John R. Hansen, Head; Assistant Professors Cottrell, 
Dandy, Harris, Geoffroy and Smith. Counselor Zahniser. 

The Department of Special Studies provides a program of com- 
pensatory education for students whose academic deficiencies may 
prevent successful completion of collegiate studies. Students may 
be placed in departmental courses on the basis of English Place- 
ment Test, Mathematics Diagnostic Test, or Regents Examination 
performances. Regularly admitted students may voluntarily en- 
roll, subject to prerequisites, in any departmental courses. Condi- 
tionally admitted students must enroll in accordance with the 
stipulations of their admission (see the Conditional Admission sec- 
tion of this Catalogue) and policies (available in the departmental 
office) of the Special Studies Program. 

Institutional credit only is awarded for all departmental courses 
numbered below 100. This credit applies neither to the require- 
ments for any degree program nor toward graduation from the 
College. 

Those entitled to Veterans Administration Educational benefits 
may be certified for no more than 45 hours credit hours in de- 
partmental courses. At most, 15 hours may be certified in each of 
the English, mathematics, and reading areas. 

Course Offerings 

ENGLISH 098 — BASIC COMPOSITION. (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer on demand. 

This is the study and practice of sentence and paragraph writing. 
Students learn to write clear, correct sentences and to correct those 
sentences in order to produce developed, unified, and coherent 
paragraphs. 

ENGLISH 099 — INTERMEDIATE COMPOSITION. (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. 

This is the study and practice of writing the short theme. Stu- 
dents learn organizational patterns and standard American usage. 

MATHEMATICS 098 — ARITHMETIC AND ELEMENTARY 
ALGEBRA. (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer on demand. 

This course integrates a review of arithmetic and an introduction 
to algebra. Topics include negative integers, simple polynomials 
and equations. 

MATHEMATICS 099 — INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA. (5-0-5) 
Offered each quarter. Prerequiste: A student must have attained 
one of the following prior to enrolling — (1) a score of at least 10 on 
the Mathematics Diagnostic Test or (2) a grade ofP in Mathematics 
098. Dates of administrations of the Mathematics Diagnostic Test 
appear in the Academic Calendar in this Bulletin. 

75 



Topics include rational expressions, factoring of polynomials, 
linear and quadratic equations, graphs of linear functions, rational 
exponents, and radicals. 

READING 098 — READING SKILLS. (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer on demand. 

This course is appropriate for students experiencing serious diffi- 
culty in reading. Word attack skills, comprehension skills, and vo- 
cabulary building are stressed. 

READING 099 — DEVELOPING READING MATURITY. (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

This course is appropriate for students preparing for the Regents 
Examination, for students undergoing remediation due to unsuc- 
cessful performance on the reading portion of the Regents Exami- 
nation, and for students experiencing moderate difficulty in read- 
ing. Comprehensive skills, vocabulary enrichment, test-taking 
strategies, and reading fluency are stressed. 

STUDY TECHNIQUES 099 — EFFECTIVE STUDY 
TECHNIQUES. (1-2-2) 

Offered on demand 

The purpose of this course is development of systematic and effi- 
cient study habits for academic success. Special emphasis will be 
placed on time management, listening skills, memory techniques, 
reading flexibility, note-taking systems, textbook mastery, and 
test-taking strategies. 



76 



IX. Military Science 
Department 

Assistant Professor, Major Howard E. Abney, Jr., Head. 

General 

The Army Department of Military Science is a Senior Division 
Reserve Officer Training Corps (ROTC), Instructor Group, staffed 
by Active Army Personnel. The department provides a curriculum 
available to Armstrong State and Savannah State students under 
the cross-enrollment program that qualifies the college graduate 
for a commission as an officer in the U.S. Army, United States Army 
Reserve, or the United States Army National Guard. Qualifying for 
a commission adds an extra dimension to the student's employment 
capability in that, upon graduation from college, the student has 
either military or civilian employment options. Enrollment is open 
to male or female students of Armstrong State and Savannah 
State. 

The Reserve Officer Training Corps program is designed to de- 
velop leadership qualities and to give students an understanding of 
the Armed Forces and how they support the national policies and 
interests of the United States. In particular, ROTC programs are 
charged with the mission of commissioning second lieutenants who 
have the qualities, attributes and educational credentials essential 
for service as junior officers in the Army. 

Army Military Science Program 

The course of study offered in military science is designed not 
only to prepare both the male and female student for service as a 
commissioned officer in the United States Army but also to provide 
him with knowledge and practical experience in leadership and 
management that will be useful in any facet of society. Male and 
female students are eligible for enrollment. Each student is pro- 
vided with a working knowledge of the organization and function- 
ing of the Department of Defense and the role of the U.S. Army in 
the national security and world affairs. 

The course of study pursued by students during their freshman 
and sophomore years in the basic military science course and/or 
related skill activities. The course of study normally pursued by 
students during their junior and senior years is the advanced mili- 
tary science course. 

For selection and retention in the advanced course, a student 
must be physically qualified, should have maintained above aver- 
age military and academic standing, and must demonstrate a po- 
tential for further leadership development. 

Graduates of the advanced course are commissioned second 
lieutenants in the United States Army Reserve in the Branch of 
service most appropriate to their interests and academic achieve- 
ments, consistent with the needs of the Army. Regardless of the 

77 



branch selected, all officers will receive valuable experience in 
management, logistics and administration. Advanced course 
graduates will be commissioned and either called to active duty 
after graduation to serve for a period of three to six months or three 
years depending on the prevailing military requirements and cir- 
cumstances. Graduates may be granted a delay in reporting for 
active duty for graduate study. A small number of outstanding 
students are designated distinguished military graduates and are 
offered commissions in the Regular Army each year. 

Basic Military Science 

Basic military science courses involve six quarters during the 
freshman and sophomore years. The student learns the organiza- 
tion and roles of the U.S. Army and acquires essential background 
knowledge of customs and traditions, weapons, map reading, tac- 
tics and communications. Equally important, these courses have 
the objective of developing the student's leadership, self-discipline, 
integrity and sense of responsibility. 

Placement 

Veterans entering the military science programs will receive ap- 
propriate placement credit for their active military service. Stu- 
dents who have completed military science courses in military pre- 
paratory schools or junior colleges may be given appropriate credit. 
Students with at least three years of high school ROTC may also be 
granted placement credit. Placement credit or six quarters of basic 
military science, or the equivalent thereof, is a prerequisite to ad- 
mission into the advanced program. 

Advanced Military Science 

The general objective of this course of instruction is to produce 
junior officers who by education, training, attitude and inherent 
qualities are suitable for continued development as officers in the 
Army. There are two avenues available for the student to be eligi- 
ble for entry into the advanced program and obtain a commission as 
a second lieutenant: 

(a) satisfactory completion of, or placement credit for, the basic 
program at Armstrong State or at any other school, college or 
university offering basic ROTC and meeting the entrance 
and retention requirements established by the Army. 

(b) be an active duty veteran or junior ROTC cadet graduate 
eligible for placement credit. 

Alternate Programs for Admittance to Advanced 
Military Science 

Students with two years of coursework remaining, but who have 
not completed basic military science, are eligible to be considered 
for selection into the advanced military science program. Those 
selected under the provisions of the two-year advanced program 
must satisfactorily complete a basic summer camp of six weeks 

78 



duration prior to entering the advanced program or must enroll in 
the condensed summer school phase of the basic course. This latter 
program consists of six, two-hour courses given during the summer 
quarter. A student may take other courses during this session. 
Upon successful completion of the military science courses, they 
will be placed in the advanced course. Students attending the basic 
camp at Fort Knox, Kentucky, are paid at active army rates and 
given a travel allowance from their home to camp and return. 

Advanced Summer Camp 

Students contracting to pursue the advanced courses are re- 
quired to attend advanced summer camp, normally between their 
junior and senior academic years at Fort Bragg, North Carolina. 
Students attending this camp are paid at active army rates and 
given travel allowance from their home to camp and return. 

Financial Assistance 

All advanced cadets are paid a subsistence allowance of $100 per 
month while enrolled in the advanced course. 

Scholarship Program 

Each year the U.S. Army awards one-, two- and three-year schol- 
arships to outstanding young men and women participating in the 
Army ROTC program who desire careers as regular Army officers. 
The Army pays tuition, fees, books and laboratory expenses incur- 
red by the scholarship student and, in addition, each student re- 
ceives $100 per month for the academic year. Individuals desiring 
to compete for these scholarships should apply to the Army Milit- 
ary Science Department at Armstrong State. 

Army ROTC Uniforms, Books and Supplies 

Students enrolling in the Army ROTC program will be issued U.S. 
Army uniforms, books and supplies by the Military Science De- 
partment. No fees or deposits of any kind will be required. Uniforms 
must be returned before commissioning or upon disenrollment 
from the ROTC program. 

Army ROTC Courses (MIL) 

The basic course of six quarters duration consists of two hours of 
classroom work per week. In the classroom, the student acquires 
knowledge of military organization, weapons, tactics, basic milit- 
ary skills, history and customs. In field training exercises, potential 
for leadership is progressively developed. 

The advanced course consists of three hours of classroom work 
per week for two quarters in the third and fourth years. During the 
spring quarter prior to advanced camp the student will enroll in 
MIL 303 to prepare for attendance at Advanced Camp. This two- 
hour course is normally taken during the third year. History 357 
(American Military History) is normally taken spring quarter of 



79 



the third year but with permission of department can be taken 
during second or fourth year. One quarter of the senior year must 
include an elective approved by the Military Science Department. 
The coursework during the advanced course emphasizes 
techniques and management and leadership and the fundamen- 
tals and dynamics of the military team. Field training exercises 
provide the student with applied leadership experiences. 

Minor Concentration 

The department offers a minor in Military Science. The program 
is designed to prepare the student for a commission in the United 
States Army and is offered to, but not required of, those students 
participating in the advanced course of Army ROTC instruction. 
Whatever the major, a Military Science minor will strengthen the 
student's management, leadership, and interpersonal communica- 
tion skills. The minor requires: 

Fourteen (14) credit hours with grades of "C" or better in the 
following upper division military science courses: 301, 302, 303, 401, 
402; Hist. 357 and five (5) additional credit hours of coursework 
approved by the department. 

Army Military Science Courses 

Basic Courses 

MIL 101. ARMY ORGANIZATION. 2 hours. One lecture, one lab 
period. 

Prerequisite: None. 

A study of the U.S. Army and the ROTC Organization. 

MIL 102. BASIC WEAPONS AND MILITARY SKILLS. 2 hours. 
One lecture, one lab period. 

Prerequisite: None. 

A study of characteristics of basic military weapons, the princi- 
ples and fundamentals of rifle marksmanship, the elements of first 
aid, and the employment of individual camouflage, cover, conceal- 
ment and field fortifications. 

MIL 103. BASIC SURVIVAL. (2-0-2) 

A study and practical exercise introducing military techniques 

used to sustain human life when separated from logistical support. 

MIL 104. BASIC MILITARY SKILLS. 2 hours. One lecture, one 
lab period. 

Prerequisite: MIL 102, or approval of Department Head. 

A study of the basic military skills essential to the contemporary 
soldier with emphasis on individual training in first aid, intelli- 
gence information and field preparedness. Chemical, biological and 
nuclear operations on the modern battlefield. 

MIL 201. MAP AND AERIAL PHOTOGRAPH READING. 2 
hours, One lecture, one lab period. 

Prerequisite: MIL 102 andlOU, or approval of Department Head. 

A study of basic map reading as applied by the small unit leader. 

80 



MIL 202. BASIC TACTICS AND OPERATIONS. 2 hours. One lec- 
ture, one lab period. 

Prerequisite: MIL 102, 101+ , 201 , or approval of Department Head. 

A study of small unit tactics, operations and troop leading proce- 
dures to include the combined arms teams to the platoon with 
primary interest on the rifle squad. 

MIL 203. MOUNTAINEERING TECHNIQUES. (2-0-2) 

A study and practical exercise introducing the fundamentals of 
mountain climbing and rapelling. Proper knot tying and safety pro- 
cedures are emphasized. 

MIL 204. MILITARY COMMUNICATIONS. 2 hours. One lecture, 
one lab period. 

Prerequisite: None. 

A study of military communications procedures to include ter- 
minology, security, electronic warfare and preparation of military 
correspondence. 

MIL 205. THE THREAT. (2-0-2) 

A study of the organizational, tactics, and equipment of threat 
forces. Major emphasis is placed on those tactics used in Western 
Europe. 

Advanced Courses 

MIL 301. LEADERSHIP AND MANAGEMENT 1. 3 hours. Three 
lectures, one lab period. 

Prerequisite: Basic Course or equivalent and permission of the 
Department. 

A study of the psychology of leadership, techniques of manage- 
ment, and methods of instruction to include practical application. 

MIL 302. FUNDAMENTALS AND DYNAMICS OF THE 
MILITARY TEAM I. 3 hours. Three lectures, one lab period. 

Prerequisite: Basic Course or equivalent and permission of the 
department. 

A study of tactics applied at the platoon and company level to 
include a study of the modern battlefield and current military Tac- 
tical doctrine. 

MIL 303. LEADERSHIP SEMINAR. 2 hours. Two lectures, one 
lab period. 

Prerequisite: MIL 301 and 302. 

A series of seminars, laboratories and experiences to prepare the 
student for Advanced Summer Camp. 

MIL 304. MILITARY SKILLS PRACTICUM. (5 credit hours) 

Summer. Prerequisite: Military 303 and permission of depart- 
ment. 

The study and practical application of military skills and leader- 
ship ability during a six week encampment experience. Grading for 
this course will be done on a satisfactory, unsatisfactory basis. In- 
struction and evaluation is jointly accomplished by college staff 
and selected ROTC personnel assigned to 1st ROTC Region. 



81 



MIL 401 FUNDAMENTALS AND DYNAMICS OF THE MILI- 
TARY TEAM II. 3 hours. Three lectures, one lab period. 

Prerequisite: MIL 301 and 302. 

A study of command and staff duties and responsibilities of the 
professional officer to include operations, intelligence, administra- 
tion and logistics. 

MIL 402. LEADERSHIP AND MANAGEMENT II. 3 hours. 
Three lectures, one lab period. 

Prerequisite: MIL 301 and 302. 

A study of the military justice system and service orientation. 




82 



X. School of Arts and 
Sciences 

Joseph V. Adams, Dean 

The School of Arts and Sciences provides, by virtue of its profes- 
sional staff, scholarly resources and physical facilities, the oppor- 
tunity for qualified students to obtain the best possible education 
attainable within the structure of a liberal baccalaureate program 
or through curricula leading to a specialized degree. The goals of 
the school are: 

To acquaint all students, by means of a core curriculum in the 
liberal arts and sciences, with the diversity of the intellectual and 
cultural achievements of man; 

To assist them in developing the skills necessary to think and to 
express themselves clearly and creatively; 

To enable them to understand and assume their responsibilities 
as free men and women in a democratic society; 

To provide a liberal baccalaureate education, supported by sound 
instruction, scholarly resources, and a commitment of free inquiry. 

The School of Arts and Sciences includes the Departments of 
Biology, Chemistry and Physics, Fine Arts, History and Political 
Science, Languages and Literature, Mathematics and Computer 
Science, and Psychology. The following degree programs are of- 
fered by those departments: 

Bachelor of Arts with a Major in Drama/Speech 

Bachelor of Arts with a Major in English 

Bachelor of Arts with a Major in History 

Bachelor of Arts with a Major in Music 

Bachelor of Arts with a Major in Political Science 

Bachelor of Arts with a Major in Psychology 

Bachelor of Science with a Major in Biology 

Bachelor of Science with a Major in Chemistry 

Bachelor of Science with a Major in Mathematical Sciences 
(choice of concentrations in Mathematics, Applied Mathema- 
tics, Computer Science, Mathematics Education) 

Associate in Arts (General) 

The departments in the School of Arts and Sciences cooperate 
with departments in the Schools of Education and Human Services 
in the offering of professionally oriented programs leading to bac- 
calaureate or specialized degrees with programs in: 

Medical Technology and 

Teacher Certification programs in the areas of: 

Art Education, Biology Education, Chemistry Education, 
Chemistry-Physics Education, General Science Education, 
History, Political Science and Behavioral Sciences Education, 
English Education, Mathematics Education, Music Education, 
and Psychology Education. NOTE: ADDITIONAL PROGRAM 
REQUIREMENTS SUPPLEMENTARY TO THOSE LISTED 
IN THIS SECTION ARE OUTLINED IN THE SCHOOL OF 
EDUCATION SECTION OF THIS CATALOGUE. 

83 



A student may combine with a major field of study one of the 
following minor concentrations offered by departments within the 
School of Arts and Sciences: 

American Civilization Linguistics 

Anthroplogy Mental Health 

Art Museum/Preservation Studies 

Botany Music 

Chemistry Organizational Psychology 

Computer Science Philosophy 

Drama/Speech Physical Science 

English Physics 

Film Political Science 

Foreign Language Psychology 

History Public Administration 

Journalism Russian Studies 

International Studies Zoology 

Program for the Degree 
Associate in Arts* 

(General) 

For the two-year degree of Associate in Arts, a student must complete at 
least 45 quarter hours of course-work in this program at Armstrong State 
College. The program is designed to provide a substantial liberal education 
as a base for upperdivision specialization. 

Quarter Hours 

1. English 111, 112, 211, and one course selected from: 20 

Art 200, 271, 272, 273; Music 200; 
Philosophy 200, 201; English 222 

2. History 114 or 115 and History 251 or 252 10 

3. One of the following two-course sequences: 10 

Biology 101, 102 
Chemistry 128, 129 
Chemistry 121, 122 
Physics 211, 212 
Physics 217, 218 
Physical Science 121, 122 

4. Mathematics 101 and 103 or 195 or 220 or 290 10 

5. Political Science 113 and one of the following courses: 10 

Anthropology 201, Economics 201, Economics 202, 
Psychology 101, Sociology 201 

6. Physical Education 3 

P.E. 103 or 108 and two activity courses 

7. Concentration and/or Electives 30 

The concentration may be specified by a department from ap- 
propriate courses. If not, the student may select courses which 
are open to him.** 

8. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL ~93 



'Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See 
"Admission" section of this Catalogue. 

'If a student plans to continue work at a later date in a baccalaureate degree 
curriculum, he should select courses that will meet the listed requirements for 
that degree program. 



84 



DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY 

Professor Leslie B. Davenport, Jr., Head; Professor Thorne; As- 
sociate Professors Guillou and Pingel; Assistant Professors 
Beumer and Brower; Instructor Restivo; Teaching Associate 
Dixon. 

The Major in Biology 

The major in biology consists of Biology 101, 102, Botany 203, 
Zoology 204, and at least 40 quarter hours credit in biology courses 
(botany, zoology, etc.) numbered 300 or above. The majority of the 
courses in the major numbered 300 or above must be taken in the 
Biology Department at Armstrong State College. 

In addition, biology majors must complete elementary statistics 
and the course sequence in organic chemistry (15 quarter hours). 
The course in general college physics (15 quarter hours) is strongly 
recommended and should be considered essential for those who 
expect to continue the study of biology beyond the B.S. degree. 

Each student acquiring a major in biology must include in his 
program the following courses: Biology 370; Biology 480; Botany 
410 or Zoology 410; one course in botany numbered 300 or above, 
other than Botany 410; and one course in zoology numbered 300 or 
above, other than Zoology 410. If credit for any of the first three 
required units is transferred to Armstrong from another college, 
the department may require that it be validated by examination. 

To be admitted to courses in biology above the freshman level 
(those numbered 200 or above), the student must have completed 
the prerequisites for each with at least a grade of "C" for each 
prerequisite. To be eligible for a B.S. degree in biology the student 
must have a grade of at least "C" for all upper division courses 
(those numbered 300 or above) in biology. 

Beginning students who have successfully completed strong 
courses in biology in high school are advised to take examinations 
for advanced placement or for credit for Biology 101 and and/or 
Biology 102. Arrangements to take these examinations may be 
made with the head of the department. 

In order to receive Core Curriculum credits for the biology 
laboratory science sequence by taking biology in the Savannah 
State- Armstrong exchange program, a student must take the EN- 
TIRE sequence of ten quarter hours either at Armstrong State 
College or at Savannah State College. 

Students majoring in biology may concurrently complete all 
pre-medical, pre-dental, and/or pre-veterinary requirements and 
all requirements for secondary teaching certification in science 
(biology). 

By careful use of electives a student majoring in biology may 
concurrently acquire a second major in chemistry (i.e., he may take 
a "double major"). This program is recommended for pre- 
professional students. It does require 10 to 20 quarter hours credit 
above the minimum required for graduation. Ask the department 
head. 

Students majoring in biology and/or pursuing a pre-professional 
program should work closely with an assigned departmental ad- 
visor in planning their undergraduate programs. 

85 



The Biology Department helps co-ordinate the program in Medi- 
cal Technology. 

Program for the Degree 
Bachelor of Science with a Major in Biology 

Quarter Hours 

A. Core Curriculum 96 

Area I. Humanities 20 

1. English 1 11, 112, 211 15 

2. One course from: English 222, Philosophy 200, 

201, Art 200, 271, 272, 273, Music 200 5 

Area II. Science and Mathematics 20 

1. Biology 101*, 102* 10 

2. Math 101 (or 103 or 206 if placement examination allows) . .5 

3. Math 220 5 

Area III. Social Sciences 20 

1. History 114*, 115* 10 

2. Political Science 113* 5 

3. One course from: Psychology 101, Sociology 201, 
Anthropology 201, Economics 201, Economics 202 5 

Area IV. Courses appropriate to Major Field 30 

1. Chemistry 128, 129 10 

2. Botany 203* 5 

3. Zoology 204* 5 

4. Two courses (10 qtr. hrs.) from Natural Science and/or 
Mathematics electives (100-200 level) or two courses (10 qtr. 
hrs.) Foreign Language 10 

Area V. Physical Education 6 

1. P.E. 103 or 108 and P.E. 117 3 

2. Three activities courses with numbers ending in 01 to 09 . .3 

B. Courses in Major Field (300-400 level) 40 

1. Biology 370 (Genetics); Biology 480 (Ecology); Botany 410 (Plant 
Physiology) or Zoology 410 (Animal Physiology) 15 

2. Electives within the Major, chosen from biology, botany, 
entomology, and/or zoology courses at junior-senior 
(300-400) level, to include at least one course in botany 
numbered 300 or above other than BOT 410 and at least 
one course in zoology numbered 300 or above 

other than ZOO 410 25 

C. Courses in Related Fields 15 

Chemistry 341, 342, 343 (Organic Chemistry) 15 

D. American History (General requirement for graduation) 5 

History 251* or 252* 5 

F. Electives 35 

F. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191 

NOTES: (1) Biology majors should take BIO 101 and 102 during the freshman year 

and BOT 203, ZOO 204 during the sophomore year. CHE 128 and 129 

should be completed by the end of spring quarter of the sophomore 

year. 

(2) The biology major should complete organic chemistry (CHE 341, 342, 
343) no later than the end of the junior year, as it is prerequisite to all 
physiology courses. 

(3) Students who may wish to enter graduate school are advised that 
Physics 211*, 212*, 213*, and foreign language* to third quarter pro- 
ficiency should be considered essential. 

* Certain courses may be exempted with credit awarded. See "Admission" section 
of this Catalogue. 

86 



Program for the Degree Bachelor of Science 
with a Major in Biology' 



■** 



Quarter Hours 

A. Core Curriculum 96 

Area I. Humanities 20 

1. Eng. Ill, 112, 211 15 

2. One course from: English 222, Philosophy 200, 201, 

Art 200, 271, 272, 273, Music 200 5 

Area II. Science and Mathematics 20 

1. Mathematics 101, 220 10 

2. Biology 101, 102 10 

Area III. Social Sciences 20 

1. History 114*, 115* 10 

2. Political Science 113* 5 

3. Psychology 101 5 

Area IV. Courses appropriate to Major Field 30 

1. Chemistry 128, 129 10 

2. Physics 211 5 

3. Mathematics 103 5 

4. One course from: Anthropology 201, Sociology 201, 
Economics 201, or Economics 202 5 

5. One course from: Art 200, 271, 272, 273, 

Music 200, Dr/S 228 5 

Area V. Physical Education 6 

1. P.E. 103 or 108 and P.E. 117 3 

2. Three activities courses with numbers ending in 01 to 09. .3 

B. Courses in Major Field (300-400 level) 50 

1. Biology 370, 480 10 

2. Botany 410 or Zoology 410 5 

3. Botany 203 5 

4. Zoology 204 5 

5. Botany and Zoology courses numbered 300 or above 25 

C. Courses in Related Fields 25 

1. Chemistry 341, 342, 343 15 

2. Physics 212, 213 10 

D. American History (General requirement for graduation) 5 

History 251* or 252* 5 

E. Professional Sequence 40 

1. Education 200, 310, 335, 447, 470, 480, 490 35 

2. Psychology 301 5 

F. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 216 

* Certain courses may be exempted with credit awarded. See "Admission" section 

of this catalogue. 
** With teacher certification 



The Department also helps supervise the degree program in Med- 
ical Technology, requirements of which follow. 

Program for Degree 
Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology* 

Quarter Hours 

A. Core Curriculum 96 

Area I. Humanities 20 



87 



1. English 111, 112, 211 15 

2. One course from: English 222, Philosophy 200, 201, 

Art 200, 271, 272, 273, Music 200 5 

Area II. Science and Mathematics 20 

1. Biology 101*, 102* 10 

2. Math 101 (or 103 or 206 if placement examination allows) . .5 

3. Math 220 5 

Area III. Social Sciences 20 

1. History 114*, 115* 10 

2. Political Science 113* 5 

3. Psychology 101 or Sociology 201 5 

Area IV. Courses appropriate to Major Field 30 

1. Chemistry 128, 129, 281 15 

2. Zoology 204* 5 

3. Physics 211, 212 10 

Area V. Physical Education 6 

1. P.E. 103 or 108 and P.E. 117 3 

2. Three activities courses with numbers ending in 01 to 09 . .3 

B. Courses in Major Field (300-400 level) 45 

1. Biology 351, 353, 370; Zoology 356, 372 25 

2. Chemistry 341, 342, 343, and 380 20 

C. American History (General requirement for graduation) 5 

History 251* or 252* 5 

D. Clinical Internship in Medical Technology 45 

E. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191 

Minor Concentrations 

The following minor concentrations are available in the Depart- 
ment of Biology. For completion of each of the minors, the student 
must earn grades of "C" or better in each course offered for the 
minor. 

The minor inBotany requires a total of 25 hours: Biology 101, 102; 
Botany 203 and two courses selected from Botany 305, 323, 425. 

The minor in Zoology requires a total of 25 hours: Biology 101, 
102; Zoology 204 and two courses selected from Zoology 325, 355, 356, 
372, 425, and Entomology 301. 



Course Offerings 
Biology 

BIOLOGY 101— PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY. (4-3-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: none. 

Structure and function of cells; biological chemistry; structure, 
function, and development of flowering plants. 

BIOLOGY 102— PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY. (4-3-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Biology 101. 

Structure, function, and development of vertebrate animals; 
genetics; ecology; evolution. 

* Certain courses may be exempted with credit awarded. See "Admission" section 
of this catalogue 

88 









BIOLOGY 121— Biological Principles, Plants, and People (4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: None 

Biological principles as they relate to interrelationships between 
plants and people. The course includes essential biology of plant 
cells, structure and function, ecology, and evolution. This course is 
intended primarily for non-science majors. 

BIOLOGY 122— Biological Principles, Animals, and People (4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: None 

Biological principles with emphasis on human structure and 
function. The course includes essential biology of animal cells, 
genetics, ecology, and evolution. This course is intended primarily 
for non-science majors. 

BIOLOGY/PHYSICS 205— RADIATION BIOLOGY. (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: Physics 213 or 218 or 202, and a two-quarter se- 
quence in anatomy and physiology or general biology. 

Sources, propagation, and interactions of ionizing radiation and 
its biological effects. (Credit may not be applied toward a major in 
biology or in chemistry). 

BIOLOGY 210— MICRO-ORGANISMS AND DISEASE. (4-3-5) 
Winter. Prerequisites: Chemistry 201 or 122 and Zoology 209. 
An introduction to the study of micro-organisms with primary 
emphasis on bacteria. The morphology, life history, and importance 
to public health of representative bacteria, fungi, viruses, and pro- 
tozoa are considered. Credit for this course may not be applied to- 
ward a major in biology. 

BIOLOGY 310— MAN AND THE ENVIRONMENT. (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Completion of 75 quarter hours credit in college 
courses. 

Consideration of the interactions between humans and the sup- 
port systems of the earth which are essential to their existence. 
Credit for this course may not be applied toward a major in biology. 

BIOLOGY 351— BACTERIOLOGY. (3-4-5) 

Fall. Prerequisites: 10 hours of biological science, Chemistry 128- 

129. 

A study of the morphology, ecology, classification, and genetics of 

the bacteria and related micro-organisms, including the viruses. 

BIOLOGY 352— MEDICAL MICROBIOLOGY. (3-4-5) 

Prerequisite: Biology 351 and permission of the instructor. 
A comprehensive study of the disease-causing microbes in terms 

of their diagnosis, pathology, and epidemiology. 

BIOLOGY 353— IMMUNOLOGY AND SEROLOGY. (3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 128 and 129 or permission of instructor 
and department head. 

A fundamental study of humoral and cellular immunity, the 
structure and biosynthesis of antibodies, and the interactions be- 
tween antigens and antibodies. Consideration will be given to al- 
lergic states and other immunological diseases. 



89 



BIOLOGY 354— MORPHOLOGIC HAEMATOLOGY. (3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: Biology 102 and Chemistry 129. 

Cytology of normal and pathologic human blood and bone mar- 
row with emphasis upon antigenic determination in blood banking. 

BIOLOGY 358— HISTOLOGICAL TECHNIQUE. (0-10-5) 

Winter. Prerequisites: Biology 101, 102. 

Principles and methods of killing, fixing, embedding, sectioning, 
staining, and mounting plant and animal materials for study. 

BIOLOGY 370— GENETICS. (3-4-5) 

Winter. Prerequisites: Biology 101, 102; Chemistry 128, 129; Biol- 
ogy 351 and junior status recommended. 

An introduction to the principles of biological inheritance. 

BIOLOGY 380— HUMAN GENETICS. (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: Biology 101-102 or Zoology 208-209 and Chemistry 
128-129 or Chemistry 201-202, or Chemistry 121-122. 

An introduction to human inheritance including gene transmis- 
sion, gene effects upon metabolism, population and quantitative 
genetics, genetics of sex-determination, pedigree analysis, 
eugenics, and genetic screening and counseling. 

BIOLOGY 410— CELLULAR PHYSIOLOGY. (3-4-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: At least third quarter junior 
status; two courses in biology numbered 300 or above; and organic 
chemistry. 

A consideration of the functional relationships between micro- 
scopic anatomy and cell chemistry, emphasizing permeability, 
metabolism, and growth. 

BIOLOGY 440— CYTOLOGY. (2-6-5) 

Summer. Prerequisite: Two courses in biology numbered 300 or 
above. 

The study of cells, their cytoplasm and nuclei, growth, differenti- 
ation, and reproduction. 

BIOLOGY 450— EVOLUTION. (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: Major in biology (at least 15 qtr. hrs. credit in 

biology courses numbered 300 or above). 
Modern concepts in organic evolution. 

BIOLOGY 480— GENERAL ECOLOGY. (3-4-5) 

Spring. Prerequisites: Three courses in biology numbered 300 or 

above. 

A survey of the principles of ecology and their application to the 

welfare of humans, co-ordinated with a study of populations and 

communities in the field. 

BIOLOGY 490— PROBLEMS IN BIOLOGY. (1-5 hours credit) 
Offered on demand. Prerequisites: At least 20 hours credit in biol- 
ogy courses numbered 300 or above; a B average in biology courses 
and in overall work; consent of department head; agreement of a 
staff member to supervise work. 

Problems to be assigned and work directed by a member of the 
department. Supervised research including literature search, field 



90 



and/or laboratory investigation, and presentation of an acceptable 
written report of results. Credit will depend upon the work to be 
done. Both credit and proposed work must be approved in advance, 
in writing, by the faculty member to supervise the work and by the 
department head. 

Botany 

BOTANY 201— PRINCIPLES OF HORTICULTURE. (4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: None 

Introduction to basic gardening principles with emphasis on 
plant growth and development as responses to varying environ- 
mental conditions. Topics to be covered include plant classification, 
growth and development, environment, propagation, disease and 
pest control. This course may be applied as elective credit towards 
the B.S. degree in biology. 

BOTANY 203— SURVEY OF THE PLANT KINGDOM. (3-4-5) 
Spring, Fall. Prerequisites: Biology 101 and 102. 
Morphology and phylogeny of the divisions of the plant kingdom, 

with emphasis upon the evolution of the land flora. 

BOTANY 305— IDENTIFICATION OF 

FLOWERING PLANTS. (0-10-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite or corequisite: Botany 203. 

Studies in the identification of plants with emphasis on local 
flora. 

BOTANY 323— PLANT ANATOMY. (3-4-5) 

Fall. Prerequisite: Botany 203. 

The origin and development of the organs and tissue systems of 
vascular plants, and a comparative study of the structure of roots, 
stems, leaves, flowers, and fruits. 

BOTANY 410— PLANT PHYSIOLOGY. (3-4-5) 

Spring. Prerequisites: Botany 203 and Organic Chemistry. 
A survey of physiologic processes occurring in plants and the 

conditions which affect these processes. 

BOTANY 425— PLANT MORPHOLOGY. (3-4-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Botany 323. 

Comparative studies of vascular plants with emphasis on form, 
structure, reproduction, and evolutionary relationships. 

Entomology 

ENTOMOLOGY 301— INTRODUCTORY ENTOMOLOGY. (3-4-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: Zoology 201+ . 

An introduction to the study of insects — their structure, iden- 
tification, and biology. 

Zoology 

ZOOLOGY 204 — SURVEY OF THE ANIMAL KINGDOM. (3-4-5) 
Winter, Summer. Prerequisites: Biology 101 and 102. 
An evolutionary survey of the major animal phyla. 



91 



ZOOLOGY 208— HUMAN ANATOMY AND 

PHYSIOLOGY I. (4-2-5) 

A basic course considering the gross anatomy, histology, and 
physiology of the human organ systems. Intended primarily for 
majors in health sciences; credit for this course may not be applied 
toward a major in biology. 

ZOOLOGY 209— HUMAN ANATOMY AND 

PHYSIOLOGY II. (4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: Zoology 208 and Chemistry 201 or 122. 

A continuation of the basic course considering the anatomy and 
physiology of the human. Credit may not be applied toward a major 
in biology. 

ZOOLOGY 210— FUNCTIONAL HUMAN ANATOMY 

FOR MEDICAL RADIOGRAPHER. (2-2-3) 

Prerequisite: Zoology 208. 

Detailed skeletal anatomy; gross systemic anatomy and histol- 
ogy, with functional highlights of circulatory, respiratory, diges- 
tive, excretory and reproductive systems. Intended primarily for 
majors in health sciences; credit for this course may not be applied 
toward a major in biology. 

ZOOLOGY 211-CARDIOPULMONARY 

ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY. (2-2-3) 

Prerequisite: Zoology 209. 

The cardiopulmonary system is studied with special emphasis on 
functional anatomy. The physiology of the heartbeat, the control of 
circulation, respiration, and blood pressure, and partial movement 
across membranes will also be studied. Intended primarily for 
majors in health sciences; credit for this course may not be applied 
toward a major in biology. 

ZOOLOGY 325— INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY. (3-4-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: Zoology 201+ . 

A study of the structure, body functions, interrelations, and 
natural history of the major invertebrate groups. 

ZOOLOGY 330— FUNDAMENTALS OF NUTRITION. (5-0-5) 
Prerequisites: Biology 101-102 or Zoology 208-209, and Chemistry 

121-122 or Chemistry 201. 

Biological bases of animal, including human, nutrition; sources 

and biological utilization and functions of nutrients. 

ZOOLOGY 355— EMBRYOLOGY. (3-4-5) 

Fall. Prerequisites: Zoology 20U or equivalent in another biologi- 
cal science. 

An elementary course in embryology in which the chick is used to 
illustrate the basic principles of developmental anatomy. 

ZOOLOGY 356— COMPARATIVE ANATOMY 

OF THE VERTEBRATES. (3-6-6) 

Winter. Prerequisite: Zoology 204.. 

A study of the anatomy and evolution of the organ systems of the 
vertebrates. 



92 



ZOOLOGY 357— ANIMAL HISTOLOGY. (3-4-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Zoology 201+ . 

A study of the tissues and their organization into organs and 
organ systems in animals. 

ZOOLOGY 372— PARASITOLOGY. (3-4-5) 

Fall. Prerequisite: Zoology 204. 

A comparative study of the internal and external parasites of 
man and other animals. 

ZOOLOGY 410— GENERAL VERTEBRATE 

PHYSIOLOGY. (3-4-5) 

Fall. Prerequisites: Zoology 20U and Organic Chemistry. 

An introduction to the general physiologic processes of the ver- 
tebrates. 

ZOOLOGY 425— MARINE INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY. (2-6-5) 
Spring. Prerequisites: Zoology 325, or Zoology 20U with a grade of 

A orB. 

Studies in the identification and ecologic distribution of marine 

invertebrates as exemplified by collection from the southeastern 

coastal region. 

ZOOLOGY 429— ENDOCRINOLOGY. (3-4-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: Zoology U10 and one other 

course in biology numbered 300 or above. 

Physiology of the endocrine glands, their control of metabolism 

and reproductive cycles. 

ZOOLOGY 435— COMPARATIVE PHYSIOLOGY. (3-4-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: Zoology 20U and Organic 
Chemistry. 

Studies in various groups of animals of the functions of organ 
systems involved in the maintenance of homeostasis under varying 
conditions within normal habitats and of in vitro reactions of tis- 
sues and systems under laboratory conditions. 

Marine Science Center 

The following courses are offered at the Marine Science Center on 
Skidaway Island. Five quarter hours of credit from these courses 
may be applied within the major in biology. All credits from these 
courses may be applied as electives toward the B.S. degree in Biol- 
ogy. 

These courses at the Marine Science Center are co-operatively 
sponsored by Armstrong State College, Georgia Institute of 
Technology, Georgia State University, Georgia Southern College, 
and the University of Georgia. 

BIOLOGY 430— ESTUARINE ECOLOGY. (6-6-5) 

Summer (five weeks.) Prerequisites: Chemistry 128, 129; Zoology 
20U; two courses in biology numbered 300 or above; or permission of 
instructor. Math 10U recommended. 

The evolution and development of estuaries, substrates, physical 
processes, communities, ecosystem functions, ecosystem dynamics 
and analysis. The study area will include the estuarine complex of 
the Carolinian province as exemplified along the coast of Georgia. 

93 



ZOOLOGY 405— ICHTHYOLOGY. (6-6-5) 

Summer (five weeks.) Prerequisites: Zoology 20U and one course 

in zoology numbered 300 or above, or permission of instructor. 
The taxonomy, distribution, ecology, and evolution of fishes with 

special reference to the fishes of eastern North America. 

DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY AND 
PHYSICS 

Professor Henry E. Harris, Head; Professors Brewer, Robbins, 
and Stratton; Associate Professor Whiten; Assistant Professsors 
Pestel, Jaynes; Instructor Goette. 

The department offers one degree program, the Bachelor of Sci- 
ence with a major in chemistry, designed to give depth in the fields 
of chemistry, yet flexible enough to accommodate a range of career 
goals. Students majoring in chemistry may concurrently complete 
all pre-medical and/or pre-dental requirements and all require- 
ments for secondary teaching certification in science (chemistry). 

By careful use of electives a student majoring in chemistry may 
concurrently acquire a second major in biology (i.e., he may take a 
"double major"). This program is recommended for pre- 
professional students. It does require 10 to 20 quarter hours credit 
above the minimum required for graduation. 

The department participates in the Dual Degree Program of 
Armstrong State College and the Georgia Institute of Technology 
under which students may earn simultaneously the B.S. degree in 
chemistry from Armstrong and the Bachelor's degree from Georgia 
Tech in a related field, such as chemical engineering. Students in- 
terested in learning more about the chemistry degree program or 
any course offered by the department should contact the depart- 
ment head. Any student who plans to pursue a degree in chemistry 
should contact the department head as early as possible for ad- 
visement and academic planning. 

Program for the Degree 
Bachelor of Science with a Major in Chemistry 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements* 101 

Core Area I 20 

English 111, 112, 211 15 

One of the following; 5 

Art 200, 271, 272, 273; English 222; 
Music 200; Philosophy 200, 201 

Core Area II 20 

Mathematics 101, 103 10 

Chemistry 128, 129 10 

Core Area III 20 

History 114, 115 10 

Political Science 113 5 



Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Ad- 
mission" section of this Catalogue. 



94 



One of the following 5 

Anthropology 201, Economics 201 or 202, Psychology 101, 
Sociology 201 

Core Area IV 30 

Chemistry 281 5 

Physics 211, 212, 213, or 217, 218, 219** 15 

Science or Mathematics electives (100-200 level) 10 

Physical Education 6 

Physical Education 103 or 108 1 

Physical Education 117 2 

Three activity courses 3 

History 251 or 252 5 

B. Major Field Requirements 45 

Chemistry 341, 342, 343, 380, 491 25 

Chemistry 492, 493 or Chemistry 481, 482, 483, 496 10 

Approved 300-400 level Chemistry Courses 10 

C. Related Field Requirements 15 

Additional Courses in Computer Science, Mathematics or 
Natural Sciences. 

D. Electives 30 

E. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191 

Program for the Degree 

Bachelor of Science with a Major in Chemistry 

(with teacher certification requirements) 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements* 101 

Core Area I 20 

English 111, 112, 211 15 

One of the following 5 

Art 200, 271, 272, 273; English 222; 
Music 200; Philosophy 200, 201 

Core Area II 20 

Mathematics 101, 103 10 

Chemistry 128, 129 10 

Core Area III 20 

History 114, 115 10 

Political Science 113 5 

One of the following 5 

Anthropology 201, Economics 201 or 202, 
Sociology 201 

Core Area IV 30 

Chemistry 281 5 

Physics 211, 212, or 217, 218 10 

Psychology 101 5 

Education 200 5 

One of the following 5 

Art 200, 271, 272, 273; Music 200; Drama/Speech 228 



Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Ad- 
mission" section of this Catalogue 
•Recommended Sequence 

95 



Physical Education 6 

Physical Education 103 or 108 1 

Physical Education 117 2 

Three activity courses 3 

History 251 or 252 5 

B. Major Field Requirements (Upper division) 45 

Chemistry 341, 342, 343, 380, 491 25 

Chemistry 491, 492 or Chemistry 481, 482, 483, 496 10 

Chemistry 461 5 

Chemistry Elective (300-400 level) 5 

C. Related Field Requirements 25 

Mathematics 206 5 

Biology 101, 102 10 

Physics 213 or 219 5 

One of the following 5 

Astronomy 201; Geology 201; Meteorology 201; 

Oceanography 301, 430; Physics 412 

D. Professional Sequence 35 

Education 310, 335, 447, 470, 480, 490 30 

Psychology 301 5 

E. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 206 

Minor Concentrations 

The minor in Chemistry requires twenty credit hours with grades 
of "C" or better in upper division chemistry courses. 

The minor in Physics requires twenty-three credit hours from 
courses designated as physics with a grade of "C" or better in each 
course. 

The minor in Physical Science requires ten credit hours of a 
laboratory sequence in chemistry, physical science, or physics plus 
fifteen credit hours chosen from: Astronomy 201, Chemistry 301, 
Geology 301, Oceanography 301, Meterology 201. A grade of "C" or 
better is required in each course. 

Course Offerings 
Chemistry 

CHEMISTRY 121, 122— GENERAL 

CHEMISTRY. (4-3-5 for each course) 

Prerequisite or corequisite: Mathematics 101. (Credit in these 
courses may not be applied to a major in chemistry.) 

These courses include a study of the fundamental laws and 
theories of inorganic chemistry, a survey of organic chemistry, and 
an introduction to biochemistry. 

CHEMISTRY 128-129— GENERAL CHEMISTRY. (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: College Algebra or concurrently. Offered each quar- 
ter. 

These courses are the first two of the series 128, 129, 281 required 
to complete an academic year of General Chemistry. A study of the 
fundamental principles and laws of chemistry with a quantitative 
approach to the subject. These courses are designed for the science, 
pre-medical and engineering student. The laboratory work in- 
cludes an understanding of fundamental techniques. 

96 



CHEMISTRY 201— ESSENTIALS OF 

GENERAL CHEMISTRY. (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. 

An introduction to inorganic, organic, and biochemistry with em- 
phasis on applications in human physiology and clinical chemistry. 
Experimental principles will be illustrated with classroom dem- 
onstrations. 

CHEMISTRY 202— PHYSICAL PRINCIPLES. (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 201. 

This course provides a study of the physical principles of gas 
behavior, acid-base calculations, weak acid ionization, buffer solu- 
tions, pH measurements, blood gas measurements, and other sub- 
jects of special interest to persons in allied health sciences. 

CHEMISTRY 281— QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS. (3-6-5) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 129. Fall and Spring. 

This course is the third of the series 128, 129, 281 required to 
complete an academic year of General Chemistry. Study of ionic 
equilibria and separation methods. Homogeneous solutions involv- 
ing dissociation, hydrolysis and buffer action, and heterogeneous 
systems showing the influence of pH and complexation of solubility 
are illustrated. Various chemical and chromatographic techniques 
are used as a basis for qualitative analysis. 

CHEMISTRY 301— THE CHEMISTRY OF LIFE. (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Ten quarter hours of laboratory science completed. 
Offered on demand. 

An introductory course covering selected areas of applied 
biochemistry. This course is not recommended for chemistry, biol- 
ogy, or premedical students. 

CHEMISTRY 341-342— ORGANIC 

CHEMISTRY. (4-3-5 for each course) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 129. Fall, Winter. 

These courses include the study of aliphatics, aromatic hy- 
drocarbons and their derivatives, polyfunctional compounds, and 
polynuclear hydrocarbons. Organic reactions are emphasized in 
terms of modern theory. 

CHEMISTRY 343— ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry SU2. Spring. 

A continuation of the organic chemistry sequence 341, 342. This 
course completes the fundamental study of organic chemistry with 
a consideration of carbohydrates, amino acids, and heterocyclics 
with their related compounds. 

CHEMISTRY 350— CHEMICAL LITERATURE. (2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 3U2. Offered on demand. 
A study of the use of the chemical library and the important 

journals, references, and information sources. 

CHEMISTRY 380— QUANTITATIVE INSTRUMENTAL 
ANALYSIS. (2-9-5) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 281. Winter, Summer. 

A study of the principles of gravimetric, volumetric, spec- 

97 



trophotometric, and electrometric methods of analysis. The 
laboratory will provide practice in techniques and application of 
these principles. 

CHEMISTRY 397— SCIENTIFIC GLASS-BLOWING. (0-4-2) 

Prerequisite: Permission of the Instructor. Offered on demand. 
Properties of glass for scientific apparatus; introduction of glass 
working equipment; planning of sequential joining operations; de- 
monstration of major techniques for joining and working glass; 
supervision of individual students in preparing test-pieces. 

CHEMISTRY 410 — CHEMICAL SAFETY. (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 31+1. Offered on demand. 
Topic subjects will include standard laboratory safety practices, 
hazardous properties of chemicals, safety practices in the storage, 
use, and disposal of chemicals, and government regulations. 

CHEMISTRY 421 — ADVANCED INORGANIC 

CHEMISTRY. (3-3-4) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 380. Offered on demand. 

Selected topics in inorganic chemistry tending to increase stu- 
dents' understanding of mechanisms of chemical reactions. Em- 
phasizes the periodicity of elements. 

CHEMISTRY 431-432— SEMINAR. (3-0-3 for each course) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 31+3. Offered on demand. 
Selected topics for group discussion. 

CHEMISTRY 441— ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 31+3. Fall. 

A further study of important organic reactions emphasizing 
theories of reaction mechanism of organic chemistry. 

CHEMISTRY 448— ORGANIC QUALITATIVE 

ANALYSIS. (2-9-5) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 31+3. Offered on demand. 

Systematic approach to the identification of organic compounds. 

CHEMISTRY 451— HISTORY OF CHEMISTRY. (5-0-5) 

Spring, odd years. Prerequisites: Junior standing and Chemistry 
129. 

The development of science surveyed from antiquity to the pre- 
sent. Emphasis is placed on the development of ideas, men who 
made significant contributions, evolution of chemical theories, and 
the modern social implications of science. 

CHEMISTRY 461— BIOCHEMISTRY. (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 31+3. Offered on demand. 
A study of the chemical nature of cellular constituents and cellu- 
lar metabolism. Subject topics include carbohydrates, proteins, 
lipids, enzymes, vitamins and coenzymes, anaerobic carbohydrate 
metabolism, lipid metabolism, the tricarboxylic acid cycle, oxida- 
tive phosphorylation, and photosynthesis. 

CHEMISTRY 462— BIOCHEMISTRY. (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 1+61. Offered on demand. 
A study of the metabolism of ammonia and nitrogen-containing 

98 



compounds, the biosynthesis of nucleic acids and proteins, 
metabolic regulation, and selected topics. 

CHEMISTRY 463— CLINICAL CHEMISTRY. (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 31*3. Offered on demand. 
A study of the principles of chemistry applied in the clinical 
laboratory. Topics subjects to include instrumentation and mi- 
crotechniques. 

CHEMISTRY 481 — ADVANCED INSTRUMENTAL 
ANALYSIS. (1-3-2) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 380. Offered on demand. 

A study of electrometric methods of analysis. Topic subjects will 
include potentiometric, coulometric, and polarographic measure- 
ments. 

CHEMISTRY 482 — ADVANCED INSTRUMENTAL 
ANALYSIS. (1-3-2) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 380. Offered on demand. 

A study of spectrophotometric and chromatographic methods of 
analysis. Topic subjects will include visible and ultra-violet spec- 
troscopy, gas-liquid chromatography, high performance liquid 
chromatography, flame emission and atomic absorption spec- 
trometry. 

CHEMISTRY 483 — ADVANCED INSTRUMENTAL 
ANALYSIS. (1-3-2) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 31+2 and 380. Offered on demand. 

A continuation of the study of spectroscopy. Topic subjects will 
include infrared spectroscopy, nuclear magnetic resonance, 
electron-spin resonance and mass spectrometry. 

CHEMISTRY 491-492-493— PHYSICAL 

CHEMISTRY. (4-3-5 each course) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 380, Physics 213, Mathematics 206. Fall, 
Winter, Spring. 

Fundamental principles of physical chemistry including the 
study of solids, liquids, gases, thermochemistry, thermodynamics 
and solutions. These courses will also cover a study of chemical 
equilibria, chemical kinetics, electrochemistry, colloids, quantum 
mechanics and nuclear chemistry. 

CHEMISTRY 496— INTERNSHIP. (Credit variable to 12 hours) 
Offered by special arrangement. Prerequisite: Chemistry 3U3, 380 
and permission of the Department Head. 

The student will pursue a meaningful project in industry, gov- 
ernment or other institutional setting. The project will be deter- 
mined, supervised, and evaluated by the sponsor of the activity and 
the student's faculty adviser. Application and arrangement must 
be made through the department by mid-quarter preceding the 
quarter of internship. Open to transient students only with permis- 
sion of the Dean of the Faculty at Armstrong and the appropriate 
official of the school from which the student comes. 

CHEMISTRY 497-498-499— INDEPENDENT 

STUDY. (1-5 hours credit each course) 

99 



Prerequisite: Consent of the Head of the Department. Offered each 
quarter. 

Designed to permit qualified students to pursue supervised indi- 
vidual research or study. Emphasis will be placed on the literature 
search, laboratory experimentation, and presentation of an ac- 
ceptable written report. Both the credit and proposed work must be 
approved in writing by the faculty member who will supervise the 
work and by the department head. Open to transient students only 
with the permission of the Dean of the Faculty at Armstrong and of 
the college from which the student comes. 

Marine Science Center 

The following course is offered at the Marine Science Center on 
Skidaway Island. The course if cooperatively sponsored by 
Armstrong State College, Georgia Institute of Technology, Georgia 
State University, Georgia Southern College and the University of 
Georgia. 

OCEANOGRAPHY 430— APPLIED OCEANOGRAPHY. (6-4-5) 
Prerequisites: Chemistry 128, 129; Biology 101, 102. Offered 
Summer Quarter. 

The aspects of physical, chemical, and biological sciences which 
are marine oriented as applied to specific problems in the ocean and 
its environs. Collection and interpretation of field data stressed, 
utilizing vessels and equipment of the Skidaway Institute of 
Oceanography. 

Physical Science 

PHYSICAL SCIENCE 121— PHYSICAL 

ENVIRONMENT. (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: admission requirements. Offered each quarter. 

An elementary study of the fundamental laws and concepts of 
physics and astronomy. This course is designed for non-science 
majors interested in a descriptive survey. The laboratory study is 
designed to supplement the study of theory. 

PHYSICAL SCIENCE 122— PHYSICAL 

ENVIRONMENT. (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: admission requirements. Offered each quarter. 

An elementary study of the fundamental laws and theories of 
chemistry and geology. This is a descriptive course which includes 
the classification of elements, basic chemical reactions, and atomic 
structure designed for the non-science major. The laboratory study 
includes experiences which augment class discussion. 

ASTRONOMY 201— INTRODUCTION TO ASTRONOMY. (5-0-5) 
Prerequisite: Ten quarter hours of laboratory science completed. 

Offered on demand. 

A study of the planetary system, stars, stellar structure, and 

cosmology. 



100 



GEOLOGY 201— PRINCIPLES OF GEOLOGY. (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Ten quarter hours of a laboratory science com- 
pleted. Offered on demand. 

An introduction of physical and historical geology. A study of the 
origin, evolution, and structure of the earth's crust, and geologic 
history. 

METEOROLOGY 201— PRINCIPLES OF 

METEOROLOGY. (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: Ten quarter hours of laboratory science completed. 
Offered on demand. 

An introduction to the description of the state of the atmosphere 
and to the physical laws that describe atmospheric phenomena. 

OCEANOGRAPHY 301— PRINCIPLES OF 

OCEANOGRAPHY. (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Ten quarter hours of a laboratory science completed. 
Offered on demand. 

A study of the basic principles of oceanography. Topic subjects to 
include the distribution of water over the earth, nature and relief of 
the ocean floors, tides and currents, chemical properties of sea 
water and constituents, and applications of oceanographic re- 
search. 

Physics 

PHYSICS 201, 202— RADIATION PHYSICS (3-2-4 for each course) 

Prerequisite or corequisite: Mathematics 101. 

These courses deal with the basic concepts involved in produc- 
tion, propagation, and detection of electromagnetic radiation. Par- 
ticular emphasis will be given to mechanisms describing the in- 
teraction of X-Rays with matter, radiation protection, photo- 
graphic detection, dosimetry, and circuitry. 

PHYSICS/BIOLOGY 205— RADIATION BIOLOGY. (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: Physics 213 or 218 or 202, and two quarter sequence 

in anatomy and physiology or general biology. 

Sources, propagation, and interactions of ionizing radiation and 

its biological effects. (Credit may not be applied toward a major in 

biology or in chemistry.) 

PHYSICS 211— MECHANICS. (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: Mathematics 103. Fall. 

The first part of the sequence Physics 211-212-213 in general 
physics. Basic classical physics, including mechanics, sound, and 
heat. Designed for students with aptitude in mathematics below 
the level of calculus. Selected experiments to demonstrate applica- 
tions. 

PHYSICS 212— ELECTRICITY, MAGNETISM, 

BASIC LIGHT. (4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: Mathematics 103 and Physics 211. Winter. 

The second part of the sequence Physics 211-212-213. Basic elec- 
tricity, magnetism, and geometrical optics. 



101 



PHYSICS 213— LIGHT PHENOMENA, 

MODERN PHYSICS. (4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: Mathematics 103 and Physics 212. Spring. 

The last part of the sequence Physics 211-212-213. Continues the 
study of light from the viewpoint of physical optics, and concludes 
with the study of atomic and nuclear physics. Laboratory work 
includes two selected experiments of advanced scope. 

PHYSICS 217— MECHANICS. (5-3-6) 

Prerequisite: Mathematics 206, or concurrently. Fall. 
The first part of the sequence Physics 217-218-219 in general 
physics. Basic classical physics, including mechanics, sound and 
heat. Designed especially for engineering students and recom- 
mended for science majors. Selected experiments to demonstrate 
applications. 

PHYSICS 218— ELECTRICITY, MAGNETISM, 

BASIC LIGHT. (5-3-6) 

Prerequisites: Mathematics 206 and Physics 217. Winter. 

The second part of the sequence Physics 217-218-219. Basic elec- 
tricity, magnetism, and geometrical optics. 

PHYSICS 219— LIGHT PHENOMENA, 

MODERN PHYSICS. (5-3-6) 

Prerequisites: Mathematics 206 and Physics 218. Spring. 

The last part of the sequence Physics 217-218-219. Continues the 
study of light from the viewpoint of physical optics, and concludes 
with the study of atomic and nuclear physics. Laboratory work 
includes two selected experiments of advanced scope. 

PHYSICS 380— INTRODUCTORY QUANTUM 

MECHANICS. (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: Physics 213 or Physics 219 and Mathematics 207. 
Offered on demand. 

An introduction to quantum mechanical principles with applica- 
tions in atomic and molecular structure. 

PHYSICS 412— ELECTRONIC MEASUREMENTS 

FOR SCIENTISTS. (3-6-5) 

Prerequisite: Physics 212 or Physics 218. 

Circuit theory and digital/analog electronics dealing with mea- 
surements, control concepts, and instruments that are used by ex- 
perimental scientists. 

PHYSICS 417— MECHANICS. (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: Physics 217 or 211 and Mathematics 207. Physics 
218 or 212 and Mathematics 3U1 are recommended. Offered on de- 
mand. 

Statics, kinematics, and dynamics of particles and of systems of 
particles are developed using Newtonian principles. 



102 



DEPARTMENT OF FINE ARTS 

Associate Professor Stephen P. Brandon, Head; Professor 
Persse; Associate Professor Davenport; Assistant Professors Am- 
brose, Nadalich, Radebaugh, and Schmidt. 

Degree Programs in Music and Art 

The Department of Fine Arts offers the Bachelor of Arts degree 
with a major in music, the Bachelor of Music Education degree, and 
in cooperation with the Department of Secondary Education, the 
Bachelor of Science in Education degree with a major in Art Educa- 
tion. 

Admission Requirements 

Since the college-level study of music presupposes a considerable 
background in music, as well as an aptitude for it, an audition is 
required for admission to the music degree program. The audition 
will be used to determine the student's level of proficiency in his 
instrument and his potential for success in the program. 

Program for the Degree 
Bachelor of Arts with a Major in Music 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements* 101 

Core Area I 20 

English 111, 112, 211 15 

Music 200 or 210 5 

Core Area II 20 

Math 101, 290 10 

Biology 101, 102, or 

Physical Science 121, 122, or 

Physics 211, 212 10 

Core Area III 20 

History 114, 115 10 

Political Science 113 5 

Psychology 101, or Anthropology 

201, or Economics 201 5 

Core Area IV 30 

Music 111, 112, 113 9 

Music 211, 212, 213 9 

Music 140 6 

Music 240 6 

Physical Education 6 

P.E. 103 or 108 1 

P.E. 117 2 

Three activity courses 3 

Required additional course 5 

History 251 or 252 5 

B. Courses in the Major Field 36 

Music 251 or 254 6 

Music 281 3 

Music 340 6 

Music 371, 372, 373 9 

* Certain courses may be exempted by examinations with credit awarded. See 
"Admission" section of this catalogue. 

103 



Music 412 3 

Music 440 6 

C. One of the following options: 9 

a. Keyboard Performance 

Music 256 1 

Music 420, 421 4 

Music Electives 4 

b. Vocal Performance 

Music 228 3 

Music 414, 415, 416, 422 6 

c. Theory/Composition 

Music 361 3 

Music 411 3 

Music 480 or 481 3 

d. Wind Instrument Performance 

Music 361 3 

Music 417 or 418 2 

Electives 4 

D. Additional Requirements 45 

Art 271, or 272, or 273 10 

Electives 20 

Foreign Language 15 

Recitals (as determined by selected option) 

Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191 

Program for the Degree 
Bachelor of Music Education 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements* 101 

Core Area I 20 

English 111, 112, 211 15 

Art 200, 271, 272, 273; Music 200; 

Phil. 200, 201; or Eng. 222 5 

Core Area II 20 

Math 101, 290 10 

Laboratory Science Sequence 10 

Core Area III 20 

History 114, 115 10 

Political Science 113 5 

One of the following: 
Sociology 201, or Anthropology 

201, or Economics 201 5 

Core Area IV 30 

Psychology 101 5 

Education 200 5 

Music 111 3 

Music 112 3 

Music 113 3 

Music 140 6 

Music 236 2 

Music 281 3 

Physical Education 6 

P.E. 103 or 108 1 

P.E. 117 2 

* Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Ad- 
mission" section of this catalogue. 

104 



Three activity courses 3 

History 251 or 252 5 

B. Courses in the Teaching Field 50 

1. Music 211, 212, 213 (Int. Theory) 
Music 236 (Woodwind Methods) 
Music 238 (Percussion Methods) 
Music 239 (String Methods) 
Music 240, 340 (Applied Music) 
Music 251 or 254 (Band or Chorus) 

Music 312 (Form and Analysis) 

Music 330 (Music in the Lower School) 

Music 331 (Music in the Middle & Upper School) 

Music 361 (Orchestration) 

Music 371, 372, 373 (Music History) 

2. One of the following options: 11 

a. (Choral emphasis) Music 228, 353, 423, 480 

b. (Instrumental emphasis) Music 227, 352, 

424, 481, and one course from 
417, 418, or 419 

c. (Keyboard emphasis) Music 227, 352, or 

353, 420, 421, 480, or 481 

C. Professional Education Sequence 35 

Education 310 5 

Psychology 301 5 

Education 335 5 

DrS 228 5 

Education 470, 480, 490 15 

D. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 197 



Program for the Degree 

Bachelor of Science in Education 

with a Major in Secondary Education 

Teaching Field of Art Education 

See the department of Secondary Education in the School of Edu- 
cation section of this catalog for a description of this B.S. Ed. prog- 
ram. 

Minor Concentrations 

The department offers the following minor concentrations: 

The minor in Art requires a total of 25 hours: Art 111, 112; one 
course selected from Art 271, 272, 273; ten hours selected from Art 
201, 202, 213, 330, 331. 

The minor in Music requires a total of 29 hours: Applied Music (6 
hours in one area); Music Theory 111, 112, 113 (9 hours); Music 
Ensemble 251, 252 or 254 (6 hours); Music History and Literature (8 
hours); Recital Attendance. 

An Associate in Arts degree with a concentration in Art is availa- 
ble through the Associate in Arts degree program described else- 
where in this catalogue. The concentration in art requires a total of 
30 hours: Art 111, 112; one course selected from Art 271, 272, 273; 
fifteen hours selected from Art 201, 211, 213, 330, 340, 360, and 370. 



105 



Additional Requirements for Music Majors 

1. Meet a recital attendance requirement as directed by the fa- 
culty. 

2. Enroll for applied music each quarter until the applied music 
requirement has been met (except when student teaching). 

3. A student must participate in a large ensemble of the college 
each quarter of attendance except when student teaching. After 
eleven quarters, ensemble participation is optional. Voice prin- 
cipals are required to enroll for chorus and band instrument 
principals for concert band. Students with a choice of ensemble 
must remain in the chosen ensemble for the duration of the 
academic year. 

4. Participate in student recitals as directed by the applied music 
instructor. A student must perform in a quarterly student reci- 
tal at least once a year. 

5. Demonstrate minimum keyboard proficiency (the ability to play 
scales, cadences, hymns and simple piano pieces). Students defi- 
cient in keyboard skills upon entering a music degree program 
will enroll in Music 226 (I, II, III), Class Piano, until the require- 
ment is met. A grade of C or better in three quarters of Class 
Piano shall constitute completion of the piano proficiency re- 
quirement. The student must complete this requirement by the 
end of the sophomore year to continue in a music degree prog- 
ram. 

6. Present a recital as required in the specific degree program. For 
the B.A. degree with a concentration in performance, a half reci- 
tal in the junior year and a full recital in the senior year are 
required. With a concentration in theory-composition the pre- 
sentation of a program of original compositions or a comparable 
practical exercise is required. For the B.M.E. degree, a half reci- 
tal in the senior year is required. In the B.M.E. program, upon 
recommendation of the applied music instructor, a jury exami- 
nation may be substitued for the recital. 

The applied music level for entering or transfer students will be 
determined by audition. In the Bachelor of Arts degree program a 
minimum of eighteen hours of applied music will be in the principal 
instrument, with at least six credits at the 440 level. In theBachelor 
of Music Education degree program, a minimum of twelve hours of 
applied music will be in the principal instrument with at least six 
credits at the 340 level. The quarterly applied music grade will be 
determined in part by a jury examination before a committee of the 
music faculty. 

Applied Music Fees 

Applied music courses consist of one twenty-five minute private 
lesson per week (Music 130) or a combination of private and class 
lessons (Music 140, 240, 340, 440). A special fee of $31.00 for Music 130 
or $62.00 for the Music 140 series is charged quarterly to students 
not admitted to a music degree program, to music majors enrolled 
for less than ten hours, and to music majors enrolled for more than 
one applied course. The applied music fee is refundable only if the 
student does not meet his first scheduled lesson. 

106 



Course Offerings 
Applied Music 

MUSIC 130— APPLIED MUSIC. (one credit) 

Prerequisite: Sufficient music background, determined by audi- 
tion or Music 100. 

One twenty-five minute lesson per week in brass, organ, percus- 
sion, piano, strings, voice, or woodwinds. Applicable to a music de- 
gree only for a secondary applied credit. May be repeated for credit. 

MUSIC 140— APPLIED MUSIC. (two credits) 

Prerequisite: Open to music majors and a limited number of 

non-majors by audition only. 

Private and class instruction in brass, organ, percussion, piano, 

strings, voice or woodwinds. May be repeated for credit. 

MUSIC 240— APPLIED MUSIC. (two credits) 

Prerequisite: Competency at the Music 1J+0 level as determined by 

jury examination. 

Private and class instruction in brass, organ, percussion, piano, 

strings, voice or woodwinds. May be repeated for credit. 

MUSIC 340— APPLIED MUSIC. (two credits) 

Prerequisite: Competency at the Music 21+0 level as determined by 

jury examination. 

Private and class instruction in brass, organ, percussion, piano, 

strings, voice or woodwinds. May be repeated for credit. 

MUSIC 440— APPLIED MUSIC. (two credits) 

Prerequisite: Competency at the Music 3J+0 level as determined by 

jury examination. 

Private and class instruction in brass, organ, percussion, piano, 

strings, voice or woodwinds. May be repeated for credit. 

Music 

MUSIC 100— FUNDAMENTALS OF MUSIC. (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

An introduction to the principles of music reading with applica- 
tions to the keyboard, guitar and simple wind instruments. May not 
be used for credit toward a degree in music. 

MUSIC 111— ELEMENTARY THEORY I. (3-2-3) 

Fall. 

An introduction to the basic theoretical principles of music in- 
cluding sightsinging, eartraining and keyboard harmony. 

MUSIC 112— ELEMENTARY THEORY II. (3-2-3) 

Winter. 

A continuation of Music 111 with emphasis on part- writing and 
diatonic material. 

MUSIC 113— ELEMENTARY THEORY III. (3-2-3) 

Spring. 

A continuation of Music 112 introducing seventh chords and 
diatonic modulation. 



107 



MUSIC lU^JAZZ IMPROVISATION I. (2-0-2) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Music 113 or permission of in- 
structor. 

Emphasis on basic jazz literature, chord symbol reading, melodic 
patterns, ear training, melodic concepts and analysis of improvised 
solos. 

MUSIC 200— INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC LITERATURE.(5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. 

A course designed to help the student understand music by 
means of analysis of style, forms, and media of musical expression. 

MUSIC 201— UNDERSTANDING JAZZ. (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. 

A non-technical survey of jazz performers and styles with em- 
phasis on recorded literature. The course will examine elements of 
jazz such as improvisation, instrumentation and rhythm and trace 
their development from New Orleans to contemporary fusion 
music. 

MUSIC 202— SURVEY OF ROCK MUSIC. (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. 

A non-technical survey of rock music and its styles with emphasis 
on recorded literature. 

MUSIC 203— POPULAR MUSIC IN 20TH CENTURY 
AMERICA. (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. 

A survey of popular music from ragtime to present. Examination 
of poplar music and its relationship to American culture. 

MUSIC 210— HONORS INTRODUCTION TO 

MUSIC LITERATURE. (5-0-5) 

Winter and Summer. Prerequisite: Music major status or permis- 
sion of the instructor. 

A course designed for the student with a practical musical 
background or previous listening experience. Emphasis will be on 
the development of perception of style and form through listening. 
May be used as a substitute for Music 200 in the Core Curriculum. 

MUSIC 211— INTERMEDIATE THEORY I. (3-2-3) 

Fall. Prerequisite: Music 113. 

A continuation of Music 113 with emphasis on chromatic har- 
mony. 

MUSIC 212— INTERMEDIATE THEORY II. (3-2-3) 

Winter. 
A continuation of Music 211. 

MUSIC 213— INTERMEDIATE THEORY III. (3-2-3) 

Spring. 

A continuation of Music 212 with emphasis on twentieth century 
techniques. 

MUSIC 214— JAZZ IMPROVISATION II. (2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: Music 111+ or permission of instructor. 
Emphasis on the analysis and performance of intermediate jazz 

literature and composition in contemporary styles. 

108 



MUSIC 224— CLASS GUITAR. (0-2-1) 

Offered on demand. 

Designed for the development of basic skills in playing the guitar 
for accompanying. Focuses on chorded styles and their application 
to music such as folk songs and popular music. 

MUSIC 226— CLASS PIANO I, II, III. (0-2-1) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Music major status or permis- 
sion of instructor. 

A study of keyboard techniques with emphasis on the skills 
needed to fulfill the piano proficiency requirement. 

MUSIC 227— CLASS VOICE. (0-2-1) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Music major status or permis- 
sion of instructor. 

A study of voice production techniques with practical application 
to standard song literature. Not open to students whose principal 
instrument is voice. 

MUSIC 228— DICTION IN SINGING. (3-0-3) 

Winter. 

A study of phonetics and pronunciation of Italian, German, 
French, and Latin as applied to singing. 

MUSIC 229— CLASS RECORDER I, AND II. (0-2-1) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 
An introduction to playing the recorder. Basics covered include 

reading music notation, fingerings, and tone production. 

MUSIC 236— BRASS METHODS. (0-4-2) 

An introduction to the principles of brass instrument perfor- 
mance and pedagogy. 

MUSIC 237— WOODWIND METHODS. (0-4-2) 

An introduction to the principles of woodwind instrument per- 
formance and pedagogy. 

MUSIC 238— PERCUSSION METHODS. (0-4-2) 

An introduction to the principles of percussion instrument per- 
formance and pedagogy. 

MUSIC 239— STRING METHODS. (0-4-2) 

An introduction to the principles of string instrument perfor- 
mance and pedagogy. 

MUSIC 251— SYMPHONIC WIND ENSEMBLE. (0-4-2) 

Open to qualified students. 

MUSIC 252-JAZZ ENSEMBLE. (0-2-1) 

Open to qualified students. 

MUSIC 254— CHORUS. (0-3-1) 

Open to qualified students. 

MUSIC 255— CHAMBER ENSEMBLE. (0-2-1) 

On demand. 

Open to all qualified students in the performance media of brass, 
woodwind, string, keyboard, voice, and percussion instruments. 



109 



MUSIC 257— OPERA WORKSHOP. (0-2-1) 

MUSIC 258— KEYBOARD ACCOMPANYING. (1-2-2) 

On demand. 

MUSIC 281— CONDUCTING. (3-0-3) 

Alternate years. Prerequisite: Music 113. 

An introduction to the techniques of conducting and interpreta- 
tion. 

MUSIC 312— FORM AND ANALYSIS. (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: Music 213. 

The study of the principles of form in music and techniques of 
harmonic analysis. 

MUSIC 318— MUSIC FUNDAMENTALS FOR THE 
ELEMENTARY TEACHER. 

A course in functional piano, music notation, scales, key signa- 
tures, and beginning ear-training and sight singing. Special atten- 
tion is given to applying these elements to children's songs. Not 
open to music majors. May be exempted by examination with credit 
awarded. 

MUSIC 319— MUSIC METHODS FOR THE 

ELEMENTARY TEACHER. (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: Music 318 

An introduction to music instructional materials for the elemen- 
tary classroom teacher. Not open to music majors. 

MUSIC 330— MUSIC IN THE LOWER SCHOOL. (4-0-4) 

A course for music majors emphasizing analysis and evaluation 

of techniques and materials for teaching music in the lower school. 

MUSIC 331— MUSIC IN THE MIDDLE 

AND UPPER SCHOOL. (4-0-4) 

A course for music majors emphasizing analysis and evaluation 
of techniques and materials for teaching music in the middle and 
senior high schools. 

MUSIC 352— BAND METHODS. (2-0-2) 

Offered on demand. 

A course dealing with the organization, maintenance and de- 
velopment of school instrumental ensembles. 

MUSIC 353— CHORAL METHODS. (2-0-2) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Music 227. 

A course dealing with the organization and development of 
school choral organizations, problems of choral singing, and fun- 
damentals of choral conducting. 

MUSIC 361— ORCHESTRATION AND ARRANGING. (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Music 213. 

An introduction to the techniques of arranging and scoring for 
vocal and instrumental ensembles. 

MUSIC 371— MUSIC HISTORY. (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: One year of music theory or permission of the in- 
structor. 

110 



The history of music in Western Civilization from its origins 
through the Renaissance. 

MUSIC 372— MUSIC HISTORY. (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: One year of music theory or permission of the in- 
structor. 

The history of music in Western Civilization in the Baroque and 
Classic periods. 

MUSIC 373— MUSIC HISTORY. (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: Music 213 or permission of the instructor. 
The history of music in Western Civilization in the Romantic 

Period and in the 20th century. 

MUSIC 400— SEMINAR IN MUSIC EDUCATION. (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: Music 350, 351. 
A survey course for music education majors of current trends in 

instruction and research techniques. 

MUSIC 411— COMPOSITION. (1 to 5 hours) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: Music 213, 312. 

MUSIC 412— COUNTERPOINT. (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Music 213. 
A study of contrapuntal practices of 18th century music. 

MUSIC 414— SONG LITERATURE I. (2-0-2) 

Fall. 
A survey of German song literature. 

MUSIC 415— SONG LITERATURE II. (2-0-2) 

Winter. 
A survey of French song literature. 

MUSIC 416— SONG LITERATURE III. (2-0-2) 

Spring. 

A survey of the song literature of English, Italian and Russian 
music and others. 

MUSIC 417— REPERTOIRE AND PEDAGOGICAL 
TECHNIQUES OF BRASS INSTRUMENTS. (2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: Junior status or permission of the instructor. 

A survey of the literature and teaching techniques of the brass 
instruments. 

MUSIC 418— REPERTOIRE AND PEDAGOGICAL 
TECHNIQUES OF WOODWIND INSTRUMENTS. (2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: Junior status or permission of the instructor. 

A survey of the literature and teaching techniques of the wood- 
wind instruments. 

MUSIC 419— REPERTOIRE AND PEDAGOGICAL 
TECHNIQUES OF PERCUSSION INSTRUMENTS. (2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: Junior status or permission of the instructor. 

A survey of the literature and teaching techniques of the percus- 
sion instruments. 

MUSIC 420-421— PIANO LITERATURE. (2-0-2 each course) 

A survey of literature for the piano. 

Ill 



MUSIC 422— OPERA LITERATURE. (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: Music 200 or 210 or permission 

of the instructor. 

A study of operatic masterpieces from the origins of the form to be 

present. 

MUSIC 423— CHORAL REPERTOIRE. (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: Junior status or permission of the instructor. 
A survey of the literature of choral ensemble. 

MUSIC 424— BAND REPERTOIRE. (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: Junior status or permission of the instructor. 
A survey of the literature of band and wind ensemble. 

MUSIC 480— ADVANCED CHORAL CONDUCTING. (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: Music 281, 312. 
Advanced techniques for the choral conductor. 

MUSIC 481— ADVANCED INSTRUMENTAL 

CONDUCTING. (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: Music 281, 312, 361. 

Advanced techniques for the instrumental conductor. 

MUSIC 490— DIRECTED INDIVIDUAL STUDY. (1 to 5 credits) 



ART 

ART 111— BASIC DESIGN I. (2-6-5) 

Fall. 

An introduction to two-dimensional design and graphic com- 
munication. 

ART 112— BASIC DESIGN II. (2-6-5) 

Winter. 

The fundamentals of three-dimensional design introduced 
through scuptural projects in various media. 

ART 114— INTRODUCTION TO PHOTOGRAPHY. (2-4-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Introduction to black and white photographic aesthetics and pro- 
cesses. Including study of the mechanical-optical functions of 
cameras and enlargers as well as printing and processing of film in 
a controlled environment. 

ART 200— INTRODUCTION TO THE VISUAL ARTS. (5-0-5) 

Fall, Spring. 

A study of artistic theories, styles, media and techniques and 
their application in masterworks of art from all ages. Not recom- 
mended for art majors. 

ART 201— PAINTING I. (2-6-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: Art 111 or Art 112 or permission of the in- 
structor. 

A basic course in acrylic or oil painting from observed and secon- 
dary sources. 

ART 202— PAINTING II. (2-6-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: Art 201 or permission of the instructor. 

112 



A continuation of Painting I with an increasing emphasis on stu- 
dent selected painting problems. 

ART 211— GRAPHIC DESIGN. (2-6-5) 

Prerequisite: Art 111 or permission of the instructor. 
The fundamentals of visual communication including design, 
layout, typography and reproduction as related to modern adver- 
tising techniques. 

ART 213— DRAWING I. (2-6-5) 

Winter. 

A fundamental course emphasizing representational drawing 
from still-life, landscape, and figural forms. 

ART 271— HISTORY OF ART. (5-0-5) 

Fall. 

A survey of the visual arts, painting, sculpture, and architecture, 
in Western Civilization from pre-history to the Late Middle Ages. 

ART 272— HISTORY OF ART II. (5-0-5) 

Winter. 
Italian Renaissance through Rococo art. 

ART 273— HISTORY OF ART III. (5-0-5) 

Spring. 

Modern Art, the late eighteenth through the twentieth cen- 
turies. 

ART 300/500— ART IN CONCEPT AND PRACTICE. (3-3-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Provides a multi-purpose approach to the use of art concepts in 
teaching creative action and aesthetic education. Stress is given to 
improving ability to deal with concepts and ideas both visually and 
verbally, and relating goals of art education to the goals of general 
education. 

ART 301— PAINTING III. (2-6-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: Art 201 and Art 202, or permis- 
sion of the instructor. 

Advanced problems in painting determined in consultation with 
the instructor. 

ART 302— PAINTING IV. (2-6-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Art 301 or permission of the 

instructor. 

A continuation of Painting III. 

ART 313— DRAWING II. (2-6-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: Art 113 or permission of the instructor. 
A continuation of Drawing I with emphasis on figuration, com- 
position, and color. 

ART 320— ART FOR THE ELEMENTARY TEACHER. (4-2-5) 

Fall. 

A study, with studio experience, of materials and methods for 
teaching art at the elementary school level. 

Students with no previous art background are encouraged to 



113 



take Art 111 (2-6-5) before taking this course. If in doubt, please 
consult with the instructor. 

ART 330— CERAMICS I. (2-6-5) 

Fall. 

Fundamentals of hand-built stoneware pottery including pinch, 
coil and slab construction, glaze-making, kiln loading and firing. 
Additional experiences may include primitive firing or Raku. 

ART 331— CERAMICS II. (2-6-5) 

Winter. 

Fundamentals of wheel-thrown pottery plus a more intensive 
exploration of glazing and firing including Raku. 

ART 332— SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN CERAMICS. (2-6-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: Art 330 or 331 and permission 
of the instructor. 

The content of this class is flexible and may include in-depth 
experiences in any of the following: Raku firing, primative firing, 
kiln construction, building of pottery equipment (wheels, tools, 
etc.), glaze calculation, etc. May be repeated for credit. 

ART 333— CERAMIC SCULPTURE. (2-6-5) 

Prerequisite: Art 330 or Art 331. 

An exploration of the expressive capabilities of clay as a unique 
sculptural medium. 

ART 340— PRINTMAKING. (2-6-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Art 111 or permission of the 

instructor. 

An introduction to basic printmaking processes including 

linoleum, woodblock, and silkscreen. 

ART 350— ART IN THE LOWER SCHOOL. (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. 

The analysis and evaluation of techniques and materials for 
teaching art in the elementary school. 

ART 351— ART IN THE MIDDLE AND UPPER SCHOOL. (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. 

The analysis and evaluation of techniques and materials for 
teaching art in the junior and senior high school. 

ART 360— CRAFTS. (2-6-5) 

The development of technical skills in a range of materials and 
processes stressing fibers and/or small metalwork. 

ART 370— SCULPTURE. (2-6-5) 

Prerequisite: Art 112 

The basic sculptural processes employing a variety of media. 
Emphasis on technical and formal aspects of three-dimensional ex- 
pression. 

ART 400— SEMINAR IN ART EDUCATION. (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. 

A survey of current trends in instructional and research 
techniques. 

ART 490— DIRECTED INDIVIDUAL STUDY. (1 to 5 credits) 
114 



DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY AND 
POLITICAL SCIENCE 

Professor Roger K. Warlick, Head; Professors Beecher, Burnett, 
Coyle, Duncan, Gross, Lanier, McCarthy, and Newman; Associate 
Professors Arens and Patterson, Rhee and Stone; Assistant Pro- 
fessors Boney, Comaskey; Instructor Robertson. 

All students are reminded that any who receive degrees from the 
University System of Georgia are required to demonstrate profi- 
ciency in U.S. and Georgia History and Constitutions. This re- 
quirement may be met by the successful completion of Political 
Science 113 and History 251 or 252 or may be exempted by examina- 
tion with credit awarded. See "Academic Regulations" section. 
The Department offers the following major degree programs: 
B.A., History 
B.A., Political Science 
and in cooperation with the School of Education, the following 
programs leading to secondary school teacher certification: 
B.A. History (with certification) 

B.A. Political Science (with certification) 

B.S. Ed., Secondary Education, History Concentration 
B.S. Ed., Secondary Education, Political Science Con- 
centration 
and: M.ED., History (See Graduate Catalogue for T-5 pro- 
grams) 
M.ED., Political Science (See Graduate Catalogue for 
T-5 programs) 
In addition, there are minor programs available on the following 
fields: 

History 

International Studies 
Museum Studies 
Political Science 
Preservation Studies 
Public Administration 
Russian Studies 
A major in Political Science or History is most useful to those who 
plan to enter teaching, library or archival work, publishing, jour- 
nalism, historic preservation, museology, historic site administra- 
tion, or such professional fields as international business, law or 
theology. Either major is also a desirable foundation for oppor- 
tunities in or related to government (e.g., civil and foreign service, 
A.I.D., U.S.I.A., ACTION, teaching abroad, etc.) Beyond these 
fields there is an enormous variety of organizations (local, national, 
and international) whose philanthropic, sectarian, or economic in- 
terests require people with the skills and sensitivity cultivated by a 
major in History or Political Science. 

Majors in History 

The major in History may take either of two forms: History or 
History (T-4 Certification). Regardless of the option chosen, how- 
ever, students majoring in history should satisfy the college core 

115 



requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree during the Freshman 
and Sophomore years. To complete the major requires, beyond 
Western Civilization (History 114-115) and U.S. History (History 
251-252), forty quarter hours from courses numbered 300 or above 
(with grades of "C" or better), including History 300. Students 
should register for History 300 in the Sophomore or early in the 
Junior year, or in the first possible quarter after choosing to major 
in History. 

In History per se, the major program must also include: (a) 25 
quarter hours as approved by faculty advisor in related fields such 
as anthropology, history of art and music, economics, literature, 
political science, philosophy, psychology, sociology, or statistics; 
and (b) a fifteen quarter hour foreign language sequence, or profi- 
ciency in a language through the 103 level. Students who con- 
template graduate work in history, however, are strongly advised 
to continue their linguistic study beyond this elementary level. The 
history faculty will consider substitutions only when compelling 
reasons argue against fulfilling the language requirement and only 
when the proposed substitute offers an additional research skill or 
a study in depth of a foreign culture. In selecting course work, a 
student may emphasize the history of one particular area (e.g., 
U.S., European, or Russian-Asian-African-Latin American), but 
must complete at least ten quarter hours of history outside the area 
of concentration. 

In History (Certification) the program takes a more structured 
form in order to meet criteria for the Georgia Teacher's Profes- 
sional Four- Year Certificate (T-4). Students in this program are, 
therefore, urged to establish contact with the Department early in 
their college work so as to be directed to the appropriate academic 
advisor. 

Opportunities for Independent Study work exist in all three con- 
centration areas, but no more than 10 such hours may be counted 
among the forty (40) upper division history hours required for the 
majors in History and History (Certification). 

Program for the Degree 
Bachelor of Arts with a Major in History 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements* 96 

Core Area I 20 

English 111, 112, 211 15 

Art 200, 271, 272, 273; 
Music 200; PHI 200, 201; 

or ENG 222 5 

Core Area II 20 

Math 101 and 103, 195, 220, or 290 10 

One of the following sequences: 10 

Biology 101, 102, 
Chemistry 121, 122 
Physics 211, 212 
Physical Science 121, 122 

*Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Ad- 
mission" section of this Catalogue. 

116 



Core Area III 20 

HIS 114, 115 10 

POS 113 5 

One of the following: 5 

Anthropology 201, ECON 201, PSY 101, 
SOC 201 

Core Area IV 30 

Foreign Language sequence 101, 102, 103 15 

History 251 and 252 .10 

Related course 5 

Physical Education 6 

P.E. 103 or 108 1 

P.E. 117 2 

Three activity courses 3 

B. Courses in Major Field 40 

1. History 300 5 

2. History courses 300 level or above (with at least 

10 quarter hours outside area of concentration) 35 

Concentration Areas: 

a) U.S. History: 

HIS. 351, 352, 354, 355, 363, 365, 367, 370, 371, 374, 375, 377, 379, 
400, 403, 416, 422, 451, 471, 485-486, 496. 

b) European History: 

HIS. 333, 336, 340, 341, 342, 343, 344, 345, 346, 347, 348, 
349, 350, 410, 436, 483-484, 495 

c) Russian-Asian-African-Latin American: 

HIS. 310, 312, 320, 321, 322, 329, 330, 428, 431, 435, 481-482 

C. Courses in Related Fields 20 

To be chosen in fields such as anthropology, history of art 
and music, economics, literature, foreign language, political 
science, sociology, psychology or statistics, museum or preservation 
studies 

D. Electives 35 

E. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191 

Program for Secondary Teachers 
Bachelor of Arts with a Major in History** 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements* 96 

Core Area I 20 

English 111, 112, 211 15 

Art 200, 271, 272, 273; Music 200; 

Phil. 200, 201; or Eng. 222 5 

Core Area II 20 

Math 101, 220 10 

Laboratory Science sequence 10 

Core Area III 20 

History 114, ! 15 10 

Political Science 113 5 

Psychology 101 5 

Core Area IV 30 

Foreign Language 101, 102, 103 15 

History 251 or 252 5 

* Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Ad- 
mission" section of this Catalogue. 
**With Teacher Certification. 

117 



Any one of the following: 

Anth. 201, Econ. 201, Soc. 201 5 

Choice of: Art 200, 271, 272, 273; 

Music 200, Dr/S 228 5 

Physical Education 6 

RE. 103 or 108 1 

RE. 117 2 

Three activity courses 3 

B. Courses in the Major 60 

History 300 5 

U.S. History 10-15 

History 371 (required if History 

252 was taken in the General Re- 
quirements) or History 377 (re- 
quired if History 251 was taken in 

the General Requirements); 

five to ten hours to be selected 

from: History 351, 352, 354, 355, 

363, 365, 367, 370, 374, 375, 

379, 400, 403, 416, 422, 451, 

471, 485-486, 496 
Russian, Asian, African, Latin- 
American History 10 

To be selected from: History 

310, 312, 320, 321, 322, 329, 

330, 428, 431, 435, 481-482 
European History 10-15 

To be selected from: History 

333, 336, 340, 341, 342, 343, 

344, 345, 346, 347, 348, 349, 

350, 410, 436, 483-484, 495 
Supporting Work 20 

To be selected from two of the 

following fields with a minimum 

of ten quarter hours to be taken 

from each field: 

a) approved upper division electives 
in political science; 

b) Economics 201 and approved upper 
division electives; 

c) approved electives in behavioral 
sciences (sociology, anthropology, 
and psychology). 

C. Professional Sequence 40 

Educ. 200, 310, 335, 445, 470, 480, 490 35 

Psychology 301 5 

D. Regents and Examinations 

TOTAL 196 



118 



Programs for the Degrees 

Bachelor of Science in Education with a 

Major in Secondary Education 

in the Teaching Field of Social Studies (with Concentration in History) 

and similar program (with Concentration in Political Science) 

See the Department of Secondary Education in the School of 
Education section of this catalog for a description of these B.S. Ed. 
programs. 

Majors in Political Science 

A major in Political Science may take three distinctly differing 
forms: Political Science, Public Administration, or Political Science 
(Certification). 

All students majoring in Political Science, regardless of the op- 
tion chosen, should satisfy the college core requirements for the 
Bachelor of Arts during their Freshman and Sophomore years. 

To complete a Political Science major requires, beyond American 
Government (113), forty quarter hours of upper division courses in 
the field (with grades of "C" or better). Further, the program must 
include at least one course from each of the following groups: 
I. American Political Institutions 
II. International Relations 

III. Political Theory 

IV. Comparative Government 

The major's program must also include Mathematics 220, and at 
least 25 hours of course-work in such fields as Economics, History, 
Geography, Mathematics, Computer Science, Philosophy, Psychol- 
ogy, or Sociology. 

The Political Science major allows the option of a foreign lan- 
guage (French or German preferred) through the 103 level or a 
sequence of computer science courses. Students who contemplate 
graduate work in Political Science, however, are strongly advised 
to take the foreign language option and to continue their linguistic 
study beyond the 103 level. 

The programs in Public Administration and Political Science 
(Certification) are more structured in order to prepare students 
adequately to meet the demands of their professions and of appro- 
priate licensing agencies. The Certification option, for example, 
when completed according to the plan (below), meets all criteria for 
the Four- Year Certificate (T-4) of the State of Georgia Department 
of Education. 

Program for the Degree 
Bachelor of Arts with a Major in Political Science 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements* 96 

Core Area I 20 

English 111, 112, 211 15 

Art 200, 271, 272, 273; 
Music 200; PHI 200, 201; 

* Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See 
"Admission" section of this Catalogue. 

119 



ENG 222 5 

Core Area II 20 

Math 101, 220 10 

One of the following sequences: 10 

Biology 101, 102 
Chemistry 121, 122 
Physics 211, 212 
Physical Science 121, 122 

Core Area III 20 

HIS 114, 115 10 

Political Science 113 5 

One of the following: 5 

Anthropology 201, Economics 201, 
Psychology 101, Sociology 201 

Core Area IV 30 

Foreign Language sequence 101, 102, 103, or 
Computer Science 110, 225, and 136, 146, or 

231 15 

History 251 or 252 5 

Related courses 10 

Physical Education 6 

P.E. 103 or 108 1 

P.E. 117 2 

Three activity courses 3 

B. Courses in Major Field 40 

At least five quarter hours must be taken 

from each of the following areas: 

a) American Political Institutions: 401, 403, 411, 412 

POS. 300, 304, 306, 307, 317, 318, 415, 416, 418 

b) International Affairs: 

POS. 320, 325, 326, 329, 429 

c) Political Theory: 

POS. 331, 332, 333 

d) Comparative Government: 

POS. 341, 346, 348, 349 

C. Courses in Related Fields 20 

To be chosen in field such as: 

Computer Science, Economics, Geography, History, 
Mathematics, Philosophy, Psychology, Public Administration or 
Sociology. 

D. Electives 40 

E. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191 

Program for the Degree 

Bachelor of Arts with a Major in Political Science 

(Public Administration) 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements* 96 

Core Area I 20 

English 111, 112, 211 15 

Art 200, 271, 273; Music 200, PHI 200, 201, or 

English 222 5 

Core Area II 20 

MATH 101, 220 10 

* With Teacher Certification. 

120 



One of the following sequences: 10 

Biology 101, 102 

Chemistry 121, 122 

Physics 211, 212 

Physical Science 121, 122 

Core Area III 20 

HIS 114, 115 10 

Political Science 113 5 

Economics 201 5 

Core Area IV 30 

Computer Science 110, 225, and 136, 146 or 231 15 

History 251 or 252 5 

Economics 202 5 

Sociology 201 5 

Physical Education 6 

P.E. 103 or 108 1 

P.E. 117 2 

Three activity courses 3 

B. Courses in Major Field 45 

1. Political Science with at least five quarter 

hours from each of the following areas 20 

a) American Political Institutions 

POS 306, 307, 317, 318, 411, 412, 415, 416 

b) International Affairs 
POS 320, 325, 326, 329, 429 

c) Political Theory 
POS 331, 332, 333 

d) Comparative Government 
POS 341, 346, 348 349 

2. Public Administration 25 

POS 300, and POS/PA 304, 401, 403, 418 

C. Courses in Related Fields 15 

S.W. 320 or Sociology 360; 

Computer Science 306 and 331 

D. Electives 35 

E. Regents and Exit Examinations 



191 



Program for Secondary School Teachers 
Bachelor of Arts With a Major in Political Science* 



Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements* 96 

Core Area I 20 

English 111, 112, 211 : .15 

Art 200, 271, 272, 273; Music 200; 

Phil. 200, 201; or Eng. 222 5 

Core Area II 20 

Math 101, 220 10 

Laboratory Science sequence 10 

Core Area III 20 

History 114, 115 10 

Political Science 113 5 

Psychology 101 5 

Core Area IV 30 

* Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See 
"Admission" section of this Catalogue. 

* With Teacher Certification. 

121 






Foreign Language 101, 102, 103 or 

Computer Science 110, 225, and 

Computer Science 136 or 146 or 231 15 

History 251 or 252 5 

Any one of the following: 

Anth. 201, Econ. 201, Soc. 201 5 

Choice of: Art 200, 271, 272, 273; 

Music 200; Dr/S 228 5 

Physical Education 6 

P.E. 103 or 108 1 

P.E. 117 2 

Three activity courses 3 

B. Courses in the Major 60 

Approved courses from each of the 

following areas: 40 

a) Political Institutions (300, 
304, 306, 307, 317, 318, 401, 
403, 411, 412, 415, 416, 418) 

b) International Relations (320, 
325, 326, 329, 429) 

c) Political Theory (331, 332, 
333) 

d) Comparative Government (341, 
346, 348, 349) 

Supporting Work 20 

To be selected from two of the 
following fields, with a minimum 
of ten quarter hours to be taken 
from each field: 

a) History 251 or 252 and ap- 
proved upper division history elective; 

b) Economics 201 and an approved 
upper division elective; 

c) approved electives in behavioral 
sciences (sociology, anthropo- 
logy, and psychology) 

C. Professional Sequence 40 

Educ. 200, 310, 335, 445, 470, 

480, 490 35 

Psychology 301 5 

D. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 196 



Program for the Degree 
Bachelor of Science in Education with a 

Major in Secondary Education 

in the Teaching Field of Social Studies 

with a Concentration in Political Science 

See the Department of Secondary Education in the School of 
Education section of this catalogue for a description of this B.S. Ed. 
program. 



122 



Minor Concentrations 
History 

The minor concentration in History is both simple and practical. 
It is practical because the notation of a History minor on the trans- 
cript indicates to an employer that the applicant has some solid 
liberal arts background with its accompanying insight into the de- 
velopment and functioning of modern society and that the applic- 
ant has made an extra effort to refine research and writing skills so 
essential to dealing with that society. Whatever the major one 
chooses, a minor in History will strengthen the student's academic 
record. The minor is simple because of its requirements: 

Twenty (20) hours of upper division History courses (300 level or 
higher) with grades of "C" or better. 

Russian Studies 

The department offers an interdisciplinary minor in Russian 
Studies which requires 20 hours at the intermediate and advanced 
levels. 

Hours 

1. Russian 201 (assumes completion of Russian 101, 102, and 
103 as prerequisites); Political Science 349 (Comparative 
Government — Soviet Union) 10 

2. Choice of ten hours from: 

History 329, 330, 428, 431, 481 (Independent Study in Russian 
History); Comparative Literature 400 (Topics in Russian Litera- 
ture); Political Science 440 (Independent Study in Comparative 
Government — Soviet Union); History 435 10 

Museum Studies and Preservation Studies 

The department also offers two professional minors in 
Museum Studies and Preservation Studies. Each of these 
minors requires 25 hours, including HIS 300 and 20 additional 
hours, as follows: 

Museum Studies: MPS 410, 411, 412, 495 or 402. 

Preservation Studies: MPS 412, 420, 421, or 422, 401 or 498. 

These specialized programs are designed to be appropriate 
professional additions to majors in a variety of related fields 
such as Art History, Anthropology, American Studies, History, 
and Public Administration. 

Students who hope to work in history-related fields upon 
graduation should consider adding a minor in Museum or Pre- 
servation studies. Through this program unique opportunities 
are provided for qualified students to gain practical experience 
while making a realistic assessment of the possibilities offered 
by their field of interest. Cooperative arrangements with His- 
toric Savannah Foundation, Georgia Historical Society, Savan- 
nah Landmark Project, Oatland Island Center, and with a 
number of museums and historical sites, such as Telfair 
Adademy, Ft. Pulaski, Juliette Low Center, and Ft. King 
George, permit placement of students in positions relating to: 

(a) archival and manuscript curation, 

123 



(b) historic site administration and interpretation, 

(c) museum studies, and 

(d) historic preservation 

Political Science 

The minor in Political Science noted on a student's transcript 
indicates to a potential employer that the applicant for a posi- 
tion has some solid liberal arts background with its accompany- 
ing insight into the development and functioning of modern so- 
ciety. It also indicates that the applicant has made extra effort 
to refine the research and writing skills essential in dealing with 
that society. Whatever the major, a Political Science minor will 
strengthen the student's academic record. The minor requires 
twenty (20) hours of upper division Political Science courses 
(300 level or higher) with grades of "C" or better. At least one 
course must be taken from each of the special areas noted in the 
description of the major in Political Science. 

International Relations 

Requirements: 25 hours with a grade of "C" or better from the 
following 300-1+00 level courses.* 

1. Required course: 5 qtr. hrs. 

POS 329 (International Relations) 

2. Any one course from the following: 5 qtr. hrs. 

POS 325 (International Organization) 
POS 326 (International Law) 

3. Any one course from the following: 5 qtr. hrs. 

POS 320 (International Relations: The Far East) 

POS 341 (Politics of Developing Nations) 

POS 346 (Comparative Government: East Asia) 

POS 348 (Comparative Government: Western Europe) 

POS 349 (Comparative Government: Soviet Union) 

4. Any two courses from the following: 10 qtr. hrs. 

HIS 321 (Modern China) 

HIS 330 (Modern Russia) 

HIS 350 (Europe in the 20th Century) 

HIS 355 (Studies in American Diplomacy II) 

HIS 435 (History of Russian Foreign Policy) 

HIS 436 (European Diplomatic History) 

POS 429 (American Foreign Policy) 



TOTAL 25 qtr. hrs. 

Public Administration 

To achieve a minor in Public Administration a student must 
complete the following 25 hrs. with grades of C or better in each 
course: 

POS 300, and PA 304, 401, 403, and 418. 

This assumes the sufficient competency in any one modern foreign language at 
least through the 103 level as determined by the appropriate national standard- 
ized test. 



124 



Course Offerings 
Economics 

ECONOMICS 201— PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (5-0-5) 

Offered Fall, Winter, and Summer. Prerequisite: At minimum, 

eligibility to enter Mathematics 101. 

A survey of macro- economics, including basic economic concepts, 

national income, the monetary system, and the international 

economy. 

ECONOMICS 202— PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (5-0-5) 

Spring. 

A survey of micro-economics, including the composition and pric- 
ing of national output, government and the market economy, factor 
pricing and income distribution, and a comparison of market sys- 
tems. 

ECONOMICS 363— ECONOMIC HISTORY OF THE UNITED 
STATES (5-0-5) 

Fall, 1981 

The growth and development of economic institutions in the Un- 
ited States from the colonial period to the present, with emphasis 
on the period since 1860, and including developments in agricul- 
ture, industry, labor, transportation, and finance. (Identical with 
HIS. 363) 

Geography 

GEOGRAPHY 111— WORLD HUMAN GEOGRAPHY. (5-0-5) 

Winter and Summer. 

A survey of world human geography, emphasizing population 
characteristics, topographic features, distribution of economic ac- 
tivities and geopolitical problems within the major geographic re- 
gions. Consideration of adequacy of resources to support expanding 
world populations. 

History 

HISTORY 114— CIVILIZATION I. (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. 

A survey of the main currents of political, social, religious, and 
intellectual activity from the time of the ancient Middle-Eastern 
civilizations to 1715. Throughout the course the major civilized 
traditions are considered and comparative methods used to facili- 
tate interpretations of them. 

HISTORY 115— CIVILIZATION II. (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. 
A continuation of History 114 to the present. 

HISTORY 150— A SURVEY OF THE HISTORY OF HEALTH 
CARE. (4-2-5) 

Selected inquiries into the theories, practices, and conditions 
from which the modern health care professions have evolved. Some 
use will be made of local medical archives where appropriate. 

125 



HISTORY 191— HONORS CIVILIZATION I. (5-0-5) 

Fall. Prerequisites: B's or better in High School History and an 
SAT verbal score of at least 550. 

This course replaces History 114 for selected students. While the 
subject matter will be the same as for History 114, the treatment of 
it will vary greatly. Likewise, instruction will go beyond the usual 
lecture method, allowing students to read widely and carry out 
their own research under the direction of the professor. 

HISTORY 192— HONORS CIVILIZATION II. (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: History 191 or a grade of "A" in History 11 U* 
A continuation of History 191, this course replaces History 115. 

HISTORY 251— AMERICAN HISTORY TO 1865. (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Eligibility for English 111. 
A survey of the political, economic, and social history of the 

United States to end of the Civil War. 

HISTORY 252— AMERICAN HISTORY SINCE 1865. (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequiste: Eligibility for English 111. 
A survey of the political, economic, and social history of the 

United States from 1865 to the present. 

HISTORY 300— HISTORICAL METHOD. (3-4-5) 

Summer and Winter. Required of all History majors and of 

Museum and Preservation Studies minors. 

An introduction to the nature and method of historical research, 

treating problems of investigation, organization, and writing 

through discussion and actual research experience in local history. 

HISTORY 395— INTERNSHIP. (Credit variable, up to 5 hours) 
Open to transient students only with permission of the Dean of 
Faculty at Armstrong and the college from which the student comes. 
Prerequisites: 3.0 in all history courses; 20 hours of upper level his- 
tory including History 300. 

Application and credit arrangements must be made through the 
department in advance, normally by mid-quarter preceding the 
quarter of internship. 

The student will pursue an individually designed course project 
involving off-campus study and research in a government or pri- 
vate agency. Projects are normally designed to require the full 
eleven week quarter for completion, during which time the student 
will be under the joint supervision of the sponsoring agency and his 
faculty advisor. 

This internship, graded on an S or U basis, will be credited among 
electives, not as a part of the minimum 40 hours of traditional work 
required for the major. 

United States History 

HISTORY 351— POPULAR CULTURE IN 

THE UNITED STATES TO 1900. (5-0-5) 

Fall, 1981. 

An examination of the major trends in the news media, popular 
literature, entertainment, and recreational activites. 

126 



HISTORY 352— POPULAR CULTURE IN 

THE UNITED STATES SINCE 1900. (5-0-5) 

Fall, 1982. 

A continuation of the above. 

HISTORY 354— STUDIES IN AMERICAN DIPLOMACY. (5-0-5) 

Fall, 1982. 

Considers American objectives and policies in foreign affairs 
from colonial times to World War I. 

HISTORY 355— STUDIES IN AMERICAN DIPLOMACY. 

Winter, 1983. 

A continuation of History 454 to the present. 

HISTORY 363— ECONOMIC HISTORY OF THE UNITED 
STATES. (5-0-5) 

Fall, 1981. 

The growth and development of economic institutions in the 
United States from the colonial period to the present, with em- 
phasis on the period since 1860, and including developments in ag- 
riculture, industry, labor, transportation, and finance. (Identical 
with ECO. 363.) 

HISTORY 365— THE AMERICAN INDIAN. (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1983. 

A study of the history and cultures of the aborigines of the 
Americas. 

HISTORY 367— AMERICAN URBAN HISTORY. (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1983. 

A study of the process of urbanization in America from colonial 
times to the present, with attention to the causes of urban expan- 
sion, institutional development, class structure and mobility, prob- 
lems of the city, reform, the image of the city in popular thought, 
and the impact of urbanization on national life. 

HISTORY 370— HISTORY OF SAVANNAH, 

1733 TO THE PRESENT. (5-0-5) 

Fall 

Begins with a history of local indians, emphasis on the founding 
of the colony at Savannah and on the colonial, Revolutionary, an- 
tebellum and Post-Civil War periods. Political, economic, social, re- 
ligious and artistic trends are discussed and place in context of 
Georgia and U.S. history. 

The course will involve considerable research in primary, sources 
available locally. 

HISTORY 371— COLONIAL AND 

REVOLUTIONARY AMERICA. (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1982. 

A study of the discoveries of the New World and the settlement 
and growth of the English colonies of North American triumph over 
France in the New World, the drastic change in British colonial 
policy and the rise of American opposition to it, the achievement of 
independence and the establishment of the United States under 
the Constitution. 

127 



HISTORY 374— WOMEN IN AMERICAN HISTORY. (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1982. 

Women in American History: An examination of the changing 
political, social, and economic roles of the American woman from 
colonial times to the present. Emphasis will be given to the pre-Civil 
War feminist reform movements, woman's broader social and 
economic role after the war, her awakening awareness of the need 
for political power, and the mid-20th century revolution. 

HISTORY 375— CIVIL WAR AND RECONSTRUCTION. (5-0-5) 

Winter. 

The causes and significance of the American Civil War, with 
minor consideration of the military campaign; political, economic 
and social aspects of reconstruction. 

HISTORY 377— RECENT AMERICA. (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1983 

An Analysis of the institutions and forces which molded Ameri- 
can life from the late 19th century (1890) through World War II, 
including political, economic, social and intellectual issues. 

HISTORY 379— CONTEMPORARY AMERICA. (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1982. 

An examination of the society of the United States since World 
War II, with special emphasis given to the major social and cultural 
trends. 

HISTORY 400— SEMINAR IN AMERICAN HISTORY. (5-0-5) 
Permission of instructor required for admission. Offered on de- 
mand. 

Designed to permit a group of advanced students to pursue inten- 
sive research on a special topic in the field to be defined by the 
instructor. 

HISTORY 403— AMERICAN MATERIAL CULTURE. (4-2-5) 

Winter. 

An introduction to the study of the non-literary remains of our 
society, past and present. Vernacular and polite architecture, 
ceramics, mortuary art, community and settlement patterns, 
dress, diet, and disease are among the topics that will be discussed. 
(Identical with MPS 403 and ANT 403.) 

HISTORY 416— UNITED STATES 

CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY. (5-0-5) 

Summer, 1981. 

A study of the origins, content, and expansion of the Constitution 
of the United States. (Identical with POS 416.) 

HISTORY 422— HISTORICAL ARCHAEOLOGY. (5-0-5) 

Spring . 

An introduction to the archaeology of North America since the 
arrival of European man in the New World. Some attention will be 
paid to British and Continental Post Medieval Archaeology as well 
as to the special areas of Industrial and Nautical Archaeology. Spe- 
cial stress will be given to archaeological method and theory both as 
a perspective for the writing of history and as a component of His- 
toric Preservation. (Identical with MPS 422.) 



128 



HISTORY 451— REFORM MOVEMENTS IN AMERICAN 
HISTORY. (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1982. 

A study of the reform movements in America since the Revolu- 
tion. 

HISTORY 471— SEMINAR IN GEORGIA AND LOCAL 
HISTORY. (5-0-5) 

Summer, 1982. 

Prerequisite: HIS 370 or permission of the instructor. 

An exposition of the principles and techniques of local history 
followed by an intensive investigation of selected aspects of the 
history of Savannah and Georgia using primary sources and cul- 
minating in a research paper. 

HISTORY 485-486— INDEPENDENT STUDY 

IN UNITED STATES HISTORY. (1-5 hours credit) 

Available each quarter. Prerequisites: History 300 and at least 15 
additional hours in upper division History courses (with a 
minimum GPA of 3.0), an overall GPA of 2.5 (after completion of 120 
hours), and an approved application. Open to transient students 
only with the permission of the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and 
the college from which the student comes. 

Designed to permit superior students to pursue individual re- 
search and reading in the chosen field under the supervision of a 
member of the History faculty. An application must be filed with 
the department, in advance, normally by mid-quarter preceding 
the independent study. A full description of the requirements and 
an application may be obtained in the departmental office. 

HISTORY 496— AMERICAN HISTORIOGRAPHY (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1982. 

A study of the writing of American history from colonial times to 
the present with emphasis on the historical philosophies and in- 
terpretations of the major schools of thought as well as individual 
historians. Recommended especially to students contemplating 
graduate work in History. 

European History 

HISTORY 333— MODERN GERMANY, 1789-1933. (5-0-5) 

A study of German from the pluralism of the Holy Roman Empire 
through the German confederation to the unified Reich. Attention 
will be given to the political, social, and cultural developments in 
Austria, Prussia, and the "Third Germany." 

HISTORY 336— MODERN EAST CENTRAL EUROPE. (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1983. 

A survey of the history of the nations between Germany and 
Russia in the 19th and 20th centuries. Topics to be covered include 
the rise of nationalism, the gaining of independence, problems in 
establishing democracy, experience during World War II, and the 
establishment of communist control. 



129 



HISTORY 340— ENGLISH HISTORY, 1485-1660. (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1982. 

An analysis of political, constitutional, economic, and religious 
issues under the Tudors and early Stuarts, including the English 
Civil War. 

HISTORY 341— ENGLISH HISTORY, 1660-1815. (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1982. 

An investigation of the Restoration monarchies, the constitu- 
tional revolution of 1688, the rise of ministerial responsibility in the 
early 18th century, the American colonial revolt, and England's 
relationship to the French Revolution. 

HISTORY 342— ANCIENT HISTORY. (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1982. 

A study of the early civilizations of the Middle East, the Greek 
city states, the Roman republic and empire, with special emphasis 
on the social, political and cultural contributions of these ancient 
peoples. 

HISTORY 343— EARLY MIDDLE AGES, A.D. 333-C.1000. (5-0-5) 

Fall, 1982. 

The history of Europe from the fall of the Roman Empire through 
the Carolingian period with special emphasis on the institutional 
developments which led to the emergence of stable kingdoms out of 
the chaos of the barbarian invasions. 

HISTORY 344— THE HIGH MIDDLE AGES. 

C.1000 TO C.1300. (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1983. 

The history of Europe from c.1000 to c.1300 with emphasis on the 
struggle between church and state, the Crusade movement, and 
the 12th century intellectual renaissance, all of which profoundly 
influenced the development of the various medieval kingdoms. 

HISTORY 345— THE LATE MIDDLE AGES 

AND RENAISSANCE. (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1983. 

The history of Europe from c.1300 to 1517 with emphasis on the 
political, cultural, and intellectual developments which trans- 
formed medieval and Renaissance society. 

HISTORY 346— REFORMATION ERA. (5-0-5) 

Fall, 1981 

A study of the controversial era emphasizing its major issues and 
movements, and their development through the Thirty Years War. 
Political, social, and economic, as well as religious facets of the up- 
heaval will be considered. 

HISTORY 347— THE FRENCH REVOLUTION 

AND NAPOLEON. (5-0-5) 

Fall. 

The ideas and events of the Old Regime and the Enlightenment 
in France, with emphasis on the impact of the French Revolution 
and the career of Napoleon upon the major European nations. 



130 



HISTORY 348— THE HISTORY OF EUROPE 

FROM 1815 to 1900. (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1982. 

A study of the most important social, political, and intellectual 
directions of European history from the Congress of Vienna to the 
end of the nineteenth century. 

HISTORY 349— ABSOLUTISM AND 

THE ENLIGHTENMENT (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1983. 

The primary focus of this course is the social and intellectual 
history of western Europe during the seventeenth and eighteenth 
centuries. 

HISTORY 350— EUROPE IN THE 

TWENTIETH CENTURY. (5-0-5) 

Spring. 

A study of the major developments in Europe since 1900, with 
emphasis upon the origins and impact of the First and Second 
World Wars. 

HISTORY 410— SEMINAR IN EUROPEAN HISTORY. (5-0-5) 
Permission of instructor required for admission. Winter, 1982. 
A detailed analysis of a specific problem in European history by 

examination of primary materials. 

HISTORY 436— EUROPEAN DIPLOMATIC HISTORY. (5-0-5) 

Summer, 1981. 

The history of European diplomatic relations during the 19th and 
20th centuries. 

HISTORY 483-484— INDEPENDENT STUDY IN 

EUROPEAN HISTORY. (1-5 hours credit) 

Available each quarter. 

See History 485-486 (United States History) for prerequisites and 
admission requirements. 

HISTORY 495— EUROPEAN HISTORIOGRAPHY. (5-0-5) 

Summer, 1982. 

A study of the writers of history in the Western cultural tradition, 
with an emphasis on the historical philosophies, interpretations, 
and problems raised by the major modern European historians. 
Recommended especially to students contemplating graduate work 
in History. 

Russian, Asian, African, Latin-American History 

HISTORY 310— LATIN AMERICA. (5-0-5) 

Fall, 1982. 

An introductory course in Latin-American history with consid- 
eration given to institutions of the areas as well as events and 
personalities. 

HISTORY 312— HISTORY OF AFRICA. (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1983. 

A survey of African civilizations from ancient times, with major 
emphasis on development of the continent since 1800. 

131 



HISTORY 320— TRADITIONAL CHINA. (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1983. 

The history of East Asia civilization from ancient times through 
the eighteenth century, with emphasis on characteristic political, 
economic, and social developments. 

HISTORY 321— MODERN CHINA. (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1983. 

The history of China from the nineteenth century to the present, 
with emphasis on political, social, economic, and intellectual de- 
velopments. 

HISTORY 322— HISTORY OF JAPAN. (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1982. 

A survey of the history of Japan with major emphasis placed 
upon the development of Japan since 1600. 

HISTORY 329— MEDIEVAL RUSSIA. (5-0-5) 

Fall, 1981. 

A survey of the economic, social, and political development of the 
Russian state from its foundation in the 9th century through its 
modernization by Peter the Great in the early 18th century. 

HISTORY 330— MODERN RUSSIA. (5-0-5) 

Winter. 

A survey of Russian history from Peter the Great to the present. 
The major political, cultural, economic, and social developments of 
Russia in both the Imperial and Soviet periods will be covered. 

HISTORY 428— RUSSIA AND THE WEST. (5-0-5) 

Summer, 1982. 

A detailed study of the impact of Western influence on the Mus- 
covite state in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries. 

HISTORY 431— THE RUSSIAN REVOLUTION. (5-0-5) 

Fall, 1982. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. 
An examination of the Russian revolutionary tradition, the 

causes for the collapse of Tsarism, the Bolshevik Revolution, and 

victory in the Russian Civil War. 

HISTORY 435— HISTORY OF SOVIET 

FOREIGN POLICY. (5-0-5) 

Fall, 1981. 

This course reviews historically the development of Soviet 
foreign policy toward Western European states, notably Germany, 
and also with the non-European world through 1917-1940, World 
War II, and Cold War phases. Special attention will be given in this 
last phase to U.S.-Soviet rivalry. Soviet relations with other com- 
munist states in Eastern Europe, China, and the Third World, and 
to the recent moves toward detente. 

HISTORY 481-482— INDEPENDENT STUDY IN RUSSIAN/ 
ASIAN/AFRICAN/LATIN- 
AMERICAN HISTORY. (1-5 hours credit) 

Available each quarter. 

See History 485-486 (United States History) for prerequisites and 
admission requirements. 

132 



Museum and Preservation Studies 

MPS 401— FIELDWORK IN HISTORICAL 

ARCHAEOLOGY. (0-10-5) 

Summer. Prerequisite: permission of instructor or director. 

An introduction to and first application of archaeological 
methods to a specific field project. Excavation techniques, survey- 
ing and map making, data collecting and recording, archaeological 
photography, the identification and analysis of artifacts, and the 
interpretation or archaeological data will be presented in field and 
laboratory work as well as in lectures and readings. (Identical with 
ANT 401). (Under certain circumstances this course may be substi- 
tuted in the Preservation Studies minor for MPS 498). 

MPS 402— PRACTICUM IN ARCHAEOLOGICAL 
INTERPRETATION. (2-6-5) 

Fall. Prerequisite: permission of instructor or director. 

The application of archaeological interpretative techniques to a 
specific site or analytical problem. Individual research projects in 
the interpretation of archaeological data and the conservation of 
artifactual finds with special attention to the care and storage of 
collections, display in the museum setting, and the presentation of 
archaeologically-derived information. (Identical with ANT 402). 
(Under certain circumstances this course may be substituted in the 
Museum Studies minor for MPS 495). 

MPS 403— AMERICAN MATERIAL CULTURE. (4-2-5) 

Winter. 

An introduction to the study of the non-literary remains of our 
society, past and present. Vernacular and polite architecture, 
ceramics, mortuary art, community and settlement patterns, 
dress, diet, and disease are among the topics that will be discussed. 
(Identical to HIS 403 and ANT 403.) 

MPS 410— CURATORSHIP. (5-0-5) 

Fall. Prerequisite: History 300. 

Deals with the historical background and purpose of curatorship, 
conservation, restoration technology, research including authenti- 
cation, cataloging and organizing collections. 

MPS 411— INTERPRETATION. (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: History 300. 

A study of exhibits, educational programs and community out- 
reach, tour planning and guiding, publications, electronic media, 
and other interpretation techniques. 

MPS 412— ADMINISTRATION. (5-0-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: History 300. 

A study of organizational techniques and policy, public relations, 
and marketing, membership, budgeting, personnel relations, se- 
curity, insurance and such other topics as are pertinent. 

MPS 420— AN INTRODUCTION TO 

HISTORIC PRESERVATION. (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: History 300. 

A survey of the field including values, principles, practices; de- 

133 



velopment of planning and organization for preservation; preser- 
vation law, economics and politics. 

MPS 421— ARCHITECTURAL HISTORY. (4-2-5) 

Summer. 

A study of various styles of American architecture, Georgian, 
Federal, Neoclassical, Eclecticism and modern; slides from Historic 
American Building Survey; landscape architecture. Visiting 
speakers and field trips will be used. 

MPS 422— HISTORICAL ARCHAEOLOGY (5-0-5) 

An introduction to the archaeology of North America since the 
arrival of European man in the New World. Some attention will be 
paid to British and Continental Post Medieval Archaeology as well 
as to the special areas of Industrial and Nautical Archaeology. Spe- 
cial stress will be given to archaeological method and theory both as 
a perspective for the writing of history and as a component of His- 
toric Preservation. (Identical with HIS 422.) 

MPS 495— INTERNSHIP IN MUSEUM STUDIES. (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: MPS 1+10, Ull y and U12 with a "C" or better in each 
course. 

The student will pursue an individually designed course project 
involving off-campus study and research in a government or pri- 
vate agency involved in museum work. Projects are normally de- 
signed to require the full eleven week quarter for completion, dur- 
ing which time the student will be under the j oint supervision of the 
sponsoring agency and his faculty sponsor. 

MPS 498— INTERNSHIP IN PRESERVATION STUDIES. (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: MPS U20 y U12, U21 with a "C" or better in each 
course. 

See MPS 495 for description, except that placement will be with 
an appropriate preservation agency. 

Political Science 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 113— GOVERNMENT OF 

THE UNITED STATES. (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. 

A study of the structure, theory, and functions of the national 
government in the United States and some of the major problems of 
the state and local government. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 300— RESEARCH METHODS. (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: Political Science 113. 

This course deals with the methods and techniques of research in 
the behavioral sciences. Emphasis will be placed on learning how to 
evaluate research. (Identical with C.J. 390.) 

POLITICAL SCIENCE /PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 304— 
POLITICS OF BUREAUCRACY. (5-0-5) 

Fall. Prerequisite: Political Science 113 or equivalent. 

This is a one-quarter course that is primarily concerned with 
organizational theory and bureaucratic behavior, whether public 



134 



or private, but with an emphasis on the behavior of the bureau- 
cracy of the national government. Attention will also be given to 
political process as it unfolds in the administration of laws enacted 
by the Congress. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 306— LOCAL GOVERNMENT. (5-0-5) 
Winter. Prerequisite: Political Science 113 or equivalent. 
A study of the environment, structure, function, political proces- 
ses, and policies of city, county, and other local governments in the 
United States. Special attention will be given to the city govern- 
ments of Savannah, Ga.; Charleston, S.C.; and Gainesville, Fla. 
Large diverse cities, such as Atlanta, Jacksonville, Tampa, and 
Miami will also be compared in a more limited fashion and con- 
trasted with Savannah, Charleston, and Gainesville. Policies 
examined will include finance (raising and spending money), edu- 
cation, welfare, pollution, transportation, and law enforcement. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 307— STATE GOVERNMENT. (5-0-5) 
Spring. Prerequisite: Political Science 113 or equivalent. 
A study of the environment, structure, function, political proces- 
ses, and policies of state governments in the United States. Special 
attention will be given to the governments of Florida, Georgia, and 
South Carolina and to their role in the federal system. Policies 
examined will include finance (raising and spending money), pollu- 
tion, transportation, and law enforcement. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 317— CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I. (5-0-5) 
Fall. Prerequisite: Political Science 113 or equivalent. 
A study of the development of the United States government 
through judicial interpretation of the Constitution. The case study 
method of analysis is used, but some attention is given also to re- 
cent behavioral writing on judicial decision-making. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 318— CONSTITUTIONAL LAW 11.(5-0-5) 
Winter. Prerequisite: Political Science 113 or equivalent. 
A continuation of Political Science 317. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 320— INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS 
THE FAR EAST. (5-0-5) 

Fall, 1982. 

Contemporary international politics in the Far East are 
examined in terms of such broad historical trends as the decline of 
imperialism, the development of nationalism, and the rise of the 
U.S., U.S.S.R., People's Republic of China, and Japan as major pow- 
ers in Asia. 

Some attention will be given to contemporary key issues such as 
the Sino-Soviet conflict, the future of Formosa, U.S.-Japan Mutual 
Security Treaty revision, and U.S.-Japan economic interaction. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 325— INTERNATIONAL 
ORGANIZATION. (5-0-5) 

Fall y 1981. Prerequisite: Political Science 113 or permission of 
instructor. 

A survey of the development, principles, structures and functions 
of international organizations, with emphasis upon the role of 
these institutions in the maintenance of peace. 

135 



POLITICAL SCIENCE 326— INTERNATIONAL LAW. (5-0-5) 
Spring. Prerequisite: Political Science 113 or permission of in- 
structor. 

An introduction to selected public international law topics includ- 
ing: recognition, state succession, jurisdiction, extradition, nation- 
ality, the law of treaties, the law of diplomacy, and the law of war. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 329— INTERNATIONAL 

RELATIONS. (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: Political Science 113 or permission of in- 
structor. 

An introduction to the theories, forces, and practices dominating 
contemporary international relations. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 331— POLITICAL THEORY I. (5-0-5) 

Fall 

An historical study of the development of ideas relative to the 
state and government from Socrates and Plato to the Seventeenth 
Century. Attention is directed primarily to the political thought of a 
selected group of eminent philosophers. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 332— POLITICAL THEORY II. (5-0-5) 
Winter. Prerequisite: Political Science 331 or permission of in- 
structor. 

A continuation of Political Science 331, from the 17th to the 20th 
century. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 333— CONTEMPORARY 

POLITICAL IDEOLOGIES. (5-0-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: Political Science 332 or permission of in- 
structor. 

A continuation of Political Science 332, including a general sur- 
vey and analysis of the important ideological currents of our time 
with selected indepth readings from original sources. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 341— POLITICS OF 

DEVELOPING NATIONS. (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1983. Prerequisite: Political Science 113 or permission of 
instructor. 

An analysis of the theories, concepts, and the process of the polit- 
ical development and modernization of the emerging nations. 

A general introduction to the concepts and problems of political 
integration, transformation of political culture, elite recruitment/ 
political socialization, and political processes of selected emerging 
nations. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 346— GOVERNMENTS OF 

EAST ASIA. (5-0-5) 

Fall, 1981. Prerequisite: Political Science 113 or permission of 
instructor. 

A comparative examination of the contemporary political in- 
stitutions, processes, and ideas of the People's Republic of China, 
Japan, and Korea. Examines the development of these political sys- 
tems with particular emphasis on historical, social, cultural, and 
contemporary-issue dimensions. 



136 



POLITICAL SCIENCE 348— GOVERNMENTS OF 

WESTERN EUROPE. (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1982. Prerequisite: Political Science 113 or equivalent. 

An analytical and comparative study of the major Western 
European governments, with principal emphasis upon the analysis 
of the conditions which led to effective and stable parliamentary 
government and those which lead to the inefficiency, instability 
and breakdown of such systems. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 349— GOVERNMENT OF THE 
SOVIET UNION. (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1983. Prerequisite: Political Science 113 or permission of 
instructor. 

The primary purpose of this course is to focus on the study of 
contemporary Soviet politics along developmental scheme. Com- 
parison of the pre-modern Tsarist autocratic regime and the con- 
temporary Soviet totalitarian regime will be attempted. Also the 
course will cover such topics as Soviet political culture, political 
socialization process of the mass, governmental processes, and the 
public policy making/implementation aspects. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 395— INTERNSHIP. (Credit variable, 

up to 5 hours) 

Prerequisite: Junior (with 3.5 GPA) or Senior standing (with a 3.0 
GPA minimum). 

The student will pursue an individually designed course project 
involving off-campus study and research in a government or pri- 
vate agency. Projects are normally designed to require the full 
eleven-week quarter for completion, during which time the student 
will be under joint supervision by the sponsoring agency and his 
faculty advisor. Application and arrangements must be made 
through the department by mid-quarter preceding the quarter of 
the internship. 

Open to transient students only with permission of the Dean of 
Faculty at Armstrong and the college from which the student 
comes. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 40O— SENIOR SEMINAR. (5-0-5) 

Admission will be subject to approval of the instructor. Offered on 
demand. Designed to permit superior students to pursue research 
and reading in some field of political science under the supervision 
of the staff. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE/PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 401— 
THE POLITICS OF THE BUDGETARY PROCESS. (5-0-5) 

Fall, 1982. 

This course examines the procedures, strategies and rationales 
involved in making public budgets at the local state, and national 
levels. It is also concerned with critiques of the several types of 
budgets now in use together with an explanation fiscal and monet- 
ary policies as they affect budgeting. Finally, it is concerned with 
the revenue systems in effect together with auditing and other 
controls exercised in the budgeting process. 



137 



POLITICAL SCIENCE/PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 403— 
PUBLIC POLICY DEVELOPMENT. (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1982. Prerequisite: Political Science SOU or permission of 
the instructor. 

This course is primarily concerned with a study of the theoretical 
aspects of decision-making theories (i.e., rational/comprehensive 
model vs. incremental model), political aspects of policy-making 
process, mobilization of political support, and the cost/benefit as- 
pects of the public policy-making. 

Some attempt will be made to apply the general theory of public 
policy-making to specific settings of welfare policy, urban problems, 
and national defense/foreign policy. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 410— INDEPENDENT STUDY IN 
AMERICAN GOVERNMENT. (credit variable) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: A minimum of 120 credit 
hours, including at least 20 hours in Political Science at the 300-level 
or above. Admission is by approval of a departmental committee. 

Designed to permit superior students to pursue individual re- 
search and reading in some field of political science under the 
supervision of a member of the staff. Emphasis will be on wide 
reading, conferences with the advisor and written reports and es- 
says. Normally open only to students with a B average (3.0) in Polit- 
ical Science and at least a 2.5 GPA overall. Applications must be 
filed with the Department by mid-quarter preceding the quarter 
independent study is contemplated. 

Open to transient students only with permission of the Dean of 
Faculty at Armstrong and the college from which the student 
comes. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 411— AMERICAN PRESIDENCY. (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1982. 

Offers an in-depth of the office of the presidency, with the princi- 
pal emphasis on the relations of the executive branch with the 
Congress and the court system. Some attention will be given to the 
evolution of the presidency to its present dominant position in the 
American political process. (Completion of a survey course in 
American History is desirable.) 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 412— AMERICAN POLITICAL 
PARTIES. (5-0-5) 

Operation of political parties in the political system. Relationship 
between party organization, electoral system, and the recruitment 
and advancement of political leaders. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 415— AMERICAN SUPREME 

COURT. (5-0-5) 

Summer, 1982. 

An analysis of the structure and functions of the Court, including 
examination of the role of the Court as policy maker. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 416— UNITED STATES 
CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY. (5-0-5) 

Summer, 1981. 



138 



A study of the origins, content, and expansion of the Constitution 
of United States. (Identical with HISTORY 416). 

POLITICAL SCIENCE/PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 418— 
ADMINISTRATIVE LAW. (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1983. Prerequisite: Political Science 113. 

This course explores the framework of law governing administra- 
tive agencies including: administrative power and its control by the 
courts, the determination and enforcement of administrative pro- 
grams, discretion of administrative officials and their powers of 
summary actions, hearings before administrative boards, and the 
respective spheres of administrative and judicial responsibility. 

Some attention will be given to the problem of the maintenance of 
traditional procedural safeguards in administrative law and the 
problem of civil rights and relation to administrative boards. Lead- 
ing cases will be examined. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 420— INDEPENDENT STUDY IN 
INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS. (credit available) 

Available each quarter. 

See Political Science 410 for prerequisites and admission re- 
quirements. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 42&-AMERICAN FOREIGN 

POLICY. (5-0-5) 

Fall, 1982. 

An analysis of U.S. foreign policy and factors, both domestic and 
foreign, contributing to its formulation. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 430— INDEPENDENT STUDY IN 
POLITICAL THEORY. (credit variable) 

Available each quarter. 

See Political Science 410 for prerequisites and admission re- 
quirements. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 440-INDEPENDENT STUDY IN 
COMPARATIVE GOVERNMENT. (credit variable) 

Available each quarter. 

See Political Science 410 for prerequisites and admission re- 
quirements. 



DEPARTMENT OF LANGUAGES AND 
LITERATURE 

Professor Crain, Head; Professor Emeritus Lubs; Professors 
Anchors, Easterling, Jones, Killorin, Pendexter, Strozier; As- 
sociate Professors Brooks, Brown, Noble; Assistant Professors 
Jenkins, Ramsey, Suchower, Welsh and White; Instructor 
McClanahan. 



Entering students should begin the required English composi- 
tion sequence in their initial quarter of attendance, and must not 

139 



delay beginning this sequence beyond their second quarter of at- 
tendance. 

Students enrolled in the degree programs which require a foreign 
language must show proficiency in the appropriate language at the 
required level by successfully completing standardized examina- 
tions administered by members of the foreign language faculty. 
This requirement applies to students enrolled at Armstrong State 
College and taking their foreign language courses on this campus 
and to students who, while enrolled at Armstrong State College, 
take their foreign language courses on another campus. Students 
transferring to Armstrong State College, after having completed 
the required foreign language sequence at another college, with 
grades of "C" or above, are not required to complete the proficiency 
examinations at Armstrong. 

Entering freshmen who wish to exempt the foreign language 
requirement may do so by successfully completing the proficiency 
examination through the level required in a specific degree pro- 
gram. For further information on the exemption process, the stu- 
dent should contact the Head of the Department of Languages and 
Literature. 

Majors in English and in Drama-Speech 

Students majoring in English or in Drama-Speech should satisfy 
the college core requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree dur- 
ing the Freshman and Sophomore years. Students must earn a 
grade of "C" or better in each 300 or 400 level course included in any 
major or minor area. 

Program for the Degree 
Bachelor of Arts with a Major in English 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements* 101 

Core Area I 20 

English 111, 112, 211, 222 20 

Core Area II 20 

Math 101 or 103 5 

Math 103 or 290 5 

Lab Science Sequence 10 

Core Area III 20 

History 114, 115 10 

Political Science 113 5 

Choice of Anthropology 201, Economics 201 or 202 

Psychology 201 or Sociology 201 5 

Core Area IV 30 

Foreign Language 101 through 201 20 

Two courses selected from Art 200, 271, 272, 273; 

Music 200; Philosophy 201; Drama/Speech 227, 228 10 

Physical Education 6 

PE 101 and 103 or 108 2 

Four activity courses 4 

Other Courses 5 

History 251 or 252 5 

* Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Ad- 
mission" section of this Catalogue. 

140 



B. Courses in Major Field 40 

1. English 406 5 

2. One course in English Literature before 1800 

to be selected from : 5 

English 300, 302, 304, 320 

3. One course in English Literature after 1800 

to be selected from: 5 

English 305, 306, 307 

4. One course in American Literature to be selected from: ... .5 

English 308, 309, 310 

5. Ten hour survey of World Litera